SOMEONE
HAS
POISONED
ME THE
FACTS ABOUT SRILA
PRABHUPADA'S POISONING BY
ARSENIC "So as
Krishna was attempted to be killed... And Lord
Jesus Christ was killed. So they may kill me also." -Srila
Prabhupada, May 3, 1976, Honolulu A
letter from Nityananda
das New
Jaipur Press EXCERPTS ...the
evidence is solid that Srila Prabhupada was poisoned, but by whom is not
yet known. The level of proof, coincidences, and circumstantial evidence,
makes for a very compelling verdict. (Foreword) This
letter, or book, organizes the evidence and information to date (April
1999) regarding the poisoning of His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami
Prabhupada, most probably carried out by some of His "closest" disciples.
(Foreword) "...the
GBC is convinced that no such evil deed or even intention existed at the
time. The GBC is certain that Srila Prabhupada's passing away was due to
entirely natural causes, as his doctors stated. ...some persons are bent
on establishing the false and malicious theory that some of Prabhupada's
own disciples conspired to poison him." ISKCON
statement, Dec. 7, 1997. Srila
Prabhupada:
Vahi bat... je koi hamko poison
kiya. (That
same thing I said, that someone has poisoned me.) -Final
statement about poisoning late on November 10, 1977. Kaviraja:
dekhiye, bat hi hai, ki koi rakshas
ne diya ho. (Look,
this is the thing, that maybe some rakshasa gave him
poison.) Bhakticharu: He's
saying that someone gave him poison.) Tamal
Krishna: Prabhupada
was thinking that someone had poisoned him. Kaviraja: Yadi bolta hai, to kuch na kuch sac hi
hai, koi sandeh nahin. (If he
says that, there must be some truth to it. There's no
doubt.) Bhakticharu: He said
that when Srila Prabhupada is saying that, there must be something truth
behind it. Tamal
Krishna: Tssh. Tamal
Krishna: Srila
Prabhupada, Sastriji says that there must be some truth to it if you say
that. So who is it that has poisoned? PAUSE of
13 seconds: Srila
Prabhupada never answered Tamal.
-Excerpts from conversations on November 10-11,
1977. "He
noted a number of symptoms observed in Napoleon, and in that way managed a
description that could have come straight out of a modern textbook on
toxicology of the symptoms of arsenical
intoxication."
...Assassination at St.
Helena, Forshufvud & Weider A lethal
dose may be indicated by as little as 5 ppm of arsenic in the hair. Compare this to the 3 ppm found
in Srila Prabhupada's hair. (Chapter 35)
Further,
when the symptoms of chronic arsenic poisoning are confirmed by an actual
hair analysis, as has been
done, then there can be no doubt of the accuracy of this diagnosis.
(see Chapter
33) om
ajnana-timirandhasya jnananjana-salakaya chakshur unmilitam
yena tasmi sri-gurave namah I was born in the
darkest ignorance, and my spiritual master opened my eyes with the torch
of knowledge. I offer my
respectful obeisances unto him. nama om vishnu-padaya
krishna preshthaya bhu-tale srimate
bhaktivedanta-svamin iti namine I offer my respectful
obeisances unto His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, who
is very dear to Lord Krishna, having taken shelter at His lotus
feet. namas
te sarasvate deve gaura-vani-pracharine nirvisesha-sunyavadi-paschatya-desa-tarine Our respectful
obeisances are unto you, O spiritual master, servant of Sarasvati
Goswami. You are kindly
preaching the message of Lord Chaitanyadeva and delivering the Western
countries, which are filled with impersonalism and
voidism. No part of this book
may be used or reproduced in any form or by any means,
without prior written permission of the publisher. © 1999 New Jaipur
Press All rights
reserved. Printed in the
United States of America. ISBN
0-923519-09-2 First
edition First printing: 5000
copies New Jaipur Press PO Box 208 Mayodan, NC 27027 Order line:
1-800-242-0115 Donation Requested:
$10.00 Other publications
available from New Jaipur Press: Ray of
Vishnu by
Rupa Vilas das Biography of
Bhaktisiddhanta Saraswati….$9.95 Seventh
Goswami by
Rupa Vilas das Biography of
Bhaktivinode Thakur….$12.95 Babaji
Maharaja by
Karnamrita das Biography of
Gaurakisore & Jagannath das Babajis….$6.95 Lessons from the Ayurveda by Navayauvana das Practical Health Advice….$3.95 Om Shalom by Satyaraj das Interreligious Discussions: Vaishnavism and Judaism….$1.95 Ramayana: Volume One by Karnamrita das Childhood Pastimes of Lord Rama….$3.95 Mahabharata: The Fifth Veda by Purnaprajna das A Full Summary of Srila Vyasadeva's classic epic of the Pandavas....$17.95 TABLE
OF CONTENTS Foreword....................................................................................................
1 Introduction................................................................................................
4 Chapter
1: Poison Becomes an Issue........................................................
6 Chapter
2: Poison Whispers
Discovered....................................................
7 Chapter
3: Whispers Alarm Devotees.......................................................
8 Chapter
4: Poison Investigations
Begin..................................................
10 Chapter
5: ISKCON Statement..............................................................
12 Chapter
6: Investigation Continues........................................................
14 Chapter
7: Audio Forensics Commence...................................................
16 Chapter
8: More Audio Forensics...........................................................
20 Chapter
9: Obtaining the UHER............................................................
22 Chapter
10: Virtual
Originals from Archives............................................
24 Chapter
11: More Whispers,
No Editing...................................................
25 Chapter
12: Witnesses.............................................................................
28 Chapter
13: Are There
Missing Tapes?.....................................................
30 Chapter
14: Researching
the Tape Library...............................................
33 Chapter
15: Chandra Swami
Connection..................................................
34 Chapter
16: "Someone Has
Poisoned Me"..................................................
41 Chapter
17: Introduction
to 1977 Health Biography..................................
53 Chapter
18: Kidney Disease
Symptoms....................................................
58 Chapter
19: Arsenic
Poisoning Symptoms................................................
60 Chapter
20: Health
Chronicle: Dec. 1975 - Dec. 1976................................
71 Chapter
21: Health
Chronicle: January 1977............................................
78 Chapter
22: Health
Chronicle: February 1977..........................................
83 Chapter
23: Health
Chronicle: March 1977..............................................
88 Chapter
24: Health
Chronicle: April 1977.................................................
92 Chapter
25: Health
Chronicle: May 1977................................................
100 Chapter
26: Health
Chronicle: June 1977...............................................
111 Chapter
27: Health
Chronicle: July 1977................................................
119 Chapter
28: Health
Chronicle: August 1977............................................
129 Chapter
29: Health
Chronicle: September 1977.......................................
140 Chapter
30: Health
Chronicle: October 1977...........................................
150 Chapter
31: Health
Chronicle: November 1977.......................................
202 Chapter
32: Health
Biography Analysis..................................................
226 Chapter
33: Hair
Analysis.....................................................................
233 Chapter
34: Napoleon: A
Case History....................................................
245 Chapter
35: Blanche Taylor
Moore.........................................................
256 Chapter
36: Other Arsenic
Case Studies.................................................
261 Chapter
37: Reverse Speech
Theory........................................................
264 Chapter
38: Reverse Speech
Analysis.....................................................
267 Chapter
39: Balavanta's
Investigation....................................................
270 Chapter
40: Poisoning
Methodology........................................................
271 Chapter
41: Possible
Motives of the Assassins.........................................
276 Chapter
42: Parade of
Doctors, Treatments, and Mis-Diagnoses..............
278 Chapter
43: Who Are The
Suspects?.......................................................
281 Chapter
44: Dateline of
Poisoning Highlights.........................................
282 Chapter
45: Conclusions
& Summary....................................................
283 Appendix
1: Perle
Appointment Tape Analysis........................................
293 Appendix
2: Audio Forensic
Analysis: The Whispers...............................
295 Appendix
3: Audio Forensic
Analysis: No Editing....................................
314 Appendix
4: Statement by
Abhiram Prabhu...........................................
343 Appendix
5: Appointment
Tape Misquoted..............................................
345 Appendix
6: Book Review:
TKG's Diary..................................................
347 Appendix
7: Diabetes
Symptoms............................................................
350 Appendix
8: Asutosh Oja
Astrological Reports.........................................
352 Appendix
9: Unverified
Information.......................................................
355 Appendix
10: Are There Missing
Tapes?...................................................
358 Appendix
11: Hair Mineral Analysis........................................................
361 Appendix
12: Sources of Arsenic...............................................................
366 Appendix
13: Possible
Mis-Diagnoses.......................................................
367 Appendix
14: Poisoning Throughout
History............................................
368 Appendix
15: History of Tamal Krishna
Goswami....................................
371 Appendix
16: Was The Medicine Like
Poison?..........................................
379 Appendix
17: Astrology and
Poisoning......................................................
382 Appendix
18: Letter from Bhagavat
Das...................................................
386 Appendix
19: Tamal Talks at Pyramid
House..........................................
389 Appendix
20: Black Magic and
Tantrics...................................................
392 Appendix
21: ISKCON Answers CD That
Never Was...............................
393 Appendix
22: Arsenical Photophobia.........................................................
406
FOREWORD Dear
Godbrothers, Godsisters and others: Please
accept my obeisances. All Glories to Srila
Prabhupada. I am
sorry to be the bearer of bad news. For over 18 months I have worked on
the accumulation of evidence that Srila Prabhupada was chronically
poisoned by arsenic in 1977. That evidence is this book, a letter to the
followers of Srila Prabhupada. Please take the time to review the evidence
carefully and consider assisting in the further investigation that is
required to resolve this issue completely. In my opinion, the evidence is
solid that Srila Prabhupada was poisoned, but by whom is not yet known.
The level of proof, coincidences, and circumstantial evidence, makes for a
very compelling verdict. I
want to inform you of this evidence because I believe it is my duty to
Srila Prabhupada and His Mission to push this matter to a healthy closure.
In this, I am humbly asking your advice and
assistance. On
November 17, 1997 I was working in the yard on a fine, cool
afternoon. I had had my fill
of controversy long ago. The
cordless phone rang; Mahabuddhi Prabhu was calling from Florida, and what
he told me sent chills down my back, brought sweat to my brow and left my
knees feeling wobbly. He described shocking whispers he had discovered on
tapes which indicated Srila Prabhupada, His Divine Grace A.C.
Bhaktivedanta Swami, our beloved spiritual master, and that to thousands
of others, had been poisoned twenty years earlier in 1977. Thus I became
involved, practically against my will, with the question of whether the
greatest spiritual teacher of modern times had been poisoned.
Many
times I have turned my back on this issue, once for a period of over six
months, hoping someone else would take up the reins of the investigation I
had reluctantly become involved with. Then one evening, Lakshmi Nrsingha
Prabhu asked me what I could contribute to the local temple program in the
observance of Srila Prabhupada's disappearance day. Instantly, my
conscience screamed at me: "You must publish the evidence on the poisoning
of Srila Prabhupada as your duty to Krishna and the truth!" I could not bear to allow this
information to remain dormant or hidden any longer. So, with many mixed and
conflicting emotions, here it is.
I pray that I have done the right thing. This
letter, or book, organizes the evidence and information to date (April
1999) regarding the poisoning of His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami
Prabhupada, most probably carried out by some of His "closest"
disciples. This subject is
certainly a difficult one to address, and it is also difficult to present
properly in a publication. As Srila Prabhupada advised, we may say
something, but we must be very cautious about printing it. Only because the evidence is so
substantial do I venture to do so, and I hope that further evidence will
show all of this to be no more than a false alarm, which unfortunately,
does not seem even remotely likely.
The compelling material contained herein intrinsically
demands a full scale inquiry by truthful persons with the full cooperation
of ISKCON, the GBC, and, hopefully, suspects such as Tamal Krishna
Goswami, Jayapataka Swami, Bhakticharu Swami, and
others. Originally,
this production was intended as an audio documentary. Rochan Prabhu had arranged most of
the ingredients for producing a CD, except for funding, which I then
contributed. Dhaneshwar
Prabhu worked hard under difficult circumstances at a location in
Lockport, NY, for a month until the CD was pressed. Somehow there were some
unpalatable dealings and we were extorted sizable sums of money.
Dhaneshwar was forced to leave and I could not obtain the CD or the
production materials, including the interviews. Finally, after two months, a copy
of the CD was received, but not before the GBC and Harikesh had gotten it
first through some unknown shady deal. It was feared that the host and
narrator of the CD would then threaten to sue for royalties and up front
money if I reproduced it. I
was left with the choice to totally rework and re-record the CD or take
the chance of legal entanglement with the troublesome narrator in
Lockport. Although
Dhaneshwar Prabhu had done his best with the CD's content as could be
expected with the facility and time limits, there were many things that
left me dissatisfied with the CD.
Critical parts of the story and evidence were either confusing,
wordy or missing. A CD was
limited to 73 minutes, a cassette tape 120 minutes, and I was reluctant to
cut out so much of the relevant information. Thus I reconsidered the strategy
of how to best present the poison issue evidence. At the
time it appeared that most devotees were focused entirely on the
incriminating, twenty year old whispers, as though they were the heart of
the evidence. But gradually I
realized that the whispers were but one valuable confirmation of many
other pieces of evidence. Also, the whisper's real value lay not simply in
their interpretations by the human ear, but in how they were analyzed by
advanced technology and spectrographic charts. Such charts could not be seen on a
tape or CD, where many would fall into the trap of analyzing whispers by
speculating and arguing about what they thought they were hearing. Would not a book avoid this
pitfall, and re-focus everyone on the primary evidence, namely Srila
Prabhupada's own statements that He was poisoned? The whispers are
attention-grabbing, but what Srila Prabhupada said is the primary
evidence, and the rest is supporting evidence. Since then, a positive hair
analysis has very much strengthened the case.(Chapter
33) A CD
must be accompanied by a booklet and, in composing that booklet, it would
tend to become a book anyway.
A fully documented, printed work can be easily referred to again
and again, without depending on a CD player and fast-forwarding to some
elusive portion for review. A
CD was sensational, spiffy and technologically advanced, but a book,
however, is the approved and standard method of distributing the
truth. Those who must HEAR
the whispers will be able to order the tapes from the BBT Archives or
other sources. My
appreciation for literary and investigative assistance goes to Rochan,
Dhaneshwar, Agrahya, Mahabuddhi, Paritrikananda, Isha, and Gupta Prabhus,
and many others. I have tried
to make this presentation as accurate, honest and complete as possible,
noting plainly what is a fact, what is a "lead", and what is my personal
commentary or thoughts. It is
hereby emphatically stated that I have presented the evidence as it is,
without serving any motive or purpose other than the pursuit of the truth.
I know that this book will be extremely controversial; it will be both
loathed and appreciated, both condemned and received favorably. My physical life may be
jeopardized and I am not altogether positive it is good for my spiritual
life or consciousness either. (But
I do remember Srila Prabhupada telling Harikesh about acting in difficult
situations: 'Damn your consciousness.') But whatever, I cannot escape
my conscience. With this letter I hope to promote a widespread and
ecumenical search for the truth: WAS SRILA PRABHUPADA INTENTIONALLY
POISONED BY HIS LEADING DISCIPLES?
We already know that He was poisoned, but by
whom? Assurance
is hereby given that this book is not based on ignoble motives, and is not
opposed to the principles of Krishna consciousness, ISKCON or the GBC.
This is not an anti-ISKCON strategy or rtvik politics. Of course, many
will disagree. I have tried
to ensure that others, even those who may not be familiar with Krishna
consciousness, will approach this issue with proper respect and
appreciation for Srila Prabhupada's position and achievements. There is within this book an
attempt to create the proper mood of inquiry and justice. Vengeance is not called for
here. However, if Srila Prabhupada's mission has been usurped by
some of the same people who attempted to kill him (only by Lord
Krishna's arrangement did it happen), and those same people are among
those who once proclaimed their divine right as the sole inheritors of the
kingdom, it would truly be a disservice to His Divine Grace were we not to
put our best effort into proving the truth of the matter. The proper mood
of inquiry and seeking justice, I believe, is to seek the truth without
malice or anger, but with unrelenting determination and in a cooperative
spirit. INTRODUCTION His
Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, Founder-Acharya of the
International Society for Krishna Consciousness, wrote and translated with
extensive commentary more than 60 volumes presenting devotional classics
such as Bhagavad-Gita, Srimad-Bhagavatam, and Sri Caitanya-Caritamrita in
the English language. He is an authentic spiritual master revered by
perhaps millions around the world for the invaluable gift of Krishna
consciousness which he continues to compassionately distribute to untold
numbers of lost souls. Coming
to America at the age of 70, in only 12 years from 1965 to 1977, he
ignited the Hare Krishna explosion, a spiritual revolution in the hearts
and minds of thousands of devotees.
Before Srila Prabhupada's arrival in the West, the Vaishnava
tradition of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu was practically unknown outside of
India. Circling the globe a
dozen times, Srila Prabhupada tirelessly taught the sublime message of
Godhead, visiting and inspiring devotees and receptive audiences in
countless cities, homes, temples and events. In 1972
Srila Prabhupada created a Governing Body Commission or GBC from the ranks
of his disciples to oversee the spiritual growth of the Hare Krishna
movement. Entrusting his
senior disciples with the details of management, Srila Prabhupada focused
on translating the ancient Vedic scriptures and writing his Bhaktivedanta
Purports to further enable our meager understanding of the message of the
Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Contact with Srila Prabhupada was to catch a glimpse of the
spiritual world. By his
writing, words, and glance He fought the forces of darkness in a realm
where illusioned souls had forgotten their own true spiritual
identity. Early in
1977 Srila Prabhupada became increasingly ill. Despite treatment from various
Ayurvedic doctors, his condition did not improve. Yet, amazingly, in a bedridden
state, Srila Prabhupada continued his work on translating the Srimad
Bhagavatam until just days before His departure. Srila Prabhupada left this mortal
world on November 14, 1977 to rejoin Lord Sri Krishna in the eternal abode
of Vaikuntha, from which perfect, liberated devotees descend for the
transcendental benefit of the conditioned souls. One should never think that Srila
Prabhupada, a pure devotee of the Supreme Lord Krishna, died. Rather, He lives forever in His
instructions, and His followers will always live with Him. One should know that an eternally
liberated associate of Krishna is not an ordinary man and that His
appearance and disappearance in this world are arrangements of Krishna's
internal energy. As stated by
Bhaktivinode Thakur: He
reasons ill who tells that Vaishnavas die While
thou art living still in sound. The
Vaishnavas die to live, and living try To
spread the Holy Name around Although
almost unthinkable, very serious evidence has recently been obtained
regarding a conspiracy to assassinate Srila Prabhupada by poisoning. Even
if one or more of His disciples attempted to kill Srila Prabhupada, we
must know that He departed when and how He chose to do so. No one could harm Him in any way
because He was fully protected by Lord Krishna. But if
poisoning took place by the malicious intent of any person who still has a
place or hand in Srila Prabhupada's mission, it is our duty as His
followers to find out them out and guarantee an accounting. How can we neglect this? There are those that attribute
this issue to the imaginations of ISKCON enemies, rtviks or troublemakers,
but we see that those who first brought the matter to public attention
have been longstanding loyal ISKCON devotees. Because most people have
heard of the poison issue via the rumor mill, the author of this
documentary (myself) has therefore sought to present the facts as they are without innuendo or unfair
characterizations. Indeed,
there is the hope that under intense scrutiny, this will all be revealed
as a dreadful misunderstanding, our worst fears misplaced. Not likely,
however. The
producer of this report wishes to emphatically state his opinion that
Srila Prabhupada's apparent death occurred only as a result of His own choice to leave this world.
Srila Prabhupada had stated that this was in fact the case, that He could
stay or leave as He decided. Further, it is widely accepted that Srila
Prabhupada was an empowered devotee of the Lord who was transcendental to
all material considerations, and if Srila Prabhupada were in fact given
poison, while this may have affected His health, it had little to do with
His departure. The purpose of
this report is not to cast any doubt on the transcendental nature of Srila
Prabhupada. The
question thus becomes how is it that Prabhupada decided to wind up his
pastimes here. Did he not feel
that His disciples wanted Him to stay? This exact question came up during
His final days, and there was an overwhelming response "Yes, don't leave
us—please stay with us longer!" Some argued that perhaps Srila Prabhupada
had finished His mission and we should let Him go. Perhaps Srila
Prabhupada felt He was not wanted because, as He Himself had stated,
someone was giving Him poison. Internally,
Srila Prabhupada chose His own time of departure. Externally, He was
poisoned by arsenic, unable to eat and His body withered away due to
malnutrition and toxic cellular obliteration. It is our duty as Srila
Prabhupada's diksha and siksha followers to defend Him, better late than
never. First we must establish the truth, then take appropriate
action. As the
reader progresses through each chapter and appendix he or she will become
more and more convinced of foul play, and will want a full and honest
investigation in the search for the historical truth so that the health of
Srila Prabhupada's Mission may be preserved. Read the following presentation of
evidence, and, with an open and unbiased mind, think carefully about what
should be done. CHAPTER
1: POISON
BECOMES AN ISSUE Rumors
about a poisoning of Srila Prabhupada have been circulating around the
world of devotees ever since Srila Prabhupada's departure over 20 years
ago. Rupanuga Prabhu remembers the subject arose in 1980 and Rupa Vilas
Prabhu and this author heard about it in 1990. A few years ago, Satyaraj Prabhu
asked his friend Tamal Krishna Goswami about the matter, and was told that
these persistent rumors come back to life every so often, much to Tamal's
dismay. Abhinanda Prabhu was recently disturbed by these rumors, as well
as many others.
Paritrikananda Prabhu in California began to research the rumors
and assemble evidence and leads out of his own need for finding the
truth. A list of notes in
this regard is included as Appendix 9. In early 1996 Paritrikananda
Prabhu tried to interest this reporter in the matter, but at the time
there did not seem to be any way to convert the rumors into facts. Puranjana Prabhu, a well-known,
controversial and vitriolic critic of ISKCON policies, amplified the issue
in mid 1997, publishing on the internet information and questions on the
subject. At the 1997 Los
Angeles Rathayatra, Puranjana was picketing with a large sign which stated
that Srila Prabhupada was poisoned, referring to Srila Prabhupada's own
statements to that effect in the Conversations
Books. When
Isha Prabhu in Miami heard of the poison issue, he became disturbed,
disbelieving all of it as nonsense.
He had been Satsvarupa Maharaj's secretary in Dallas in late 1977.
When Satsvarupa Maharaj returned from Vrindaban just after Srila
Prabhupada's departure, Isha was given 20 tapes with instructions to make
10 sets of copies to send to various ISKCON leaders before forwarding the
original tapes to the BBT Archives in Los Angeles. Isha Prabhu did this, but kept an
extra set for himself. He dug
out these tapes after 20 years of storage and made copies for Mahabuddhi
Prabhu's birthday. Isha asked
Mahabuddhi to listen to the tapes carefully, as he himself also did, in
hopes of finding an answer to the question: was Srila Prabhupada
poisoned? These 20 tapes of
Srila Prabhupada's last conversations, although the English portions were
transcribed in the Conversations books, had never been released or
advertised by the BBT Archives tape ministry. Thus, only a very few devotees had
ever listened to them.
However, copies are available upon special request from the
Archives. CHAPTER
2: POISON
WHISPERS DISCOVERED Almost
simultaneously, Isha, Mahabuddhi and Balavanta Prabhus found and focused
on several whispers on a tape labeled T-46, the third from the last known
recording of Srila Prabhupada, and dated November 10 & 11, 1977. Isha Prabhu, a devotee since 1974
and long-time supporter of the Miami ISKCON temple,
stated: "When I
first heard of the poisoning issue I became concerned and investigated by
listening carefully to the twenty tapes in my library from Oct-Nov 1977.
After thoroughly listening to them I concluded that if Srila Prabhupada
was poisoned it was the result of accidental overdose or misuse of his
medications. That same day Mahabuddhi called and told me of suspicious
whispers he had found on the same tapes of November 1977. I examined the
whispers carefully using sophisticated electronic equipment, and had
enhancements done on the tapes by FBI approved laboratories. My conclusion
after hundreds of hours of analysis is that it is possible that Srila
Prabhupada was poisoned. I
called Balavanta and asked him if we could form an investigation
committee. He agreed that Mahabuddhi, Jagajivan and myself would be on it
and that we could create a forum on ISKCON's COM so we could communicate
privately about these issues." This
reporter also interviewed Mahabuddhi Prabhu, former temple president,
former promoter of Prabhupada's Palace bus tours in New Vrindaban, and
founder of the Florida Vedic College: "We
listened to Srila Prabhupada's tape of November 10-11. My son Mahasimha,
when I was out of the room, had heard a whisper, so he called me back and
we played this whisper again. We enhanced it and listened to it, and it
really sounded strange. We became a little bit shocked, because we thought
we had heard something like: LETS POISON IN THE MILK, and the more we
heard it, the more we listened to it, about 100 times that night, the more
it sounded that way." CHAPTER
3: WHISPERS
ALARM DEVOTEES Mahabuddhi
Prabhu e-mailed his discovery to Balavanta and phoned Isha. Apparently Balavanta and
associates in Alachua were already aware of the whisper, because the next
day, November 11, 1997, the Vaishnava News Network, or VNN, posted not
only Mahabuddhi Prabhu's letter on the internet, but also a statement from
Balavanta as the newly appointed "GBC special investigator." Apparently the GBC Executive
Committee and the GBC Chairman, Madhusevita Prabhu, acted quickly, without
full approval of the GBC, by immediately arranging for Balavanta Prabhu to
investigate "independently" the alleged poisoning of Srila Prabhupada,
beginning with research into the validity and nature of the alarming
whispers. Balavanta's
report stated, regarding the November 10-11 tape (T-46 or #18 out of the
last 20): "…it
contains a whisper which refers to poison. This tape was digitally processed
for clarity by an independent laboratory in Gainesville, Florida.
According to the laboratory technician the following is the probable
contents of the whispered statement. Either: 1. "Lets not poison him and go"
or 2. "Lets now poison him and
go." We are
currently sending the tape to another laboratory with more advanced
equipment for further investigation. We will report the results of that
study as available." It is
noted here that, to the best of our knowledge, this was the first and last
public statement made by Balavanta as GBC Special Investigator. Since
then, however, Balavanta Prabhu has spoken with others about the
investigation unofficially. He, Mahabuddhi and Isha discussed
arranging for more testing on the whispers, and Balavanta disclosed that
he had sent the T-46 "poison tape" to the National Audio Video Forensic
Laboratory in California, headed by a Mr. Norman Perle. Just two months prior, Mrigendra
Prabhu, a devotee attorney and former temple president of Los Angeles
ISKCON, had sent the famous so-called "appointment tape" of May 28, 1977,
to Perle's lab to test for evidence of alleged tampering or editing. The appointment tape forensic test
results will be discussed later on in Chapter 11 and Appendix 1. Meanwhile,
Isha and Mahabuddhi were finding more incriminating-sounding
whispers on the same "poison tape."
In total, as reported on VNN, they were: 1. "Lets poison him and go," or
perhaps, "Put poison in the
milk" 2. " poison ishvarya rasa…get ready to
go", 3. "the poison's going down, the
poison's going down" 4. "put poison in different
containers." The
level of concern and fear amongst devotees became greatly heightened. On
November 30, Isha, very expert in manipulation of computer and sound
recording equipment, reported on VNN his own personal findings in regards
to the poison whispers on the "poison tape." They
were: 1.
Conversations
Vol. 36, pg 373: After Srila Prabhupada asks to lie down flat is heard
this whisper: "The poison's going
down..(giggle) the poison's going down." 2.
Con:36.373:
After Jayapataka says, "follow the same treatment," a whisper: "Is the poison in the milk? Um
hum." 3.
Con:36.374:
After Srila Prabhupada says, "Daytime we expose...", we hear the
whisper, "Do it now." Then
Srila Prabhupada drinks something. 4.
Con:36.378:
We hear the whispers, "Jayadwaita... will you serve Srila
Prabhupada poison Jayadwaita?", then several negative responses
followed by "Nette,
nette." 5.
Con:36.391:
After Jayapataka says, "Should there be kirtana?" we hear a Bengali
phrase, and then the whisper "Poison ishvarya rasa." Srila
Prabhupada says weakly and very surprised, "Me?", then we hear, "Take it easy, get ready to go,"
then a few seconds later, "The
poison's in you Srila Prabhupada." Then, "He's going under... He's going
under." Then Hansadutta's kirtan began. The
audio clips including the above whispers were posted on VNN on December 5,
1997. It is difficult for many to make out the whispers due to so much of
the quality lost in that means of transmission. Dozens upon dozens of
devotees have been taken by Naveen Krishna Prabhu in Alachua to a local
sound studio to listen to the enhanced and "cleaned up" whispers. Most
agree, after listening carefully a few times, and there is no doubt in
their minds, what the whispers are about: Srila Prabhupada was poisoned in a
conspiracy by His own closest disciples. The number of devotees with
this experience in Naveen Krishna's sound studio continues to grow as time
goes on. CHAPTER
4: POISON
INVESTIGATIONS BEGIN While
Perle was analyzing the poison tape as per Balavanta's instructions, Isha
called Perle and discussed the whispers' locations on the tape. Perle
stated that he had been asked to study only one whisper, and to do it on a
shoestring budget. It has
been unofficially learned that the report Balavanta received from Perle
soon thereafter did NOT verify the whispers, and the report has never been
made public. Surprised to hear this, Isha called Norman Perle to discuss
his findings. Isha relates
his talk with Perle: "I had
discussed with Perle about several locations of the tape which contained
whispers but when Balavanta received his report there was a great deal of
confusion about what Perle had actually analyzed. I called Perle the day
after my conversations with Balavanta to discuss my concerns about which
sections of the tape he was listening to. I could not get a clear answer
from him but he did make a statement which raised my suspicions even
higher. He said that conversations and events on the tape did not
represent the actual events taking place. He said that he was 95%
convinced of that." Balavanta
Prabhu also could not clearly identify for Isha which sections of the tape
or which whispers Perle had examined. Thus it was speculated that Perle
had analyzed the wrong whispers on the tape, as there are many throughout
the tape, and did not examine the ones referring to poison. Interestingly, though, Perle had
alluded to fraudulent tampering of the tape, a subject we address later.
Suffice it to say at this point that Perle mistakenly thought that the
stop-start routine of recording was evidence of tampering. Mahabuddhi and Isha were disturbed
that Perle's report was not made available to them to verify or contradict
their suspicion that the wrong whispers were examined. The credibility, accurateness and
value of Perle's report to Balavanta was thus deemed highly
questionable.
Also, at
this time, Balavanta Prabhu now would no longer take a personal position
on the whisper issue as he had at the start. He had become private, grave,
and attorney-like in his behavior. Further, what had begun as a
cooperative effort had now effectively split into two groups: the
secretive, "independent" GBC
investigation and the work done by an entity called the Independent
Vaishnava Council, with Mahabuddhi and Isha Prabhus' participation. Isha explains his disappointment
with Balavanta: "Balavanta
informed me that there was no longer an investigation committee and that
he was going to act alone based on the GBC's instruction. I had already
shared with him all the information I had gathered from the tapes and
became further disturbed because of his breaking our agreement. Over the
next several days I sent out several more e-mails detailing the results
from the sound labs I had worked with in Miami. The VNN website (vnn.org)
agreed to publish my findings. The CHAKRA website (chakra.org), which was
created later, has refused to post my reports,
however." Mahabuddhi
also states: "…we had cleaned some
tapes and made some enhancements on some segments …we actually delivered
these tapes to Balavanta who came to West Palm Beach to meet with us. We were always very cooperative,
and at that point we thought we were working as a group or a team, but
then he told me that actually he's now the only
investigator." Mahabuddhi
and Isha then decided to continue with their audio forensics investigation
on their own. At this point
this reporter became intimately involved in their investigation. The whispers were digitally
enhanced and cleaned for clarity by prominent and first-class sound
studios, one of which was Soundtrack, Inc of Miami, headed by George
Blackwell. Mr. Blackwell, who does a lot of work for law enforcement
agencies, reported in early December, 1997: "First
of all, what I remember hearing on his tape after cleanup was "It's not poison in the milk" or,
allowing for an unusual speech pattern by the speaker, "It's not poisoned milk." As in
handwriting analysis, one calls upon other skills besides engineering for
this type of work. At this point I relied heavily upon my 25 years of
experience in musical training and in recording voices for commercials and
narrations." George
Blackwell then describes how he adjusted the pitch, filters and equalizer
to obtain a variety of listening conditions. His conclusions, it must be
noted, however, were based ultimately upon listening with the human ear
and did not include more sophisticated analytical
methods. Harikesh
Maharaj, then the GBC for much of Europe and the principal
guru-power/broker in ISKCON, reported on the internet that by listening to
the whispers with the equipment used for his tape ministry, he and his
aides could not hear anywhere the word "poison" being
whispered. He did admit, though, that it remained a big mystery to him as
to why Srila Prabhupada would say that he was being
poisoned. Bir
Krishna Maharaj (GBC vice-chairman at the time), Bhakticharu Swami (ISKCON
guru), and Rabindra Swarup Prabhu (GBC and ISKCON spokesman), made a joint
statement on the internet on January 17, 1998 that they also had listened
to the poison tape, and in their opinion, the whisper about "poison in different containers"
was actually "posing different
opinions." They also had
several Bengalis translate the whisper "poison ishvarya rasa" as a
Bengali term meaning "in a few days
time." It should be clarified, however, that the whispered poison
phrase comes right after the Bengali phrase so
translated. This attempted
sweeping aside of one of the four whispers is the same kind of error
likely made by Norman Perle analyzing a non-poison whisper and then saying
there is no poison word. One wonders whether these GBC's were doing shabby
or dishonest reporting; it is quite obvious to anyone who listens to the
tape that the poison whispers comes after the Bengali
speaker. News of
the poison issue circulated quickly and was featured on the internet by
the VNN and, later, by the "ISKCON-friendly" CHAKRA websites. Visits to VNN's site tripled as
thousands checked in every day for "poison issue" news, showing that
devotees worldwide were very interested and concerned about the poison
issue. It was clearly not a non-issue. CHAPTER
5: ISKCON
STATEMENT Given
the seriousness of the matter, it is surprising that for many weeks no
official statement was issued by ISKCON. Finally, on December 7, 1997 it
came, composed by Bir Krishna Maharaj and, as he put it, "stiffened-up" by
Rabindra Swarup Prabhu and Mukunda Maharaj. It read: "Certain
conspiracy theorists have been propagating of late the allegation that the
Founder-Acharya of ISKCON met his demise on November 14, 1977 due to
intentional poisoning at the hands of his own disciples. The GBC of ISKCON
considers this charge both absurd and offensive. Based on considerable
testimony from those present at the time, and on its own preliminary
internal study, the GBC is convinced that no such evil deed or even
intention existed at the time. The GBC is certain that Srila Prabhupada's
passing away was due to entirely natural causes, as his doctors
stated.
Some persons have claimed that they heard the word "poison"
whispered on a tape said to have been made in Srila Prabhupada's room.
Many others, however, find the whispers indecipherable. In other words,
one can read into the whisper almost anything one chooses. Nonetheless,
some persons are bent on establishing the false and malicious theory that
some of Prabhupada's own disciples conspired to poison
him.
To refute this charge beyond the slightest doubt, the GBC has given
the original tape over to independent forensic experts for detailed
analysis. The singular purpose is to lay to rest malevolently motivated
theories about Srila Prabhupada's passing. According to Balavanta das,
head of independent investigation, "Initial reports from two of the
forensic laboratories, both of which used equipment more sophisticated
than any previously applied, do not find the word poison on the tape and
do not support allegations of any wrongdoing." It is
now clear to the GBC that the report of taped whispering conspirators is a
false alarm. The GBC is
confident that the final forensic report will confirm these preliminary
findings." This
official statement, one of only two issued by ISKCON at the time this
publication went to press (the other is Appendix 21), has dismayed
many devotees who had hoped ISKCON would lead the search for the truth.
Now, anyone who would feel or express justifiable and legitimate concern
over the circumstances of Srila Prabhupada's departure from this mortal
world, has been condemned as a virtual enemy of ISKCON. It is perhaps this blatant
shunning of efforts of cooperative goodwill offered by those outside the
institutional walls that feeds the perception of a dishonest GBC, who many
feel has become expert in keeping closed a Pandora's box of gruesome
ghosts collected over 22 years of embarrassing history.
The GBC
says they are "convinced and
certain that Srila Prabhupada was not poisoned." Yet at least some of
the GBC's arranged for
Balavanta's investigation to research the matter, indicating that even
they have some doubts. Suspicions arose in the minds of many about the
GBC's honesty and the supposed independent investigation they
initiated. Does the apparent
half-hearted and non-aggressive nature of Balavanta's investigation have
to do with the GBC's influence, who, in a state of denial, hopes this
issue will fade away? Does
this look like an open and honest attempt to satisfy natural and obvious
questions raised by the evidence itself? Has
Balavanta Prabhu decided to maintain silence until he can accumulate
enough evidence to make a complete report? Are Balavanta and Naveen Krishna
Prabhus, past and former GBC members, compromised by their past political
allegiances, or are they truly concerned in uncovering the truth of the
poison issue?
What are
the findings of the "considerable
testimony and preliminary internal study"? What in this material has
so thoroughly convinced the writers of the ISKCON statement that there is
no cause for concern- why not share this with the Vaishnava
community? Where are the
doctors' statements verifying natural causes to Srila Prabhupada's passing
away? (There is no indication that such a thing ever existed!) If
ISKCON is really to refute the supposed charges of poisoning beyond the
slightest doubt, as they say, then they should immediately enlighten
everyone with full disclosure of all their findings, such as their audio
lab reports, interviews, if any, and a full explanation and answering of
questions by Srila Prabhupada's secretary and primary caretaker for most
of 1977: Tamal Krishna Goswami. When contacted by Dhaneshwar on behalf of
this author, Tamal refused to discuss the issue or answer questions,
saying that there was already an ongoing investigation. Tamal previously told Satyaraj
Prabhu that if he answers one question, there will be hundreds more (Yes!
and all should be
answered! Why not?)
Also,
what was the second audio forensic lab report obtained by Balavanta
Prabhu? One report was the Norman Perle report, which may be of dubious
value, as we will see later herein when reporting on Perle's appointment
tape analysis. Was the other lab the sound studio in Gainesville? What
other audio forensics had Balavanta Prabhu done, if
any? CHAPTER
6: INVESTIGATION
CONTINUES This
reporter interviewed Balavanta Prabhu in mid January 1998, learning that
he was receiving very limited funding for investigative work from the GBC,
and that he was donating his time, as it may be available, to work on
the investigation. Balavanta flatly stated that unless there is some new
evidence or major breakthrough, such as a witness coming forward, that his
poison investigation might soon close down with an inconclusive
report. As this book goes to
print, it is understood that Balavanta has not yet conducted any
interviews, and may never, with possible suspects such as Tamal Krishna
Maharaj, Jayapataka Maharaj, Bhavananda, Hansadutta, Satadhanya,
Bhakticharu Swami and others.
He did say that he was making arrangements for the chemical
analysis of a sample of Srila Prabhupada's hair and fingernail clippings
from October-November 1977.
He was in the process of locating a suitable testing laboratory.
It was
also understood that Balavanta had retrieved various containers left in
Srila Prabhupada's Vrindaban quarters since 1977. In accordance with the
whisper about putting poison in different containers, apparently he was
going to test those containers for traces of poison. A long shot,
indeed. In
October 1997, an entity called the Independent Vaishnava Council, or IVC,
had been formed with Balavanta as the chairman, but who then, very soon
afterwards, resigned when he became the "GBC investigator." The leadership of the IVC was
taken up by Rochan Prabhu, former temple president of Seattle, who
explained the development and purpose of the IVC: "In
September 1997, the VNN announced that an Independent Vaishnava Council
was forming, headed by former GBC chairman Balavanta das, who practices as
an attorney in Florida under the name William Ogle. The Council was formed for the
purpose of investigating recorded statements uttered during Srila
Prabhupada's final days, which indicated that he was being poisoned. A few weeks later, after the
poison whispers surfaced, Balavanta announced his appointment by the GBC
as their special independent investigator into these allegations. He made it clear that his
activities on the GBC's behalf disqualified him from working with the
independent Council, which was then at risk of dissolving. I was asked to take responsibility
for moving the Council forward, primarily because I had already developed
a comprehensive Internet website -harekrishna.com We launched this pioneer attempt
at facilitating a virtual investigative council by creating interactive
meeting areas for the Council. "From
day one, the volume of e-mail and incoming calls was overwhelming. We were
approached by a number of individuals who offered financing, audio
engineering skills, technical and legal support for the
investigation. There was a
common sense of urgency to compile and distribute a comprehensive summary
of all available facts. So,
the founding members of the Council began the process of discussing
investigative protocol, the philosophical implications, administrative
issues, etc. Meanwhile,
individual members launched an audio CD project, a series of forensic tape
analyses, and various legal and investigative inquiries. We were all moving forward, and
making every attempt to cooperate together to pursue the
truth." Mahabuddhi
Prabhu, an early IVC member, stated: " it was a pretty difficult
kind of jump to think that one of our godbrothers would even consider
doing something like this to Prabhupada. We did not want to be so bold as
to accuse anyone, so we thought that, having heard these strange whispers,
we had better continue the investigation. Some people clearly heard the word
poison, and some didn't. However, we weren't really interested in arguing
over who heard what, as we felt that there would always be different
opinions. We concluded that the way to resolve this matter was to have the
tape analyzed by a forensic laboratory who had the technical expertise to
give a definitive statement.
We hoped the lab results would disprove that the whispers had
anything to do with the poisoning of Srila Prabhupada, which is a totally
detestable idea. It is very
disturbing to think that any of our godbrothers could do such a
thing." CHAPTER
7: AUDIO
FORENSICS COMMENCE Up to
this point, most analysis was done by the subjective human ear, such as
was done by George Blackwell, Harikesh Maharaj and Bir Krishna
Maharaj. Mahabuddhi learned,
however, that speech recognition has become an extremely diverse and
advanced science, as researchers are improving equipment, computers, and
software that accurately recognize the human voice. Sounds of Speech Communication
by JM Pickett and Acoustic Analysis of Speech by
Kent and Reed are two definitive texts on the
science. One of
the oldest tools used in speech recognition is still unexcelled in
definitive identification of words, namely the Wide Band Voice Spectrograph. It
provides detailed information about the many frequencies and intensities
of the various sounds which make up the spoken word. The spectrograph
clearly presents the complex harmonic structure of voiced phonemes, of
which there are only 40 in the English language, being the elements of
sound used to produce every word.
The voice spectrograph displays one phoneme after another,
providing a "picture" of each word, and will have a similar pattern
regardless of the accent, cadence, and the peculiarities of a particular
voice. Unlike the human ear, the spectrograph is fully objective in identifying spoken words. Voice spectrograph analysis
accurately determines even barely audible whispers with a confidence level
of greater than 90% and is used by law enforcement agencies and as
evidence in court, for decades now. Mahabuddhi
Prabhu consulted with the American College of Forensic Examiners to locate
a very professional audio forensic laboratory. He settled on Jack Mitchell
with Computer Audio Engineering (CAE) from New Mexico. Although Balavanta had obtained a
report from Norman Perle, the results were not released and was considered
of dubious accuracy (see Appendix 1). Mahabuddhi understood the grave
need for a good forensic acoustic analysis. This
author offered to bear the expenses of the work. Mahabuddhi arranged for the
analysis, carefully detailing the whispers' locations for CAE and how we
wanted to analyze EXACTLY what
was being spoken. Jack Mitchell was not told in advance by being what we
thought the whispers were, as we wanted an unprejudiced analysis without
any subtle predisposition of the analyst. CAE was given no information as to
the nature of the controversy, but was apprised of the foreign language on
the tape.
This author elicited Jack Mitchell's credentials, given as
follows: COMPUTER
AUDIO ENGINEERING, Jack Mitchell, A.C.F.E. Member
American College of Forensic Examiners John J.
Mitchell ("Jack"), Years
experience: 30+/audio -
3/forensic audio. Education:
*1964-1976; The Pennsylvania State
University *Undergraduate & graduate
study - music education and music composition. *Began study of electronic music
in 1967. Such study includes
recording and editing techniques, signal design, analysis, processing and
full semester physics courses which were specific to the physics of
sound. Have been involved
with audio and signal analysis and processing in one form or another ever
since. *1992: Univ. of New Mexico: 1 credit short course - Music and
Technology *Other: Have taught both public school and
college. From 1987 to 1995
was the editor/arranger/orchestrator for the John Donald Robb Musical
Trust, University of New Mexico Foundation. Thus
far, I am able to boast a realistic 99% success rate with regard to my
forensic work. (That
assessment has come from clients, not myself). JM Jack
Mitchell owner/engineer: Commercial Audio | Forensic
Audio Computer
Audio Engineering aka: CAE
Studio Web
Site: http://biz.swcp.com/CAE... E-mail:
cae@swcp.com After a
week, Jack Mitchell called Mahabuddhi and advised him that we should be
arranging for legal counsel, as it appeared that what he was analyzing was
a poison conspiracy, judging from what he had already found on the
tape. Mahabuddhi was pleased
that Jack was confirming what he had heard, but also depressed. Three
weeks later the report arrived, and stated: "Each
segment was subjected to analysis using both Signalyze and Soundscope
software. Methods employed were: F-T-A sonogram display, amplitude
envelopes, 100ms segment FFT, LPC formant tracking – of particular
interest was F2 trajectory tracking of the tongue movement, sound file
amplification and normalization. The analysis activity involves data
measurement, aural and visual alignment and segmentation of sonic
events. During
signal analysis and dialog decoding, nine hours of consultation was done
with Dr. Helen McCaffrey, Department of Communication Sciences and
Disorders, Texas Christian University." (see Appendix 2) This
first complete audio forensic report by CAE is included in Appendix 2, and details the
exact methods and technology used. Five color spectrographs of the
whispers, conclusively verifying their actual content, are displayed on
the front and rear book covers, and near the front of the
book. Technical
language aside, the heart of the report left Mahabuddhi, Rochan, and this
author in shock and depression.
Two of the four whispers had been
verified as containing the word POISON. There was now far less doubt that
there had indeed been a poison conspiracy. Mitchell also verbally
communicated that he had isolated another very faint whisper on the same
tape which he felt quite sure contained the word poison, but it was too
faint to verify by phonemes.
He also found whispered words adjacent to what we had asked him to
study, such as "We know he's trying to trap
us", and "I'm not afraid to die",
which, unfortunately, fits in better with the discussions of a secretive
and nefarious plot than normal devotee discussions in the course of caring
for a prostrate and bedridden Srila Prabhupada. The
first whisper verified takes
place on page 373, Conversations Book #36, dated November 10, 1977, but
the correct date is the 1th. Srila Prabhupada says, "Hmmm. You make me flat," and
then, in the background, an as yet unidentified person says what had
previously been thought to be "THE
POISONS GOING DOWN."
However, Jack Mitchell's analysis ascertains the long, two part
hushed whisper to be: "PUSH
REAL HARD, ITS GOING DOWN HIM. THE
POISON'S GOING DOWN" The
second whisper verified takes
place on page 391, Conversations Book #36. (November 11, 1977) Someone speaks three or four words
in Bengali, and then Jayapataka Maharaj (it almost definitely is his voice) says what
previously sounded to many like POISON ISHVARYA RASA. In reference to this whisper, Bir Krishna Maharaj and Rabindra
Swarup Prabhu issued a statement on January 17, 1998, claiming that three
Bengalis in Philadelphia (one was Bhakticharu Swami) translated the
Bengali spoken as "kayek din pare asha", meaning "in a few days time", and
that there was no poison word.
However, Jack Mitchell's analysis starts after that loudly-spoken
Bengali phrase, and ascertains the subsequent whispers to
be: VOICE 1:
Bengali (kayek…) VOICE
1: POISONING FOR A LONG
TIME SRILA
PRABHUPADA: TO ME? VOICE 2:
THAT'S REALLY
ORIGINAL. VOICE 1:
GET READY TO
GO. Then: VOICE 1:
MY NUMBER'S IN THE PASS (PORT OR
BOOK). VOICE:
OK. VOICE:
GOING NOW,
(PRABHU). SOFT
ELDER VOICE: (YES, TODAY or
YESTERDAY). VOICE:
ANYTHING MIGHT OF HAPPENED
TODAY. VOICE:
(LOOK), I'M NOT AFRAID TO
DIE. SOFT
ELDER VOICE: VERY
GOOD. VOICE:
YOU'RE TAKING IT RIGHT
NOW. SOFT
ELDER VOICE: HOW'S
THIS? VOICE:
LET IT
GO. We can
find no positive manner in which to interpret these words; they speak the
unthinkable. It is obvious
that no definitive conclusion can be drawn simply by listening with the
human ear, and that therefore audio forensic analysis should carry much
more weight as to what actually is being said, or whispered. The CAE report makes the whispers
a hundred times more significant, and, coupled with other evidence, should
help convince all those silent fence-sitters with political interests or
weak hearts to get off their duff and get behind a broad, impartial
inquiry as will be proposed later. A third
whisper was also analyzed by Jack Mitchell, namely the one which takes
place on page 380 (November 11, 1977) of the Conversations Book #36. This whisper has been previously
reported to be Tamal Krishna Maharaj saying, "Put poison in different
containers…" This whisper
has been explained by Bir Krishna Maharaj and others to be, "we're voicing different
opinions…" and this is exactly
what Jack Mitchell verified.
The
explanation by Bir Krishna Maharaj makes sense, especially when looked at
in context, where the word opinion is used just a little earlier and how
there is a discussion about whether to go on parikrama or not. Now, with verification by forensic
analysis, it does not seem that this whisper should be given much further
attention. It should be
noted, however, that CAE's analysis coinciding with the GBC explanation is
significant in demonstrating how his work is honest and not tailored to
suit any biased motive his client might have. It is very important that
the search for truth not be compromised by serving someone's personal
agenda or opinion, and so it is hoped that the CAE report will be
appreciated as being truly impartial. We see
how the whispers have been variously and subjectively interpreted by the
human ear, as by hearing poison in several other whispers prompts us to
hear "VOICING" as "POISON IN."
Distortions and low amplitude play tricks on the imperfect
senses. But, thanks to audio
forensics we can extend the range of the human senses and determine more
than what we thought we heard by the ear alone. Nevertheless,
the same person who says, "…we're
voicing different opinions…," was analyzed just prior to this
point to have said in a whisper, "WE KNOW
HE'S TRYING TO TRAP US."
This
person has been invariably identified as Tamal Krishna Goswami. What is
meant by this statement is unknown. The work
done by CAE stands in quality and thoroughness far above what was done by
any of the subjective listening by various human ears, and will be very
difficult to scientifically discredit. Audio forensics is a method of
evidentiary proof accepted by courts and law enforcement agencies; so we
also should give it great credence. In
February of 1999, Jack Mitchell offered to post the poison whispers on his
website as demonstration of his work and as assistance in making the
evidence in this poison investigation available to more people. He
explained that recent improvements in software (Yamaha Sound VQ) allowed
sound bites to be downloaded with exceptional quality in a very short
time. His website address is: http://biz.swep.com/CAE. Check
it out and hear for yourself those who are assumed to be engaged in the
very act of poisoning the pure devotee of the Supreme Lord, Srila
Prabhupada. Historical
truth is often not understood by one obvious piece of blinding evidence,
but is re-constructed from many small bits of information and evidence,
developing into varying degrees of certitude by progressing from a doubt
to suspicion, then from a credible proposition to a probability, and
finally, a certainty. The
revelations provided so far and those coming in the future are due to the
divine arrangement of Srila Prabhupada and Sri Sri Radha Govinda. Hopefully this issue will be fully
resolved soon, so that further dissension will not plague Srila
Prabhupada's Mission. The total evidence to date, as one will see by the
end of this publication, clearly points to a poison conspiracy. The
consequences will be far reaching and profound, as Srila Prabhupada's
followers gradually realize that our only secure basis is Srila
Prabhupada's instructions and books, and not the leaders and policies that
have created havoc in the Mission since the pure devotee's
departure. CHAPTER
8: MORE
AUDIO FORENSICS In
January 1998, Mahabuddhi decided to divest himself of the responsibility
for the CAE forensic report, and step into the background. He encouraged this reporter, who
had funded the entire $15,000 cost, to decide what to do with it. Mahabuddhi wanted the report made
public at some point, but his work and family responsibilities were
wearing him down. He was
getting dozens of calls at all hours about the forensic work; some were
intimidating, some threatening, some boring, all of them time
consuming. Thus this reporter
was now solely responsible for the CAE forensic analysis already done, and
for whatever other forensics might be done in the
future. Early
on, Mahabuddhi repeatedly mentioned his suspicion that the poison tape was
edited and that the sections recorded seemed to him to have been
rearranged out of chronological order. Specifically, he thought that the
"Get ready to go" episode was
actually the last recording made, but moved ahead of previous days' room
conversations. He also speculated that there was "poisoning for a long time," and
that Srila Prabhupada was given a final lethal dose of poison when told "Get ready to go." He thought the poisoners were
worried Srila Prabhupada going to expose them and thus they needed to
quickly finish their nefarious work.
Or, the poisoners were concerned that the last kaviraja would restore Srila
Prabhupada's health in spite of "poisoning for a long time,"
something the kaviraja
emphatically declared his medicines were capable of doing. Note that these were merely
suppositions. For many
years there has been a samilar suspicion of tape editing on the so-called
"appointment tape" of May 28, 1977.
As editor of Vedic Village Review in Mississippi about ten years
ago, this reporter had almost had the appointment tape analyzed for
editing. Many devotees
wondered if the appointment tape had been spliced, if words had been
rearranged, or if words had been deleted to change the import of Srila
Prabhupada's words. This
reporter then learned that Mrigendra, by GBC request, had the appointment
tape analyzed, and it was a reminder of issues set aside years ago due to
life's turmoil. Mrigendra, a
devotee attorney (Harvey Mechanic), arranged for a copy of the appointment tape to be
sent from the Bhaktivedanta Archives to Norman Perle's lab. He asked that
there be a determination as to whether or not the tape had been edited.
In
September 1997, Perle's report was released to the devotee world and
immediately caused great confusion.
Learning of the report two months later, this reporter was told
that the appointment tape had been edited and tampered with, which is
probably the general understanding of most devotees outside of the ISKCON
temples. Upon discussing the
matter with Bir Krishna Maharaj, former GBC chairman, he explained that
Perle was simply identifying the points where the tape recorder had been
turned off and then on again.
This was the method in which room conversations with Srila
Prabhupada were taped; the tape recorder would be then turned on whenever
there was discussion, visitors or darshan, and then turned off again. A tape was filled over a day or
more, with many sections separated by "breaks." When a tape was full, another
cassette was popped into the recorder. Part of
the summary from Perle's report states: "In
conclusion, this recording exhibits strong signs suggestive of
falsification. I do not believe that these deficiencies might possibly be
the product of some mechanical process or problem within the recording or
duplication process and I believe that they exist at what is considered to
be a higher degree than that of a coincidence." (complete
report in Appendix
1) Perle
identified six points on side A of the tape, each documented with a
waveform and spectrograph analysis, plus a commentary, typically "…consistent with a recording made
from an edited Master recording." Interviewed,
Mrigendra explained that no instructions were supplied to Perle as to the
manner in which recordings of Srila Prabhupada were typically made. Perle was not apprised as to the
start-stop routine and the resultant "breaks." Perle did not call back to ask any
questions as to the circumstances or details of the tape. Perle was put on an extremely
minimal budget, completely inadequate for actually doing any comprehensive
and thorough analysis. Genuine quality work, as I found out with CAE,
costs many thousands of dollars.
Unfortunately, Mrigendra was simply not aware of how important this
information would have been to Perle, nor was he even aware of it
himself. As a result, Perle's
appointment tape analysis is misleading, which is typical
GBC mismanagement, and should have been remedied by further funding to
complete the analysis properly. This
reporter felt a responsibility to clear up the confusion and decided, at
great expense, to finish the GBC project of analyzing the "appointment
tape," and to do it expertly and conclusively. (see Chapter 11 & Appendix
3) Then it dawned on
this author that the next logical step in the poison investigation would
be to see if the poison tape had been edited,
as was going to be tested for on the appointment tape. It would be
invaluable to complete and review Perle's analysis on the appointment
tape. There was suspicion of editing on both tapes, May28, the other
November 11, 1977, six months apart, and that needed to be checked
out. After
several lengthy conferences with Jack Mitchell at CAE and strategizing on
how to go about this next stage of forensic analysis, looking for possible
edits, copies of the appointment tape from the BBT Archives and Perle's
appointment tape report were sent to CAE. We discussed the technical
differences in spectrographic signatures of a start-stop compared to
various types of edits. Edits can be accomplished by copying over,
"punching in" electronically, or the simple and old-school razor blade
butt-splice. CAE explained
about differing "ramp times" created by start-stops on different recording
machines. Thus, as we shall
see, CAE was able to confirm and identify many stop-start points on both
the poison and appointment tapes.
Most of Perle's six points on the appointment tape that he
characterized as consistent with edits were, sure enough, as we shall see,
nothing but typical stop-starts.
CHAPTER
9: OBTAINING
THE UHER However,
there were other unusual anomalies on both tapes that could not be
explained away so easily.
Jack had made note of them when he had done the poison whisper
analyses. Jack emphasized the
need to know exactly what tape recorder had made these two tapes, as each
recorder makes its own specific electronic "signatures" on the magnetic
tape, with its different functions of pause, auto reverse, limiters,
internal vs. external microphone, fast forward, etc. It was crucial, if CAE were to be
able to make a truly definitive analysis, that we obtain the actual tape
recorder used to record the tapes.
And so began the search for information about the current location
of the tape recorder last used over twenty years
ago. After
two weeks of phone and internet searching, the picture became
clearer. There was a UHER reel to reel recorder used to
record Srila Prabhupada up till about early 1976. Hari Sauri Prabhu, Srila
Prabhupada's servant, arranged to have a new UHER cassette recorder obtained, as
cassettes were so much easier to handle and he hoped that thus more of
Srila Prabhupada's words would be captured on tape. He was right; the amount of
recordings increased dramatically in 1976 over previous years. A second, identical UHER cassette
recorder was obtained in Los Angeles for use when Srila Prabhupada was
there (which was often) and also as a back-up in case the first recorder
broke. Paramrupa Prabhu,
founder of the BBT Archives, told this reporter that he used the second
UHER in LA in February of 1978, after which it was sent to India. Its location today is
unknown. So where
was the first UHER cassette recorder that recorded the two tapes we were
analyzing? Mahabuddhi
suggested that I call Puru Prabhu, who had the extensive Bhaktivedanta
Memorial Museum in the Brooklyn temple for many years. Suddenly, this reporter remembered
touring his exhibits in 1989, and how Puru had proudly pointed out Srila
Prabhupada's tape recorder in a showcase. Upon contacting Puru, it was clear
that he was anxious to help disprove that the appointment tape had been
edited. Puru was assured that
CAE needed his UHER recorder to definitively ascertain the truth about the
appointment tape, which was this reporter's only motive. Puru sent the
UHER by Fedex to CAE to assist with the analysis work. Upon
receiving the UHER, Jack found that there was an electrical short
somewhere in the machine. It did not work, and would need to be repaired
before tests could proceed.
The former USA distributor for UHER tape recorders was of no help,
and UHER in Germany did not reply Jack's e-mails. Jack got on the web and put out
the alert for a schematic, hoping some electronic packrat had one from the
seventies. Sure enough,
within days, there was confirmation from New Zealand and a schematic was
sent over to New Mexico.
Without the schematic, it might have taken a small fortune to find
the electrical short. Jack's
repairman got to work and the short was isolated in the roller mechanism
area, and the machine was taken to another shop that had better diagnostic
equipment.
Three
weeks later, repaired, the UHER was operational and was returned to Jack
Mitchell for the final and critical tests. Could the UHER make the
unusual-looking anomalies found on both the poison and appointment
tapes? Or were these
anomalies due to edits and tampering? There
was also a small silver SONY cassette recorder used as a backup in India
when the UHER was unavailable or not working. It is on display in Srila
Prabhupada's quarters in Vrindaban. However, due to the similar patterns
found on both the poison and appointment tapes, we initially thought that
there was very little chance that either tape was made on the SONY. After
the testing was completed, it was ascertained otherwise, as explained in
the next chapter. Puru
received his UHER recorder from Tamal Krishna Goswami shortly after Srila
Prabhupada's departure. Tamal
distributed much Srila Prabhupada memorabilia at that time. There is next to no doubt that
this UHER is the one used to record Srila Prabhupada in India in
1977. Puru asked Tamal to
document in writing the history of his UHER and the SONY for the
Bhaktivedanta Memorial Museum, but Tamal politely
declined. CHAPTER
10: VIRTUAL
ORIGINALS FROM ARCHIVES Discussing
with Jack Mitchell his challenges in being able to cover all bases and to
research all possible explanations (other than an anomaly being an edit),
we decided on direct consultations and cooperation with the Bhaktivedanta
Archives in Sandy Ridge, North Carolina. We wanted to make sure that when
Jack identified a point on either tape as an EDIT, that it was for sure an
edit and nothing else.
Subsequently, Jack Mitchell had several technical consultations
with Paramrupa at the Archives, and these two techies figured that any
possible anomalies on Archives-produced copies that might be created by
the dubbing machine could be
eliminated if direct-wired DAT copies were made. Original tapes could not be sent
to New Mexico because by Archives policy, tapes "do not leave the Archives without one
of the Archives directors watching every second it is out of the vault."
A
recording procedure for these copies was agreed upon by Paramrupa Prabhu
and Jack Mitchell. Jack said,
"It should also be noted that these
recordings, for the purpose of enhancement and speech decoding are most
likely as good as having the original. The clarity on these digital
copies exceeds the previously provided analog copies by magnitudes."
This special DAT copy, almost as good in quality as the original tape
itself, was sent to CAE in early March, 1998. Finally Jack Mitchell thought he
had all the ingredients he needed to do a thorough, complete and
definitive analysis to identify and verify points of tampering by
editing. CAE also
consulted with Norman Perle on his appointment tape analysis, arranged
through the cooperation of Mrigendra. CAE interviewed Mrigendra and Puru
at length. This was truly a
cooperative and comprehensive endeavor. The forensic study involved many
participants. No one thought the GBC and Tamal Krishna Goswami would
cooperate, so they weren't asked.
Given the anti-"poison issue" rhetoric being posted at the time on
the CHAKRA website, this reporter hoped that perhaps the publication of
all evidence accumulated to date would spur them into cooperative
action. Then again, perhaps
that hope is ill-conceived and naive. To claim
Srila Prabhupada's sacred words on tape to have been edited or tampered
with would not be an insignificant thing. Witness the brouhaha regarding the
editing and changing of Srila Prabhupada's books. If His Divine Grace's sacred words
on tape also could not be trusted, then what is left as sacred
anywhere? It would be like
the Bible, with its purity and origins unknown and unverified. Meanwhile,
pressure was building for this reporter to release the results of CAE's
analysis of the whispers, but this reporter decided to wait until the
package was complete. After
all, providing tantalizing tidbits for the gossip circuit was someone
else's agenda. We wanted the
whole truth and it was worth waiting a little longer for. Hopefully, this
explained Balavanta's delay in the release of his results as
well. CHAPTER
11: MORE
WHISPERS, NO EDITING On March
26, 1998, an addendum report was received from CAE. CAE had not yet begun the final
testing for possible edits and tampering, but, with the new digital copy
of the "poison tape", there were more whispers discovered, analyzed and
noted. After "Poisoning for a long
time", there was more discussion in whispers which has already been
added into the earlier report of the whisper analysis in Chapter 7. But furthermore, on side A of the
"poison tape", November 11, 1977, was found the following
whispers: WHISPER: 00:57.692…"GOING
DOWN." WHISPER: 03:25.485…"DID IT
HURT?" WHISPER: 21:40…"HE'S GONNA
DIE" WHISPER: 21:58.641…"LISTEN, HE'S SAYING…GOING TO
DIE." WHISPER: 46:51.445…"YES, A HEART ATTACK
TIME." ALSO, on
side B of the same tape: LOWER UNDER-TONE
VOICE: (21:25.878)…"I TOLD YOU WHAT'S GOING ON. ORDERED
TO (?). HE'S AS SLY (SLAY) AS THEY COME." This is
what CAE found on the new analog to digital transfer tapes received from
the Archives. What to make of these new whispers? Again, we see the words "going
down," probably referring again to poison. Thus two separate "going down"
whispers confirm each other, being very near each other on the same tape.
Heart attack time? Who's as sly as they come? These secretive whispers about
Srila Prabhupada's death and slyness have raised great suspicions as to
the whisperers' conspiracy to poison Srila
Prabhupada. Also,
the whispers CAE had analyzed and reported on in January (Chapter 7) were reviewed on the
new tapes and all previous findings were re-confirmed. With McCaffrey's
confirmation, this makes triple verification of the forensic analysis of
these whispers, what to speak of Balavanta's multiple confirmations of the
same whispers. In late
April 1998 this reporter received Part Two of CAE's audio forensic
analysis, which focused on the authenticity of the appointment and
"poison" tapes, but also revealed again more additional background
whispers. These
new whispers found on the poison tape show how audio forensics are able to
hear what the human ear would miss or cannot understand, and are listed
below to illustrate the point.
Background whispering became common in Srila Prabhupada's room in
those last days, perhaps because Srila Prabhupada's hearing had become so
poor that the poisoners no longer worried about speaking incriminating
whispers in the same room. But the tape recorder heard them.
When one
takes ALL the incriminating whispers together from just one tape, any
possible explanation to allay fears of the worst scenario, namely the
poisoning of Srila Prabhupada, becomes a real stretch of the credible. Plainly put, these whispers clearly
indicate a poisoning conspiracy. The
additional whispers are (entire report is found in Appendix
3): SIDE
A: "IT
LOOKS TO ME HE'S STUPID" "LOOKS
THAT WAY, YEAH." "THAT'S
FUNNY" "LET'S
GO OUT" "ENERGIES
CONSERVED AND BUILT UP, AND MANAGED,
AND…" "LET'S
REDEEM OURSELVES" "DID YOU
DRINK? HOW MANY?" "GOD
DAMNIT JAY'S …OH GOD" "GOD
DAMN…" "FIFTY
PERCENT'S YOUR CUT" "WELL,
NO GOOD REASON" "YOU
DOIN' ?" SIDE
B: "DO IT
AGAIN" "STAY
HERE" "SOMEBODY
COULD EXPECT TO…EXPERIENCE…" "CHECK
THESE THING AND …" "COULD
HAVE BEEN TEN PERCENT OF IT" "CAN YOU
BUCK THE…" "Fifty
percent's your cut" and "God damnit." What do we make of
this? The most disturbing whisper comes last, where what sounds exactly
like Jayapataka Maharaj's distinct nasal voice, speaking with Srila
Prabhupada. VOICE:
"YOU'RE TAKING IT RIGHT NOW." PRABHUPADA:
"HOW'S THIS?" VOICE:
"LET IT GO." Taking
what? Poison? Medicine? Some of these phrases are very unusual and
puzzling. Whatever is being referred to in these whispers, when held
together with other evidence (especially Srila Prabhupada's own words),
and knowing the last 22 years of ISKCON history, how could any sensible
person not become highly suspicious?
Many would become thoroughly convinced that Srila Prabhupada was
indeed poisoned by his own leading disciples, the whisperers. This
reporter is among the latter. RESULTS
OF TAPE ANALYSES FOR EDITS & TAMPERING: CAE had
obtained and repaired the original UHER cassette recorder upon which both
tapes were thought to have been made. CAE experimented with all
combinations of manual and electronic functions of the UHER and examined
the results. The idea was to attempt to duplicate the dozen or so
suspected "anomalies" identified on the two tapes, to determine as
positively as possible if these were produced by tampering or editing, or
through normal machine operations. However, most anomalies were fully
reconciled as normal. NO EVIDENCE OF TAMPERING OR EDITING
WAS FOUND ON BOTH THE APPOINTMENT TAPE OR POISON TAPE. Two of
the six "anomalies" identified by Perle on the appointment tape (Perle's
exhibits 1 & 6) are simply lack of recognition of the tape "leader" at
the start and the end of the tape. This could not have been ascertained by
Perle unless he had the original tape, which he did not, but which Jack
Mitchell confirmed with the BBT Archives, who examined their original
tape. The other four anomalies appear to be stop-start points and nothing
more. None of the suspected anomalies that both Perle and CAE analyzed
were in or near the vicinity of the critical, brief "appointment
"conversation on side A. The
poison tape's "anomalies," such as a 3 second blank spot, sudden amplitude
changes, spiked "ramps" and so on were mostly reconciled. We now have renewed confidence in
Srila Prabhupada's taped recordings, something we no longer have with His
books due to BBT "editing."
This should be some relief to the Bhaktivedanta Archives crew, now
that extensive testing has found no tampering or editing to date on at
least these two tapes. However,
there are some reservations about these conclusions. CAE found the May 28
tape was not recorded on Puru's UHER cassette recorder, whereas the
November 11 "poison" tape was
recorded on the UHER. But the
May 28 tape was only found to have stop-start points and not the irregular
types of apparent anomalies as did the poison tape. There are no
suspicious areas on the appointment tape that could not be explained by
CAE, and none were in the area of the critical "appointment" discussion.
Therefore, even though the May tape was probably recorded on the Sony and
not the UHER, still we can be fairly sure of no editing.
Jack
Mitchell, in a later phone consultation, noted that the certainty of no
editing or tampering on the two tapes was about 80 - 85 %. The limitations
could be overcome if the original Archives tapes were
tested by the "fluid magnetic development" process. Such a test does not
negatively affect or damage the tape in any way. In this test, under 6X
magnification, the magnetic signatures on the tape surface reveal "tank
tracks" which would be broken by gaps every time the recorder was shut off
for a "break." On a copy, however, the tank tracks are always continuous.
The original tape would thus be required for testing to be 100% sure that
there was no editing or tampering.
An absence of gaps at stop-start points on the original tape would
be proof that the original was really a copy, and if editing had taken
place, it would become known from studying the "tank tracks'" features.
Perhaps
in the future the funds and original tape will be available for this kind
of test. In an expanded
investigation conducted with the support of the ISKCON leadership (is
there any left?), this should be on top of the list of things to do. That last 15 to 20 % possibility
should be checked out. The summary of all this business about wondering if
the tapes are edited is: *The two
tapes tested are not edited, with about 80%
certainty. *There
is no technical or forensic indication that the tapes were
edited. *
Perle's appointment tape analysis, stating "consistent with editing," is
now debunked and refuted. Perle was not informed as to the nature of the
recordings and he cursorily concluded the stop-start routine to be an
irregularity and evidence of tampering. CAE clearly disproves this
assumption in a thorough and first-class analysis, found in Appendix
3. CHAPTER
12: WITNESSES NOTE: Gupta
Prabhu, the California attorney who represented Hansadutta in the 1998 BBT
copyright case, wanted that the names and locations be changed so that, in
his opinion, a possible future criminal indictment would not be
jeopardized by early disclosure of information. This reporter apologizes
to Gupta Prabhu that his desire is not being accommodated herein. The
rationale for this entire publication is to honestly and openly reveal
whatever information is in hand because it is believed to be the best
approach to instigating a resolution on all levels of this darkest of all
secrets. May the truth set us free! According
to Paritrikananda Prabhu, rumors circulated in the Los Angeles devotee
community in 1982 that Srila Prabhupada's poisoning had been witnessed by
a young Vrindaban gurukula boy.
His name was Bhakta Vatsala, he was Mexican and he was about 12
years old in 1977. Bhakta
Vatsala had various duties in and around Srila Prabhupada's quarters and
supposedly he overheard a group of senior disciples discussing the
poisoning of Srila Prabhupada.
When Bhakta Vatsala returned to Mexico in 1978, several devotees
remember him talking openly about what he had overheard. One devotee who remembers this is
Durlab Prabhu, now living in Mexico City and operating an incense
business. Durlab
Prabhu was contacted in December 1997 by members of the investigative
team, and he forthrightly verified how he and his brother, among others,
had heard Bhakta Vatsala speaking repeatedly about overhearing a hushed
discussion by eight senior devotees on the poisoning of Srila Prabhupada.
The conversation took place in the Vrindaban temple near Srila
Prabhupada's room as Bhakta Vatsala heard through the doorway. Durlab also
remembered that two ISKCON gurus, namely Kirtanananda Swami and Bhagavan
Prabhu, had come to Mexico around 1982 to 1984 looking for Bhakta Vatsala,
who had by then left the movement with his family. Whether Bhakta Vatsala was found
at thayt time or not is unknown.
Durlab believed that Bhakta Vatsala had become unfriendly towards
ISKCON and had become an airline pilot. Various
IVC members discussed how Bhakta Vatsala might be located and the story of
a witness verified. Rochan
called upon Mr. Powers in Seattle, who had long experience with a private
investigator's office in Arizona, headed by "Benny". Benny was engaged by Mr. Powers to
use his Mexican affiliates to search for Bhakta Vatsala. However, by late March, 1998,
Benny reported that the leads provided were inadequate and provided no
results. Bhakta Vatsala could
not be located. The only lead was that he was employed at a leading hotel
in the Mexico City vicinity, but this may have been Gupta's disinformation
to this reporter. Gupta refused to share the information he had acquired
with this reporter. It is
interesting to note that at the height of the poison controversy in
December 1997, Tamal Krishna Goswami traveled to Mexico for about a
week. Tamal went with
Guruprasad Swami and attended a large festival in Guadalajara, then went
alone for "rest and recuperation," as it was described by Bir Krishna
Maharaj, to Acapulco on the Mexican Riviera. It was also reported that Tamal
stayed with Hridayananda Swami in a four star Mexican hotel for a few
days. Did this visit to Mexico have anything to do with Bhakta
Vatsala? In April
1998, Rochan, Paritrikananda, Gupta and this reporter were at a loss as to
how to pursue the search for this possible witness to Srila Prabhupada's
poisoning, now a grown man once called Bhakta Vatsala. Yasodanandan Prabhu, a former
Vrindaban gurukula headmaster, remembers Bhakta Vatsala and has agreed to
meet with him for interviewing if he can be located. Rupa Vilas Prabhu, now living in
Florida, also remembers well his student Bhakta Vatsala in Vrindaban. The boy was not particularly
inclined towards academics, but worked hard. He remained there in school for
about five years until about age 14 or so, and then returned to Mexico.
Both Rupa Vilas and Yasodanandana have no knowledge of Bhakta Vatsala's
witnessing of any conversations as mentioned above. In the
health biography of Srila Prabhupada, November 6,
1977: Srila Prabhupada: What is that
sound? Tamal: That's one of the brahmacharis
shaking out the dust in the rugs. In my office we have some rugs, so he
takes them outside and shakes them. He's a nice brahmachari, young boy
from the Gurukula, from Mexico. This boy
is believed to be Bhakta Vatsala, who was engaged in menial cleaning tasks
by Srila Prabhupada's servants and would have been well positioned to
overhear discussions going in those otherwise restricted
areas. Through
the years, there have been wispy rumors of other witnesses, two in
particular (Yadudharma and Narayan), that saw or heard things in
connection with Srila Prabhupada's poisoning This reporter and Balavanta have
both noted these leads with no verification to date. It is hoped that this publication
will stir the memories, conscience or guilt of persons who have knowledge
of the possible poisoning of Srila Prabhupada, witnesses
included.
One recent anonymous letter pulled from the internet website called
VADA, Allegations of Poisoning, reads: "I had a
conversation with Prabhupada's sister Pishima, just after Prabhupada's
passing, in which she mentioned that Prabhupada had called her to Mayapur
to cook for him some time before because he was concerned that he was
being given poison. Prabhupada wanted her personally to supervise all
aspects of his food preparation including purchasing
bhoga." (To this
letter's author: please help by contacting this author
anonymously.)
The best witness is an accomplice who testifies against the others
involved in the crime. Let this be notice to those who were involved in or
who know about Srila Prabhupada's poisoning: your days are numbered, and
soon the truth will catch up to you. Confess now and Yamaraj will give you
some consideration of mercy, or be apprehended and punished anyway, with
no consideration of mercy. You will be found and caught sooner or
later. CHAPTER
13: ARE
THERE MISSING TAPES? It is
often wondered if entire tape recordings of Srila Prabhupada's 1977
conversations, perhaps with crucial information or instructions, were
destroyed or lost.
Paritrikananda did a study on the subject of missing tapes, which
is included in Appendix 10 . In the archival
library of Srila Prabhupada's tape recordings, there are 75 out of 92 days
between July and October for which there are no tapes, including 45 consecutive days from August 18 to
October 1. Further, from
March 1 to October 1, 1977, there are recordings for less than one of
every three days. That
Srila Prabhupada would have spoken less during severe illness is
understandable, but that He would have said nothing for such long periods
is inconceivable. Were there recordings made during that time? The answer
is yes, there was a standard procedure to record everything Srila
Prabhupada said, with recorder and operator ready. Judging from the
sequence and content of the available tapes, and observing the
gaps, it appears very much that a tape here, a tape there, and then a
string of tapes every so often were recorded but are missing. It is almost as though someone
picked out the ones that should be lost and missing. How else do you
manage such a pattern? It does
appear very curious that one of the possible suspects in a poisoning
scenario would also be the one person responsible for recording,
collecting, labeling and sending to the BBT all recordings of Srila
Prabhupada after February of 1977. That person is Tamal Krishna Goswami,
who did not attend the GBC meetings in Mayapur 1998 and 1999 and remains
quite elusive. However, Tamal made a brief statement in May 1998. Tamala Krishna Goswami Explains
the Missing Tapes: "We kept a small Sony tape recorder by
Prabhupada's bedside and turned it on whenever possible to record whatever
he said. Often two or three days or more would pass before an entire tape
was filled. The tape would simply be given one of these dates, though in
fact what was recorded often represented many days of conversation. This
would explain why there appeared to be so many "missing" dates.
Furthermore, on August 26, Srila Prabhupada left Vrindavana for London.
While in London he underwent an operation due to a worsening condition and
became almost entirely bedridden thereafter, seeing practically no one.
Although his intention was to travel on to America, he instead returned to
India, fearing the worst. Arriving in Bombay on September 14, he entered
into a crisis situation. My diary entry for September 15 indicates the
situation: "Throughout the day Srila Prabhupada has been lying in bed. He
does not speak at all and hardly moves." When I asked Prabhupada how he
was feeling, His Divine Grace simply said: "Crisis." On Oct. 1, Prabhupada
left for Vrindavana. Obviously, this period represented days and even
weeks when no recording was made. Now, regarding how the
recordings were transferred to Los Angeles. They would be sent
conveniently with some responsible devotee returning to America. As an
example, Isha dasa claims that one batch were brought back by HH
Satsvarupa dasa Goswami who turned them over to Isha for sending to the
archives. Hari Sauri Prabhu writes that his own experience is that
sometimes the tapes were mislaid after reaching the archives. At least
that was his experience with recordings he made in Hawaii in 1976; he
states that Krishna Kanti, who was in charge of the archives at that time,
must have mislaid them. If we look at the above dates, it seems most
likely that I would have personally carried whatever tapes I had at the
time in Vrindavana with us to London, with the idea of giving them to a
responsible person to take to Los Angeles. Although I cannot recall the
system of recording Prabhupada in London (I don't have the same type of
remembrance of the Sony tape recorder by Prabhupada's side as I do in
Vrindavana), I cannot imagine that we did not record him there at least
some of the time. And yet you state that there are no available tapes at
all within that period of his London visit. I find it hard to believe that
there were no recordings because there were some very sweet meetings
between Prabhupada and his disciples there. The question, therefore, is what
happened to these tapes. Again, I wish to emphasize that I am only
surmising that there must have been some conversations recorded; I cannot
state certainly, but it seems reasonable. In any case, if there were such
tapes, there would be no point in me bringing them back to Vrindavana.
Rather I would have sent them along with whatever I had brought with me
from Vrindavana with a responsible person to Los Angeles. Unfortunately, I
cannot recall who that person might be. Nor can we be certain what
happened to the tapes, if there were any and if they arrived in Los
Angeles, once they entered the hands of those in charge of the archives at
the time. It is entirely possible that they may have suffered the same
fate as those recorded by Hari Sauri Prabhu in Hawaii." Basically Tamal said he doesn't
know if tapes were recorded or lost. But, Tamal was responsible to get these tapes
recorded and safely delivered to Los Angeles. Is it likely that the LA tape
ministry/Archives would lose so many tapes, especially so many in a row,
and then one here and there throughout the year? It is very suspicious. Considering
Tamal's history (Appendix 15), how he changed
his guru philosophy many times and invariably is at the forefront of
ISKCON crises, one naturally suspects tapes were purposely lost to conceal
their contents.
In preparing Srila Prabhupada's health biography for this book,
this author extensively studied the Conversations Books containing Srila
Prabhupada's taped conversations and also traveled to the Bhaktivedanta
Archives in Sandy Ridge, NC, to physically examine the 1977 tapes, and
hold discussions with Ekanath, Ranjit, and Paramrupa Prabhus. The
following information relevant to the issue of missing tapes was
found.
On April 18, 1977, Tamal wrote to Radhaballabha stating that he
was personally taking
responsibility for the tape recordings of Srila Prabhupada. (see Ch.
23, April 14) The tapes were
dated with a felt tip pen in Tamal's handwriting. Tamal had an office for
secretarial work and arranged for tape batches to be sent to the BBT.
Tamal's job was to see that the tapes were properly recorded, labeled, and
safely delivered to Radhavallabha's care. Any missing 1977 tapes are
ultimately, if not directly, Tamal's fault. There are many 1977 tapes no
longer available, either lost by accident or
intention.
Some
"missing" tapes are explained by tapes covering more than one day. This was confirmed by the content of the
tape and comparison to Tamal's and Abhiram's diaries. Thus perhaps a fifth
of the missing days in 1977 can be accounted for. However, for the large
blocks of missing tapes covering many consecutive days, there is no other
explanation than the tapes were lost or destroyed. Was some subject matter
contained in those tapes, or instructions Srila Prabhupada gave therein,
that someone did not want to be known to other devotees? Trust in Tamal has degenerated to
such a point.
For example, on May 28, 1977, Tamal asks Srila Prabhupada, "Is that called rtvik acharya?"
The previous conversation in which Srila Prabhupada introduced the concept
of rtvik initiation is missing.
Tamal wouldn't know to ask this question unless he had already discussed
with Srila Prabhupada about rtviks BEFORE May 28. Just as there were rtvik
conversations before May 28 that unavailable, there are very likely
similar conversations AFTER May 28 which are unfortunately not available
either. There are so many questions to ask Tamal; fortunately his recent
surgery was successful so that he may perhaps agree or be compelled in the
future to answer some of them.
In the foreword to TKG's Diary, Rabindra Swarup,
obviously in cooperation with Tamal, makes this statement regarding
missing tapes: "...all
the tapes from August 18 to October 3 are missing. TKG supervised the
recording, and the tapes would pass out of his control when periodically
he would entrust a batch to somebody or another to deliver to the
Bhaktivedanta Book Trust in Los Angeles. I have heard devotees recall how
the tapes thus sent sat without supervision in an open box, from which
community residents felt free to borrow and return at will. We should
accordingly be glad to have as many tapes as we
do."
In response, one might wonder how TKG could remember or detail in
his diary so many minute details of health, banking, and conversation
month after month, but have absolutely no details to offer
on: 1.
who and
when he gave "batches" of tapes to for taking to LA? 2.
how
often he sent tapes to LA, and how they were
packaged? 3.
what
instructions he gave to the carrier; who was the final
recipient? 4.
why
bother going to all the trouble to record Srila Prabhupada's words
(lugging a recorder around, finding an operator, turning it on and off
hundreds of times, labeling and switching tapes) if there was no method to
preserve, protect and safely deliver the tapes to their final
destination? 5.
Why does
Hari Sauri's record of delivering tapes to LA in 1976 not show three major
gaping holes in time as Tamal's record shows in 1977? Those holes are 19
days in March, 14 days in June, 45 days in September and August, and 31
out of 44 days between July 4 and August 16? In
conclusion, Tamal's explanations just don't satisfy people. They leave
much to be desired. His answers just don't cut it. It all looks too
suspicious to think that it was anything but at least partially
deliberate. CHAPTER
14: RESEARCHING
THE TAPE LIBRARY We must
note that the present recorded evidence regarding Srila Prabhupada's
poisoning comes just one tape that only a handful of devotees even knew
existed prior to two years ago.
The 20 tapes which Isha and Mahabuddhi listened to and upon which
they discovered the poison whispers are among many scores of tapes that
have not been studied except by a very few. These tapes are available from the
BBT Archives by special order at $5 each. If any reader of this report would
like to assist in this investigation, or if just to listen to new Srila
Prabhupada conversations, any of these "unreleased" conversation tapes
from March through November 1977 may be ordered
from:
Bhaktivedanta
Archives
PO Box 255, Sandy Ridge, NC 27046.
or call Ekanath there: 800 800 3284
or email at:
archives@earthlink.net By
scouring through these tapes, perhaps specific information relevant to the
ongoing poison investigation may be "discovered." Please consider participating in
the poison investigation by obtaining and listening to these heretofore
unknown tapes. Further, the Hindi and Bengali portions of the tapes need
to be transcribed, particularly those of October and November 1977. Please
help us find more information from these tapes. CHAPTER
15: CHANDRA
SWAMI CONNECTION In India
today, and even more so twenty years ago, one can find Ayurvedic
physicians, herbal medicines and various drugs or poisons just about
anywhere. It is part of the
Hindu/Indian culture and an area very loosely regulated by the
authorities. Thus, to obtain
any of a number of poisons would not be very difficult. On the other hand,
it is difficult to obtain high quality and pure medicines.
On
October 20, 1977 Srila Prabhupada had a dream wherein he saw a Ramanuja-vaidya preparing makharadhvaja medicine, and he
interpreted that Krishna had given some idea of how to be treated. The
devotees had already obtained what was supposed to be makharadhvaja from Bonamali in
Vrindaban, but he was not a Ramanuja kaviraja. Bonamali gave
instructions that its administration be only after the weather had cooled
down. But
Srila Prabhupada wanted the makharadhvaja prepared only by the
Ramanuja-kaviraja, as He had
seen in His dream. On the 24th of October, Smara-hari was going to South
India to see the chief priest in Sri Rangam temple. He was going to
purchase the medicine's ingredients himself, and then have the Ramanuja kaviraja make it while he watched.
He hoped to be back to with Srila Prabhupada's medicine in one to two
weeks. There
are three accounts thus far as to how the makharadhvaja was obtained from
Chandra Swami: Tamal's, Adi Keshava's, and that of the Conversations
Books. First, we quote from TKG's
Diary: October
23: "Gopal Krishna and Adi Keshava went to Delhi for phoning. October 24: "We received a phone
call from Delhi, however. Adi Keshava Maharaj had a very prominent sadhu
friend from New York who happened to be in Delhi. He had called his
friend, Candidas, who knew the best kaviraja available, one of the
Ramanuja sampradaya. Candidas phoned the kaviraja, who amazingly had just
completed a ten-day preparation of makharadhvaja. Candidas had saved seven
tolas and was going to donate them to Srila Prabhupada." October 25: "In the early evening
Satadhanya Maharaj arrived with the makharadhvaja. The kaviraja had also
treated Morarji Desai, and his office was filled with members of
Parliament, etc. There are six kinds of makharadhvaja medicine. He had
prepared siddha makharadhvaja. Seven tolas were not required. As it was
being made for another, when the kaviraja heard it was needed by Srila
Prabhupada, he donated it. It was made from gold, pearls, musk, mica, and
other ingredients, and could be taken with milk or honey. The kaviraja had
given twelve grams, enough for 24 days at two doses a day, each weighing
two ratis. Both Satadhanya and Adi Keshava were very impressed, though the
kaviraja was not a Ramanuji but a sakta wearing Siva tilak. Prabhupada
heard all this from Satadhanya Maharaj, then said that Bhakticharu Maharaj
and I would take charge of the medicine..." (TkgD.293-9) In March
1999 this author interviewed Adi Keshava Prabhu, who was very forthcoming
and informative. Oddly, he now has a PhD in Biochemistry and works in
plant pathology research, being very familiar with arsenic toxicity and
various testing methods. At
the mention of Chandra Swami, Adi Keshava immediately muttered, "Oh, that
old rat!" and variously described the "sadhu" as a wheeler dealer, a
Punjabi truck driver, a slimey character, etc. Chandra Swami was a fortune
teller and his offers of help to people were always very self-motivated.
In November 1976 Chandra Swami had come to Adi Keshava in New York to
offer help with his court case. Chandra Swami referred Adi Keshava to
certain contacts and individuals who actually were of great assistance.
Chandra Swami invited Adi Keshava to join him in a meeting with
President-elect Jimmy Carter in January 1977, and Adi Keshava provided an
oil painting of Krishna as a gift for the occasion. The meeting never
occurred but Carter did receive the painting. Chandra
Swami came and went from New York, and Adi Keshava would sometimes visit
him at an upper Manhattan deluxe apartment. After winning the court case
in March 1977, Adi Keshava went to see Chandra Swami at a house in Delhi,
and thanked him for his help. After Indira Gandhi's fall from power, a man
came to the Vrindaban temple gate for Adi Keshava with a message from
Gandhi's appointment secretary.
Chandra Swami was somehow involved with Indira Gandhi's wanting to
meet with Srila Prabhupada in Vrindaban, but Srila Prabhupada did not want
to meet her. Adi Keshava went to Delhi to decline the offer, and met
Chandra Swami at Gandi's secretary's office. Chandra Swami was informed of
Srila Prabhupada's ill health, and Adi Keshava never saw him
again. On
October 23 Adi Keshava went to Delhi to try to extend his plane ticket,
but he could not and would have to fly back to New York within days.
Satadhanya accompanied him to Delhi on business of his own. Adi Keshava
phoned Chandra Swami's office and a "minion-psycophant" was asked for
suggestions on where to find a qualified Ramanuja kaviraja who might have or could
make makharadhvaja. The minion
called back after apparently contacting Chandra Swami and referred Adi
Keshava to a very prominent kaviraja in Delhi who was treating
Morarji Desai. Satadhanya
and Adi Keshava went to the Delhi kaviraja's large clinic and
described Srila Prabhupada's condition and dream, requesting makharadhvaja. The kaviraja wore Shivite tilak, but
knew of Srila Prabhupada and expressed appreciation for His work and
stature as a true holy man. The kaviraja had just completed making
some makharadhvaja for another
person, but scooped out from an apothecary-type jar the sufficient
quantity for Srila Prabhupada and donated it free of charge. He said that this medicine should
not ordinarily be taken by one as deteriorated in health as was Srila
Prabhupada, but who was he to argue with Bhagavan in Srila Prabhupada's
dream? He wrote a letter to Srila Prabhupada expressing these serious
reservations and giving the instructions for its dosages,
etc. Adi
Keshava left from Delhi back to the USA while Satadhanya returned to
Vrindaban with the makharadhvaja. Just before his
flight, Adi Keshava phoned Vrindaban and was shocked to hear from Gopal
Krishna that Srila Prabhupada was taking the makharadhvaja while no one had
showed Him the kaviraja's
letter. Very upset, Adi Keshava left for New York. Meanwhile,
on the 25th Satadhanya arrived in Vrindaban with the makharadhvaja. In the
Conversations Books, Vol. 36, pg. 73, we read: Satadhanya: I have brought the makharadhvaja from
the kaviraja in Delhi. This kaviraja, he's not Ramanuja-sampradaya, but
many people say in Delhi that he's the foremost kaviraja in India. He
treats the Prime Minister, Morarji Desai, and all the ministers also. So
many people trusted him, and he mixed this medicine…He was mixing it for
some other person, but when he heard that you were ill, he gave it to
us. Bhavananda: What kind of makharadhvaja? Satadhanya: There's different kinds of
makharadhvaja, six kinds. This is the most potent kind. This is called
siddha makharadhvaja. This contains gold and pearl and musk and mica and
many other ingredients… Prabhupada: That's all right. What did he
charge? Tamal
Krishna: What did he
charge? Satadhanya: Nothing. We got it for free because
we got it through one influential man named Chandra
Swami. Prabhupada:
Oh. Tamal
Krishna: Oh, Chandra Swami. That's that person
Adi Keshava was always working with. That
same day, October 25, Srila Prabhupada took the first dose of makharadhvaja, and one dose the next day,
after which He discontinued its use due to the negative effect of causing
loose bowels. Thus Srila Prabhupada only took the makharadhvaja for one day.
In the
summer of 1977, Bhagwat Prabhu recalled being sent by Adi Keshava to the
New York airport to pick up Chandra Swami, who he thought stayed at the
New York temple for some days, but which Adi Keshava denied, saying
Chandra Swami had his own accomodations. Bhagwat also recalled that
Chandra Swami cured Sudama Maharaj from a very serious illness with his
medicines, and that Chandra Swami was a Shivite tantric and very expert in
medicines and Ayurveda. Another devotee from the New York temple, Antima
Prabhu, also had extensive association with Chandra Swami, but could not
be located for an interview. Lakshmi
Nrsingha Prabhu, also from the New York temple, recalled that Adi Keshava
and he went to see Chandra Swami at a rich lady's uptown Manhattan
apartment, unsure of the date.
They met with Chandra Swami for about two hours, when his mind
reading abilities were displayed. Gurudas
and Giriraj spoke with Srila Prabhupada about Chandra Swami in December
1976 and January of 1977. Chandra Swami was mentioned as wanting to meet
Srila Prabhupada and as going with Adi Keshava to meet the new USA
President Carter. Tamal Krishna Goswami was working with Adi Keshava in
New York as GBC from before July 1976 until mid February 1977, and
presumably could also have met and associated with Chandra Swami, who
spent much time in New York. However, Adi Keshava does not recall any
meeting of Tamal with Chandra Swami. References to Chandra Swami in the
following health biography are found on 12.26.76, 12.27.76, 1.8.77,
2.14.77, 4.11.77, 4.29.77, and 10.25.77. OK, so
what? So,
Chandra Swami is reportedly serving a life sentence in India's Tihar
Central Jail for unspecified but numerous and serious crimes. The ISKCON Chakra website posted
an internet article in December 1997: "...so
Srila Prabhupada suggested that someone go to Delhi. On October 24, the
GBC sent Adi Keshava to Delhi, where he found a kaviraja preparing
makharadhvaja. At the time, this kaviraja was not known to be a criminal.
He had a reputation for impeccable morality and was even treating Morarji
Desai, then prime minister of India." A little
history: Morarji Desai was imprisoned by Indira Gandhi after her
proclamation of emergency rule for 19 months from late 1975 until March
1977, along with 150,000 other opposition politicians. Indira Gandhi held
elections in March 1977 and was defeated. The jailed opponents were
released and the Janata party, led by J.P. Narayan, selected Morarji Desai
as the next Prime Minister on March 24, 1977. J.P. Narayan had called for
massive civil disobedience in protest of Indira Gandhi's corrupt regime in
June 1975, leading to his arrest with others. After five months in prison,
however, J.P. Narayan was released to house arrest due to very bad health.
There were stories in the Indian press in 1977 that Indira Gandhi had
poisoned J.P. Narayan and others in jail. J.P. Narayan was still in a
Bombay hospital in April 1977 when Giriraj and Gopal Krishna went to visit
him. Srila Prabhupada noted that J.P. Narayan had the same kidney disease
as He himself had. J.P. Narayan went to the USA for medical treatment, and
died two years later in 1979. Chandra
Swami somehow moved as a favorite from one leader and regime to the next,
apparently playing many sides simultaneously. He treated Prime Minister
Morarji Desai with his expertise in Ayurvedic medicines, even though he
was previously so intimate with Indira Gandhi that he could call her on
the phone at any time. Later it was thought he may have been involved with
the mysterious prison poisonings where "kidney disease" became a common
ailment. Srila Prabhupada was purported to also have the same kind of
kidney disease. Considering
his complex history of shady dealings, Chandra Swami was probably never an
honest Ayurvedic physician who supposedly only went crooked after Srila
Prabhupada's disappearance, as suggested by Chakra. Adi Keshava clarified
that even in 1977 Chandra Swami was a crooked, slimey character. We are left to wonder if Chandra
Swami was involved in the poisoning of Srila Prabhupada by supplying
poison and giving instructions in its use. Considering his rap sheet
today, it is not far-fetched to wonder what the Indira Gandhi/ Chandra
Swami/ makharadhvaja/ Srila Prabhupada poisoning connection might be. Not
only may the makharadhvaja from
Chandra Swami have been "tainted," but he may have supplied poison for use
against Srila Prabhupada. Enemies of Srila Prabhupada from outside of
ISKCON could have hooked up with the poisoners inside ISKCON. The whole Chandra Swami connection
smells bad.
Chakra's "brushing-off-as-coincidence" story is stretched even
thinner when we read INDIA ABROAD's article of December 12,
1997: CHANDRA
SWAMY'S LINK TO MURDER
IS ALLEGED: (New Delhi)
Controversial
religious guru Chandraswamy had links with the alleged assassins of former
Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi and had planned to help them escape from India
after the killing, OUTLOOK magazine quoted a key witness as saying last
week.
The witness, Jayaram Ranganathan, in custody in a high-security
prison in Chennai, owned the house in Bangalore in which Sivarasan and
Shubha, believed to be members of the assassination squad sent by the
Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam (LTTE), took refuge and later allegedly
killed themselves on Aug. 6, 1991. Ranganathan also claimed that a
Congress Party leader from Karnataka had provided Sivarasan with details
of Gandhi's itinerary.
Gandhi was killed by a woman, Dhanu, believed to be a suicide
bomber of the LTTE. Sivarasan, her alleged accomplice, was found dead
after reportedly consuming cyanide when the police surrounded his hideout
in Bangalore.
"I am the only person alive who stayed with Sivarasan and Shubha
(after the assassination) and heard what they had to say about the
killing," Rangarathan was quoted as saying. He alleged that DR
Karthikeyan, chief of the Special Investigation Team (SIT) that probed the
killing, had threatened him not to name Chandraswamy or Congress Party
leaders. "From what he (Karthikeyan) told me, it was clear that he was
shielding Chandraswamy and some key Congress people," he
said.
Karthikeyan, who is also special director of the Central Bureau of
Investigation (CBI), and Chandraswamy were not immediately available for
their reaction when contacted by INDIA ABROAD.
Rangarathan said Sivarasan was told by LTTE chief Velupillai
Phabhakaran that the "Jain Muni" (a reference to Chandraswamy whose real
name is Nemichand Jain) would arrange his safe passage to a foreign
country.
OUTLOOK had recently reported that crucial files related to the
assassination were missing from the Prime Minister's Office (PMO) since
the tenure of former Prime Minister PV Narasimha Rao. The magazine said
the files included intercepted
messages from foreign intelligence agencies, said to be addressed to
Chandraswamy. Complicity
in the assassination of Rajiv Gandhi? Connections with foreign
intelligence agencies?
International arms deals?
The editor of INDIA ABROAD also told this reporter in a telephone
interview that Chandra Swami had been implicated in several Indian
administrations as a go-between with bribes, shady dealings, and as a
"bag-man." ISKCON COMMUNICATIONS JOURNAL, January-June 1993, contained an
interview with a Mr. Vineet Narain, a man who was recently instrumental in
weeding out large sections of corruption in India's government as a news
reporter and investigator. Mr. Narain, an ISKCON devotee named
Vishnumurti, who is now very interested in the poison issue,
stated: "I can
give you an example of a person, (Chandra) Swami, you must have heard of
him, he is a notorious swami, he is very good at winning people, he is a
low-class person, he has no spiritual knowledge, not a fine person, he is
not very sophisticated in his behaviour, yet at different stages he has
cultivated hundreds of influential people in the
world." VNN
posted a story on the internet about how Prithu Prabhu met someone on a
plane wherein there was allegedly a revelation about a link between Adi
Keshava, his father and the CIA. Adi Keshava explained that his father had
retired from Defense Intelligence in 1962 and had taken up farming and
engineering consultation work. His father was never in the
CIA. So what
is the Chandra Swami connection, if any? Nara
Narayan Vishwakarma wrote to Rochan on 12.29.97: "During
the 'emergency' of Indira Gandhi... she imprisoned most of the important
members of the opposition to the Congress party, including the Maharani of
Jaipur who wrote a book which exposes Indira Gandhi's excesses. When the
prisoners were released, many of them had experienced kidney failure. When
I was in India in 1976, many Indian friends of ISKCON whispered about the
fact that it was well known that kidney poison was being administered to
Indira's political enemies (in jail). In 1977... kidney poisoning of very
important men was well documented. (Also)... Vrindaban (and India) was
full of enemies of Srila Prabhupada... the obtaining of the correct poison
would not be at all difficult for any person close to Srila Prabhupada. At
that time, kidney poison was being discussed in the (Indian) newspapers.
Anyone who could read would know what to do." It would
be interesting if anyone could provide further information on this aspect
of Indian history. Morarji Desai was chosen Prime Minister because Janata
leader J.P. Narayan was too ill. On July 15, 1979, Morarji Desai resigned
due to dissension within his party and criticism of his government as
ineffectual. Desai was in his eighties and in good health, but not the
charismatic leader J.P. Narayan could have been. In the January 1980
election, Indira Gandhi was re-elected in a landslide victory. Her son
Sanjay died in a plane crash in 1980 and she herself was assassinated by
her own military guard unit in 1984. Her older son, Rajiv Gandhi, later
became prime minister and was also assassinated in 1990, a crime in which
Chandra Swami was apparently involved. An
interview with Dristadyumna Prabhu revealed that he had met Chandra Swami
at the New York temple in 1977, and was surprised to hear of his being in
jail due to illegal activities. He remembered that Chandra Swami was
"guru" for Adnan Khasnoggi, the infamous Saudi Arabian arms dealer, and
that Chandra Swami spent time at Khasnoggi's palace in
Spain. In a
letter to VNN on December 13, 1997, Bhagavat das wrote "...It was said in certain circles
that when Indira Gandhi held Jayaprakash Narayan under house arrest she
had poisons slowly administered that caused the deterioration of his
kidneys and his death." The entire letter from Bhagavat is included in
full under Appendix 18, as it is a
valuable essay on the value of Srila Prabhupada's own words that someone
had poisoned him, and this information will be presented in the next
chapter. Is there
any relationship between Srila Prabhupada's poisoning and the dark and
notorious Chandra Swami? Between Chandra Swami and Tamal Krishna Goswami
or Jayapataka Maharaj? Many New York devotees and possibly some West Coast
devotees also had been acquainted with Chandra Swami for about a year.
Considering Srila Prabhupada's enemies in India, and Chandra Swami's
connection with politicians and international intrigue, would going to
Chandra Swami for medicine not now seem a little suspicious or out of
place? There is no solid proof of any wrongdoing in the Chandra Swami
connection, but it has the appearance of much more than a series of
coincidences. (see also Appendix 20)
What
really is the Chandra Swami connection? CHAPTER
16: "SOMEONE
HAS POISONED ME" Now we
come to the evidence which is to many is the strongest evidence that Srila
Prabhupada was poisoned. (see Appendix 18) Srila Prabhupada stated "…someone
has poisoned me," found on tape recordings from November 9 and 10,
1977. Some portions were
spoken in English and thus have been widely available in the Archives
Folio program or in the Conversations Books, but much was spoken in
Bengali or Hindi, which was omitted due to not being translated by the
Archives or anyone else. Now, for
the first time in 22 years, this report presents newly obtained
translations of Bengali and Hindi portions of these same
conversations. One version
comes from a Hindi devotee, Naveen Krishna Prabhu, a GBC and a longtime
Srila Prabhupada faithful.
The other translation comes from Dr. Jan Brzezinski, who also gave
us the exact Bengali and Hindi being translated. Dr. Brzezinski learned to speak
fluent Bengali and Hindi during his eleven years in India. He was
seriously injured in the Muslim attack on Mayapur that is mentioned in the
health biography. He later
received his Ph.D. in Sanskrit from the University of London, School of
Oriental Studies. He has taught courses in Hindi at the University of
Manitoba, and his current work is translating various Vaishnava
literatures. Dr. Brzezinski
was employed by this reporter to render these
translations. Much of
the Bengali and Hindi conversation regarding poisoning is between Srila
Prabhupada the Calcutta kaviraja, also referred to as
Sastriji. Dr. Brzezinski has
listened to many of the last twenty tapes and has made some interesting
notes included at the end of this chapter. It is clear that a full and
accurate translation of all of Srila Prabhupada's Hindi and Bengali
conversations should be done, as information critical to the poison issue
may well be contained therein.
Upon inquiry, this reporter learned that the Bhaktivedanta Archives
has not had the manpower or funding to undertake this project, although
past attempts were made but did not produce results. In
speaking to Naveen Krishna about his translations, he pointedly stated
that only a native of India who was born and raised with the language
could accurately understand the subtle nuances and meanings contained
within these conversations.
From his own judgment, he has no doubt that Srila Prabhupada was
clearly stating that He was being poisoned. Translations by Naveen Krishna are
shown as NAV, those by Dr. Brzezinski (formerly Hiranyagarbha das,
initiated by Srila Prabhupada 1970) are shown as HIR, followed at the end
by his comments. Thus we have
both a scholar and a native providing us with two versions to compare and
to be doubly sure of the true meanings, avoiding the curse of the phrase,
"lost in the translation."
Sometimes we have only one translation version because, simply,
that is all we obtained. Bhakticharu Swami has also translated most of
these same portions in exactly the same way, and this was posted on the
internet in ISKCON's answer to the CD that never was. (see Appendix
21) Room
Conversation: Vrindaban, November 9, 1977. (Not the
8th) Srila
Prabhupada's Conversations Books, Volume 36,page
354: Book
states: "Hindi conversation between kaviraja, Prabhupada and
others."
(Balaram
Mishra exchanges greetings with Srila Prabhupada, and asks if he is still
recognized since they had not met in a long time; Srila Prabhupada says
yes. A few moments later:) 001:
Srila Prabhupada: Keu bole je keu poison kore diyeche.
Hoy to
tai.
NAV: Someone says
that I've been poisoned. It's possible. HIR:
Someone says that someone gave poison. Maybe it's
true. 002:
Balaram Mishra (?):
Hmm? 003: Kaviraja: Kya
farma rahe hain?
NAV: What is he
saying?
HIR: What are you
saying? 004:
Srila Prabhupada:
Koi bolta hai je koi mujhko poison
kiya gaya hai.
NAV
& HIR:
Someone says that someone has given poison. 005: Kaviraja: Kisko?
NAV & HIR: To
whom? 006:
Srila Prabhupada:
Mujhko.
NAV
& HIR: To
me. 007:
Kaviraja: Kaun
bolta hai?
NAV: Who
said?
HIR: Who is saying
this? 008:
Srila Prabhupada: Ye sab
friends.
NAV: These all
friends.
HIR: All these
friends. 009:
Bhakticharu:
Ke boleche, Srila
Prabhupada?
NAV: Who
said, Srila Prabhupada?
HIR: Who said this,
Srila Prabhupada? 010:
Srila Prabhupada:
Ke
boleche.
NAV: They
all say.
HIR: Everybody's saying
it. AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: Did
Srila Prabhupada overhear "all these friends" (his disciples) whispering
in his room about how they gave him poison? Why does Srila Prabhupada
state this in Hindi and Bengali, and only later in English? END
COMMENT 011:
Tamal Krishna: Krishna
das? 012:
Kaviraja:
Ao ko kaun poison dega? Kis liye dega? HIR: Who
would give you poison? Why would anyone do that? 013:
Tamal Krishna: Who
said that, Srila Prabhupada? 014:
Srila Prabhupada: I do
not know, but it is said. AUTHOR'S
COMMENT:
It is
puzzling why Srila Prabhupada says He has been poisoned, but twice becomes
evasive when asked directly by Tamal Krishna. Could it be that Srila
Prabhupada did not want to discuss it with Tamal but wanted to bring it up
with the kaviraja? END
COMMENT Summary
of following Hindi conversation: Srila
Prabhupada asks Balaram Mishra if he knows astrology. He denies it and the
kaviraja confirms that Balaram
Mishra is a Pandit, not a jyotishi, whose area of expertise lies in the
performance of rituals. Bhakticharu then elicits a response from the kaviraja establishing his credentials as a
jyotishi. All this takes place at the top of page 354 in the Conversations
Book #36. (SKIP) 101: Kaviraja (to
Srila Prabhupada): Apko kisne bataya hai ki kushthi ke
andar apko markiz hai. koi jyotish ne bataya tha?
NAV: Who has
told you that your end is near? Some astrologer has said
that? HIR: Did
someone tell you that according to your astrological chart your death is
near? Did some astrologer tell you that? 102:
Srila Prabhupada: Balaram
Das. AUTHOR'S
COMMENT:
Who
Balaram das is, is not understood. It does not seem to be Balaram Mishra,
but another Balaram. END
COMMENT 103:
Bhakticharu (to
Srila Prabhupada, Bengali): Apnar
ayu sesh hoy giyeche, apni bolchen, seta kono jyotishi bolechen?
NAV: You
were saying that your end is near… Who has told you that, some
astrologer? HIR:
You were
saying that your life has come to an end. Did some astrologer say that [to
you]?" [No
answer from Prabhupada] 104:
Bhakticharu (to Kaviraja): Koshthi ka vicar nahin. vaisha tha.
NAV: It is
said in his chart. HIR: This is
not according to his chart. It was like that. 105:
Bhakticharu (to
Prabhupada): Kintu sastriji bolchen
seta thik noy. NAV
& HIR: But
Sastriji is saying that is not correct. 106:
Bhakticharu (to Kaviraja): Ap to bolte hain aur das
sal... NAV: You are
saying that he's going to live ten more years. HIR: You say
that another ten years..." 107: Kaviraja: Abhi kya ho
to. NAV:
Now
what, this… HIR:
Whatever
else takes place now. 108:
Bhakticharu (to
Srila Prabhupada): Sastriji bolchen
je apni aro das vatsar amader sange thakben, Srila
Prabhupada. NAV
& HIR:
Sastriji says that you will be with us for another ten years, Srila
Prabhupada. 109: Kaviraja: Vicar to
chor dijiye ap bilkul yah ki kushthi men ayu sesh nahin. Sesh ho gaya hai.
NAV:
Completely dispel this thought that your end is
near. HIR: Please
give up this idea completely that, according to your horoscope, there is
nothing left of your life, that your end has come. AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: The
assumption appears to have been made by Bhakticharu and the kaviraja that when Srila
Prabhupada says, "Someone told me", that he is referring to some
astrologer. Note that on
October 14, a lengthy astrological chart was read to Srila Prabhupada by
Pradyumna Prabhu, stating that Srila Prabhupada's life was to end after 81
years. END (SKIP to
bottom of page 354) 201:
Srila Prabhupada: Uncut,
yes. 202:
Tamal Krishna: OK. 203:
Indian man: (Hindi:
unknown translation) 204: Kaviraja: Yah,
maharaj ji, kotha ap kaise bola aj ki apko koi bola hai ki apko poison
diya hai. Ap ko kuch abhas hua hai, kya?
NAV:
Maharaj, how did you say this, that someone has said that someone has
poisoned you? Have you felt something? HIR:
So,
Maharaj, what is this that you said about someone telling you that you had
been poisoned? Did you feel something? 205:
Srila Prabhupada:
Nahin, aise koi bola je… debe-sa hi
ja hota hai. Shayad
koi kitab men likha hai. NAV: No,
not said, but when one is given poison, it happens like this. It's
written in book. HIR:
No, some
people say like this, that... it is like that when it is given. Perhaps it
is written in some [...] book. AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: This
reference to the symptoms of poisoning justifies the exercise in previous
chapters of examining Srila Prabhupada's physical symptoms to determine a
correct diagnosis. END
COMMENT 206: Kaviraja: Kai karanon se ho jata hai, kacce
mercury se ho jata hai, ya aur koi bhi ciz aisha hai vaisha ho jata, lekin
apke liye kaun karega ham to yahi samajhta hai. Aise devpurush ke liye koi
manasi vicar karega, vo bhi rakshas hai. NAV:
If you
take raw mercury, it can happen, or several other raw things. But who
would do such a thing to you? For a saintly person like you, even if
someone thinks such a thing, then he is a demon. HIR: It
could be for a number of reasons, because of raw mercury, and there are
other things which can have a similar effect. But who would do such a
thing to you, I cannot understand. Anyone who could even consider doing
such a thing to a divine personality like yourself is a
rakshasa. (SKIP) Page
359, still the 9th. 301:
Tamal Krishna: Srila
Prabhupada? You said before that you… that it is said that you were
poisoned? 302:
Srila Prabhupada: No.
These kind of symptoms are seen when a man is poisoned. He said like that,
not that I am poisoned. 303:
Tamal Krishna: Did
anyone tell you that, or you just know it from
before? 304:
Srila Prabhupada: I
read something. 305:
Tamal Krishna: Ah, I
see. That's why actually we cannot allow anyone to cook for
you. 306:
Srila Prabhupada: That's
good. 307:
Tamal Krishna:
Jayapataka Maharaj was telling that one acharya, Sankaracharya, of the
Sankarachary line - this is a while ago - he was poisoned to death. Since
that time, none of the acharyas or the gurus of the Sankaracharya line
will ever take any food cooked except by their own
men. 308:
Srila Prabhupada: My
Guru Maharaj also. 309:
Tamal Krishna: Oh.
You, of course, have been so merciful that sometimes you would take
prasada cooked by so many different people. 310:
Srila Prabhupada: That
should be stopped. (pause) 311: Tamal
Krishna: Are you feeling any pain, Srila Prabhupada? ...Should we again
continue some kirtan...? (Hansadutta
leads kirtan) Page
366. Tape 19,
Side B. Afternoon or evening, November 10, 1977. Summary:
There is
discussion about Srila Prabhupada's condition. The pulse was strong, blood
pressure normal, liver was working, and the kaviraja says that from the
pathological point of view, there is nothing wrong. ("General condition
good.") This is now the 10th, not the 9th. Page
367. November 10, 1977. 401:
Tamal Krishna: But what
did Prabhupada just say? 402:
Bhakticharu:
Prabhupada just said that I mean, this morning his condition was bad, not
now. 403:
Bhavananda:
Prabhupada was complaining of mental distress this morning
also. 404:
Bhakticharu: Srila
Prabhupada? 405:
Srila Prabhupada:
Hm? 406:
Bhakticharu: Ota ki byapar hoyechilo, mental
distress? NAV
& HIR: What
was that all about, mental distress? 407:
(Some noise) 408:
Srila Prabhupada: Hm
hm. 409: Kaviraja: Boliye,
boliye. NAV: Say it.
Say it. HIR: Go
ahead, say it. (COMMENT: Does
Srila Prabhupada not want to talk about it?. It seems that He needs to be
pushed.) 410:
Srila Prabhupada:
Vahi bat... je koi hamko poison
kiya. NAV: That
same thing I said, that someone has poisoned
me. 411:
Bhakticharu: Accha. [not surprised; unclear
(Hindi to Kaviraja?)] ... unhi
socna... HIR: He's
thinking... 412:
Bhavananda: [to
Bhakticharu] Hmm? 413:
Kaviraja:
dekhiye, bat hi hai, ki koi rakshas
ne diya ho. HIR: Look,
this is the thing, that maybe some rakshasa gave him
poison... 414:
Bhakticharu [to
Bhavananda and others]: He's saying that someone gave him
poison. 415: Kaviraja: Caru Swami, Kisi rakshas ne diya ho,
to ho sakta hai. Impossible nahin hai. Vah Sankaracarya je, kisine unko
poison diya, che mahinon ke bad, tabhi to taklif paye. Kanc hai na, botal
ka kanc, vah pis ke khane men khila diya to. To, usko kya natija hua,
barah maine ke bad, uske leprosy hua sab sarir ke andar. To karam to apna
ko bhogta hai. Jo medicine ham de rakha hai, yadi koi uska effect hoga
poison to reh nahin sakta hai, guaranteed bolta hai. Jo bhi affected hoga,
to reh nahin sakta hai. Kintu abhi to ham pakar nahin sakta usko jo diya
hua hai. Vahki pakarta hai jiska abhi kidney kharab ho gaya, kisi karan
se, bimari se ho jay, kisi greh se ho jay ya poison
se. NAV:
It is
possible some demon has given it. It is not impossible. Just like
Sankaracharya was poisoned over six months with powdered glass, etc. But
the poisoner after twelve months got leprosy… one has to suffer one's
karma. But whatever medicine I've given will counteract either the effect
of bad planets or poison on the body. Now we cannot catch who may have
poisoned. And if his kidneys are bad from disease, curse or poison, my
medicine will counteract. HIR: Caru
Swami, some rakshasa might have given it, maybe so. It's not impossible.
Someone gave poison to Sankaracharya for six months before he started to
suffer. [The poisoner] ground glass, you know, bottle glass, and mixed it
with his food. So what happened to him [the poisoner] as a result was that
after twelve months, his entire body was covered with leprosy. So, you
have to suffer the results of your actions. But whatever medicine I have
given will, if it has an effect the poison will not be able to stay. That
is guaranteed. Whatever it has affected, it will not be able to stay.
But we cannot now catch the fellow who gave the poison. No matter
what reason his kidneys are bad, whether from disease, planets or poison,
my medicine will counteract it." 416:
Tamal Krishna: Prabhupada
was thinking that someone had poisoned him. 417:
Bhakticharu:
Yes. 418:
Tamal Krishna: That was
the mental distress. 419:
Bhakticharu:
Yes. 420: Kaviraja: Yadi bolta hai, to kuch na kuch sac hi
hai, koi sandeh nahin. NAV: If
he says that, there must be some truth to it. There's no
doubt. HIR:
If he
says that, there must definitely be some truth to
it. 421:
Tamal Krishna: What
did kaviraja just
say? 422:
Bhakticharu: He said
that when Srila Prabhupada is saying that, there must be something
truth behind it. 423:
Tamal Krishna: Tssh.
HIR: (COMMENT: Surprise
and serious.) 424:
Jayapataka: What
did the kaviraja say about
Sankaracarya? 425:
(People all speaking at once) 426:
Bhakticharu: Someone
gave him some poison powdered glass... 427: Kaviraja [to
whom?]: (Somewhat unclear.) HIR:
(He
appears to be saying that he will give Srila Prabhupada a certain medicine
to be taken with pan, cold water or milk and the results will be seen in
the morning.) Continued
on Page 368:
501:
Tamal Krishna: Srila
Prabhupada, Sastriji says that there must be some truth to it if
you say that. So who is it that has poisoned? 502:
(PAUSE: 13 seconds) Why did
He not answer? AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: Srila
Prabhupada never answered Tamal Krishna's question. Why? From November 10
till 14, a total of four days, not one disciple raised the issue again?
Why? Did no one take Srila Prabhupada seriously anymore? END
COMMENT 503:
Kaviraja:
Sabse bara poison je hota hai, vah
mercury ka hota hai. NAV: The
strongest poison is mercury. HIR: Mercury
is the most poisonous thing that exists.. 504:
Bhakticharu: [Diya] gaya tha inka oi jo. [?]
HIR: which
was given to him [Prabhupada] 505: Kaviraja: Nahin nahin. Swarupa Guha ka... ap
parha tha, swamiji? Kalkatta men... Swarupa
Guha. NAV
& HIR: No, no.
Swamiji, did you read about Svarupa Guha? In
Calcutta. 506:
Bhakticharu: Unko malum nahin. Unko nahin
patta. HIR: He
known nothing of this. He has never heard. 507: Kaviraja: Us ke pati ne diya tha. Uska koi
medicine nahin ata. Itne dose de diya jisko ham raskapoor bolta hai.
NAV: The
husband poisoned the wife, gave a dose of raskapoor. There is no medicine
for it. HIR:
Her
husband gave it to her. He gave her a dose of a poison called raskapoor,
for which there is no medicine. 508:
Bhakticharu: Accha.
Mercury is men tha, makaradhvaj men. NAV:
Mercury
was in the makharadhvaja. HIR: Right.
Mercury was in this makaradhvaj. 509:
??: Before
that. 510: Kaviraja: Uska dusra… Ras kapoor. Amiras.[Beng]
tate poison ache.
NAV: No, no. Not that
mercury. Another form of mercury. 511:
Bhavananda: What did
he say? 512:
Bhakticharu: He's
saying that it is quite possible that mercury, it's a kind of
poison... 513:
Tamal Krishna (Both
NAV & HIR agree this is not Bhagatji): That makharadhvaja. 514:
Bhakticharu: No, he's
saying not that. 515: Kaviraja: Seta
very poison.
NAV: It is very
poison. 516:
Bhakticharu: Makaradhvaj aisha hota hai,
kya?
No translation
available 517:
Bhavananda: What was
he taking, Prabhupada? 518: Kaviraja: Makharadhvaja to amrit hota hai. In ke
liye bish hota hai, yah bat dusri hai. Baki vah to sab ke liye poson hota
hai. NAV: Makharadhvaja is like nectar,
although not suitable for him. But that (raskapoor) is poison for
everybody. HIR:
Makharadhvaja is like
nectar, but for him it is poison. The other ones are poison for
everyone. 519:
Bhavananda: What
medicine was he taking before that? 520:
Bhakticharu: Kon
sa (?) 521:
Bhavananda: Jagen
(?) 522:
Bhakticharu:
(repeating Bhavananda) (?) 523: Kaviraja: Kuch
nahin.
No
translation available 524:
Bhakticharu: He was
referring to a case, a big murder case, in Calcutta. The husband poisoned
the wife... 525:
Bhavananda: Guha,
yes. 526: Kaviraja: Swarupa Guha, ami uska
case...
No
translation available 527:
Bhakticharu: Sankar
Das Banerjee. 528:
Bhavananda: Oh,
yes. Our lawyer is the... 529:
Tamal Krishna:
Bhagatji doesn't think... 530: Kaviraja: Yah inka sarir aisha hai jo bajr ki
nai hai jo hajar kuto, to kuch nahi hone ko. HIR:
But his
[Prabhupada's?] body is such that it is like a thunderbolt. You can beat
it a thousand times, but nothing will happen. 531:
Bhakticharu: Bhagavan jisko raksha karta hai, vaise
to Prahlad Maharaj ko bhi to... NAV: When
the Lord protects, just like Prahlad Maharaj… HIR: If God
protects someone, then just like Prahlad Maharaj..." 532: Kaviraja: Swamiji,
mujhe ek sloka alap hota hai, je: araksitam
tisthati daiva-raksitam suraksitam daiva-hatam
vinasyati jivaty
anatho 'pi vane visarjata krtaprayatno 'pi grhe na
jivati Ap to
siddhang hain, Maharaj, to isliye koi sanka nahi
rakhna. HIR:
Swamiji.
I know a Sanskrit verse about this: 'Without protection, one remains fixed
if protected by fate, whereas one who protects himself but is condemned by
fate is destroyed. Without a protector, one person can live carelessly
alone in the forest, whereas another takes all precautions in his home,
and still dies.' You know this truth, Maharaj, so don't be
afraid. 533:
Tamal Krishna: No
poison is strong enough to stop the Harinam, Srila
Prabhupada. 534: Kaviraja: Bas. [in
agreement] Harinam ke samne, to Meera ko kitna poison diya gaya tha. Ek
bund par jane se admi ka death ho jay. So bhagavan ke prasad lag jata ta
hai, na, to poison bhi amrit ho jata hai. NAV:
Don't
doubt Meera drank so much poison; one drop could have killed, but because
it was the Lord's prasad, nothing happened to her. Even poison when
offered to the Lord becomes nectar. HIR:
Right.
Before the Holy Name... How much poison was given to Meera, a single drop
was enough to kill a man. So if prasad is taken with it, then even poison
becomes nectar. 535:
Unknown: Prahlad
Maharaj. 536:
Bhakticharu: Prahlad
Maharaj. 537: Kaviraja: Prahlad
se jyada poison diya tha halahal iska Meera ko. Itne jabardast banaya
lo. NAV: More
than Prahlad, Meera was given such strong poison. HIR: An even
stronger poison was given to Meera than to Prahlad. It was made so
strong! 538:
Srila Prabhupada: [sighs,
breathes] 539: Kaviraja: Jaisha allopathy men ek poison ata
jiska taste aj tak koi bata nahin saka. NAV:
Allopathic poison even till today nobody can tell the
taste. HIR: In
allopathic medicine there are some poisons that nobody can recognize the
taste of. AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: Is the
kaviraja speculating that an
allopathic poison is involved? Tamal then puts an end to these talks. END
COMMENT 540:
Tamal Krishna: You
want some more kirtan Srila Prabhupada? Lokanath can lead. Lokanath, you
lead! Dr.
Brzezinski (Hiranyagarbha das) makes these comments: (He
studied tapes 18, 19, 20 thoroughly and the previous 17 not as
thoroughly): It is in
the beginning of tape #18 in which Prabhupada says both in Hindi and
Bengali that he has been poisoned, and later on in the same conversation,
the kaviraja asks him to
explain what he meant. This is followed by a discussion of astrology in
which the kaviraja and
Bhakticharu try to convince Prabhupada that he will live for another ten
years. This I believe is significant, as it gives a connection between the
"I read it somewhere" and what
the kaviraja and Bhakticharu
believe is going on in Prabhupada 's mind. There is
a short section in which the kaviraja again asks about whether
he has had any abhas, or
"inkling, hunch, idea, hint, appearance, semblance; impression"; more
likely "indication, symptom, evidence" of being poisoned. Prabhupada
answers, "no, but that he read
somewhere that this is how it happens." The kaviraja is grappling with the
idea of possible poisons; he must be thinking in terms of what poisons
could be having the effects of which Prabhupada is complaining.
A third
portion comes on the next day, (Folio says 8th, tape says 9th, but is
really the 10th) This long piece can be divided into two sections, before
and after Tamal's significant question. First, Prabhupada says that he is
feeling alright. The kaviraja
also says that Prabhupada 's body is functioning properly according to
pathological tests (heart, blood pressure, etc.). The physical pain was
"us samay hua tha" which is
unclear. Is he talking about that morning or another time? This leads into
discussion of mental distress, which refers back to the morning,
confirming that stomach pain was being experienced in the
morning. Tamal
asked his significant question which results in a silent pause of 13
seconds; Prabhupada does not answer. Why? The kaviraja then jumps in with a
description of the effects of various poisons and the story of Svarupa
Guha. When Bhakticharu suggests that mercury was present in makharadhvaja, something which
Tamal also suggests, the kaviraja says that he is not
talking about that, but about raskapoor which had been used by Svarupa
Guha's husband. The kaviraja
may have had some involvement with that case. Bhakticharu presses about
the makharadhvaja and the kaviraja answers that makharadhvaja is amrita (nectar), but that in
Prabhupada's specific case it was poison; but that raskapoor is poisonous for
everyone. It is clear that the kaviraja has NOT been giving
Prabhupada makharadhvaja and is
waiting until the kidneys are stronger before prescribing
it. The
conversation then turns again to Sankaracharya not accepting food cooked
by others than his own men. Prabhupada makes a noise during the talk about
Mirabhai and allopathic poisons, indicating discomfort.
I have
gone through the lengthy conversations which precede the Nov. 9-10 period
with an eye to important Hindi and Bengali conversations and also to
better understand the context of Prabhupada's comments. The following
things have come to my attention. The word
poisoning comes up on Oct. 18, when Bhavananda on two occasions talks
about infection as poisoning. This is related to the kidney condition and
certain symptoms, such as blood and pus in the urine. On Oct. 25, a kaviraja from Delhi, through
Chandra Swami, sends 48 doses of makharadhvaja brought by
Satadhanya. Tamal Krishna and Bhakticharu take charge of administering
this medicine. On Oct. 26, already, Prabhupada says that this medicine is
"not acting," and "In this condition I do not wish to
live," even though the devotees seem to notice a positive
effect. On Oct.
27, Prabhupada has diarrhea five times. The word poison comes up again.
Tamal says: "That medicine turned
out to be poison.". They blame the kaviraja for being a Sakta. In
connection with this same medicine,
Prabhupada uses the expression janiya suniya bis khainu. This is
after only having taken two doses.
Tamal suggests that Prabhupada "take rest from the other thing that he
has taken," i.e., stop taking the makharadhvaja. It is revealed that Dr. G. Ghosh,
who is 82, a respected allopathic doctor from Allahabad, had said that any
medicine which contains mercury and arsenic is poison to him. So the idea
of poison has been floated about by the time of November 9th. (A long
Hindi conversation follows that should be
translated.) Tamal
says that the problems Prabhupada was having were due to makharadhvaja. Bhavananda reports
that in Prabhupada's condition, makharadhvaja would be poison.
This is apparently the kaviraja's opinion also. Makharadhvaja is too strong a
medicine for someone in Prabhupada's condition and therefore alternative
medicines are being given,. such as vrkkasan
jivani. AUTHOR'S
COMMENTS: Some
questions naturally arise after hearing these conversations. First, we
note that Srila Prabhupada did NOT raise the issue with his disciples, but
first Balaram Mishra, whom Srila Prabhupada had probably not seen for many
years, and the kaviraja, both
outsiders. We must wonder why he didn't take the issue up with His Western
disciples? Was Srila
Prabhupada deliberately avoiding His own disciples because they were the
ones poisoning Him? (Note:
the poison whispers occur on the 11th, not 10th) Srila
Prabhupada first says that someone has said that someone has poisoned Him.
He then clarifies by saying "all
these friends" were saying this, meaning perhaps His disciples or
those in the room. Did Srila Prabhupada overhear the same kinds of poison
whisperings that we do on the 11th? Asked by Tamal, Srila Prabhupada
denies knowing who has done the poisoning. Then, asked by the kaviraja, Srila Prabhupada says
that He has the symptoms of poisoning, as may be described in some
book. Asked by Tamal again,
Srila Prabhupada denied being poisoned and again notes that He has all the
symptoms of one who has been poisoned. It is agreed that no one would
cook for Srila Prabhupada except His own disciples, lest there be
poisoning as in the case of a Sankaracharya guru. This shows real concern
about real poisoning, not just an observation of a coincidence of
symptoms. Then, the next day, November 10, Srila Prabhupada tells the kaviraja and Bhakticharu in Hindi
again, clearly, that He has been poisoned. A long discussion takes place
about various poisons and a Calcutta poison and murder case. Apparently
Tamal, Jayapataka, Bhakticharu and Bhavananda had previously discussed
several poisoning cases with each other, being very familiar with all the
details of these cases. Is it any wonder we suspect
them? At the
time, Srila Prabhupada's shocking statements created nothing more than a
temporary buzz of conversation.
It is more than slightly puzzling and rather disturbing how Srila
Prabhupada's disciples, particularly the main caretaker and Srila
Prabhupada's secretary Tamal Krishna, did not pursue the matter aside from
a few questions. No qualified
doctor was consulted in the next five days before Srila Prabhupada's
departure to check on the poisoning matter, nor was any autopsy or test of
any kind (hair, urine, blood, etc) performed before or upon after Srila
Prabhupada's departure. Srila
Prabhupada flatly stated three times that He was being poisoned, yet no
one did a thing to validate that statement, what to speak of protecting
Srila Prabhupada. At the end of about fifteen minutes of intense
discussion about Srila Prabhupada being poisoned, the conclusion was that
Tamal Krishna asked Lokanath to lead another kirtan, since no poison is
stronger than the Holy Name. End of discussion, until 1997 and now, in
this book. Questioned
by Tamal Krishna Goswami (301), Srila Prabhupada says "He said like that" (meaning the kaviraja ?), "Not that I am poisoned." By this
statement to his disciples he sort of denies he is being poisoned. Yet,
Srila Prabhupada discusses this with the kaviraja the very next day, and again
speaks to him in Hindi, stating very frankly "someone has poisoned me." The fact that Srila Prabhupada
spoke openly to the kaviraja
about being poisoned and not to the devotees again leaves us to
wonder. We see that Srila
Prabhupada obviously did not care to speak with his disciples on the
matter as Tamal Krishna's last question about his statement is met with a
long 13 seconds of silence before the conversation turned elsewhere.
Prabhupada obviously could have named his suspects at that time, but he
declined, and this mystery can only be answered by a poisoner's
confessions. Yet Srila Prabhupada must have intended to reveal the fact
that he thought he was being poisoned because it was He who first brought
it up. Today
many who hear these statements are shocked, and also by the apparent lack
of alarm by those who were around Prabhupada at that time. Some have suggested the idea that
Srila Prabhupada's references to being poisoned was a result of senility,
dying hallucinations, or incoherent ramblings due to the delirium of pain
which may have caused him to say anything. Dying hallucinations? The kaviraja clearly didn't think so.
His opinion was that if Srila Prabhupada said it, it must be true. Further, witness the clarity of
thought expressed by Prabhupada throughout this time period. Pradyumna das
assisted Srila Prabhupada with translation of the Srimad Bhagavatam and he
tells of how Srila Prabhupada translated until just days before his
leaving. Anyone who reads those final purports can understand that Srila
Prabhupada was lucid, and focused. He could understand Sanskrit verses
just by listening, and he then spoke the purport into a microphone held by
Pradyumna. Yet Tamal and Bhavananda tried to explain away Srila
Prabhupada's statements as due to "mental distress," pooh-poohing the
seriousness and importance of them. Srila
Prabhupada's statements were ignored and brushed aside, and then covered
in the dust kicked up by the mad rush of disciples to divide the world and
take Srila Prabhupada's place as absolute gurus. But now, by Krishna's design, this
information has re-emerged from 22 years of obscurity, almost lost. Those
concerned about a capital crime being committed, including those who have
devotion to Srila Prabhupada, His contribution and His movement, would
serve their conscience well by participating in the search for the truth
about Srila Prabhupada's poisoning.
END
COMMENT
We conclude with an excerpt from ISKCON's answer to the Poison CD
that never was, May 1998: "These
translations and transcripts do in any case reveal a confusing scenario.
Srila Prabhupada indicates first to Tamal that he had the symptoms of
someone poisoned, not that he was being poisoned. Later he states more
positively that he thinks he is being poisoned. ...we may never know
exactly what was in Srila Prabhupada's mind, or how seriously he took the
suggestion that someone was poisoning him..." (see Appendix
21) CHAPTER
17: INTRODUCTION
TO 1977 HEALTH BIOGRAPHY On his
taped memories of Srila Prabhupada, Tamal Krishna Goswami recalls that
Srila Prabhupada developed a "cold" in New Vrindaban during His visit
there June 22 to July 2, 1976. Tamal states that this cold marked the
onset of poor health, which he observed when Srila Prabhupada came to
visit New York on July 9. However, Srila Prabhupada first became ill on
May 4, 1976 in Hawaii, the day after Tamal arrived there to discuss with
Srila Prabhupada the futility of his directive to go to China. By the time
Srila Prabhupada was leaving New York on July 20 for Europe and India,
Satsvarupa's biography describes: "Srila
Prabhupada's health was worsening, as often happened when he traveled
extensively. Particularly in New York his health began to suffer… Senior
devotees entreated him to rest awhile before going to England and India.
He had spent a very pleasant day at the ISKCON farm in Pennsylvania, and
the devotees suggested he go there for two or three months to rest,
recover his health, and write." Satsvarupa
recounts that there were daily pleas for Srila Prabhupada to stay,
including on the last day in New York. "…even as he left his room and got on
the elevator, a few men followed, still suggesting he not go… Srila
Prabhupada had remained jolly so far, despite his physical weakness, and
despite his disciples' pleading…" Srila Prabhupada then said, "I want the benediction to go on
fighting for Krishna, just like Arjuna."
(Sat:6.208) Tamal
states on a tape recording that Srila Prabhupada "never fully recovered" from His
New York illness. (Tamal
Krishna Goswami was GBC of New York temple at the time.) Hari Sauri's
diary better describes the New York illness than did Satsvarupa's
biography. Srila Prabhupada became very ill within hours of leaving New
York, remaining ill for the next month in Europe. After recovering from
the July-August illness, there were no more serious health problems until
January 1977. But by the time Tamal went to Mayapur in February 1977,
Srila Prabhupada was even more weak than when he had last seen Him in New
York. From
Satsvarupa Goswami's biography we read of vague health problems prior to
1977, such as swelling of the hands and feet, that were aggravated by old
age and the rigors of constant travelling and preaching engagements. Satsvarupa notes that Srila
Prabhupada was supposedly mildly diabetic, although there is no available
officially rendered diagnosis to this effect. Perhaps this notion comes
from the 1967 visit to Bellevue Hospital at the time of Srila Prabhupada's
heart attack. He had no significant heart troubles since the attacks of
1965 and 1967. He had the usual colds and occasional bronchitis, and
briefly became very ill in Vrindaban in 1974. Srila Prabhupada was very
regulated and deliberate in His eating habits to maintain optimum
digestion and health. He received massages daily and took regular morning
walks for His good health. In TKG's Diary, Srila
Prabhupada's health and medical condition is not clearly defined, except
with vague and contradictory so-called diagnoses, such as "internal fever", which makes no
sense whatsoever. At the end of
Tamal's book, we are left confused as to what illness had befallen Srila
Prabhupada. To illustrate the point, see Chapter 42: Parade of Doctors,
Treatments, and Mis-Diagnoses. On November 5, 1997, Abhiram Prabhu
published a letter on the internet giving a summary of his knowledge and
experience as Srila Prabhupada's nurse, but it also is very limited. The diagnosis therein of dropsy is
also completely inadequate. Dropsy is a kidney disease, which we will
see only partially explains
Srila Prabhupada's medical condition.( See Chapters, 18, 32 )
Srila
Prabhupada's 1977 medical history is poorly documented and recorded, and
though He was seen by a "parade" of allopathic and Ayurvedic physicians,
many of their names and most of their treatments are unknown. Satsvarupa's
biography is cursory, giving only the briefest health information. In
Satsvarupa's and Tamal's accounts, we read of periodic downturns in health
and of general symptoms like swelling and no appetite, of various
unspecified pills, tonics and of dark sunglasses. Thus the whole matter
seems a little mysterious and more than a little
frustrating. Specifically,
what was Srila Prabhupada suffering from? Kidney problems? What was the
specific disease or ailment, and what was its cause? To study Srila
Prabhupada's physical symptoms and thus be able to diagnose His illness,
this author has compiled information from all available sources into one
synthesized health biography, contained in the following chapters.
We will
see that Srila Prabhupada certainly had kidney problems, but also that He clearly had all the signs
of chronic arsenic poisoning. The coming chapters will illustrate the
difference between kidney disease and arsenic poisoning, and demonstrate
that both conditions were present in Srila Prabhupada's body, judging from
the symptoms chronicled in a composite and lengthy health history from May
1976 to November 1977. A review
of the health history of Srila Prabhupada in 1977, presented in Chapters
20 through 31, lends the impression of a band-aid approach to health care
coupled with a resolute avoidance of any qualified medical attention or
evaluation. There was no coherent
or intelligent approach to dealing with Srila Prabhupada's health
problems. Understandably, Srila Prabhupada would be cautious in
dealing with hospitals and doctors, as the Western medical profession can
just as easily ruin one's health as well as restore it. Nevertheless, sufficient funds and
contacts were available to procure a wide choice of qualified and
cooperative doctors without being subjected to injections and operations.
Instead, the horrors and defects of modern medicine were repeatedly
described to Srila Prabhupada in what almost seems to be a determined attempt to steer Srila
Prabhupada AWAY from any proper medical attention. Why? Was there
something to conceal that only modern Western medical techniques could
discover? Tamal was
especially emphatic is discouraging the use of doctors and medicines, a
fact that can be seen clearly in the Conversations Books but not in TKG's
Diary. It is
ironic that 22 years after Srila Prabhupada was repeatedly discouraged by
Tamal Krishna from availing Himself of proper medical attention that Tamal
himself, through modern medicine, was diagnosed with advanced prostate cancer. On January 26, 1999, Tamal
employed the best doctors and surgical procedures in a modern Western
hospital in the hope of becoming cured. (it seems he was) Why did Tamal not take the advice he
gave to Srila Prabhupada, and go to Vrindaban to chant and die out of
distrust in Western medicine and doctors? Why the apparent double
standard? At the
best, it appears that Srila Prabhupada's caretakers stood by helplessly,
perhaps even somewhat uselessly, while Srila Prabhupada withered away due
to misunderstood health problems and a series of contradictory
mis-diagnoses. It might seem farfetched that the avoidance of modern
medicine was deliberate and necessary to prevent detection of the real
cause of Srila Prabhupada's declining health, namely poisoning. Yet, that is what
this book is about; and such a conclusion may not be so crazy after all.
Indeed, very unfortunately, it appears to be all too
true. From the
accounts available, Srila Prabhupada was already in a weakened condition
on February 26, when the first and very serious attack of 1977 illness
occurred. Thereafter, the grave worsening of Srila Prabhupada's health was
marked by a series of abrupt, repeated, and sudden downturns, in May,
July, September and October, illustrated in a later graph. Each downturn
brought increased weakness and inability to eat or digest
food. We can
understand that Srila Prabhupada most probably had weak kidneys, but, as
we shall see in the health biography, there were physical symptoms not consistent with kidney
disease, diabetes or poor digestion, the 3 ailments offered to explain
Srila Prabhupada's poor health in His last year. Abhiram
Prabhu, who served Srila Prabhupada as his nurse from July 25 through October 16, 1977,
notes that Prabhupada was actively involved in his own health care. He has
said that much to the chagrin of those closely involved, Srila
Prabhupada's approach was to accept the help of anyone who came forward
with sincere goodwill, apparently accepting that such a person was sent by
Krishna for that purpose. Hari Sauri also offers his analysis on this
subject in Appendix 21. Nevertheless, it
remains clear Srila Prabhupada was
serious about restoring His health. This is evidenced by His calling
for certain doctors from His past and how He remembered or invented
medicines and treatments to use in the pursuit of improved health. He was,
though, more inclined towards natural and Ayurvedic procedures and
cures. Throughout
1977, Srila Prabhupada primarily entrusted His health care to His
servants, depending on their best judgment and arrangements. Although He
would sometimes initiate some action regarding His health, generally Srila Prabhupada abided by
the recommendations and decisions of Tamal Krishna, and, to a lesser
extent, His other servants and the GBC members. This was especially true
later in 1977. The GBC meetings and decisions regarding Srila Prabhupada's
health were compliant with Tamal's
emphasis on avoidance of doctors and real medical attention.
The
summary is that Tamal alone directed to a great degree the course of Srila
Prabhupada's health care in 1977. Tamal filtered the news, the letters,
the guests. Tamal ruled the situation with a strong hand and he was firmly
situated as Srila Prabhupada's guardian, advisor, and personal secretary.
Tamal was more or less in control, at least from an external perspective.
He had great latitude in charting and steering the course of Srila
Prabhupada's health care, travel plans and interaction with the outside
world of devotees, guests and doctors. Aside
from the written sources available, further information about Srila
Prabhupada's physical symptoms was obtained from the recollections of
individual devotees, such as Dristadyumna, Udayananda, Bhagwat, Sura,
Pradyumna, and others. Most information was accumulated from the
Conversations Books, based on actual tape recordings of Srila Prabhupada.
These recorded room conversations provided many details and "the rest of the story" in many
incidents poorly or not chronicled by Tamal or Satsvarupa.
Each
remedy that was undertaken to restore Srila Prabhupada's health, however,
produced no lasting results. Adridharana, in a recorded interview (which
was stolen and ended up with the GBC), recalled feeling a mood of
frustration with these various and ineffective health care attempts. Some,
including Adridharana, had hoped a qualified doctor would be found who
would be able to treat Srila Prabhupada consistently until cured. There
had already been a parade of
various practitioners, (see Chapter 42) some good, some
bad, all who came and went, and the treatments and medicines also came and
went. Adridharana located and brought the last kaviraja to treat Srila Prabhupada
at the end of October 1977.
Despite the stellar qualifications of the last kaviraja, his
treatments were ineffective, either because he was too late or he had
mis-diagnosed the ailment. It was
both. Why was
each new treatment soon discontinued, one after another? Why were there adverse reactions almost EVERY
time Srila Prabhupada began a new treatment? The result was the
repeated rejection of doctors, medicines and treatments, one after
another. Bhavananda and Tamal were "relieved" that Srila Prabhupada
decided to die peacefully, without further botheration with "the struggle to live." Could something unknown to us have
caused those adverse reactions, besides the various medicines
themselves? Or is it an odd coincidence? (see Chapter 40
) Gradually
Srila Prabhupada's health deteriorated and He finally decided to finish
his pastimes in this world on November 14, 1977. We now know there was a poisoning of Srila
Prabhupada, (see Chapter 33 ) which, of course,
occurred only by the sanction of the Supreme Lord. Srila Prabhupada may or may not
have been aware of it earlier than November. (see Appendix 18 ) We know Srila
Prabhupada knew that He was being poisoned because He said exactly that a
few days before His disappearance. The
final pastimes of Srila Prabhupada have very much of the flavor of Jesus
Christ's crucifixion, where the
pure devotee willingly accepts the Lord's arrangement without protest.
Srila Prabhupada may have known that He was being poisoned throughout
1977, and the absence of His protest or an earlier acknowledgement to this
effect can be understood as His surrender to Krishna's plan, while, out of His boundless mercy,
still accepting service from those who were His
poisoners. As
stated before, the symptoms of Srila Prabhupada's illness in 1977 are
recorded in bits and pieces in various publications. The information from
all sources was combined into one comprehensive, synthesized health
biography by this author in Chapters 20 through 31. This synoptic
chronicling provides a sound basis for evaluation and diagnosis of Srila
Prabhupada's illness by symptom analysis. We
understand that Srila Prabhupada had weak or problematic kidneys long before His serious
1977 illness. Did Srila Prabhupada have the symptoms of kidney disease in
1977? Yes. But were there additional symptoms which are not found in
kidney disease? Yes, again.
Kidney disease symptoms are described in Chapter 18, and upon
examination, we can ascertain quite positively that there was more going on with Srila
Prabhupada than simply kidney disease. Although the symptoms indicate
that Srila Prabhupada had kidney problems, there are many symptoms which must be
attributed to some other cause, and this book establishes that other cause
to be chronic arsenic poisoning. The same
process used to ascertain the correct diagnosis of Srila Prabhupada's
illness by examination of physical symptoms is applied to diabetes in Appendix 7. Diabetes symptoms do NOT match the symptoms that
Srila Prabhupada displayed, as there are several
diabetes symptoms which Srila Prabhupada positively did not display, such
as obesity and excessive hunger. There is definitely some other cause
besides diabetes which is producing the kind of symptoms that Srila
Prabhupada had. This book shows that cause to be chronic arsenic
poisoning. A
complete and summary analysis of symptoms will be made after the health history, in Chapter 32. First, however, we
will study the symptoms of kidney disease and arsenic poisoning. In this
way, when the reader progresses to the health history in Chapters 20 - 31, he will know
what to recognize as attributable
to kidney disease, arsenic poisoning, or both. CHAPTER
18: KIDNEY
DISEASE SYMPTOMS In
studying the various types of kidney disease, it becomes clear that Srila
Prabhupada did not display the symptoms of urethritis, cystitis, kidney
injury, cysts, tumors, kidney stones, bladder stones, or acute kidney
failure. We do see that a general diagnosis of some sort of kidney
disease, failure, or malfunction is reasonably synonymous with Srila
Prabhupada's symptoms. The types of kidney disease which Srila
Prabhupada may have had,
judging by His physical symptoms, are as
follows: 1.
Uremia 2.
Pyelo-nephritis 3.
Glomerulo-nephritis 4.
Chronic kidney failure 5.
End-stage kidney failure (And all
of which, it is to be noted, can be caused by arsenic
poisoning). DROPSY Srila
Prabhupada was diagnosed as having dropsy, but this is a very shallow
understanding the true nature of His ailment. Dropsy is another name for
edema, or the swelling of the body due to kidney malfunctioning. Dropsy is
more a symptom than a disease, and, as we shall see from a full
examination of Srila Prabhupada's physical symptoms, in no way fully
describes Srila Prabhupada's condition in 1977. It should be noted that
dropsy can be the result of either arsenic poisoning or kidney disease.
Kidney
disease can be caused by diabetes, drug abuse, high blood pressure, and
among other things, poisoning by heavy metals. Chronic, or gradual, kidney
failure may show few or no symptoms at first. Mild or moderate kidney failure
may show only mild symptoms, and much damage usually has occurred before
the symptoms become very apparent. The metabolic waste product called urea
increases in the blood due to the inability of the kidneys to eliminate it
from the body. Nephritis
(infection of or damage to the kidneys) causes swelling of the body,
called edema. A list
of the kidney disease symptoms that Srila Prabhupada displayed in 1977 are
given in the next chapter. Kidney disease symptoms are remarkably similar
to those of chronic arsenic poisoning, with one distinguishing feature.
That feature is that arsenic poisoning will often produce additional
symptoms not reconcilable with
kidney disease. Those symptoms unique to chronic arsenic poisoning were
clearly observed in Srila Prabhupada's 1977 health history, and are
described in Chapters 20-31. Further, when the symptoms of chronic arsenic
poisoning are confirmed by an actual hair analysis, as has been done (see Chapter 33), then there can be
no doubt of the accuracy of this diagnosis. These two corroborating pieces
of evidence, coupled with much other corroborating evidence, leaves little
doubt. What we
observe in Srila Prabhupada's physical symptoms is
this: 1.
All of
His symptoms are compatible with arsenic
poisoning. 2.
Many of
His symptoms are incompatible with kidney
disease. If we
had found that all the symptoms matched kidney disease and many were
incompatible with arsenic poisoning, it would be a whole different story.
But that was not the case. Therefore, chronic arsenic poisoning is the
correct diagnosis without doubt. Remember, arsenic poisoning causes kidney
disease or aggravates it when already present. A good example to keep in
mind is a comparison of how high cholesterol foods cause heart disease,
and similarly, arsenic will cause kidney disease. Various
types of kidney ailments display symptoms quite different from each other.
For example, chronic kidney failure does not produce the swelling or edema
characteristic to nephritis. Even so, kidney ailments are often "complex"
and more than one disorder is commonly present. We cannot precisely
diagnose which kind of kidney ailment Srila Prabhupada may have had, due
to the complication of arsenic intoxication and lack of medical
tests. In the
next chapter, all the kidney disease symptoms that were observed in Srila
Prabhupada are listed in Section One, numbering 24 in total. They are all
also symptoms of arsenic poisoning. The truth is that many of these 24
symptoms may have been solely due to arsenic poisoning and had nothing to
do with the particular kidney ailment that Srila Prabhupada had. Even
though many of these 24 symptoms probably were produced by arsenic
poisoning, since they are also synonymous with kidney disease, they do
not in themselves establish
arsenic poisoning. For example, no appetite may very well have been due to
arsenic and not kidney problems. But, to make a conservative scientific
presentation, these symptoms have been placed on the list of joint
kidney/arsenic symptoms. (namely Section One) Nevertheless,
we still have a separate list (Section Two) of 21 additional symptoms
which are unique only to arsenic poisoning. Altogether, therefore, there
are 45 symptoms of arsenic poisoning, which makes a very strong
diagnosis. We find an overwhelming case for
arsenic poisoning when we
judge from both Section One and Two (listed in next chapter) of the
symptoms. As Srila
Prabhupada had a history for years of some swelling in His extremities, it
is very likely that He did have some kidney disability or disease, which
became much worse in 1977. Abhiram's reference to back-pressure of urine causing
damage to the kidneys (Appendix 4 )does not
invalidate or contradict an arsenic poisoning scenario; it is wholly
compatible with a case of chronic arsenic poisoning. The point is that the
condition of His kidneys was
aggravated and made worse, if not outright caused, by the arsenic
poisoning. Until now it
was easy to mis-diagnose Srila Prabhupada's 1977 ailment as simply "kidney
problems". However, the new evidence presented in this publication proves it was chronic arsenic
poisoning. CHAPTER
19: ARSENIC
POISONING SYMPTOMS WHY
ARSENIC? Srila
Prabhupada displayed the symptoms of poisoning, as He Himself stated
twice. But which poison? There are many poisons which are effective in
causing death. The factors which led this author to examine arsenic
poisoning as the best match to Srila Prabhupada's symptoms, as studied in
His 1977 health history, are as follows: 1.
The
opinion of an Ayurvedic doctor, Dr. Mehta, detailed
below 2.
Arsenic
is an age-old method of choice for poisoning in politics and intrigue,
during the Middle Ages and in India (see Appendix14
) 3.
Arsenic
is readily available in India 4.
The
speech reversals (see Chapter 37-38 ) reveal arsenic
poisoning 5.
It was
found that Srila Prabhupada's symptoms were incredibly similar to those of
Napoleon 6.
Arsenic
poisoning is very difficult to recognize, and looks like kidney disease
and a normal "old-age" deterioration of physical
health Dr.
Mehta, an Ayurvedic physician who lives in Houston, was shown several
photographs of Srila Prabhupada during His last days, and he also observed
the video documentary of Srila Prabhupada's last months entitled: "The
Final Lesson." Dr. Mehta has been a practicing Ayurvedic physician since
1948. His summary comments are: "The
expression and symptoms of the face, the eyes and the manner of speaking
indicate to me that Srila Prabhupada was poisoned, most probably by
arsenic or mercury. He Himself said that He was poisoned, confirmed by
dullness of the face and how the natural color of the body is gone. This
is very hard for the average person to understand; only the experienced
eye can tell." Srila
Prabhupada, as we shall see, clearly displayed the symptoms of arsenic
poisoning, and not simply the symptoms of kidney failure alone. The
symptoms of kidney failure were definitely present and are repeatedly
observed. There are, however, many other very prominently displayed
symptoms which are synonymous with arsenical intoxication, and these
symptoms are not found in any condition of kidney disease or diabetes. Let
it be stated here again that arsenical intoxication produces kidney malfunction and
failure. Thus it is so easy to mistake arsenic poisoning for kidney
disease, as many, perhaps about half, of the symptoms are identical or
similar. In
consulting with Dr. Stopford of the Duke University Department of
Toxicology, it was also confirmed that many of Srila Prabhupada's symptoms
cannot be explained by kidney or diabetic diseases, but most surely can be
attributed to arsenic poisoning. Symptom analysis is a very critical
element of the research into Srila Prabhupada's cause of "death." GENERAL
INFORMATION:
Chronic and acute poisoning differ in that chronic means exposure
over a prolonged period of time in smaller amounts and acute is more all
at once. Subacute poisoning
is in between the two.
Because Srila Prabhupada's health declined over ten months, chronic
poisoning is compatible with His health history, whereas acute poisoning
might apply to the final days and subacute poisoning applies to marked and
drastic downturns in His health.
Arsenic is found in nature in low levels, and has been a common
environmental contaminant in the twentieth century. In its various
chemical forms, it can be highly poisonous and has actually been used for
thousands of years for killing others, in political intrigue, revenge,
murder, war, and the elimination of perceived enemies. Medicinally,
arsenic compounds have been useful in the West at least since the time of
Hippocrates in the 5th century BC. In modern times, arsenic has been used
to treat skin diseases, anemia,
syphilis, and other ailments.
Arsenic is a natural element having both metal and non-metal
physical and chemical properties. In its chemical behavior, it resembles
nitrogen, phosphorus, antimony and bismuth. In nature it exists as an
element, and also in stable compounds, trivalent (-3 or +3) and
pentavalent (+5). It binds covalently with most non-metals (notably oxygen
and sulfur) and with metals such as cadmium and lead. In biochemical
behavior, it resembles phosphorus, competing with phosphorus analogs for
chemical binding sites. Toxicity of the various arsenic compounds in
mammals extends over a wide range, determined, in part, by unique
biochemical actions of each compound, but also by absorbability and
efficiency of biotransformation and disposition. Arsines
(gaseous) are most poisonous, followed closely by arsenites and arsenates
(inorganic trivalent compounds). Inorganic pentavalent compounds are
somewhat less toxic than arsenites, while the organic (methylated)
pentavalent compounds incur the least hazard of the arsenicals, with
widespread use in pesticides.
Inorganic arsenite as arsenic trioxide is the most prevalent
natural form and is also the most toxic form of arsenic besides arsine
gas. Arsenic metal is thought to be nonpoisonous due to its insolubility
in water or bodily fluids. In animals and plants arsenic combines with
hydrogen or carbon to make organic compounds.
Pentavalent arsenicals are relatively water soluble and absorbable
across mucous membranes, while trivalent arsenicals, having some water
solubility but greater lipid (fat) solubility, are more readily absorbed
across the skin. The arsenite salts are more soluble in water and are
better absorbed than the oxide. Experimental evidence has shown a high
degree of gastrointestinal absorption of both trivalent and pentavalent
forms of arsenic, most compounds exceeding a 90% absorptive rate. The
greatest absorption occurs predominantly in the small intestine and
colon. Goldfrank's
text states: "Tasteless and
odorless, arsenic is well-absorbed via the gastrointestinal, respiratory,
and parenteral routes." Ingestion has been the usual basis of
poisoning and gut absorption efficiency depends on: the physical form of
the compound, its solubility characteristics, the gastric Ph,
gastrointestinal motility, and gut microbial
transformations. Once
absorbed, many arsenicals accumulate in and cause extensive toxic injury
to cells of the kidney, liver, spleen, lungs, heart, nervous system, blood
vessels, gastrointestinal tract, and other tissues. Much
smaller amounts accumulate in muscle and neural tissue, but cause great
toxic injury there as well. If a victim survives arsenic poisoning after
the first few days, the liver and kidneys show degenerative
changes.
Two biochemical mechanisms of toxicity are recognized with
arsenic: 1. reversible combinations with
thiol groups contained in tissue proteins and
enzymes 2. substitution of arsenic ions
for phosphate in many reactions, including those critical to oxidative
phosphorylation. Arsenic
is thought to cause toxicity by combining with sulfhydryl (-SH) enzymes
and interfering with cellular metabolism. Most
arsenic compounds are tasteless and odorless. Arsenic
trioxide (As2O3) used to be a common cause of
accidental poisoning because it is readily available, is practically
tasteless, and has the appearance of sugar as a white
crystalline powder. Arsenic trioxide, also known as arsenious
oxide, white arsenic or simply as arsenic, is extremely toxic as one of the deadliest known
poisons, with 60 to 200 milligrams being
fatal. This amounts to about 1/300 of an ounce or the weight of
one quarter of a 3 by 3 inch post-it note. Arsenic also has been used and
is stored around the world for military purposes as a poison gas. Arsenic
is extracted from nature by smelting arsenopyrite, found widely around the
world. Children,
embryos, the chronically-ill, and the elderly are more sensitive to
arsenical intoxication.
The type of compound, dosage, health condition and duration of exposure
are critical factors. Arsenic compounds are commonly found commercially in
treated lumber, wood
preservatives, pesticides, herbicides, fungicides, dyes, and paints, and
is often present in tainted tobacco and some old folk remedies.
Tryparsamide, carbasone and arsphenamine are a few arsenic compounds used
in medicine to treat ailments such as intestinal parasites, syphilis,
psoriasis and dysentery. In
arsenic poisoning, urinalysis may reveal proteinuria, hematuria, and
pyuria. Urinary arsenic excretion varies inversely with the postexposure
time period, but low-level excretion may continue for months after
exposure. In cases of
suspected arsenic toxicity in which the urinary arsenic measurements fall
below accepted toxic levels, analysis of hair and nails may permit a
diagnosis. Because of the high sulfhydryl content of keratin, high
concentrations of arsenic are deposited in hair and nails. Chronic ingestion of small amounts of
arsenic, as is suspected in the case of Srila Prabhupada's poisoning,
result in highest concentrations in hair, nails, and skin, tissues which are
rich in cysteine-containing proteins. Chronic accumulation also occurs in
the lungs. Deposition
in the proximal portions of hair can be detected within 30 hours of
ingestion, and arsenic stays fixed
at this site for years (in Napoleon's case, 150 years). Hair grows at a rate of 0.4 mm per
day (half inch a month) while nail grows 0.1 mm per day. Total replacement
of a fingernail takes 3-4 months while toenails require 6-9 months of
growth. Because of its chemical similarity to phosphorus, arsenic is
deposited in bone and teeth and is retained there for long
periods. Humans
eliminate and detoxify inorganic arsenic by a metabolic process of
methylation, yielding cacodylic acid (dimethylarsinic acid) as the chief
urinary excretion product. Biomethylation can quickly become saturated,
however, the result being the deposition of increasing amounts of arsenic
in soft tissues. Otherwise arsenic can be eliminated by many routes
(feces, urine, sweat, milk, hair, skin, lungs), although most is excreted
in urine. The half-life for urinary excretion is 3 to 5 days,
during which time great damage is
done to the internal tissues and organs. Another half of the remaining
amount is eliminated within another week, the next half-life in another
month, etc. Thus after 6 weeks there still remains about 10 to 15 % of the
original amount in the urine.
Thus repeated doses will begin to accumulate in the body quickly
despite the process of elimination.
As arsenic takes its toll, the body loses its ability to eliminate
it, compounding the toxic accumulation and the rate of internal
destruction of tissues and organs. In
single or acute arsenic poisonings, the arsenic is deposited throughout
the body in most organs and tissues.
If there is chronic poisoning of repeated doses over a long period
of time, the efficiency of elimination by the body dramatically decreases
and arsenic accumulates much more permanently in the internal organs and
tissues. The blood, liver, brain, heart and kidneys are top priority in
the body's cleansing, while arsenic is pushed out the urine and into the
hair, nails and skin as much as possible. Chronic poisoning gradually takes
a serious irreversible toll of damage to the blood manufacturing
capability, the kidneys and liver, the brain and heart, the central
nervous system progressing from the periphery inwards, and the muscular
system, among other areas of acute damage. Some of
the symptoms of arsenic poisoning can be seen with other illnesses, making
it very difficult for a doctor to detect it, and it is easily
mis-diagnosed as more commonly understood ailments and diseases, such as
kidney disease. (see Appendix
13) Chronic (low level) arsenic poisoning from repeated absorption of
toxic amounts generally has an insidious (subtle or stealthy) onset of
clinical effects and is very
difficult for a doctor to recognize. Arsenic
poisoning can be detected by studying the patient's symptoms, or by the
testing of tissue samples, hair, fingernails, teeth, or urine. The onset
of gastrointestinal symptoms may be so gradual that the possibility of
arsenic poisoning would be easily overlooked. Over all, arsenic
intoxication has not been extensively studied due to its rarity, and its
effects are not fully known. In
observing Srila Prabhupada's stubborn reluctance to take any food or drink
for many months, and in light of the fact that Srila Prabhupada Himself
stated He was being poisoned, it is interesting to quote Goldfrank's text
with this advice: "For all
cases, if homicidal intent is suspected, patients should be advised
against accepting food or drink from anyone. Visitors should be closely
monitored and outside nutritional products should be
forbidden." SYMPTOM
DESCRIPTIONS: Signs
and symptoms of arsenic toxicity vary depending on the amount and form
ingested; the rate of absorption, metabolism and excretion; and the time
course of ingestion (chronic, sub-acute or acute). The principal manifestations of
arsenic poisoning are gastrointestinal disturbances and result in four
most common symptoms: thickening skin, discoloration of skin, swelling and
muscle weakness. In chronic cases, skin manifestations may not appear for
years. When toxicity is more acute, symptoms typically begin with nausea,
vomiting, abdominal pain, and diarrhea which may be rice water or cholera
like. Gastrointestinal ulcerative lesions and hemorrhage can
occur. Arsenic
poisoning results in the gradual onset of skin, blood and neuralogic
manifestations, and less dramatic gastrointestinal symptoms. Initially patients (or victims) report
progressive weakness, anorexia and nausea. With prolonged ingestion of
small doses there may be
increased salivation, inflammation in the mouth, running nose,
vomiting, diarrhea, weight loss and many other symptoms. Small and
repeated doses of arsenic poisoning may finally result in death or totally
broken health after many months or years, as was the case with Napoleon
Bonaparte and his son, the Duke of Reichstadt. (See Chapter 34: Napoleon: A Case
History) Cardiovascular
instability often accompanies or quickly follows these symptoms.
Intravascular volume depletion, capillary leak myocardial dysfunction, and
diminished systemic vascular resistance contribute to the hypotension, or
low blood pressure, that follows. Patients with severe poisoning may also
quickly develop acute encephalopathy with delirium, seizures, coma,
dysrhythmias, fever, pulmonary edema, respiratory failure, hepatitis,
rhabdomyolisis, hemolytic anemia, acute renal failure, and death. The
encephalopathy may develop over several days following an acute ingestion
and is attributed to underlying cerebral edema and focal
microhemorrhages. Fever
may occur and reinforce a misdiagnosis of sepsis, or blood poisoning from
pathogenic micro-organisms. Hepatitis can develop. Acute renal failure has
occurred in many cases. The
etiology may be multifactorial, including renal ischemia secondary to
hypotension, myoglobinuric- and hemoglobinuric-induced failure, renal
cortical necrosis, and a direct toxin effect on renal tubules. Glutathione
depletion, which can exist in alcoholics and malnourished patients, may
enhance the nephrotoxicity of arsenic. Unilateral facial nerve palsy,
acute pancreatitis, pericarditis, and pleuritis are also possible. Arsenic
will also cause fetal demise in pregnant women. Arsenic
poisoned patients with less severe illness may experience persistent
gastroenteritis and mild hypotension, necessitating hospitalization and
intravenous fluids for days. This prolonged course is atypical for most
viral and bacterial enteric illnesses (flu, etc) and should alert the
physician to consider arsenic toxicity, especially if the gastroenteritis
recurs. Patients may complain of a metallic taste. The garlicky breath
odor of arsenic is typical. Arsenic
irritates mucous membranes. The irritated mucous membranes can appear to
be pharyngitis or laryngitis, leading to a misdiagnosis of upper respiratory
tract infection. Dry hacking cough and buildup of mucus is common,
necessitating further coughing to spit out the mucus. Other respiratory
symptoms include rales, hemoptysis, dyspnea, chest pain, and patchy
interstitial infiltrates. Again, the possibility for misdiagnosis of
bronchitis, viral pneumonia, flu, cold, or persistent upper respiratory
infection exists. Usually several hospital visits may occur before a
correct diagnosis can be rendered in the case of chronic arsenic
poisoning. Further
signs and symptoms may develop sub-acutely in the days to weeks following
the acute toxic episode. Peripheral neuropathy due to axonal degeneration
typically develops 1-3 weeks after arsenic ingestion. Sensory symptoms
predominate early, with patients complaining of "pins and needles" or
electric shock like pains in the lower extremities. Early on, there may be
diminished or absent vibratory or positional sense in the limbs. As the
neuropathy progresses, symptoms include numbness, tingling, and
formication with physical findings of diminished to absent pain, touch,
temperature, and deep tendon reflexes in a stocking-glove distribution.
Obliterative arterial disease may occur in the legs and feet. Blackfoot's
disease, a type of gangrene of the extremities, may occur, as is common in
southwest Taiwan due to highly contaminated well
water. Encephalopathic
symptoms of headache, confusion, decreased memory, personality change,
irritability, hallucinations, delirium, and seizures may develop or
persist. Cerebral edema may occur. Sixth cranial nerve palsy and bilateral
sensorineural hearing loss have been reported during this subacute period.
Superficial touch of the extremities may elicit severe or deep aching
pains. Diffuse, symmetrical painful neuritis begins in the peripheral
extremities and progresses proximally. It also involves distinct muscle
and motor weakness and wasting, perhaps manifesting as an ascending
flaccid paralysis mimicking Guillain-Barre Syndrome. In
addition, prolonged central nervous system effects have been described.
Abnormal electrocardiograms, peripheral blood vessel damage, and liver
damage have been reported. Many types of cancer may follow arsenical
poisoning: skin, lung, liver, bone, kidney, bladder and others, often as
long as 30 to 50 years later. Virtually all parts of the human body are
effected by arsenic poisoning. Laboratory tests for diagnosis should
include complete blood count, liver and renal function tests, and blood
and urine arsenic levels. An abdominal radiograph (X-ray) may well show
radiopaque contents after ingestion of arsenic. Keep this in mind when you
read about Dr. Gopal wanting to bring an X-ray machine to Srila
Prabhupada's room in Vrindaban in October 1977. Such an X-ray could very
well have shown a large white splotch in the liver or abdomen, as arsenic
is radiopaque. Dermatologic
lesions can include patchy alopecia (hair loss), oral herpetic-appearing
lesions, a diffuse pruritic macular rash, and a brawny, nonpruritic
desquamation. Mees lines of the nails, horizontal 1 or 2 mm white lines
which represent arsenic deposition, occur about 5 % of the time in acute
or chronic cases. In those cases where Mees lines are found, a delay of
30-40 days after ingestion is required for the lines to extend visibly
beyond the nail lunalae. Facial and peripheral edema may develop as well
as diaphoresis. Numerous dermatologic lesions can
develop. Other
potential toxic manifestations include pancytopenia, nephropathy, fatigue,
anorexia with weight loss, as well as persistence of acute
gastrointestinal symptoms. With chronic, low-level arsenic exposure, many
sub-acute symptoms may develop or persist, including headache, chronic
encephalopathy, peripheral sensori-motor neuropathy, malaise, chronic
cough, and peripheral edema. Gastrointestinal symptoms may be absent,
although cases with colicky abdominal pain, nausea, and persistent
diarrhea have been reported. Other results of arsenic poisoning may be
lung damage, eventual atrophy and degeneration of extremities, terminal
hypoxic convulsions (in acute poisoning) due to lack of oxygen reaching
the body, severe damage of the blood (hemolysis) and bone marrow,
resulting in the decrease of blood manufacture and the inability to
regenerate tissues. Slow,
partial recovery from peripheral neuropathy most commonly occurs, with
mild cases having a better prognosis. In a case series of 40 patients
followed for variable time periods, 60 % experienced partial recovery over
5 months to 5 years, 15 % had full recovery from 40 days to 6 years, while
5 % had no recovery over 5 years. The remainder either were lost to
follow-up or died. Improvement in the peripheral neuropathy is often
accompanied by transient severe pains in the extremities. Patients who
develop encephalopathy may recover poorly. The
minimum lethal exposure of ingested arsenic is only about one milligram
per kilogram of weight. A dose of 200 milligrams would usually be lethal
in an adult, but considering Srila Prabhupada's weight, much less would be
lethal. For arsine gas, immediate death has occurred at 150 parts per
million. These figures demonstrate the extreme toxicity of
arsenic. As we
progress through the health history, keep in mind these descriptions of
chronic, low-level arsenic poisoning. A partial review of such general
conditions are: 1. The
principal manifestations are gastrointestinal
disturbances 2.
Initially victims report progressive weakness, anorexia and
nausea. 3. Small
and repeated doses of arsenic poisoning may finally result in death or
totally broken health after many months or years 4. The
irritated mucous membranes can appear to be pharyngitis or laryngitis,
leading to a misdiagnosis of upper
respiratory tract infection. Dry hacking cough and buildup of mucus is
common. 5. Toxic
manifestations include nephropathy, fatigue, anorexia, weight
loss While we
see that Srila Prabhupada displayed some symptoms contrary to kidney
disease and many contrary to diabetes, we also see
that: SRILA
PRABHUPADA HAD NO SYMPTOMS CONTRARY TO THOSE OF ARSENIC
POISONING. The
consistency of Srila Prabhupada's physical symptoms with chronic arsenic
poisoning is quite apparent and amazing. The health history in Chapters 20 -31
is very convincing in demonstrating that Srila Prabhupada displayed the
symptoms of arsenic poisoning. It is to be remembered that arsenic
poisoning causes kidney disease. LIST
OF SYMPTOMS: A full
list of symptoms variously manifested in arsenic poisoning
are: SECTION
ONE: Symptoms
Common to Kidney Disease & Arsenic
Poisoning Those
symptoms which are common to both arsenic poisoning and various kidney
diseases are marked "AK" for arsenic/kidney.
Between arsenic poisoning and kidney disease there may be some subtle
differences in some of the symptoms, but are similar enough to represent
both. AK1 LACK OF APPETITE, WEIGHT LOSS,
ANOREXIA AK2 VOMITING, NAUSEA, "VOMITING
TENDENCY" AK3 DIARRHEA AND LOOSE STOOLS
AK4 ABDOMINAL CRAMPS, GASTRIC PAIN
due to inflammation of stomach and intestines AK5 EXTREME WEAKNESS, LACK OF ENERGY,
ANEMIA, beginning as a marked general fatigue (low-level
doses of arsenic) AK6 HIGH BLOOD PRESSURE:
hypertension AK7 SEIZURES, SPASMS, and
convulsions AK8 GENERALIZED ITCHING (parethesia):
tingling, burning; abnormal skin sensations, especially of the
extremities; wanting to rub, brush or massage the body for
relief AK9 STOMATITIS: inflammation and
ulceration of the mucous membranes of the mouth and
esophagus AK10 SKIN COLOR CHANGES: Bronzing,
yellowing coloration AK11 PROGRESSIVE MUSCLE WEAKNESS
(electromyography) AK12 MUSCLE ACHING OR CRAMPS,
GENERALIZED AK13 SMALL AMOUNTS OF URINE;
infrequently or
frequently AK14 DIFFICULTY IN URINATION: or
inability to urinate (anuria) AK15 KIDNEY MALFUNCTION (renal failure
or damage) AK16 DISCOLORATION OR CASTS IN URINE:
hematuria (blood), proteinuria (protein), or oval fatty droplets in
urine; cloudy, brown AK17 EDEMA: the swelling of tissues
AK18 LISTLESSNESS, LANGUOR, LETHARGY AK19 FEVER AK20 UNPLEASANT TASTE No taste or
metallic taste in mouth AK21 INSOMNIA OR SLEEPING
BADLY AK22 HEART PALPITATIONS (delayed
cardiomyopathy), and heart damage due to direct toxic action and
electrolyte disturbances. AK23 IRREGULAR HEAT BEAT: ventricular
arrhythmia, electrocardiographic abnormalities such as a prolonged Q-T
interval AK24 HIGH PULSE RATE: tachycardia:
quickened heart beat, and sometimes a slow pulse due to varying amounts of
arsenic SECTION
TWO: Symptoms
Unique To Arsenic Poisoning And Not To Kidney
Diseases Those
symptoms unique only arsenic poisoning and NOT kidney disease are listed
in Section Two and are marked "A" for
arsenic. A1
PHOTOPHOBIA: extreme
sensitivity by the eyes to light A2
HOARSE, WEAK, OR SLURRED
VOICE: sore throat, inflamed
pharynx and larynx, thickened vocal chords A3
MUCUS AND COUGH:
discharging mucus, clogged with mucus; inflammation and irritation of the
respiratory and nasal mucosa, persistent dry cough,
coryza A4
RESTLESSNESS, IRRITABILITY,
TOSSING & TURNING A5
HYPERKERATOSIS:
Abnormal enlargement of thick skin areas A6
DROOLING: excessive
salivation A7
HYPOTHERMIA: coldness
in body, especially limbs: poor blood circulation in extremities due to
peripheral vascular insufficiency A8
CONJUNCTIVITIS:
watering eyes, mucus in eyes, tearing eyes A9
LOSS OF VISION due to
brain damage or optic nerve damage A10 HEAVY WITH SLEEP: sleeping
unusually long and deep, or disturbance in sleep rhythm; somnolence
alternating with insomnia A11 BEHAVIORAL CHANGES or changes of
disposition such as unusual emotional displays, insecurity, depression,
sensitivity, tearfulness, exaggerated optimism. Tendency to periods of
emotionalism expressed by tearfulness. A12 MENTAL
DISTURBANCE OR LOSS OF MENTAL FUNCTIONS due to encephalopathy (brain
damage) A13 CONSTIPATION (alternated with
diarrhea) A14 HEARING LOSS: dysesthesia,
impairment of senses A15 INDIGESTION due to bile duct
obstruction and intestinal damage A16 FAINTING, DIZZINESS A17 SUDDEN WEAKNESS OR COLLAPSE OF
LEGS, WEAKNESS IN CALF
MUSCLES, especially in early stages, due to fatty degeneration of
muscles, difficulty in walking A18 PAINFUL OR MALFUNCTIONING LIVER OR
SPLEEN A19 LACK OF MUSCULAR COORDINATION
(ataxia) A20 PARALYSIS OF AND PAINS IN
LEGS(motor and sensory) due to nerve damage (peripheral neuritis and
neuropathy) pains or numbness A21 LOOSENING & LOSS OF TEETH or
nails, bleeding, swollen gums SECTION
THREE: List of
symptoms unique only to arsenic poisoning and not kidney disease which
were not exhibited by Srila Prabhupada, as far
as we know at present. Further information may verify more
symptoms. 1.
Garlic
odor of breath, perspiration or stool 2. Exfoliative dermatitis:
Scaly, flaky, inflamed skin (after about 3 years in low-level arsenic
poisoning) 3. Mees lines: Transverse white
striae of fingernail arsenic deposits 4. Frequent headache; delirium,
coma 5.
Nose
bleeds (epistaxis) 6. Severe thirst and fluid
loss 7. Paralysis of eye muscles
(ophthalmoplegia) due to brain damage 8.
Blisters
and open sores, usually in more acute or prolonged poisonings (Srila
Prabhupada had "bedsores") 9.
Dysphagia: difficulty in swallowing (from
the tapes, it sounds like Srila Prabhupada's swallowing and drinking were
difficult). 10. Paresis (partial paralysis) to
quadriplegia (paralysis from neck down) Srila
Prabhupada could not move his legs or torso near the end of His illness,
but that may have also been due to extreme weakness. 11.
Anesthesia:
loss of tactile or skin sensation, numbness 12.
Disappearance
of the fine body hairs resulting in very smooth skin In
arsenical poisoning, or in any medical condition, not all possible symptoms may be
manifest, and probably will not be present. This was confirmed
again in consultation with Dr. Page Hudson, retired Chief Medical Examiner
and forensic pathologist. One devotee said that because Srila Prabhupada
showed no obvious sweating (an arsenic poisoning symptom), therefore
arsenic poisoning could not be the cause of His ill health. This is not
the way to diagnose or understand medical conditions except for those
looking to support their conscious or unconscious prejudices. May the
reader try to set those prejudices aside in the search for the whole truth
and nothing but the truth. Bibliographical
Sources: for Ch.
17, 18, 32, 33, App. 7, 11, 12, 13, 14, 22. 1. Internet /re: Symptoms of
Arsenic and Mercury Poisoning 2.
Harrison's
Principles of Internal Medicine,
McGraw-Hill, 14th Ed 3.
The
Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics: Goodman
& Gilman, McGraw-Hill, 9th Ed, pgs 1660-1661 4. Merck Manual of Medical
Information, 1997 Home Edition 5.
Kidney
and Urinary Tract: Diseases and Disorders Sourcebook, Ed. By
L.M. Ross 1997 6.
Handbook
of Poisoning: Prevention, Diagnosis & Treatment, 12th
Ed, Dreisbach & Robertson, pgs 221-224. 7.
Assassination
at St. Helena, Weider
& Forshufvud, John & Wiley, 1978, 1995
(Revisited) 8.
Hazardous
Materials Toxicology: Clinical Principles of Environmental Health, Ed. By
Sullivan & Krieger, Williams & Wilkins 9.
Goldfrank's
Toxicologic Emergencies, 6th Ed., Appleton &
Lange 10.
Website:
http://hammock.ifas.ufl.edu/txt/fairs/15460 11.
Poisindex
(R) Toxicologic Managements: Arsenic 12.
Comprehensive
Review in Toxicology, 2nd ed.,
Peter D. Bryson, An Aspen Publication, 1989 13.
The
Heavy Elements: Chemistry, Environmental Impact and Health Effects, Jack
E. Fergusson, Pergamon Press 14.
Comprehensive
Review in Toxicology for Emergency Clinicians, 3rd ed., Peter D. Bryson,
M.D., Taylor & Francis Publishing, 1996 15.
Ellenhorn's
Medical Toxicology: Diagnosis and Treatment of Human Poisonings, 2nd ed.,
Matthew J. Ellenhorn, M.D., Williams & Wilkins 16.
Case
Studies in Poisoning, Shirley K. Osterhout, M.D., Medical Examination
Publishing Co., Inc., 1981 17.
Loomis's
Essentials of Toxicology, 4th ed., Ted A. Loomis, A. Wallace Hayes,
Academic Press, 1996 18.
Basic
Toxicology, Fundamentals, Target Organs, and Risk Assessment, 3rd ed.,
Frank C. Lu, Taylor Francis Publishing, 1996 19.
Manual
of Toxicologic Emergencies, Eric K. Noji, Gaber D. Kelen, Year Book
Medical Publishers, Inc., 1989 20.
Handbook
on the Toxicology of Metals, 2nd ed., Volume II: Specific Metals, eds:
Lars Friberg, Gunnar F. Nordberg, Velimer B. Vouk, Elsevier (pub),
1987 21.
Case
Studies in Environmental Medicine: Arsenic Toxicity, U.S. Department of
Health & Human Services, 1990 22.
Handbook
of Poisoners, Raymond T. Bond, Rinehart & Co., Inc.,
1951 23.
Arsenic,
Committee on Medical and Biologic Effects of Environmental Pollutants,
National Academy of Sciences (pub), 1977 24.
Casarett
and Doull's Toxicology, 4th ed., eds: Mary O. Amdur, Ph.D., John Doull,
Ph.D., Curtis D. Klaassen, Ph.D., Pergamon Press,
1991 25.
Disposition
of Toxicological Drugs and Chemicals In Man, by Baselt and
Cravey,
4th Ed. published in 1995 by the Chemical Toxicology
Institute. 26.
Preacher's
Girl: Life and Crimes of Blanche Taylor Moore, Jim
Schutze 27.
Death
Sentence, by Jerry Bledsoe (Account of Velma Barfield's
crimes) Instances
in which a symptom is unique only to arsenic poisoning and not produced by
kidney disease or diabetes will be identified and prefixed with "A". For example, photophobia
is caused by arsenic and not by kidney failure, being listed as arsenic
symptom (A1), and drooling is marked
in the health history with (A6). In the
following lengthy account of Srila Prabhupada's health history, the reader
is asked to study the various physical symptoms and compare them to the
lists above. You will find a case
of chronic arsenic poisoning. Srila
Prabhupada was afflicted with poor digestion, persistent colds, mucus, and
cough, and weak kidneys. Was this due to arsenic poisoning or natural
causes? CHAPTER
20: HEALTH CHRONICLE: DECEMBER
1975 - DECEMBER 1976 To
reconstruct accurately and completely the particulars of Srila
Prabhupada's health history in 1976-7, being twenty two years ago, has
been a challenge. No single source is available which fully chronicles
Srila Prabhupada's medications or health history, or the various doctors
who visited Prabhupada, their diagnoses and their treatments. The
synoptic, synthesized chronicling that follows is based
on: 1. Srila Prabhupada Lilamrita,
Volume 6, by Satsvarupa das Goswami 2. TKG's Diary by Tamal Krishna
Goswami 3. Conversations With Srila
Prabhupada, Vol. 29-36, Bhaktivedanta Archives (transcripts of
actual 1977 tape recordings) 4. Abhiram Prabhu's Memoirs,
recorded November, 1978 (Archives) 5.
Srutirupa
Prabhu's Memoirs, recorded October, 1978 (Archives) 6.
ISKCON
in the 1970's by
Satsvarupa das Goswami
(1997) 7.
Letters
From Srila Prabhupada (Royal
Thai BBT) 8.
Letters
from Tamal Krishna Maharaj and others (Archives) 9.
Satsvarupa's
little red Prabhupada Nectar series (5 volumes) 10.
Miscellaneous
other minor biographical sources The
resultant blending of all accounts actually provided a great deal of
medical information, especially coming from the tape recordings. This account of Srila Prabhupada's
illness in 1977 allows us to closely examine the historical facts to
ascertain exactly what medical condition Srila Prabhupada suffered from.
First we will briefly back-track into 1976 to earlier origins of Srila
Prabhupada's poor health. There are indications that poisoning of Srila
Prabhupada may have started in 1976. In this way, an assassin's cover
would be generated by a long previous history of illness which begins
gradually, wanes and waxes, and eventually culminates in death. In 1976
the symptoms of illnesses in Hawaii, New Vrindaban, New York, and London
are compatible with arsenic poisoning, but could just as well have been
simply Srila Prabhupada's weak kidneys and the manifestations of kidney
problems. Since we have now verified arsenic poisoning by hair analysis in
October 1977 (see Chapter 33 ), it is only
natural to wonder when or how far back the poisoning began. Judgment is
not rendered about 1976; this information is part of the health biography
and is included for future investigative work. DECEMBER
20, 1975 "Prabhupada is not feeling well;
swelling in his legs, feet, and hands trouble him. To see his body puffed
with fluid is very disturbing. During his massage I pressed gently on
Prabhupada's foot with my thumb to show him the swelling. It left an
indentation for several minutes. Prabhupada said this is due to uremia, a
toxic condition caused by waste products in the blood normally eliminated
in the urine. It makes it very difficult for him to climb the steps to his
apartment when returning from the temple. Yet, he tolerates the
inconvenience without complaint and dismissed the sight of the dent with a
smile and a shake of his head." (Tran Diary Vol
1) DECEMBER
24, 1975 Morning Walk, Bombay
Dr. Patel: You have taken that tablet for passing
more urine? Prabhupada: Yes. Dr. Patel: Daily or..., yes or
no. Prabhupada: I am passing
(laughing). Dr. Patel: Yes, sir, but you have got the edema
on the leg, and I mean, when... Prabhupada: It is cured. That one tablet, two
tablets, has cured.
(Con:18.52) AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: This
establishes that Srila Prabhupada almost certainly had kidney problems
long before arsenic poisoning began. END MAY
1976
At 1:00 AM on May 4, 1976,in Hawaii, Srila Prabhupada rang His bell
and Hari Sauri and Pusta Krishna Swami rushed in to attend His Divine
Grace's summons. "Looking strained,
Prabhupada informed us that he was ill and would not take his usual walk
or give the morning Bhagwatam class. He is again having trouble with
uremia, using the bathroom every hour. His feet are badly swollen and he
is suffering dizzy spells." Coincidentally, Tamal Krishna Goswami and
Dristadyumna had arrived from New York "with a written report to give Srila
Prabhupada on their China preaching endeavours. Since the Mayapur
festival, when Srila Prabhupada ordered Tamal Krishna Maharaj to begin
something in China, they have been very seriously studying
books..." The report
detailed the immense difficulties there would be met in trying to preach
in China. Tamal said that the prospect was hopeless, saying, "it may be possible fifty years from
now." Srila Prabhupada said, "Then give it up. If it is too
difficult, don't waste time."
Thus the mission to China was cancelled. Dristadyumna thought that
when it was described how Christians had resorted to floating Bibles in
balloons on the ocean from hundreds of miles off shore, hoping some would
reach Chinese coastal peasants, Srila Prabhupada was impressed with the
difficulty of Tamal's China program. Srila Prabhupada dictated a letter to
His secretary for all American GBC's, re-installing Tamal to his
pre-Mayapur responsibilities as head of the Radha Damodar travelling
parties and as a BBT trustee for North America. Tamal returned to Los
Angeles on May 7 and soon thereafter relieved Madhudvisa as GBC for the
New York zone.
Hari Sauri chronicles that on May 8, in Hawaii, Srila Prabhupada
was "now feeling a little better." For a few days He had taken
a half tablet of a diuretic daily and the swelling cleared up. On May 10,
Srila Prabhupada complained that He was not sleeping well due to "feeling ill with dizziness and
passing too much urine."
While in Hawaii, Srila Prabhupada went on regular morning walks and
dramatically increased His Bhagwatam translations while also spending
hours a day with Hayagriva on the upcoming book Dialectic Spiritualism. On
May 22, however, Srila Prabhupada rested long in the afternoon and "complained of weakness due to heart
palpitations." Thereafter, Srila Prabhupada visited Los Angeles,
Detroit, and Toronto, going to New Vrindaban on June 21. Since His illness
in Hawaii, Srila Prabhupada had no other striking health problems except
for a short and minor cold and a serious toothache in
Toronto. JUNE
- JULY 1976
Hari Sauri Prabhu states in his Transcendental Diary, Volume 3, in
the preface: "...warning signs of
His Divine Grace's deteriorating health grew stronger. He suffered attacks
of toothache, high blood pressure, heart palpitations, kidney disease and
flu with stoic indifference, and relentlessly pushed himself on despite
his weakening bodily condition." On June
23, in New Vrindaban, Hari Sauri describes, "Prabhupada said very little on his
walk and the class was short. He is experiencing disturbing heart
palpitations and his uremia has caused his legs and feet to swell
again...(but) his face is no longer swollen."
On June 24 Srila Prabhupada had further heart palpitations and did
not go on a walk. On June 25 and 26, again there were no morning walks,
and Srila Prabhupada's heart was "still giving him trouble." On
June 28 Srila Prabhupada felt "heart strain" while riding in a
pickup truck on a bumpy road. Later He said, "Even in this weak (condition)... I am
very weak nowadays. Still I am working... I think I shall not be able to
go for walks. This morning my heart was beating too
much."
On June 30, Hari Sauri describes, "Srila Prabhupada was not well again
today and had an ashen
pallor... He took only a very short walk..." and notes that Srila
Prabhupada had Pradyumna Prabhu give class. He spoke for a few minutes at
the end to make some comments. "When Srila Prabhupada is unable to
discourse on Krishna conscious philosophy, it is a serious matter
indeed." Later in the
morning Srila Prabhupada began to feel better. However, the next day Srila
Prabhupada skipped His walk and His class was short, perhaps fifteen
minutes. "He is still weak and congested with
mucus... He doesn't eat much of anything..." On July 2 there was no
morning walk, and on July 3 His health was "still not good." On July 4, Hari Sauri
describes, "His respiratory system
is quite blocked with mucus, making his voice sometimes thick and
husky."
Srila Prabhupada arrived in New York on July 9th and was hosted by
Tamal Krishna Goswami as GBC and Adi Keshava Swami as temple president. On
July 12 at 2:15 AM Srila Prabhupada called for Hari Sauri. "...he looked very ill. He was gaunt
and complained of severe chest pains and an inability to either rest or
work. He had already changed his diet to simple kichari because of these
symptoms, but the problem has persisted... Despite his illness during the
night, Srila Prabhupada still went on his walk this morning." At noon
Srila Prabhupada again complained of chest pains, which He attributed to
"too much anxiety." In the
afternoon Srila Prabhupada had a pain in His foot, which Hari Sauri
massaged for almost two hours.
On July 14, "illness forced
Prabhupada to cancel his afternoon darshan." Early in the morning of July 16,
while visiting Gita Nagari farm, Srila Prabhupada again called Hari Sauri
to His room. Srila Prabhupada was sitting at His desk but was not using
the dictaphone. "He was ashen, and
told me he was experiencing severe kidney pain and could not translate. It
was the same problem..."
Later that day, back in New York, Dr. Bhagat, a life member,
examined Srila Prabhupada. The diagnosis was very high blood pressure, a
weak heart, and uremia which was probably due to a kidney stone. A
diuretic, an antibiotic, a pain reliever, sleeping pills and a
psychotropic relaxant were prescribed. No sugar or salt were to be taken
either. However, Srila Prabhupada took no medicines and did not change His
diet.
On July 20, Srila Prabhupada "now has a heavy cold which is
worsening," causing Srila Prabhupada to take only a dry bath and skip
His massage. Senior devotees encouraged Srila Prabhupada to delay His
scheduled departure that evening so He could rest and recover without the
difficulty of travel. Srila Prabhupada could not be convinced to stay. The
overnight flight to London was very very hard on Srila Prabhupada. "Racked by a heavy cold, Prabhupada
spent practically the whole flight lying down, coughing up large amounts
of mucus every few minutes." He hardly moved for over six
hours.
Coming off the plane, Srila Prabhupada walked slowly, wobbly, and
hesitatingly. He was very ill. On the ride to the temple, it was necessary
to stop twice on the roadside for Srila Prabhupada to vomit. "It was alarming because it consisted
more of thick, yellow bile and mucus rather than food waste." Arriving at Bhaktivedanta
Manor, Srila Prabhupada went straight to His rooms and "immediately took rest for the
remainder of the day." Resting until the next morning, Srila
Prabhupada "seems to have recovered
a little... He had heart
palpitations," was very weak, managed to eat only two spoonfuls of
fruit, refused massage, ate no lunch except a few bites of kichari, and
asked Harikesh that arrangements be made to return to Bombay at once.
Srila Prabhupada rested all afternoon again, still very ill. On July 23
and 24 His health improved a little and the "cold"
receded.
The strain of preaching, stairways, and lectures weakened Srila
Prabhupada and on July 26 He rested all morning, "although he has begun to eat more
today." When George Harrison visited and asked about His health, Srila
Prabhupada replied, "I have old
man's disease, cough and cold, so coughing.” On July 27 Hari Sauri
notes that Srila Prabhupada was still coughing and full of mucus. The next
day Srila Prabhupada flew to Paris, and "he is at least well enough to walk
and resume his travels." On His first night in France, He resumed some
translation work, the first since leaving New York a week earlier.
At the farm in France, Srila Prabhupada is reported on July
30: "...still
weak, and after a very short morning walk... He is still full of mucus and
alters his diet frequently to speed recovery." On July
31, Hari Sauri describes, "Since we arrived Prabhupada has been
resting until late in the morning, after 7 AM. He has not taken a full
morning walk since leaving New York. This morning he ate very little for
breakfast. He also told us to make all endeavour necessary to prevent him
from catching cold. He said that, 'With an old body, it means thin blood,
and this turns to mucus. And when there is too much mucus it blocks the
heart, and this is very dangerous.' He has spent the last couple of days
sitting quietly in his room, but at least he is once again having his
massage in the sunshine and taking a full bath." AUGUST
- OCTOBER 1976
On August 1, Srila Prabhupada felt strong enough to make a short
tour of the France farm grounds. On August 3, Hari Sauri says, "It was good to see him eating with
relish even though it wasn't much. His appetite appears to be increasing,
and he has requested fresh fruit and milk with Chyavana-prash for the
morning. 'And when I'm feeling little better, someday we can take puri
and...'" The next day Srila Prabhupada asked for some bada, made with
dal paste and some neem leaf powder, which He had not taken since April in
Bombay. Late on the 4 th, Srila Prabhupada "...fell silent for a while,
occasionally still coughing, but at least not dislodging the heavy mucus
of just a few days ago."
In Tehran on August 9, Srila Prabhupada again ate some bada which contains neem leaves,
something He explained was very good to maintain a good appetite. On
August 11 Hari Sauri observed that Srila Prabhupada ate at regular times
in spite of the fasting till noon due to Lord Balaram's appearance day. "His health is always bad and even to
miss one meal would be very detrimental to his body."
Back in
Bombay on August
14, "Dr. Patel, Srila Prabhupada's Bombay
walking partner, showed up... to go out onto Juhu beach with Prabhupada.
However, because of the persistent swelling in Prabhupada's legs caused by
his malfunctioning kidneys he wasn't feeling up to
it..." On
August 15 Srila Prabhupada gave one of His teeth to Hari Sauri upon
request. It had loosened and Srila Prabhupada simply took it out of His
mouth the night before and placed it in the drawer of His desk. Hari Sauri
says, "Prabhupada is attempting to treat his
disease by adjusting the spicing in his diet. In the morning he instructed
Palika to (cook)... We were delighted to see him eat and he told us that
the spicing had given him a good appetite." In Hyderabad, on August
19: "We are all fasting for half a
day (Vyasa-puja day) but unfortunately Srila Prabhupada is also
practically having to fast. He has had bad digestion and is coughing up a
lot of mucus. He had only a very small amount of fruit for breakfast and
simply khichari and yogurt for lunch." On
August 22, Hari Sauri says, "Prabhupada's digestive problems are
continuing, and so for lunch he elected to have only steamed vegetables
and khichari, with a small amount of ghee in a separate bowl." It is
also noted that a month after becoming ill upon leaving New York, Srila
Prabhupada "...is still not going out for his
morning walks." On August 27, in New Delhi, Srila Prabhupada's "physical health is still weak, and so
he took the opportunity for a little well-earned rest." The next day
on His morning walk, He was "still
feeling weak. He sat for most of the time on a bench... Since returning
from Europe his health has definitely improved." In
Vrindaban on September 11, Hari Sauri states, "Prabhupada's health is not very good.
He has been suffering from high blood pressure for several days, and today
he has toothache. Indeed, he seems to be suffering a general decline in
health and strength. At this time last year he was striding strongly down
the road every morning for at least an hour and seemed quite full of
vigor. Now he rarely takes such walks." Srila Prabhupada went for a
walk on the roof and had strained to manage the last few steps,
commenting, "Now I am old."
Harikesh also observed that Srila Prabhupada's muscle tone had
declined. On
September 13, Srila Prabhupada is noted as having "great difficulty speaking very much
at the moment due to his high blood pressure." His classes were
becoming noticeably shorter. On September 19 and 20, Srila Prabhupada felt
quite ill due to "high blood
pressure." It is not understood from Hari Sauri's accounts exactly
what led to this unofficial diagnosis of high blood pressure. On September
30, Hari Sauri again mentions the high blood pressure problems. In the
night of October 7, Srila Prabhupada complained of chest
pains. The
above information was obtained from Hari Sauri Prabhu's Transcendental
Diary, Volumes 2, 3 and 4.
Volume 5, which will begin with
October 9, 1976, has not yet been published as of this printing, but it is
anticipated with great enthusiasm. We have very little information of
Srila Prabhupada's health or activities between October 9, 1976 and
January 8, 1977 since Satsvarupa Maharaj did not include anything in his biography from
July 20, 1976 to January 9, 1977.. The only known source of information at
present is the tape recordings transcribed in the Conversations Books.
DECEMBER
26:
In
Bombay, Giriraj, Srutasrava and Dr. Patel were discussing the challenges
presented by the American deprogrammers. Giriraj: And then Adi Keshava Maharaj is going
with a swami? Chandra Swami, some Indian swami in America. He's going with
Adi Keshava Maharaj to meet the new President of the United States on
January 27th. Srila
Prabhupada: He's
going to see? Giriraj: Yes, Jimmy Carter… So Adi Keshava
Maharaj and this one Indian sannyasi, they are going to make a
representation to the new President. Srila
Prabhupada: Who is that Indian
swami? Srutasrava: His name is Chandra
Swami. Srila
Prabhupada: Chandra Swami? So
why…? Guest: He's a young
man. Srila
Prabhupada: He must be Mayavadi. He's taking
advantage of this. Guest: He's a man who is following
Tantric. Srila
Prabhupada: So what is this nonsense? This should
not be… He should not accompany. He's taking advantage of it.
Guest: He's also directly associated with the
Prime Minister, this young man. Chandra Swami.
(Con:28.72-3) DECEMBER
27:
The next
day, Chandra Swami again is mentioned by Srila Prabhupada, Who apparently
had been informed of Chandra Swami's being favorable to ISKCON because it
was the only organization converting Christians back to Hinduism. It was
also noted that Chandra Swami had spoken to Indira Gandhi about ISKCON in
that regard, and that Gopal Krishna Swami knew of him quite well also.
Srila Prabhupada then noted that "(Chandra Swami) said that 'I am not
very much interested in Hare Krishna…" but that he appreciated the
conversion back to Hinduism of many people.
(Con:28.120-1) SUMMARY
1976: Srila
Prabhupada had an illness in Hawaii for a few days in May, a renewal of
illness in New Vrindaban, and a more serious illness in New York in July,
worsening upon leaving New York and lasting for months in Europe and
India. The European illness was characterized by general weakness, heart
palpitations, swelling, poor appetite, and respiratory infection-like
symptoms of cough, cold, and mucus. It is certainly an unusual combination
of symptoms to find all at once: digestive, cardiac, and respiratory. Is
it possible that Srila Prabhupada's arsenic poisoning began in 1976? The
symptoms, especially those upon leaving New York, appear wholly compatible
with this possibility. That Srila Prabhupada was old and had a
long-standing weakness in the kidneys is acknowledged, yet, we find that
the May to August period of illness in 1976 resembles arsenic poisoning,
if we judge by the symptoms. Since we now know there was
poisoning in progress in October 1977, it is only natural to wonder how
early it may have begun. (see Chapter 33 ) How far back in
time did the poisoning begin? The symptoms support the possibility that it
may have begun as early as May 4, 1976 when Tamal and Dristadyumna visited
Srila Prabhupada in Hawaii. CHAPTER
21: HEALTH CHRONICLE: JANUARY
1977 Until
January 1977, Srila Prabhupada remained in fairly good health, maintaining
an energetic and busy schedule, and the first significant downturn in
health occurred while at the Kumbha Mela on January
12-13. JANUARY
8: Srila
Prabhupada: So that, some Swami
Chand? Hari
Sauri: Chandra Swami, minister for Air India.
He's supposed to be wanting to see Prabhupada. He's coming to the
Mela. Gurudas: I'll look into that. You told me last
time… So do you think I should organize this meeting with Chandra Swami
also…? Or just meet him to get him to see you. Not any special, but I mean
to say that he knows the situation. He can… Srila
Prabhupada: Or if he wants to see, he may come.
He may find out. Gurudas: Yes. He should come to see
you. Srila
Prabhupada: Orissa is good for
health? Gurudas: Yes, he (Gargamuni)
says. Srila
Prabhupada: Let him come to Bhubaneshwar, and I
want to start a temple. Gurudas: Yes. Your health
is…? Srila
Prabhupada: From yesterday it is
good. Gurudas: 'Cause you cooked for
yourself. Srila
Prabhupada: No. Because I could eat a little…
Just rice, dahl, and vegetable.(A15) That's all, nothing
extraordinary. Gurudas: And you put lot of spice in it or
not? Srila
Prabhupada: No.
(Con:29.7-13) Later,
Srila Prabhupada spoke with a life member/ doctor: Guest: How is your
health? Srila Prabhupada: Not good. Guest: No, but you are taking that medicine
or…? Srila Prabhupada: I stopped that
medicine. Guest: Too much bitter, I
think. Srila Prabhupada: Not only bitter. I got some trouble in
the teeth. Guest: Pills are taken or not
taken? Srila Prabhupada: Pills? No. If required I shall take
again. Hansadutta: I heard you're not feeling
well. Srila Prabhupada: No.
(Con:29.44) Later,
speaking with Mr. Asnani, the lawyer, and another
guest: Srila Prabhupada: And because my health is not good, if
Allahabad atmosphere or Bhubaneshwar atmosphere helps me little, it is… Of
all foodstuff, I see the kitri is good for me, little
kitri. Mr. Asnani: Easily digested also.(A15) Srila Prabhupada: So I shall begin again
kitri. Guest: I came other day and you were advised
by the doctors not to see you. Srila Prabhupada: No- doctor says like that. I see
everyone. Guest: That was the first day with the
doctor. You accepted that doctor's decision. Srila Prabhupada: So I did not like that
idea. Guest: No, but sometimes, just to keep… So
we, all the devotees, always pray to our Lord to give you long physical
body and healthy so that the cause which you have taken up in your hand
should be completely fulfilled. So for our sake your body has to last…
because medically you are not advised to. You talk less…
(Con:29.63-7) Later
Srila Prabhupada discusses His own medical neem
program: Srila Prabhupada: Then I can take two pills in the
morning. That will help. This neem (A15), tickly, and bara is very
good. But you people say that…(laughs) Hari Sauri: The ghee's
not. Srila Prabhupada: Ghee's not good, that I can
understand. But without little ghee, we cannot eat at
all. Hari Sauri: There's no harm for a small
amount. Srila Prabhupada: We have to take very little.(A15) Srila
Prabhupada then asked that Arundhati cook fresh neem leaves in chick pea
flour batter, like spinach pakoras, called baras. Neem had a good medical
effect on Srila Prabhupada's digestion problems.(A15)
(Con:29.76) JANUARY
9: Srila Prabhupada told Gopal
Krishna that a certain medicine was
"very bitter." Palika was cooking for Srila Prabhupada, and asked
today what kind of dahl He would like. (Con:29.144,
152) Setting
out before dawn, Srila Prabhupada walked for an hour on the beach in
Bombay so briskly that His disciples "were flagging" behind Him. Srila Prabhupada
suddenly said, "There is a very big
conspiracy against us." Dr. Patel inquired, "By the church? By the society?"
Srila Prabhupada answered, "No.
Hmm. Now they are determined to cut down this movement." Despite
further inquiries, Srila Prabhupada would not give further details, but
deprogramming was the current issue. (Sat:6.213) Rameshwar
replaced Jagadish as the monthly GBC secretary, and said in the morning,
"Srila Prabhupada, you look
well." (Sat:6.215) JANUARY
10: The
vigor with which Srila Prabhupada gave lectures and had numerous daily
meetings, darshans and discussions during early January 1977 is to be
noted. Yet, Srila
Prabhupada "was now 81 and was bothered by certain
persistent illnesses." (Sat:6.215) It seems that the reader of
Satsvarupa's biography is being prepared for Srila Prabhupada's oncoming
health deterioration, but it does so without much in specifics or detail
whatsoever. No train tickets were available to Allahabad for the Kumbha
Mela, but R.N. Gupta, Chief Engineer of Railways, arranged for a special
car for Srila Prabhupada and the devotees.
(Sat:6.219) JANUARY
11:
En route
to the Kumbha Mela by train, Srila Prabhupada preached to His disciples
for four hours and then took some lunch. Later, Srila Prabhupada asked, "You have got sugar candy?" H After
Hari Sauri could not find any, Srila Prabhupada asked again, "Sugar? Where you'll find?" When Rameshwar offered that
Pradyumna had some sweet mango, Srila Prabhupada declined the offer. Again
He asked, "Mango candy? Grape
candy?" Finally Hari Sauri located some mango candy. This demonstrates
that Srila Prabhupada's diabetes was not so serious to the point that He
could not take candy or sugar. (Con:29.182-236) JANUARY
12: KUMBHA MELA Srila Prabhupada
arrived in Allahabad at 9:00 AM and met with His old doctor friend Dr. G.
Ghosh. (Abhiram) Arriving at the site of ISKCON's camp, Srila Prabhupada
became very upset at the poor location, lack of electricity, and absence
of food for distribution. Srila Prabhupada asked Bhavananda and the
Mayapur devotees to salvage the event with walking Sankirtan party and
book distribution. (Sat:6.227) JANUARY
13:
All
night Srila Prabhupada was very cold, sitting fully clothed by His desk
with a small kerosene heater. "By
morning, Srila Prabhupada had a bad cold with runny nose and eyes (A8)....His hands and feet were
swollen (AK17), something that
had happened to him before during illnesses."
(Sat:6.228) JANUARY
14: Abhiram
Prabhu noted that, "Srila
Prabhupada was a little swollen, not feeling well, very uncomfortable.(A4) His hands and feet were
swelling, He was very ill with a mucus problem (A3)." Srila Prabhupada went
for a slow walk. Rarely had Srila Prabhupada been so sick; He was finally
convinced to leave for Calcutta. Edema and conjunctivitis together is
peculiar. JANUARY
15: R.N.
Gupta, again arranged a special private railcar to be brought up from
Bombay to Srila Prabhupada take to Calcutta.
(Sat:6.228) JANUARY
16: Srila
Prabhupada arrived in Calcutta. (Sat:6.232) JANUARY
18: Then:
"After the intense cold of Kumbha
Mela, Srila Prabhupada had recuperated a couple of days in Calcutta. His
head cold had gone away, but the swelling (AK17) in his hands and feet
persisted, as did other maladies(?). Externally, he was diabetic and
suffered from poor digestion(A15), as well as from the
general dwindling of physical powers common to an 81 year old body. His
condition was not suited for continual travel, hard work, frequent
lectures, and taxing management. Yet Prabhupada was transcendental to his
apparent material condition. Although sometimes he would inquire about
cures, mostly he was callous toward his poor health. Even after receiving
a doctor's advice or concluding himself what was good for his health, he
would often ignore it in favor of what he thought was best for spreading
Krishna consciousness."
(Sat:6.232-3) At 10:00
PM Srila Prabhupada left for Bhubaneshwar from Calcutta on the Puri
Express, arriving the next day at 10:00 AM.
(Abhiram) JANUARY
19: "Srila Prabhupada said that He has no
digestion (A15) and that He
was not feeling strong (AK5).
His digestion was failing Him and He could not eat foods cooked in ghee.
Srila Prabhupada referred to His kidneys (AK15)." Srutirupa and Palika
cooked for Srila Prabhupada. (Abhiram) "Srila
Prabhupada's failing health prevented him from eating fried foods (A15)." (Sat:6.236) Srila
Prabhupada said, "Our immediately problem is toward my
health. I am not digesting food, so therefore there is some swelling (AK17) in the hands and the
legs." Rameshwar: That's due to the
kidney? Srila Prabhupada: Kidney or whatever it may
be. Rameshwar: So is it affecting your translation
work? Srila Prabhupada: That is not affected. That is going
on. Rameshwar: We know you have a very low opinion
of doctors.(laughter) Srila Prabhupada: I wish to die without a doctor… I may
be seriously ill, but don't call a doctor. Chant Hare
Krishna. Gargamuni: But maybe we could give you some
temporary relief. Srila Prabhupada: Yes, but no severe treatment should
be accepted. Better not to
take. Better to chant Hare Krishna. Gargamuni: Maybe for the swelling we can
increase the massaging to three times a day. Hari Sauri: That's what this guy told me, not to
massage very much. At least not while the swelling is there. Actually that
medicine that Shiv Sharma gave you, that was reduced. I don't think this
homeopathic medicine is any good. Srila Prabhupada: So you can give me
that. Gargamuni: My father, he also used to get
swelling, but this was due to diabetes. Srila Prabhupada: I have got diabetes also… There are
many gentlemen who take insulin at least once a day.
(Con:29.289-292)
Jayapataka Swami was present today. Gargamuni said that he was
going to leave India proper for "a
few days" to Dacca in
Bangladesh because his visa was expiring. This was a common problem for
foreign devotees in India; their tourist visas had to be reapplied for
periodically by leaving and then re-entering India. It is thought that
Tamal's visa was thus conveniently renewed in August when Srila Prabhupada
flew from Vrindaban to London (six months from February 14 is August 14).
(Con:29.275) JANUARY
20:
In
Bhubaneshwar, Srutirupa dasi, Abhiram's wife, noted in her October 1978
memoirs that she brought Srila Prabhupada "medicine pills with water" twice
daily at 11 AM and 6 PM. JANUARY
21:
Both
Arundhati and Palika could not cook today, so Srila Prabhupada asked if
Srutirupa dasi knew how to use His special cooker to prepare His "special
diet" lunch (A15). She did and cooked
well. (Con:29.332) JANUARY
23: Satsvarupa das Goswami arrived in
Bhubaneshwar around January 23 and replaced Rameshwar as the secretary to
His Divine Grace for a month. Rameshwar left maybe the next day. Brahmananda visited for at least
two days on January 23rd and 24th. (Sat:6.248;
Con:30.38-292) Srila
Prabhupada's course was to follow a careful diet which He could
digest satisfactorily(A15), avoiding ghee and
spices. But sometimes He was not so strict, to the distress of His
servants. Srila Prabhupada conceded that sometimes He wanted spices, "otherwise there is no taste."
(Sat:6.236-7) JANUARY
25-27: In the
early morning of January 25, Srila Prabhupada drove to Jagannath Puri to
look at properties, and ended up walking on the beach, remembering His
last visit there in 1920. "Now I am walking with stick."
Srila Prabhupada and His party stayed the night at the Tourist Bungalows
and the next day Srila Prabhupada ate a hearty meal prepared by
Gargamuni's cook in the back of his travelling van. Afterwards the
devotees held an impromptu abhiseka for Srila Prabhupada at
the ocean's edge; then Srila Prabhupada walked to the hotel and was
carried upstairs in a chair. That
evening Srila Prabhupada spoke at a local pandal program and then went to
visit two different Gaudiya Math temples in the area. Srila Prabhupada,
sitting in a chair, prepared to leave: "…he (Srila Prabhupada) began to
stand, using his cane as a support, but suddenly, as he was about
halfway up, he dropped down again onto the chair. Hari Sauri had to lift
him to his feet…Not everyone had noticed Prabhupada's temporary
collapse, (A17) but Hari
Sauri… wrote in a letter…"yet another sign that Srila Prabhupada's health
is very quickly dwindling away." (Sat:6.241-7)
There are two known incidences in early 1977 where Srila
Prabhupada showed sudden leg weakness before the onset of His serious
illness on February 26. They were here in Puri and on Sridhara Maharaj's
temple steps in Navadwipa.
Gargamuni reminisced with Srila Prabhupada about His 1967 heart
attack and how he had to stop the doctors from taking some blood.
Srila Prabhupada: They were examining my brain. Then I
thought, 'I must go away.' I told, 'Doctor, I am all right. I can
go.' Gargamuni: They wanted to do so many tests. They
wanted to take also from spine. Srila Prabhupada: Yes. Satsvarupa: They did that. They did give you that
spine needle. Srila Prabhupada: Oh. Never call doctor. Never give me
hospital. Let me die peacefully if I am in trouble.
(Con:30:108-9) Srila
Prabhupada returned to Bhubaneshwar on Jan. 27, and Palika cooked thin
chapatis, rice, etc for Srila Prabhupada's lunch.
(Con:30.164) JANUARY
30:
At 2:50
AM this morning, Srila Prabhupada began His translation of the Tenth Canto
of Srimad Bhagwatam. "His words were faint…(A2)"
(Sat:6.247) CHAPTER
22: HEALTH CHRONICLE: FEBRUARY
1977 FEBRUARY
1:
Jayapataka
was present today for at least one day. (Con:30) FEBRUARY
2:
Srila
Prabhupada laid the cornerstone in a ceremony marking the beginning of
construction on the ISKCON temple in Bhubaneshwar. Bhagwat das was
personally asked by Srila Prabhupada to stay and supervise the
construction project. Later Srila Prabhupada spoke about restricting His
diet from ghee which He said "was
not good for him." (A15)
Hari Sauri expounded on the purported benefits of an all-fruit
diet. (Sat:6.251-2)
Satsvarupa wrote: "We discussed Christ. Srila Prabhupada
said that Christ's followers were so low-class that they killed him. I
said, 'People say he didn't resist when the soldiers came.' Prabhupada
said, 'Oh, does that mean you should kill him? What rascals.' I said,
'Christ is so compassionate that even if one insists on being a sinner,
Christ wants to save him.' Prabhupada repeated, 'Yes, Christ is
compassionate, but you are a rascal.'" (ISK70,
248-9) FEBRUARY
4:
Srila Prabhupada left Orissa at
11:00 PM the previous night and arrived in Calcutta today.
(Abhiram) FEBRUARY
6: Srila
Prabhupada went on to Panihati today. (Abhiram) FEBRUARY
7: Srila
Prabhupada arrived in Mayapur. Srila Prabhupada's room had been decorated
with thousands of flowers grown on the property. Later He went to survey
the progress on construction work, walking about the grounds and inspected
all the rooms of the 700 foot long guest house. "The next few days were
quiet." (Abhiram;
Sat:6.253) Hari
Sauri wrote to Radhaballabha, and after describing the tour of Orissa just
completed, said: "As far as his health goes, Srila
Prabhupada is not really any better. The swelling (AK17) is still there and
digestion (A15) is still bad,
although his appetite (AK1) is
picking up now that his sister is doing some cooking. He is still avoiding
ghee and salt though, so that vegetable salt is very important."
(Archives) FEBRUARY
8:
"But
Prabhupada's ill health persisted - an imbalance of pitta and vayu (bile
and air), he said. One morning when his servant asked him how he felt, he
replied, "Very bad." But
sometimes after a "very bad" morning, he would feel much better. (Sat:6.255) FEBRUARY
10:
Srila Prabhupada went by car and
ferry to visit Sridhara Maharaj's Math in Navadwip for lunch. But, "while walking up the steep stone steps,
Prabhupada's legs suddenly gave way, and he collapsed. (A17) Fortunately, Hari Sauri
was close enough to catch him.
It was the second time Prabhupada had collapsed in less than two
weeks." (Sat:6.255) In
Satsvarupa's diary called ISKCON in the 1970's, there is
no mention of any illness with Srila Prabhupada in Bhubaneshwar, no
mention of the collapse at Sridhar's Math, no mention of Srila
Prabhupada's terrible, near-fatal fever on February 26, and no mention of
the London operation in September.
Tamal
proffers an explanation for this weakness in Srila Prabhupada's legs : "Srila Prabhupada's health was not
strong, even at that time. … he could only take short walks…upon leaving (Sridhara's Math) he had
stumbled and almost collapsed… Apparently the food had been prepared in
mustard oil… which… was very difficult for Srila Prabhupada to digest."
(TkgD.1)
Question: Was Srila
Prabhupada coming to or from lunch at Sridhara Maharaj's when He
collapsed, going up or down the stairs? Also, how would mustard oil cause
weakness in the legs one hour after lunch, or if He was going up the steps
on the way to lunch? FEBRUARY
11:
The next
day there were still after-effects of the lunch. Jayapataka: So this morning you won't go, be going
on a walk. You're not feeling up to a walk (AK11, A17) this morning? It
affected your kidney or your digestion? Srila Prabhupada: That I cannot say. But the foodstuff
is not digesting. (A15) That I
can say. I am not feeling at all appetite (AK1).
(Con:30.325) FEBRUARY
12: Palika
dasi cooked Srila Prabhupada's meals according to His direction and
choices. Oil, ghee and spices were avoided because Srila Prabhupada could
not digest these things.(A15) Pishima came and cooked
for Srila Prabhupada also, then one day, not even allowing Palika into the
kitchen. Srila Prabhupada ate her lunch and "became sick. For the next two days he
did not take anything except hot milk and medicine." (Satsvarupa:
Prabhupada Nectar, Vol. 3, pg 98-100) FEBRUARY
14:
Tamal
states: "I began my secretarial work for Srila
Prabhupada on February 22, 1977. I arrived in Mayapur with His Holiness
Brahmananda Swami…" (TkgD.1) However, the tape recordings clarify that
Tamal's arrival date was the 13th or 14th, as he and Brahmananda were
present in conversations with Srila Prabhupada from February 14th and on.
Tamal: Adi Keshava is here in India… He'll be
coming here in about three days, he and Tripurari Maharaj.
Srila Prabhupada: So, when you arrived at the
airport? Tamal: Well, we first… The airplane that we
came on landed in Delhi, and we went down to Bombay yesterday morning. So
we stayed the day in Bombay… (and then) we took off in the plane to
Calcutta… Speaking
about the imminent New York deprogramming trial: Tamal: As long as we stay within the law they
cannot find any fault with us. They are trying like anything, but they
cannot find any fault. Srila Prabhupada: Yes. The poison has already entered.
(laughs) AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: Is this
a pun? Tamal: I've brought some medicines for you
from Bombay. Srila Prabhupada: Hm. What is that
medicine. Tamal: I can bring them. I don't
know. Brahmananda: Were you expecting
something? Hari Sauri: We already got one big bag
full. Tamal: Oh. There's so many more things
now. Hari Sauri: Did Karttikeya give it to
you? Tamal: I don't know… Giriraj gave them to
me.
(Con:30.339) FEBRUARY
15:
In the
evening, Srila Prabhupada asked Bhavananda to bring Him "one plate" of "freshly prepared" prasadam today
at 1:00 PM. (Con:30.15-6)
Later, Tamal instigated a lengthy narration of medical horror
stories assisted by Brahmananda and Hari Sauri, leaving the impression
that modern doctors were to be avoided at all costs, as they were cruel,
careless, callous, inexpert and so on. Tamal also broke the news to Srila
Prabhupada that Jayananda Prabhu had cancer and told about some
nightmarish trouble Jayananda had while in the hospital. Tamal said that
he personally went and rescued Jayananda from further harm at the hands of
the "crazy" doctors. Tamal
explained that doctors were now using electric shock treatments also.
(Con:31. 29-33) FEBRUARY
16: Srila
Prabhupada spoke to Hari Sauri while they stood on the balcony veranda
overlooking the surrounding land in Mayapur: "Actually it does not matter even if I
die immediately. I have given the basis for everything, and now if they
simply manage things nicely and follow whatever programs I have begun,
then everything will be successful."
(Sat:6.256) FEBRUARY
17:
The
Conversations Books show that Adi Keshava Swami arrived in Mayapur today
and for several days thereafter had lengthy discussions with Srila
Prabhupada about American deprogramming cases and the specific court
battle in which he himself was a central defendant. When Adi
Keshava Prabhu came from New York, Srila Prabhupada was energetic and
showed few signs of illness or weakness. (Sat:6.260) Adi
Keshava was distressed about how he had been "dumped" by Tamal who wanted
nothing to do with his legal troubles and would not allow any funding from
the temple for legal expenses. Adi Keshava was on his own. Adi Keshava
went to Srila Prabhupada privately and explained what had happened and
said, "I can't deal with
Tamal." Later, Srila Prabhupada called for Adi Keshava and told him
privately, "I will take care of
Tamal," and offered all funds and other assistance he might need.
Accordingly, Tamal was asked by Srila Prabhupada to become His permanent
personal secretary, which Tamal was definitely not at all happy about.
Once again, Tamal had been removed from his prominent position in ISKCON.
(Adi Keshava) FEBRUARY
18:
Srila
Prabhupada, during deprogramming talks, asked that the light be turned
off. Just a while later, He asked for some sweet water, some misri. Srila
Prabhupada gave many arguments to make a counter-attack against the
deprogrammers' false accusations, but emphasized that the devotees should
go to court with robes and shaved heads, bringing all the books in the
forefront. Tamal asked if Srila Prabhupada wanted to go on a walk the next
morning, and whether He would just walk on the roof, or if going around
the pond, would He need a chair to be carried up the walkway steps (AK11, A17). Srila Prabhupada
said He would go around the pond without a chair-lift.
(Con:31.88-142) FEBRUARY
19:
The
first mention of Bhakticharu's presence is noted on this date, but he was
known as Kshirachora Gopinatha. Satadhanya, Jayapataka, and Bhavananda
Maharajas are also present during Srila Prabhupada's stay in Mayapur.
(Con:31.161) Srila Prabhupada: If Christ were not crucified, then
his cult would not have spread so much all over the world. The Christian
cult was spread all over the world after the demise of Christ, not during
his time. Is it not? Because he was persecuted, his cult became so
spread.
(Con:31.163-4) FEBRUARY
22:
Tamal Krishna Goswami states that
today he became Srila Prabhupada's personal secretary, replacing
Satsvarupa Maharaj. Each month, by rotation, a different GBC would come to
spend a month with Srila Prabhupada by serving as His secretary. However,
Tamal remained as Srila Prabhupada's permanent personal secretary,
assistant, and primary guardian until Srila Prabhupada's departure on
November 14, a total of exactly nine months since Tamal's February 14th
arrival.(TkgD. 1) In a letter some months later, Tamal told Radhaballabha
that the GBC had voted and requested him to stay on indefinitely as Srila
Prabhupada's secretary. On
Satsvarupa Maharaj's last day as Srila Prabhupada's secretary, Srila
Prabhupada ordered a breakfast of soaked mung dal, cucumber and fruits (AK1), not the diet of one
with good digestion. Srila
Prabhupada attended the evening programs and walked with a government
minister through extensive displays of preaching around the world. Srila
Prabhupada was still very active at this time. (Sat:6.264-5)
Hundreds
of devotees arrived for the annual Mayapur festival, including 350 on the
first Boeing 757 to land in Calcutta. (Sat:6.266) FEBRUARY
24:
Srila Prabhupada said: "I am
not feeling very well, but I am living in Vaikuntha. I am not fit for this
place." Later on, Srila Prabhupada said, "So let me take prasadam. Then we can
talk some more."
(Con:31.205, 216) FEBRUARY
25:
Bali
Mardan reported that there was a nice house in Australia available for
Srila Prabhupada to stay in if He chose, and Srila Prabhupada asked about
the climate. "One can get good
appetite? (AK1) Nowadays I
cannot eat." Also, Srila Prabhupada twice asked why certain light
bulbs were not working. (Con:31.260, 267) FEBRUARY
26:
Satsvarupa's biography relates that Srila Prabhupada "became very ill again."
(Sat:6.266) Late in the day,
"Srila Prabhupada's health
deteriorated noticably. Then a very serious illness began. His temperature
rose to 104 or 105 degrees.(AK19) For three days and two
nights the high fever continued, and he was always moaning." Tamal relates that he,
Navayogendra and Hari Sauri were always attending Srila Prabhupada in
shifts, constantly massaging Him. Srila Prabhupada could not eat (AK1), His body was very
swollen (AK17), there was great
difficulty in urinating (AK14), and Srila Prabhupada
could not even talk to the devotees. He remained confined to His quarters
and did not come down for the programs. Gradually the fever subsided, and
Srila Prabhupada said later that He thought He was going to leave His
body. (TkgD.2)
From Satsvarupa's book, Prabhupada Nectar, Vol. 4, pg.147: "In Mayapur, in February 1977, when
Prabhupada first started to get really sick, we were taking turns sitting
in his bedroom with him. He was just lying in his bed, so one person would
always have to be there... If he coughed, you would have to make sure he
had his spitoon there (A3) and
a handkerchief to wipe his face, or you would help him with his blanket or
give him water, or help him to go to the bathroom (AK5)... Prabhupada was so sick
that he was sometimes moaning
(AK4), and he could not sleep (AK21), because he would be
coughing (A3) so
much." Srila
Prabhupada's old friend Dr. G. Ghosh from Allahabad came and prescribed
various allopathic medicines, "…including Lassix tablets, which
helped Srila Prabhupada pass urine.(AK14) As these medicines were
very strong, Srila Prabhupada passed not only urine but sometimes also
blood." (AK16) Therefore
Srila Prabhupada was forced to discontinue these medicines. Srila
Prabhupada was left extremely weak (AK5) and semi-invalid (AK11) needing help with most
activities, including going to the bathroom (A17).
(TkgD.2) Bhavananda
began to give massages which helped greatly. "It was apparent to many who attended
the festivals during Gaur-Purnima 1977 that Srila Prabhupada was extremely
weak (AK5) as he required to
be carried on a palanquin." (Dhaneshwar) Srila
Prabhupada said in late February, "The last fortnight I was thinking I
was dead…"
(Sat:6.269)
Srutirupa dasi, Abhiram Prabhu's wife, recalls that in February at
Mayapur, "This is when Srila
Prabhupada began getting ill, and it never stopped. He became weaker and
weaker. Some deer musk grains were obtained…" (and given to Srila
Prabhupada as medicine on March 10) FEBRUARY
27:
While
discussing BBT business with Radhaballabha Prabhu, there is twice a
mention of Srila Prabhupada taking some medicines. (Con:31.291,
294)
CHAPTER
23: HEALTH CHRONICLE: MARCH
1977 MARCH
2:
Abhiram: "Until recently, Srila
Prabhupada has eaten full course meals (AK1), with Srutirupa Prabhu
cooking for Him." The GBC
meetings endorsed Tamal as Srila Prabhupada's "permanent secretary," and another
GBC would also rotate monthly to spend time with His Divine Grace.
Satsvarupa read the GBC resolutions regarding Tamal's zone, concluding
with: "And also Tamal Krishna Maharaj will
retain responsibility for Red China, whatever can be done
there." Srila Prabhupada: That's very good. (laughter) I asked
him to do this last year. Very good. Later,
Tamal spoke for the GBC: "Srila
Prabhupada, we were wondering that one time when you were ill in Vrindaban
you requested that the devotees in our temples around the world could
chant kirtan all the time, twenty-four hours, till you recovered your
health. So the GBC was wondering whether we could request again for
that." Srila Prabhupada replied: "Yes... Bhavausadhac
chrotra-mano-bhiramat. This is the real remedy for any disease." Soon thereafter Giriraj discussed
whether Srila Prabhupada would see guests when He came to Bombay later in
the month. "…if your health permits and if you
could come every day (from Kartikkeya's to the temple), then we could
arrange very leading people (to see You) for all of those days…"
(Con:31.336, 363-7) Apparently Srila Prabhupada was still very ill and
weak from the sudden attack of ill health on February
26. NOTE:
THERE ARE NO TAPE RECORDINGS FOR MARCH 3 -
21. MARCH
6, 7:
Abhiram: "Srila Prabhupada is getting sick and
His appetite (AK1) is failing
Him. He is feeling very bad, but He drank some barley water." MARCH
10:
Abhiram: "Srila Prabhupada is
becoming very, very ill."
Abhiram and Jayatirtha went to Calcutta and returned with Bimala
Tanka Tirtha, Srila Prabhupada's old and blind Ayurvedic doctor, who
prescribed medicines, allopathic and Ayurvedic. A very expensive medicine
containing musk, gold and pearls produced no visible results. After two or
three days, the doctor left and Srila Prabhupada discontinued the
medicines. Abhiram left Srila Prabhupada's association from March 10 until
July 19. (Abhiram) Devotees
recall being asked to donate for medication during the 1977 Gaura Purnima
festival, and many believed that this was for makharadhvaja. Interviewed,
Abhiram said the collection was for a medicine called Somara-rasayana,
prescribed by Bimala Thakur. Abhiram personally went to Calcutta,
purchased the ingredients for this medication, and brought these
ingredients back for Srila Prabhupada. (Dhaneshwar,
Abhiram) MARCH
13: Hari
Sauri left Srila Prabhupada's service and Tamal became the masseur as well
as personal secretary. Srila Prabhupada did not like Tamal's massages,
however. Bhavananda was
recruited for this service.
Giving two hour massages in the morning sunshine, Srila
Prabhupada's "health improved." Navayogendra Swami cooked for
Srila Prabhupada, Who began to eat again, although He was not fully
recovered. (TkgD.3) Earlier
Dr. Ghosh from Kodaikanal (not the one from Allahabad) had invited Srila
Prabhupada to his health resort in South India, where, he asserted, no one
would die. Now Srila Prabhupada remembered Dr. Ghosh and told Tamal to
write and confirm the journey there as soon as possible. Dr. Ghosh was
well-known as a natural healer, using massage, dieting and no allopathic
drugs. Srila Prabhupada also thought a change of location to be beneficial
to His health. But, no word came from Kodaikanal.
(TkgD.3) MARCH
20: Swarup
Damodar came in to see Srila Prabhupada, Who commented, "Sit down. I am little better today.
Sometimes for the last… How many days? I am…" (?) When Swarup Damodar
mentioned getting a visa for Srila Prabhupada's planned visit to Manipur,
Srila Prabhupada said, "That may be suspended for the time."
Swarup Damodar: Prabhupada's health. It may not be so
wise. Srila Prabhupada, to Tamal: What is this? The same tablet?
No. Tamal: I've gotten a week's supply of these
other tablets. I got the prescription filled. Srila Prabhupada: Keep it here… That has given me great
relief. Tamal: Oh. Swelling (AK17) is reduced, Srila
Prabhupada? Srila Prabhupada: That I do not know. But internally I
am feeling relief. Swarup Damodar: Swelling here? Tamal: No. His feet. Srila Prabhupada: Not very much, but there is. Tamal: Not so much. I think that pill
(Lassix?) works for swelling.
The swelling is due to urine, not… Srila Prabhupada: (heavy coughing) (A3) Then
Swarup Damodar reported to Srila Prabhupada that he had just seen Upendra
at the Calcutta airport waiting for some lost luggage, and that Upendra
would be arriving that night to join Srila Prabhupada's party as personal
assistant to replace Hari Sauri. Srila Prabhupada said, "Oh. He has received that telegram. He
is coming from Hawaii?" Tamal said, "Yes." Tamal reminded Srila
Prabhupada about the upcoming Bombay programs. Tamal: "A lot of the senior devotees are
still there. They've gone from here to Vrindaban, and now they're in
Bombay, and they're waiting for your coming." Srila Prabhupada said, "I am therefore going. In spite of my
so much inconveniences, I am going there." When
Srila Prabhupada heard that policemen in Manipur were wearing tilak, He
decided to go after all. "April 5
th. No harm. We are… Kodaikanal, we wanted to go by the end of the…" Tamal then postponed the
planned trip to Dr. Ghosh's medical treatment center in Kodaikanal until
about April 15 or 20. Later
Srila Prabhupada was eating and Tamal asked: "Did this tangerine remove the bad
taste? (AK20) So every day we
can give some tangerine. Especially if you can give with this medicine,
then it will take away the bitter taste." Later Srila Prabhupada asked
for hot water and a chaddar and said, "So this tablet is effective. Prepare
this." Tamal and Srila Prabhupada talked about the 8 tablets that were
to be taken twice a day. Tamal: Nobody can go through it. It's such
trouble. An ordinary person can't do it. Unless you have a servant, you
can't take kaviraja's medicine. (Con:31.180-201) MARCH
22: An
invitation has been received earlier from Bombay to participate in their
upcoming pandal program, but "the
senior devotees in Mayapur felt Srila Prabhupada was too ill to
travel." Srila Prabhupada accepted the invitation, being very
enthusiastic to preach in Bombay. Driving to Calcutta, Srila Prabhupada
and His party flew by Bombay. When Srila Prabhupada arrived at the Bombay
airport, Srila Prabhupada was lowered off the plane by hydraulic lift due
to His weakness (AK11) and inability to
negotiate the steep stairs.
Several devotees assisted Him in walking (AK11, A17) and He appeared
frail. Srila Prabhupada refused to stay in His old apartment, upset that
His new quarters were not finished, and defiantly camped out in His
unfinished rooms for one night. (Sat:6.269-70;
TkgD.4) Thereafter
He moved to Karttikeya Mahadevia's home, and preached strongly every
evening to the thousands who came for the lecture, kirtan and free
prasadam. Bhavananda Maharaj assisted with the personal services given to
His Divine Grace, and it is noted that Srila Prabhupada "could not stand and walk without
assistance…(AK11, A17)"
(Sat:6.272; TkgD. 4) Srila
Prabhupada was carried on a palanquin, and He attended the week long
Bombay pandal programs. Srila Prabhupada's voice was weak (A2) and He remained
motionless (AK18), yet somehow commanded
enough energy to answer questions forcefully but briefly, saving His
limited energy. "Ever since Srila
Prabhupada's extreme weakness (AK5) of health had occurred in
Mayapur, he would often sit for hours alone and silent (A11, AK18). When he spoke his
voice was often hoarse or faint.(A2)."
(Sat:6.274-5)
MARCH
25:
Srila
Prabhupada wrote to Gurudas: "Thank you, yes, I am feeling a little
stronger now. On the 28th instant I shall be moving into my new
quarters…" (Letters Books) MARCH
26:
Bhavananda
questioned if Srila Prabhupada should strain Himself by going to this
evening's pandal program, saying: "This Dr. Oja says that your blood
pressure is about 210 to 220 over 100.(AK6) He said it should be about
150 over 90. He said any strain moving around will cause this." Srila
Prabhupada remarked, "But after
taking my meals, I require a little rest. One hour." Hari Sauri had
come back from Australia for a few days.
(Con:32.20-3)
Bhakticharu was by now in the personal service of Srila Prabhupada
as of this date and remained so almost constantly until Srila Prabhupada's
departure. After lunch, Srila Prabhupada stated, "I have taken six chapattis." Tamal: Six
chapattis! Bhakticharu: Do you require anything specific at
night? Tamal: By starving you at night, Srila
Prabhupada, your appetite (AK1) in the noontime is becoming
increased. Srila Prabhupada: No, I should not take at night. At
night, a little milk and barley water. Light.
(Con:32.26)
Later in the day, Tamal talks with Srila
Prabhupada: Srila Prabhupada: Still I am eighty percent not good.
But twenty percent. Tamal: It's very strange even now, because it
doesn't seem to be anything apparently wrong, yet it's not good health.
You know, like in Mayapur you were visibly ill, from fever and so many
other things. So those visible symptoms have gone, but still, full health
is not… Srila Prabhupada: Strength, strength.(AK5) That requires a little
time. Tamal: I think it just requires some gradual
recuperation… if there is still a chance of going to Kodaikanal for a
month, you should take that opportunity. Srila Prabhupada: Yes. Tamal: It may be Krishna's will that you… I
think that if for one month you are under the care of Dr. Ghosh in a very
first class healthy weather… Srila Prabhupada: I think also. He is a very kind
doctor. Whole family is attentive… This misri water and dob water… Always
ready. That will clear my urine.(AK16) That I have experimented.
And I don't require that exacting tablet (Lassix). That tablet by chemical
reaction exacts. And when there is no urine, it exacts
blood. Tamal: That's what's wrong with these modern
medicines. They work mechanically. They don't take consideration of the
particular conditions.
(Con:32.35-6) MARCH
27:
Srila
Prabhupada had a cough.(A3) (Con:32.44) Ratan Singh
Rajda, a member of Parliament, came to visit Srila Prabhupada, relating
how he and 150,000 others had just been released after being jailed for 19
months, including J. K. Prakash, J. P. Narayan and Morarji Desai, due to
the recent defeat in elections of Indira Gandhi. Srila Prabhupada remarked to Mr.
Rajda, "I am not keeping good
health at the moment…"(Sat:6.284) MARCH
30: Srila
Prabhupada wrote in a letter: "I
was expecting to come to Vrindaban to be with my disciples during the Gour
Purnima time but I was suddenly forced to change my plans due to illness.
Now, by the grace of Krishna, I am gradually recovering." (Letters
Books) MARCH
31: Srila
Prabhupada moved into His new private rooms upstairs in the Juhu temple.
There was lots of light, a constantly blowing breeze and everything was
very nicely done by Surabhi Swami, the architect.
(TkgD.5)
Moved in, Srila Prabhupadasaid: "I shall go daily (to guru puja in the
temple) in the morning. At seven. And I'll stay there half an hour or
more… Those who are visitors, they can see me. And for lecturing, on
Sunday I shall lecture (from Bhagwatam)… Walking should be stopped (AK11, A17) at least for some
time. And if I walk, I may walk on the roof."
(Con:32.64-5) CHAPTER
24: HEALTH CHRONICLE: APRIL
1977 Srila
Prabhupada, of course, no longer went on His morning walks, (AK11, A17) and remained
almost constantly in His quarters for the next month, except for daily
attendance at the morning greeting of the Deities in the temple room. Srila Prabhupada arranged for
quiet and solitude so that He could focus on His translation work. Srila
Prabhupada had no appetite (AK1) and his health neither
improved nor worsened. In early April Srila Prabhupada considered going to
Kashmir but postponed those plans when Gurudas sent word that it was very
cold there. (TkgD. 5) "But
Srila Prabhupada had little appetite.(AK1) He could not eat anything
heavy,(A15) and sometimes he
had no appetite even for a cup of milk. One morning Srila Prabhupada asked
for orange juice..." When
the cook, Ksiracora Gopinath (Bhakticharu), took longer than expected to
deliver the juice, Srila Prabhupada reprimanded by saying, "I am sick with no appetite, and when
I have a little hunger,(AK1)
then you take hours!" (Sat:6.289-90)
Bhavananda
Maharaj had been intimately serving Srila Prabhupada since His arrival in
Bombay, but now took leave and returned to Mayapur. Srila Prabhupada said
that Bhavananda's massages had been the best, but "for my bodily comforts, preaching
should not suffer."
Upendra Prabhu, newly arrived around April 1, noted the difference
in Srila Prabhupada, His diet and lifestyle. "His intelligence was ever sharp and
alert, and yet his health did not improve…(Upendra) could no longer cook
the kichari which Prabhupada had previously liked."(A15) No more kicharis. Glances, nods, hand motions and
"Hmmm's" (AK18) were common methods by
which Srila Prabhupada communicated His desires. (Sat:6.296,
Con:32.102-4) APRIL
5:
Srila
Prabhupada gave an interview to a B.T. Koshi of The Current, a weekly
magazine. At the end, Srila Prabhupada said, "And from the fifth year to fifteenth
year you should chastise the sons and disciples just like tiger. After
five years. Mr. Koshi: Using the
stick. Srila Prabhupada: Yes. Tamal: That's how you trained us, Srila
Prabhupada… Even though we were not five years old, he treats us just like
as if we were five. Because spiritually we are still like that. So he is
very strict with us. Srila Prabhupada: All these boys I chastise vehemently.
Even a little mistake. (Con:32.126)
An unnamed doctor came in the morning to check Srila Prabhupada,
and said. "I would like to have the history of
the present program which is going on. It will be apparent that so much
will be there. The same thing is going on." Srila Prabhupada: I have no appetite.(AK1) I cannot digest.(A15) This is going on. After
the doctor had left, Srila Prabhupada and Tamal discussed doctors. Srila
Prabhupada felt that this last doctor was no good because he had asked
about the history rather than ascertain the problem simply from feeling
the pulse. Tamal added that present-day Ayurvedic doctors could not make
enough money since their cures were too slow to suit
people. Srila Prabhupada: To study Ayurveda is now lost. Nobody
takes seriously Ayurveda… As soon as he wanted history I rejected him. He
is not Ayurvedic. And Kartikkeya was sorry that I did not give him for one
and a half hours. Tamal: He wanted you to stop talking to the
reporter and begin talking to the doctor. What good the doctor will
do, but the reporter can do so much good. Srila
Prabhupada and Tamal agreed that Bhakticharu and Upendra would make a good
crew to serve Srila Prabhupada's needs.
(Con:32.128-132)
During the darshan later in the day, a guest made a request: "Srila Prabhupada… I have a friend who
is M.D., and he is doing research in Hyderabad. He is about 83 years old.
So I was just wondering whether you would like to meet him some time for
consultation. He has established one Ayurvedic college… whether you would
like to take his advantage of the knowledge of
the… Srila Prabhupada: Yes, I can take advantage, but no
medicine. Shortly
after this, Srila Prabhupada inquired whether Gurudas had reported back
from Kashmir about the house offered by Dr. Karen
Singh. Tamal: You are eager to go there, I
think. Srila Prabhupada: Not very eager. I was eager only that
if I simply get regular appetite, (AK1) then… I can get some
strength (AK5) to work, that's
all. So ask them to give me little orange… A little salt.
(Con:32.152-154) NOTE:
THERE ARE NO TAPE RECORDINGS FOR APRIL 6 - 9. APRIL
6:
Srila
Prabhupada wrote to Radhaballabha: "Just now I am not completely fit but
as soon as I become fit I shall write an introduction to the Kapila
book." (Letters
Books) APRIL
8:
Srila
Prabhupada met with Parliament member Sri Ratan Singh Rajda and asked him
to arrange a meeting with Prime Minister Morarji Desai. Srila Prabhupada
would meet important guests around 4:00 PM every afternoon.
(TkgD.5) APRIL
10:
Srila
Prabhupada resumed regular translation work again, recording 30 to 40% of
a tape nightly while working of the Tenth Canto. Srila Prabhupada heard
the political news of India from the newspaper daily now, very interested
in that now the new government might afford better preaching
opportunities. (TkgD.5-6)
Tamal advised Srila Prabhupada to take some rest, and noted that
Srila Prabhupada had translated a little bit last night, but stopped,
which Srila Prabhupada said was due to feeling "sleepy." Tamal: Yeah, I mean you are taking so little
prasadam that it is not to be expected that you can do very much physical
activity… I think simply it is just weakness now (AK5)… You've been maintaining a
fast now for nearly two months. Srila Prabhupada: Yes. I like that. If there is no
appetite,(AK1) what is the use
of forcibly eating? When appetite will come, we shall eat.
Natural. Tamal: So we are not at a loss. We can chant
Hare Krishna. Srila Prabhupada: Yes, I am chanting… What can be done
with this physical impediment? Tamal: Yesterday you were questioning if we
had an extra quantity of that, er, to fill up your container… of one of
the things that you use… Oh, tooth powder. Srila Prabhupada: Ah, yes,
that. Tamal: Do you know where it
is? Bhavananda: It hasn't been filled up
yet? Srila
Prabhupada confirmed that Bhakticharu had already refilled His container
with more tooth powder. Tamal stated that one of the advantages of Srila
Prabhupada's fasting was that it cures diseases and was perhaps
responsible for reducing His swelling (AK17). Srila Prabhupada
added that it was His experience that doctors are only after money,
sometimes using water injections as a means of cheating.
(Con:32.155-7)
AUTHOR'S COMMENT: That Srila
Prabhupada was poisoned is now known, but not how it was done. White,
tasteless arsenic powder could easily have been mixed with Srila
Prabhupada's tooth powder and the poison readily absorbed over the gums
just like nicotine is absorbed from chewing tobacco. Tooth powder or
another ingredient among Srila Prabhupada's personal items could easily
have been laced with poison. In this way, the poison is taken in small
doses regularly, maintaining a constant drain on Srila Prabhupada's health
while the conspirator stands by innocently or may have already gone to
"preach" elsewhere. END COMMENT APRIL
11:
Today
another Parliament member, and India's most eminent attorney, Sri Ram
Jethmalani came to visit Srila Prabhupada. The guest was quite impressed
and pledged full support for ISKCON's preaching work. (TkgD.6) Tamal stated to Srila
Prabhupada: "Anyone that is in power too long…
There's a saying, "Power corrupts." Anyone who becomes too long in power
becomes corrupted. That's why change is required." (Con:32.183) (Not bad
advice!)
Tamal answered Srila Prabhupada's inquiry about Indira Gandhi, "Some young yogis she was
keeping?" Tamal: Yes, there was one (Chandra Swami) who
was coming to America who seemed to have been very intimate with her. He
was able to call her on the telephone. She would come to the telephone. He
helped us, though, in our court case. Adi Keshava warned him. Because he
was sometimes meeting all these women. Many women were coming to see him
in New York. Many fashionable
wealthy people. So Adi
Keshava Maharaj warned him that 'If you associate with these women, you
will fall down.' He liked Adi
Keshava very much and helped him, because he could see that he was strict
sannyasi. (Con:32.185) APRIL
14:
Upon
reviewing the photographs in the Bhaktivedanta Archives of Srila
Prabhupada in Bombay for early 1977, it was shocking. Most of the scenes
showed only a silhouette of Srila Prabhupada in His darkened rooms.
Already Srila Prabhupada was averse to light, becoming photophobic. (A1) APRIL
15:
Srila
Prabhupada instructed that some of His disciples should learn to preach by
writing articles. He was very weak (AK5) and did not have the
strength for vigorous preaching as before. (TkgD.7)
Again Mr. Rajda came to visit, this time with his
family. Mr. Rajda: How is your health
now? Srila Prabhupada: Not very good, but as Krishna's mercy
going on. These are some of our latest publications.
(Con:32.208) APRIL
16:
Srila
Prabhupada sent Bhavananda Swami back to his important preaching work in
Bengal. Bhavananda had been giving massage and personal service since
Srila Prabhupada arrived in Bombay. Massages were up to two hours long,
and were giving Srila Prabhupada much benefit. (AK12?)
(TkgD.7)
Srila Prabhupada wrote to Vasudeva in Fiji: "Your suggestion that I come to Fiji
for recovering my health is very good. We are now thinking of going to
Kashmir… My health is very slowly improving. I am simply trusting in
Krishna." (Letters Books) Srila
Prabhupada was brought some medicine before breakfast. Later, a
conversation ensued about Jesus Christ. Srila
Prabhupada:
Therefore according to history, he retired. That is resurrection. He went
to Kashmir. "It is hopeless." Tamal: He didn't die on the
cross. Srila Prabhupada: It is not possible to kill him. Such
a great personality, representative of God, he is not killed. That is not
possible. Tamal: Simply by putting some wounds. (Comment: or
poison?) Srila Prabhupada: He made a show that "I am killed."
That is resurrection. And when you finished your business, then he will go
(away)… He was a great yogi. I know that he is powerful representative of
God. He sacrificed everything for God. He cannot be ordinary man.
(Con:32.241-2) APRIL
17:
Palika
dasi was called by Srila Prabhupada at 4 AM to cook various neem
preparations, saying, "Now I have a
taste for neem, and this will also be good for me." (AK1) A young, intelligent
devotee, Dr. Sharma, came to see Srila Prabhupada and offered to do
Russian translations of the books. Dr. Sharma also examined Srila
Prabhupada's health condition. (TkgD.8)
Srila Prabhupada ate some bara and Srila Prabhupada said Palika's
neem preparations were "very, very
good. Have sukta-neem also. Pick the neem."
(Con:32.277) APRIL
18: Dr.
Sharma examined Srila Prabhupada again and found excess water (AK17) in parts of the body,
also noting diarrhea (AK3) and high blood
pressure.(AK6) Srila Prabhupada refused
some proposed injections and pills, preferring to stay with His special
neem diet. "Srila Prabhupada has
little confidence in western medicines. …if Krishna likes, He can help him
get better. Prabhupada prefers dependence on Krishna to injections and
pills and other artificial methods of treatment." (TkgD.9) Very few
devotees were allowed to see Srila Prabhupada and most information to and
from Srila Prabhupada was filtered through His secretary, Tamal Krishna
Goswami. Srila Prabhupada
became more reclusive, withdrawn and apparently internalized. (AK18, A11)
Tamal
wrote Radhaballabha: "…Regarding the UHER tape recorder… So
I am keeping it here as the spare. Regarding the tapes of Srila
Prabhupada's daily conversations and lectures, I am doing this, not
Upendra. Enclosed please find a list of the tapes which were sent. I have
noted on a list which of the tapes are particularly excellent." (Tamal
letters) Tamal
rote Bir Raghava: "Srila Prabhupada is continuing his
translation work every night even though he is not very fit in health.
(Tamal letters) Srila Prabhupada wrote to Ranadhir: "Do not worry. I have not stopped my
business. I am writing at night even though I am not quite fit. Thank you
all for your prayers." (Letters Books) Srila
Prabhupada instructed Tamal and Bhakticharu how to make neem paste
compresses for His feet and legs, meant for reducing the swelling.(AK17)
(Con:32.299) APRIL
19:
Srila Prabhupada, due to lack of
energy, (AK5) had a hard time doing
translation work last night. Swarup Damodar held a press conference in
Bombay. (TkgD.10) APRIL
20: Again
Srila Prabhupada had trouble (AK5) translating last night.
Dr. Sharma came, being "very
insistent about Prabhupada's taking the medicine," which Srila
Prabhupada declined firmly since he had made up his mind not to "take western drugs." Tamal criticized the doctor,
saying that Dr. Sharma's "intention
all along had been to get Prabhupada to allow him to be his doctor, rather
than translate the books into Russian."
(TkgD.11) APRIL
21: Srila
Prabhupada's swelling (AK17) in the hands and legs
had decreased almost to nil, and His appetite (AK1) had increased. His diet
of taking neem in all His foods has continued. Srila Prabhupada was
thinking of going to Lonauli, a cooler climate zone between Bombay and
Poona.(TkgD.12) APRIL
22:
Srila
Prabhupada became "very angry"
when "no one could be seen working
on the construction." Srila Prabhupada chanted
japa throughout the afternoon and evening. (AK18)
(TkgD.13) Tamal: I was amazed to see how much you
translated last night. You translated more last night than in months,
almost 200 digits. I think it was 190. I think eating those pakoras at
night is giving you strength. Srila Prabhupada: No, not that. Something must be eaten.
I was feeling weakness (AK5)
in the evening. But what can I eat? I have no taste (AK20) for fruits. Milk also, not
very much taste I have got. Tamal: You have a taste for
neem? Srila Prabhupada: That is compulsory. Whatever little
benefit is there in the leaf of neem… Still I have got taste for neem
begon… I think I shall take little, little milk. That will give strength.
Milk produces strength. And it is suitable for everyone: children,
diseased, invalid, old men. It is such a nice food. Everyone in any
condition can get some benefit.
(Con:32.352-3)
A discussion ensued about Hansadutta's problems in Germany, as he
apparently had tried to assume a post of initiating guru, causing
complaints. Srila Prabhupada: No, you become guru, but you must be
qualified first of all. Then you become…What is the use of producing some
rascal guru? Tamal: Well, I have studied myself and all of
your disciples, and it's clear fact that we are all conditioned souls, so
we cannot be guru. Maybe one day it may be possible…
Srila Prabhupada: Hmm. Tamal: …but not now. (COMMENT: How about in 7
months?) Srila Prabhupada: Yes. I shall choose some guru. I
shall say, "Now you become acharya. You become authorized." I am
waiting for that. You become acharya. I retire completely. But the
training must be complete. Tamal: The process of purification must be
there. Srila Prabhupada: Oh, yes, must be there. Chaitanya
Mahaprabhu wants that. Amara ajnaya guru hana. "You become guru." (laughs)
But be qualified. Little thing, strictly
follower… Tamal: Not rubber
stamp. Srila Prabhupada: Then you'll not be effective. Just see
our Gaudiya Math. Everyone wanted to become guru, and a small temple and
"guru." What kind of guru? No publication, no preaching, simply bring some
foodstuff… My Guru Maharaj used to say, "Joint mess," a place for eating
and sleeping. (Joint mess means a type of cooperative hotel in India)
(Con:32.356-7) AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: On May
28, Srila Prabhupada said that his disciples could become guru "on my
order." No order ever came, however, for disciples to become acharya or
full guru. END
COMMENT APRIL
23:
Tamal
was explaining an article from a small newspaper describing the "Moon hoax," and said about
astronauts that may have been eliminated by the government, "Killing to them is nothing." Srila Prabhupada: They can kill even the president.
Because they are meat-eaters, there is no mercy… Mercilessly they kill
animals, and they have become accustomed to
merciless… Tamal: Yeah.
(Con:33.2) Srila Prabhupada: (sound of metal dishes) …No
taste. Tamal: The milk has no taste or you have no
taste, Srila Prabhupada? Srila Prabhupada: I have no taste. (AK20) Tamal: You might have more taste for lassi.
That's a little sweet and nice. And it's also very good for digestion.(A15) Srila Prabhupada: So give me. Tamal: How are you feeling today, Srila
Prabhupada? Srila Prabhupada: Not feel so… That jhuri (?) was very
heavy for me. Tamal: Last night you translated only a
little bit? Srila Prabhupada: Not feeling well at all… Now I am
getting old, old age, not good health, so try to give me relief… from this
managerial…(Con:33.3-9)
Mr. Dwivedi came from Pohri, near Gwalior, wanting to donate land
and buildings to ISKCON. Srila Prabhupada had been considering some
travel, maybe to Kashmir or Lonauli, but now decided to go to Pohri for a
four day program starting May 5. (TkgD.14) APRIL
24:
TKG's Diary notes that Srila
Prabhupada's deteriorated health made it difficult to deal with the
management of finance and construction, so more of His time was spent on
preaching, chanting, translating. Mr. Dwivedi came again today and Tamal
thought that Srila Prabhupada should arrive a day or two early after the
long journey to rest sufficiently before the preaching programs would
begin. Tamal: "I'm only trying to think for your
well-being." Srila
Prabhupada added, "And if I
actually feel little healthy, I shall stay there for some time to improve
my health." (TkgD.15; Con:33.21) APRIL
25:
Today
Mr. Dwivedi said that he was in touch with Sri Jethi, the President of
India, who might be able to open the Pohri programs in person. The tape
recordings show Bhakticharu offering to Srila Prabhupada some
Chyavana-prash, a herbal health tonic. (Con:33.46-55;
TkgD.15-16) APRIL
26:
Srila
Prabhupada received reports from Gopal Krishna on preaching in Chandigarh,
Vrindaban and Delhi. (TkgD.16) APRIL
27:
Srila
Prabhupada was very concerned about being cheated in the Bombay
construction, so He asked Brij Ratan Mohatta to "oversee the rest of the construction
himself," so cheating could be avoided. Mr. Mohatta readily agreed to
help. (TkgD.16) APRIL
28:
There
was expectation that the new Prime Minister Morarji Desai would come to
Bombay in the next few days, and that he would be agreeable to meeting
with Srila Prabhupada. But unless Desai came to see Srila Prabhupada, as
was proper that a politician would seek out a sadhu, and not vice versa,
Srila Prabhupada would not go to see him. Some disciples could go instead.
(TkgD.16-17; Con:33.60-71) APRIL
29: J.P. Narayan was going to the USA
for medical treatment, just having been released from jail and house
arrest after 19 months. Srila Prabhupada "commented that he and J.P. had the
same disease." Apparently
J.P. Narayan had gone to Jaislok Hospital without being cured, the same
hospital Dr. G. Ghosh had wanted Srila Prabhupada to go to. On April 5,
Gopal Krishna and Giriraj had gone to visit Jaya Prakash Narayan in his
hospital room. Srila Prabhupada concluded that hospitals and doctors were
no guarantee of a cure, and that
"under no condition should we ever allow anyone to take him to a hospital
or administer drugs, even if he was unconscious. He would rather die." Srila Prabhupada ate only
fruit on this day.(AK1) (TkgD.17; Con:33.75,
Con:32.141) AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: There
is a possible connection between J.P. Narayan and Srila Prabhupada in that
both had the same ailment and a possible tie with Chandra Swami, the
notorious Tantric and Ayurvedic sannyasi. Chandra Swami was closely
connected to Indira Gandhi and her political intrigues, possibly being
involved in the mysterious poisonings of imprisoned rival politicians
rumored in the newspapers. Chandra Swami was also the source of at least
some of the medicines which Srila Prabhupada was given. END
COMMENT "Srila
Prabhupada had no regular doctor. From time to time a kaviraja might show
up to give a diagnosis and some medicine. But Srila Prabhupada wouldn't
take it very seriously."
(Sat:6.294) Srila Prabhupada had low opinions
of these kavirajas, and stopped
taking their prescribed medicines, Ayurvedic or homeopathic, whenever they
were bitter or produced ill effects.
Srila Prabhupada was more interested in preaching than health,
which was determined by Krishna regardless of what doctors would do. Srila
Prabhupada occasionally would speak of departing from this world, asking
his disciples to manage everything nicely without spoiling the work He had
done to establish the Krishna Consciousness movement. Meanwhile, Srila Prabhupada wanted
to concentrate on writing His books. (Sat:6.300) Srila Prabhupada: But now you can take charge of all
money, one or two or three of you, and let me remain free from all
management. And only request is, don't spoil it… I can live without any
food, simply taking these fruits. (AK1) There is no difficulty… So, so far
my physical necessity, there is no necessity of food… I have seen many
men, for rising up, they require help. Tamal: Oh, that's normal in old age. That's
not unusual. Srila Prabhupada: I can walk, there is no difficulty.
But getting up…(AK11, A17)
I can, if I try, I can
get up also. Tamal: But why should you take that
risk? Srila Prabhupada: No, I shall not. I fell down (AK11,A17?) in Calcutta. That is
bathroom, very slippery. Later
Srila Prabhupada said: "…mentally to keep the brain, little
fruit, milk, is sufficient. So I may live on fruit or milk.(AK1) There is no difficulty.
What is the use of taking chapatis and rice?"
(Con:33.75-76) APRIL
30:
Srila
Prabhupada: "We are not after any degrees like
Ph.D. The only title we will accept is to be know as a pure devotee."
During the massage, Srila Prabhupada directed preparation of a special
vegetable. (TkgD.18-19) CHAPTER
25: HEALTH CHRONICLE: MAY
1977 MAY
1: Srila
Prabhupada gave His darshan by standing on His room's balcony at the
request of about three hundred kirtan performers. Srila Prabhupada
accepted the decision of His servants to not go as planned to Pohri in
Madhya Pradesh, near Gwalior, due to weakness (AK5) and poor health.
(TkgD.21-2)
Patita Uddharan had brought a Ramanuja pandit from South India to
Bombay to help design the planetarium and who supposedly knew the layout
of the planets in the universal structure. Srila Prabhupada greeted him,
"Hm. Hare Krishna. Jaya. I am
little weak." (AK5) When
the pandit astronomer could not answer any of Srila Prabhupada's specific
questions, Srila Prabhupada dismissed him, and Tamal was emphatically
derogatory of Patita Uddharan's intelligence. (Con:33.89-97;
TkgD.22)
Srila Prabhupada wrote to Hari Sauri in Australia: "You will be glad to know that I am
feeling a little recovered now and every evening I am again able to do my
translation work. Now my only disease is that I have no appetite." (AK1) (Letters
Books) MAY
2: Srila
Prabhupada discussed with some Hindu guests about different locations that
would be favorable for His health. Bombay was hot in May, and it was
decided to go to Rishikesh at the base of the Himalayas, where the air,
water and climate were very pleasant. Jaidayal Dalmia would make
arrangements to allow use of his bungalow there. (Sat:6.304-5) Srila Prabhupada participated in
Lord Nrsinghadeva's appearance day feast, eating parathas also.
(TkgD.23-4) Tamal: Today there's a little swelling (AK17) in your… It seems to come
and go. Is it bothering you? Is it disturbing? Srila Prabhupada: Yes. From last night things have gone
bad. Tamal: What in particular, Srila
Prabhupada? Srila Prabhupada: There is spasm in the heart.(AK22) Tamal: On the heart. Still? (Comment: How often previously?) Srila Prabhupada: Hm. If I lie down straight… Lie down
means spasm. Sit up, not so painful. Tamal: Maybe some gentle massaging on the
heart would be good. (Con:33.104) MAY
3:
Srila
Prabhupada shed tears remembering His dear disciple Jayananda, who had
recently left his body. Srila Prabhupada complained of the slow progress
with the Bombay construction. (TkgD.24)
Srila Prabhupada wrote to Akshayananda Swami: "My health is not very good, the
doctors have advised against making the long train journey as well as the
vigorous preaching involved." (Letters Books) MAY
5: At
midnight, Giriraj Swami remembers visiting Srila Prabhupada to inform Him
of a meeting in the morning with the new Indian prime minister Morarji
Desai. Srila Prabhupada decided to send Tamal and Giriraj in His place,
and said: "Actually, with this
sickness I cannot sleep at night. Even if I want to, I cannot sleep. (AK21) Due to this illness, I
cannot eat also." (AK1)
(Satsv 6.303) MAY
6:
Ratan
Singh Rajda brought Tamal and Giriraj to Morarji Desai's office very late
and thus the meeting was only a few minutes long. Srila Prabhupada was disappointed.
(Sat:6.303-4; TkgD.25)
This author clearly recalls reading a story about Srila Prabhupada
but was unable to locate it in any book. One day, while sitting at His
desk in Bombay, Srila Prabhupada smiled and showed how His teeth were
loose and wiggling by pushing on them with His tongue. He opened a drawer
on His desk and showed Tamal a tooth which He had just hours earlier taken
out of His mouth. Later Tamal went and took the tooth as a keepsake. (A21) MAY
7: Srila
Prabhupada and His party flew to Delhi from Bombay, and He chose to walk
down the plane's steps by Himself. That night at 10:30 PM they all took
the train to Hardwar. Srila Prabhupada's limbs were greatly swollen (AK17) again, but His Divine
Grace slept better on the train than the whole previous period spent in
Bombay. (TkgD.027) MAY
8: From Hardwar, the party went by
car to Hrishikesh to stay at the Swarga Ashram. Srila Prabhupada liked
Rishikesh and right away ate jalebis and kicharis heartily, and then drank
Ganges water. Later, Srila Prabhupada complained about the absence of
chilis to help digest (A15) some ghee in the lunch.
Kirtans were held morning and night, with darshan daily for one hour at
five in the afternoon. (TkgD.27-8) Tamal
states on his Matchless Memories tapes that Srila Prabhupada wanted the
fresh hot jalebis because it was the best treatment for a sore throat, (A2) which He had at the time.
Tamal also acknowledged that he would personally give many of the various
medicines to Srila Prabhupada during the time of His illness. Once Srila
Prabhupada taught Tamal a type of massage to give relief to Srila
Prabhupada wherein the fingertips barely touched the skin.(AK8) (Tamal tapes) MAY
9 and 10: Srila Prabhupada directed and
taught the cooking of many preparations, making chapatis Himself. Srila Prabhupada also increased
His translation work. (TkgD.29) MAY
11:
Many
local people and some Westerners are coming to see and hear Srila
Prabhupada in the evenings, asking many questions. Followers of Maharishi
also came but were philosophically
"thrashed" by Srila Prabhupada's forceful preaching. (Con:33.141-150;
TkgD.31)
Tamal wrote Radhaballabha:
"Srila Prabhupada's health is slightly improving since we have come here
to Rishikesh… the conversations are extremely enlivening as you will be
able to tell when you get the cassette tapes." (Tamal
letters)
Srila Prabhupada wrote to Giriraj: "Yes, my health is improving a very
little. The house that we have been given is the best in Rishikesh. It is
very nice and the climate is much better than Bombay's." (Letters
Books) MAY
12:
Srila Prabhupada wanted that cow's
milk be obtained wherever He traveled, because this was the bulk of His
diet. (TkgD.031) MAY
13:
Srila
Prabhupada made plans to go to New Delhi on May 29 and then to Srinagar in
Kashmir by May 31. Srila
Prabhupada said He did not want to eat food unless it was cooked by His
own disciple. (TkgD.32) MAY
14:
Srila Prabhupada "very much appreciated" the
Ekadasi lunch today and thought He would try to follow a non-grain diet.
Bhakti Chaitanya Swami came from Chandigarh with a box of fruits. Srila
Prabhupada immediately took some litchis. Travel plans were changed to go
on the 20th to Chandigarh, then to Solon on the 23rd.
(TkgD.33) All went
well in Hrishikesh for about a
week, and it is noted that Srila Prabhupada's voice was extremely
faint. (A2)
(Sat:6.307) MAY
15: Last
night, with severe windstorms and no power, Srila Prabhupada could neither
translate nor sleep, (AK21) and at 5 AM told Tamal
He was feeling very weak. (AK5) Being massaged for an
hour, Srila Prabhupada then felt better. In the night, His hands, legs and
feet had swollen again (AK17) and Srila Prabhupada
said that His symptoms were not good. (TkgD.34) Satsvarupa's
relates: "But on the eighth night
(in Hrishikesh), a violent storm hit, and with the storm came a drastic
turn in Srila Prabhupada's health. He said the end was near, and he asked
to go immediately to Vrindaban..." In the evening, Srila
Prabhupada's hands and feet were swollen, and He said: "From the material point of view, it is
not good. Please consider how everything may be turned over to the G.B.C.,
so that in my absence everything will go on. You may make a will, and I
will sign it."
(Sat:6.307-8) MAY
16: At 1:30
AM, suddenly Srila Prabhupada called Tamal and Bhakticharu, and said: "As I was telling you, the symptoms
are not good. I want to leave immediately for Vrindaban. If I am going to
die, let it be in Vrindaban. What time can we leave by?" Every time Srila Prabhupada
had laid down that night, "he would
have heart spasms." (AK22) Tamal found there were
no train seats available from Hardwar to Delhi, so at 10:00 AM Srila
Prabhupada, Tamal, Upendra and Damodara Pandit drove by car for four and a
half hours to Delhi, surprising the devotees there with their arrival.
Srila Prabhupada stopped on the way for some cucumbers, which He said were
good for quenching thirst. The Kashmir, Chandigarh and Solon programs were
all cancelled by the sudden downturn in Srila Prabhupada's health. "Practically, eating is finished,"
(AK1) Srila Prabhupada said
after resting and eating a little at the Delhi temple. (TkgD.35;
Sat:6.308)) MAY
17:
This
morning, staying overnight at the
Delhi temple, Srila Prabhupada left for Vrindaban by car at 5 AM. Until
now Srila Prabhupada could still walk and stand up, (AK5) but arriving in
Vrindaban, He was carried by palanquin before the Krishna Balaram Mandir
Deities and then was taken to His quarters, where He was offered worship.
Srila Prabhupada spoke solemnly about His return to
Vrindaban:
"So I cannot speak. (A2) I am feeling very weak. (AK5) I was to go to other places
like Chandigarh program, but I cancelled the program because the condition
of my health is very deteriorating. So I preferred to come to Vrindaban.
If death takes place, let it take here. So there is nothing to be said
new. Whatever I have to speak, I have spoken in my books. Now you try to
understand it and continue in your endeavor. Whether I am present or not,
it doesn't matter… So you have been taught to serve Krishna, and with
Krishna we'll live eternally. Our life is eternal… Body is meant for
disappearance… So live forever by serving Krishna. Thank you very
much." (Con:33.197)
Srila Prabhupada had but a little cheese at lunch, later telling
Tamal, "Yes, you become my eyes… You must
give me complete relief from management… Now take it that I am dead." Tamal relates, "Since he speaks often about death, I
feel I must now consider how everything should be managed by all of us, as
if Prabhupada were not present…" (TkgD.37-38) MAY
18: Due to
heart palpitations (AK22) last night, Srila
Prabhupada could hardly sleep. (TkgD.38) Srila
Prabhupada's lower room had an air cooler, and in His upper room, devotees
had set up a desk, chair and bed on the outdoor veranda. Srila
Prabhupada instructed Tamal, His personal secretary and trusted assistant,
that there were the two things, namely to try to survive and to prepare
for death. He wanted to have
always some men with Him, reading Bhagwatam or doing kirtan. "Now I am trying to take little
food. (AK1) Pariksit Maharaj
would not even take water." Tamal
suggested a will and Srila Prabhupada agreed to dictate one which could be
signed by witnesses. (Sat:6.311-312) Srila
Prabhupada wrote to Guru Kripa: "I
was staying in Rishikesh hoping to improve my health, but instead I have
become a little weaker. (AK5)
Now I have come back to my home, Vrindaban. If anything should go
wrong, at least I will be here in Vrindaban. Vrindaban is for residence,
Bombay is office for organization, and Mayapur is for worship…"
(Letters Books) Srila
Prabhupada wrote to Hari Sauri: "For ten days I was staying in
Rishikesh in a very nice house on the side of the Ganges River. But my
health was not good and so I have come to Vrindaban where I will stay
indefinitely." (Letters Books) MAY
19:
In the
morning Srila Prabhupada went for an invigorating drive in the car, and
enjoyed breathing the fresh air. Srila Prabhupada took a half bath late in
the afternoon and met with Sri Sita Ram Singh, a Parliament member from
Bihar. (TkgD.39-40; Con:33.198-203) MAY
20:
Srila
Prabhupada recalled how Bhaktisiddhanta had made a will on a "scrap of paper" that prevailed in
court over opposing parties. The will was made before an operation was to
take place. Tamal: He recovered from the hernia
operation. Srila Prabhupada: (laughs) No… He thought it that 'The
doctor has been called to kill me.' So he did not undergo the hernia
operation. Tamal: He thought the doctor was paid off to
kill him. Srila Prabhupada: Yes. Tamal: 'Cause sometimes people were paid off
to kill him. Srila Prabhupada: So he did not
go. Tamal: Actually you and your Guru Maharaj are
the greatest enemies of modern civilization in this century, Srila
Prabhupada. Then
Tamal explained to a Hindi guest: "So Prabhupada has decided that the
best medicine will be Srimad Bhagwatam and kirtan, and no need of any
doctors who've promised that 'I will save your life' or anything like
that. We shouldn't bring them. And no outsiders. No
outsiders." Hindu guest: No medicine for the
body? Tamal: No medicine. Srila Prabhupada: Whatever medicine I am taking,
that… Tamal: He's taking a little bit.
Yogendra-rasa he's taking. He's tried so many medicines. That is the
point. Every doctor has come, and they've each given their medicine, and
he's tried them. But they don't work. This medicine always works,
Bhagwatam and kirtan. Srila Prabhupada: …It pleases the ear and mind…
Bhagavan, glorification of His activities. Tamal: Prabhupada will come and he'll sit in
front of Krishna Balaram every day for a couple of hours, and he's calling
some of his, all the devotees here. They'll be here. No… Perfect
medicine. Srila Prabhupada: No, he's calling all the
GBC. Then
Srila Prabhupada explained what to do after His
departure. "The
system of management will go on as it is now. There is no need of
changing. The money which is in my personal name in different banks, that
is being spent for the society, and it will be society
property." Later
Tamal spoke to Srila Prabhupada: "So I was thinking that when Krishna
wants His devotee to come back to Him, then it seems like He gives the
devotee notice… when you were in Bombay you were very much hoping to
recover. Seems like you're not… You know… That will seems not to be as
strong as it was then, maybe because there's been so many… You've made
such an effort to get better and it still hasn't improved. So how long one
can keep trying like that? Srila Prabhupada: Therefore I do not wish to leave
Vrindaban. Tamal: Yeah. Srila Prabhupada: If by Krishna's desire I survive,
then we shall see later on. Otherwise…
(Con:33.204-209) MAY
21: Today
there was a morning car ride. Now Srila Prabhupada would spend his
mornings and evenings listening to kirtan or readings, usually lying in
bed with eyes closed. (AK18) His translation work still
continued in the middle of the night, his massage and bath in the morning,
and Tamal's daily report on ISKCON news. Tamal would carefully restrict
most visitors and letters, answering them all himself and freeing Srila
Prabhupada from all worries. (Sat:6.312) Srila
Prabhupada's morning rides and deity darshans all but ceased. Lying in bed, and sometimes
sitting at his desk, He would
be mostly silent, (AK18) but would sometimes
speak on Krishna conscious subjects, albeit so weakly that His disciples
would need to lean close to hear.(A2) "Eating was almost nil." Srila
Prabhupada requested all the GBC's to be brought to Vrindaban for the
preparation of His final will and to prepare for His departure, if it were
to come soon. (Sat:6.314) Tamal
notified the GBC of the urgent situation and called them to Vrindaban on
Srila Prabhupada's request.
Tamal expressed his mixed feelings; that although he was sad that
Srila Prabhupada's health was failing, he was also happy that Srila
Prabhupada seemed relieved by giving up the struggle for life and giving
up all worldly concerns. Bhavananda Maharaj also was sad that Srila
Prabhupada was leaving, but also happy that He was leaving this horrible
material world to rejoin Krishna.
Srila Prabhupada warned the gathered GBC not to "spoil ISKCON and become another
Gaudiya Math by splitting up." (Sat:6.315) Srila
Prabhupada did not take the mid-day heat very well. On the roof, Tamal
massaged His heart from front and back, while Bhagatji massaged the legs.
Tamal notes that at this time he felt that Srila Prabhupada's desire to "live was no longer as strong… I felt
that he had tried hard to recover since Mayapur, but everything had
failed. Since Bombay and Rishikesh he had grown increasingly weaker… it
was a great strain for him to remain within his body, which was now
malfunctioning so badly. It would be much easier to give up his body and
join Lord Krishna…" (TkgD.41-2) MAY
22:
Srila
Prabhupada went for a ride in His car this morning. Later, Tamal was
massaging Srila Prabhupada and found a hard knot in His abdomen, and
states that "his condition was
deteriorating. For some time we discussed his health, the value of doctors
and medicines, and diet. Prabhupada said the defect was in the kidney.(AK15) The problem was he had no
appetite (AK1) and no
digestion (A15)." That
night, (TkgD.42-4) Srila
Prabhupada said: "This disease is not ordinary. It is
always fatal. But by His special mercy anything can be done. That is
another thing. Lost appetite (AK1) means life is
finished." (Con:33.210) Srila
Prabhupada had grown very thin, (AK1) appearing like an
ascetic described in the Bhagwatam, saying, "There is no hope of life…" "…from the
physical condition there is no hope." Srila Prabhupada's voice was
hoarse and weak.(A2) Speaking about His
imminent departure, Srila Prabhupada said, "You are my body. Then you can do
it", referring to the pushing on of His movement. Tamal said, "…for whoever follows the guru, the
guru lives with him eternally."
Srila Prabhupada said, "But
if in the kirtan you die, oh, it is so successful. Not the injection and
operation - that atmosphere. But in Krishna-kirtan. That is glorious." (Sat:6.319) Several devotees read or disclosed
prayers they had made for Srila Prabhupada's restored health, including
Tamal, who said, "…we may all pray to Krishna Balaram
to save you." Srila Prabhupada
replied, "…you are all pure devotees with no
other motive."
(Sat:6.316-323) MAY
23:
At 3:00
PM Srila Prabhupada signed His will which was witnessed by Upendra, Tamal
and Bhakticharu. Srila Prabhupada said, "Your love for me will be tested how
after my departure you maintain this institution."
(TkgD.44-46) MAY
24:
Jayapataka
and Bhavananda Maharajs arrived from Mayapur. Translating at night has
gradually decreased due to its difficulty (AK5) for Srila Prabhupada,
Who said to Bhavananda that there was now no hope, "I can only die. But if Krishna wants
(I may live)." Today "Srila Prabhupada was unable to eat.
There was no motion in his stomach." (A15) Ikshvaku
had returned after ten days with Dr. Ghosh in Kodaikanal, reporting that
construction on the 15 room house for Srila Prabhupada had been
discontinued since Srila Prabhupada was not able to go there. "Now, with the mention of Dr. Ghosh,
who was not only a world-famous doctor but very devoted to Srila
Prabhupada as well, a faint glimmer of hope came in Prabhupada's eyes.
Although he had refused any doctors and medicines so far, he was now
willing to be treated by Dr. Ghosh." Srila Prabhupada decided to ask Dr.
Ghosh to come to treat Him, and if He became well enough to travel, He
would then go to Kodaikanal. Tamal was supposed to write to Dr. Ghosh
accordingly, asking him to come straight away. (TkgD.46-7)
MAY
25: Srila
Prabhupada took His early morning car ride, chased for a mile by a barking
dog. Srila Prabhupada said the dog was thinking, "You have not stopped and obeyed my
command." Atreya Rsi brought fresh fruit from Iran, and Srila
Prabhupada took some orange juice. Rupanuga, Adi Keshava, Dristadyumna,
and Balavanta arrived today. Srila Prabhupada asked about Dr. Ghosh again,
but later said to Bhavananda Maharaj that there was no hope. "I shall appoint some sannyasis as
acharyas; the symptoms are very bad." (COMMENT: this acharya appointment
statement is unverified and Tamal's account) In His room, Srila Prabhupada
would now spend much time lying down and less time sitting up. (AK5) Srila
Prabhupada has had much trouble at night, His sleep and translations were
interrupted by heart palpitations, (AK22) often caused simply by
speaking. Massages of the heart area, front and back, were initiated to
help calm the heart. Awaking, Srila Prabhupada told Tamal, "Now, either you will see me pass away
or eat four chapatis." (TkgD.48) Srila
Prabhupada spoke of how Bhaktisiddhanta was sending 700 rupees a month to
maintain Bon Maharaj in London, saying, "But he was a waste of money… What he
has done? Has he published any books like that?"
Tamal: Well, he has a big degree now. Srila
Prabhupada: (laughs) Nonsense degree. Who cares
for his degree?
(Con:33.211) Tamal: I was just inquiring whether you were
drinking fruit juice. Srila Prabhupada: Fruit juice is very
good. Bhavananda: I noticed, Srila Prabhupada, your
complexion is yellowish. (AK10) Liver
is… Srila Prabhupada: There is no hope of life. Therefore we
have called you. This condition is hopeless. We have given our will. Now
we can.. If I die in Vrindaban, there is no harm. But Krishna can play
anything wonderful. But from physical condition there is no hope… We have
become very, very weak. (AK5)
No appetite .(AK1) Bhavananda: What can we do, Srila
Prabhupada? Srila Prabhupada: You can pray to Krishna. That's all.
Krishna is all-powerful." (Con:33.212) Later
Srila Prabhupada was speaking about some of His godbrothers, saying, "These rascals, Gaudiya Matha."
Srila Prabhupada compared them to a hooded snake that bites without
poison. "Similarly, these people
are envious. Although they have become so-called Vaishnava, they are
ferocious. They have not acquired the qualification of Vaishnava."
(Con:33.215) AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: Was
this when Srila Prabhupada had discussed with Tamal about rtviks prior to
the May 28 rtvik appointment? Since Tamal did not use the word rtvik in
his May 28 diary entry, perhaps he is omitting the use of this word for
the May 25 entry? At some point in the sorting out of the guru question in
the Hare Krishna movement, Tamal will be asked to bring forth his diary
for examination by an investigative committee to see exactly how the
original diary entries were expanded or paraphrased in his book, TKG's Diary. END
COMMENT MAY
26: Today a
large number of GBC's arrived. For lunch, Srila Prabhupada was offered
fruit from many countries, but ate little (AK1) and drank some orange
juice from Jaffa and tasted a puri. Tamal wanted to know where to repose
Srila Prabhupada's body after His departure and Srila Prabhupada said He
would answer later. (TkgD.49-50)
Srila Prabhupada appreciated the kirtans in His room. "It is very palatable. Not this
ordinary medicine, some of them very bitter, pungent. It (kirtan) is
always palatable. So kindly administer this medicine. It doesn't matter
whether I survive or die. It doesn't matter. Both ways it is
beneficial." (Con:33.227)
Satsvarupa noted that he was regularly commuting between Los
Angeles and India: "Each time we
were called, there was an urgency that Srila Prabhupada was about to leave
his body any day, so we always had the feeling that we should go there and
be with him." However, after going, he described that after awhile,
Srila Prabhupada would seem to get a little better and the GBC would
return to their zones, being restless with no service in the midst of the
hot Indian summer.
"Tamal told us the position.
Srila Prabhupada was not eating, (AK1) not sleeping, (AK21) and had written out his
will. We should pray and chant and sometimes go in turns to his room to
chant and read. My own thoughts are so fallen (?) I am ashamed to even
note them here." A summary of other points made by Satsvarupa
are: *Srila
Prabhupada had called for the GBC because His disease was fatal, being the
inability to eat.(AK1) His body was
finished. *There
was also some hope; a special doctor was coming, and Srila Prabhupada
spoke of preaching. *Tamal
said that if Krishna desires, there could be a
recovery. *There
is no talk that Srila Prabhupada is "disgusted" with His
disciples. *Until
coming to Vrindaban, Srila Prabhupada had been eager to recover, by taking
neem with His meals in Bombay and going to
Hrishikesh. *Between
the struggle to survive and the preparation to depart, Srila Prabhupada
has decided to come to Vrindaban to die. *Bhavananda
told Srila Prabhupada that "they
felt mixed sadness that he was departing, but also joy that" He was
leaving the nasty material world and rejoining Krishna. (ISK70, 279-283) MAY
27:
Today Srila Prabhupada felt a
little better and received some "relief" from taking Gargamuni's
Mahabaleshwar fresh strawberry-raspberry syrup, and defiantly ate fried
food three times, saying, "that which is poison can sometimes be
medicine." Gopal Krishna received the anger of His Divine Grace today
due to pinching pennies and not getting books printed quickly enough. Atul Krishna Goswami visited and
wondered who would take charge of the ISKCON property after Srila
Prabhupada had departed. "Now I can
understand there is a very big undercurrent to take our property. Our
position, property, everything, is enviable. Now make everything so it is
safe." (TkgD.50-53; Sat:6.326-7) The
exact quote from the tape recordings is, "Among yourselves, there is no strong
man. That is the defect. All like child. That is the defect. And it
requires a very strong man. That is lacking. In every minute details I
have poked my nose."
(Con:33.233) Srila
Prabhupada was disturbed and warned of a large plot and "undercurrent" of those who envied
the assets of His movement, and worried that others would try to take over
ISKCON assets after His departure. (It is interesting to note that
perhaps the greater danger was from within, the takeover of ISKCON by
Srila Prabhupada's own ambitious disciples in ways contrary to Srila
Prabhupada's desires or instructions.) Srila Prabhupada wanted His
will completed immediately. It was done soon thereafter and Srila
Prabhupada thus felt relieved. Today, the GBC met and drew up a draft will
to arrange for at least three GBC directors to sign on every ISKCON
property before it could be sold. (TkgD.50-53; Sat:6.326-7) Kirtanananda
asked Srila Prabhupada if He could trade His old age with His disciples'
youth. Srila Prabhupada answered, laughing: "No, why? You are my body. So you live
on. There is no difference. Just like I am working, so my Guru Maharaj is
there. Bhaktisiddhanta Saraswati. Physically he may not be, but in every
action he is there… So I am not going to die. Kirtiryasya sa jivati. One
who has done something substantial, he lives forever. He doesn't die."
(Con:33.248-9)
Later Srila Prabhupada, as He was fond of doing, made an imitation
of a man choking at the point of death, "Ghara, ghara, ghar... Choking and…
But in the kirtan if we die, oh, it is so successfully… Injection,
operation… Who needs it?… Krishna-kirtan death, glorious death. Oxygen
gas, (laughs) dying and so much trouble. Never call. Please accept my
request. Chant Hare Krishna, bas, and let me die peacefully. Never be
disturbed, call doctor- no. Chant Hare Krishna. Go on chanting."
Later
Srila Prabhupada said further, " So
I have called you for this purpose. So if death is to take place, let me
die in your association and chant Hare Krishna. There is no harm. That is
glorious." (Con:33.252,256) MAY
28: Srila
Prabhupada went for a car ride through the Vrindaban streets and the
forests. After some encouragement through Yasodanandana's prayer to stay
longer with the devotees, Srila Prabhupada ate some solid food and
displayed a more positive mood. Late in the afternoon, Narayan Maharaj
came and led kirtan and also gave some medical advice.
(TkgD.052-3)
The GBC discussed the will which would protect and secure the
various ISKCON properties and bank accounts, but also had some other
questions. Herein took place the famous "appointment tape" conversation
regarding initiations after Srila Prabhupada's departure.
(Con:33.269-70)
A committee of six, including Tamal, were set up for governing the
Mayapur-Vrindaban Trust. In Bombay, the signers were Tamal, Gopal Krishna
and Giriraj, and in Los Angeles, Rameshwar and Satsvarupa.
(Con:33.266-7). AUTHOR'S
COMMENT:
Satsvarupa Maharaj's biography subtly alters the actual May 28 statements
of Srila Prabhupada, the oft studied "appointment tape" discussion, by
portraying Srila Prabhupada's choosing "rtviks" as the appointment of
regular gurus. Today, in
1999, most leaders of ISKCON admit there was not an appointment of gurus,
and now ISKCON has a system of no-objection certification for new gurus
"authorized" to initiate their own disciples. For over twenty years,
senior disciples of Srila Prabhupada have variously interpreted or twisted
Srila Prabhupada's teachings and instructions for the sake of their own
positions. Satsvarupa's
quotations do not quite match the actual tape transcriptions. His
biography was written in 1983 when the self-appointed "acharyas" were busy establishing their
supposedly divinely ordained positions. To compare Satsvarupa's version in
his "authorized" biography, Volume 6, pgs.
324-5, and Tamal's version in TKG's Diary pg 52-53, with the
actual transcription of tape recordings (Con:33.269-270) published by
the Bhaktivedanta Archives,
see APPENDIX 5, and note the
differences and omissions. END
COMMENT MAY
29:
Jayatirtha
remarked, "You're feeling a little
stronger today, Srila Prabhupada?" Srila Prabhupada replied, "Yes. Little improvement is there… I
am very much confident of this medicine because nobody is prepared to die.
That much strength I have got. Generally people do not like to die. But I
will be very glad to die if Krishna wants… I have no objection either way.
But I am not afraid of death. That much strength I have got. Why shall I
be afraid?" (Con:33.277)
Srila Prabhupada chastised Bhagwat and Gargamuni for not keeping
their heads clean-shaven. (Con:33.285) MAY
31:
Tamal
describes that three devotees took sannyasi initiation today, but
mistakenly identifies one as Bhaktiruci Swami instead of Bhakticharu
Swami. (Con:33.289-293; TkgD.55-56)
AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: This
error was intentionally retained from the original diary to demonstrate
the "untouched" and "untampered" quality of the book, as explained by
Rabindra Swarup in the foreword to TKG's Diary. However, a photocopy of the
original diary, or better yet, the original diary itself, donated to the
Bhaktivedanta Archives would be a much better verification of the
authenticity of TKG's Diary. If Tamal wants to earn
credibility, then let us see the original diary! END
COMMENT CHAPTER
26: HEALTH CHRONICLE: JUNE
1977 There
are 14 days of missing tape recordings from June 3- June
16. JUNE
1: The first days of June brought
hope of recovery, and Srila Prabhupada wanted to start His morning car
rides again. Srila Prabhupada began a new routine of going to see the
Deities every morning while kirtan was held. Srila Prabhupada often sat in
His private garden next to His main downstairs room, and it is noted that
His voice was still "soft and
weak." (A2)
(Sat:6.330-1) Narayan
Maharaj's assistant, Sukhananda das brahmachary, came today to do expert
massage and apply hot and cold compresses. Srila Prabhupada asked him to
stay on for some days. Thus, Sukhananda would, on most days, come three
times a day for this treatment which helped Srila Prabhupada greatly, (AK12) but did not increase
His appetite.(AK1) Tamal quotes Srila
Prabhupada: "Now it is not so bad.
I am drinking fruit juices. It is hot, but by midnight it cools off. There
is no need for me to eat cereals, (AK1) except that sometimes,
someone must help me to the bathroom.(AK11, A17) And gradually, I will
increase my translating." Tamal also notes that, "During the gurukula kirtana,
Prabhupada is drooling more and more. (A6) These are transcendental
symptoms."
(TkgD.57-8) It
appears certain from the description that drooling was common and not
simply a one day occurrence. Whether transcendental symptoms or not, they
are also arsenic symptoms. Encouraging
Swarup Damodar to press on with his scientific preaching, Srila Prabhupada
said: "I can give you ideas… So I wanted to
see that you are all busy. That I want because now I am becoming invalid.
(AK11) I cannot move very
swiftly here and there. But if you move, I take pleasure." Sometimes Srila Prabhupada would
go up on the roof, and today He asked Kirtanananda for some cut oranges.
(Con:33.302) JUNE
2: Srila
Prabhupada asked to resume His morning car rides, and, coming down to the
car, He said, "Soon I will get down
and walk myself." (Sat:6.328) During
Srila Prabhupada's massage, Sukhananda applied hot and cold compresses on
the belly; Srila Prabhupada appreciated these massages greatly. (AK12) Dr. Ghosh from
Kodaikanal finally arrived with his family and examined Srila Prabhupada,
felt His aura, and diagnosed the disease as anxiety over the movement and
devotees. Srila Prabhupada agreed, and Dr. Ghosh assured that He would be
cured, wanting to bring Srila Prabhupada to Kodaikanal in south India for
treatment and recovery. He was organizing a "Prabhupada Village" there with a
nice house for Srila Prabhupada under construction. (TkgD.058-9)
Bhavananda
told Dr. Ghosh that Srila Prabhupada was taking fruit juice, some cooked
vegetables and black cow's milk. The GBC reviewed a draft of a will with
Srila Prabhupada. A provision stated that all properties and accounts were
the property of ISKCON, and Tamal suggested that Dr. Ghosh could be a
witness at the signing. (Con:33.307-319)
Dr. Ghosh made a diagnosis (?), prescribing medicines, treatments
and blood pressure monitoring. But Srila Prabhupada did not follow this
program, instead taking the massages and saying that He hoped for recovery
in six weeks. Satsvarupa misidentifies Dr. Ghosh as the doctor from
Allahabad instead of Kodaikanal. (Sat:6.328) JUNE
3: Dr.
Ghosh's treatments were combined with Sukhananda's treatments: "hot and cold massages three times a
day, special organ massages, spinal nerve massages, etc. Prabhupada slept
well and ate three and a half puris with fried portals."
(TkgD.059)
At the end of May, (actually in early June) after the assembled GBC
had completed Srila Prabhupada's final will and made arrangements for the
future management and protection of ISKCON, they all returned to their
places of service around the world. Srila Prabhupada's health seemed to
improve a little, and He even ate and digested some fried food, (A15) talking of resuming His
translation work. (Sat:6.329)
The Times of India ran a front
page story entitled, "Srila
Prabhupada Seriously Ill,"
but a few days later, on page three, the paper responded to a
statement from a devotee under the title, "Srila Prabhupada Now Better."
This confirms the improvement in Srila Prabhupada's health.
(Sat:6.332)
JUNE
4:
Srila Prabhupada spoke with Dr.
Ghosh of going to Bangalore and on to Kodaikanal for health recovery, yet,
at the same time, stated, "I am not
leaving Vrindaban until I am well." Dr. Ghosh's opinion was that there
was a grave danger of a fatal coma due to very high urea content of the
blood, (AK15) and thus Srila
Prabhupada's condition was critical. However, Srila Prabhupada admitted to
feeling better from the massage program, which Sukhananda said would cure
Srila Prabhupada within six weeks. Srila Prabhupada managed two chapatis
for lunch, after which Dr. Ghosh took a blood pressure reading and wanted
to start certain unspecified treatments. Srila Prabhupada became
irritable, (A4) confiding to Tamal later,
"They will introduce so many
things- injections, operations- therefore I don't want it. Gradually he is
introducing so many things." (TkgD.060) AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: Keep in
mind that the bibliographical references are tacked in after every piece
of information in this health biography. Since Tamal is considered a
suspect in the poisoning, we must note what it is that he says happened
and whether it is verified by other sources. In this case, we have no
verification how it was that Srila Prabhupada disagreed with Dr. Ghosh's
treatment. END
COMMENT Satsvarupa's
biography notes that Srila Prabhupada's "moods moved and varied within the
realm of transcendental emotions…" Emotions ranged from feelings of
being a burden to His caretakers to becoming upset over a disciple's
carelessness. (A11)
(Sat:6.333) JUNE
5:
Srila Prabhupada was so weak (AK5) He could not go on the
morning car ride. In the morning, Dr. Ghosh concluded that Srila
Prabhupada had no chance of recovery. "His organs were finished; his body
was filling with urea." (AK15) Dr. Ghosh recommended
going to Delhi for dialysis and other treatments, and, if Srila Prabhupada
did not want this, then He should be made as comfortable as possible by
kirtan and no worries. Srila Prabhupada asked Bhavananda for help in
removing the rings from the fingers of His swollen hands. (AK17) (TkgD.60-61) JUNE
6:
Again
there was no morning car ride; even sitting was too tiring for Srila
Prabhupada.(AK5) Most GBC's have returned
to their far-flung posts around the world, but a few returned from Delhi
upon hearing of this recent downturn in health. Dr. Ghosh and Sukhanda's
treatments seemed to have improved Srila Prabhupada greatly today, with
the swelling (AK17) reduced more than in
many weeks. Tamal says, "The
alternate hot and cold compresses and frequent massages throughout the day
and night seemed effective, and Dr. Ghosh was hopeful." Srila
Prabhupada took a bath in a tub and liked it so much He arranged for it
three times a day from now on. Upon request, Srila Prabhupada was taken to
see the Deities, and He sat under the tamal tree in His palanquin-chair
gazing upon Their Lordships Krishna Balarama.
(TkgD.62)
Tamal wrote to Kirtanananda: "Srila Prabhupada's health has not at
all improved. Dr. Ghose (sic), who we were waiting for, has finally
arrived, but he is not very hopeful of Srila Prabhupada's condition."
(Archives) JUNE
7: Srila
Prabhupada awoke in the night very weak due to the massaging having been
too hard, "suitable for a horse." Upon
awakening in the mornings, the first order of business was to have His
back scratched. (AK8) Temperatures sometimes reached 130
degrees in the Vrindaban summer daytimes. Srila Prabhupada was transported
to the temple, the garden, the roof or the car by his rocking chair
palanquin.(AK5, AK11, A17) Tamal
believes that the massaging was reducing the swelling. (AK17) Appetite (AK1) and taste (AK20) have not returned yet,
however. Mr. Arora, the lawyer, came today to have an affidavit signed and
to register the will. (TkgD.63-4)
Tamal wrote Hansadutta: "Unfortunately, His Divine Grace's
health has taken a turn for the worst. Prabhupada's body is practically
worn out and all of the internal organs are no longer functioning
properly. This includes the kidneys (AK15), the liver (A18), and the heart (A20). Dr. Ghose (sic) is here
giving him treatment throughout the day but he himself admits that there
is no way to know exactly what will be the outcome." (Tamal
letters) JUNE
8: Dr.
Ghosh predicted that Srila Prabhupada would walk again within a week,
being past the worst stage. Since Sukhananda was giving the massage
treatments, and Srila Prabhupada refused to take any medicines, cow urine,
or even the Yogendra Ras after ten years of use, Dr. Ghosh decided to
return to South India, thinking there was little he could do. "Dr. Ghosh seemed a little frustrated,
since he had practically not been able to treat Prabhupada at all."
Asked how He was feeling, Srila Prabhupada said, "Now there is some hope. Before it was
hopeless."
(TkgD.64-5) Srila
Prabhupada instructed His disciples to focus on His instructions and not
His physical condition or presence. He said, "I may stay or go, but in my books I
will live forever." Srila Prabhupada thrived on reports of devotees
preaching, especially those of book distribution. Taking very little
food (A1), it appeared He was
being sustained by kirtan and these good news preaching reports. In
touring the new Gurukula building, Srila Prabhupada's voice was again
noted by Satsvarupa to be "soft," (A2) and "sometimes lost in the noise of
construction." At one point, Srila Prabhupada commented, "my life is ending."
(Sat:6.337-342) Tamal
wrote Yasomatisuta in Hong Kong:
"Srila Prabhupada's health has deteriorated since Mayapur. In fact his
health has become so bad that Srila Prabhupada came to Vrindaban and said,
'Now I will prepare for my departure.' We are giving him constant massage
(AK8) and other treatments." (Tamal
letters)
JUNE
9:
Srila
Prabhupada often slept soundly (A10) through the day, as He
had last night. Srila Prabhupada "declared that if Upendra and
Bhavananda could take care of him" like Sukhananda had been doing,
then surely He would recover. In the afternoon, Srila Prabhupada asked, "All the doctors are leaving; does it
mean it is hopeless?…(A11) So
long as there is no appetite it is hopeless. Good sleep means appetite (AK1) will increase." Later, Srila Prabhupada
said: "Whatever
I have wanted to say, I have said in my books. If I live, I will say
something more. If you want to know me, read my books. Now I'm not going
to travel here and there anymore, no more speaking to large gatherings.
Let my disciples do that. Physically I am unfit."
(TkgD.65-6) Tamal
wrote Bhumata dasi: "As you know,
Srila Prabhupada's health has not been good and now His Divine Grace is
seriously ill." (Tamal letters) JUNE
10:
Last
night Srila Prabhupada translated again after many days of not doing
so. Srila Prabhupada
complained that Dr. Ghosh was mixing naturopathic, Ayurvedic and
allopathic practices. "Why Dr.
Ghosh prescribes cow urine?" Tamal surmised that he was
observing ecstatic,
transcendental symptoms in Srila Prabhupada, as described in the
Nectar of Devotion: "He can be seen
with his eyes closed, always meditating with an intense, concentrated
expression.(AK18?) Sometimes
he stretches his neck (A19?),
and sometimes he drools (A6)
in his sleep and his body shakes (AK7?). Sometimes there is loud
belching." Tamal has now
fully taken over Srila Prabhupada's correspondence, answering them
himself, almost always without reading them or the replies to Srila
Prabhupada for review. (TkgD.67-68) JUNE
11:
Srila
Prabhupada was not pleased that Bhavananda Maharaj wanted to return to
Mayapur rather than stay on caring for His Divine Grace.
(TkgD.69) JUNE
12:
Srila
Prabhupada wanted to go for a car ride today, but became upset when Tamal
was off to chant in the local forests. (TkgD.70) JUNE
13: Srila
Prabhupada had heart palpitations (AK22) preventing Him from
translating at night. Bhavananda Maharaj had returned to Mayapur, so
Satadhanya Maharaj became the new masseur. Srila Prabhupada requested that
a regular palanquin be constructed for his transport (AK5) to replace being moved
around in His rocking chair. (TkgD.070-1) JUNE
14:
According to Tamal, Srila Prabhupada is quoted as saying, "I have analyzed the disease as blood
pressure. (AK6) When I eat
foods not easily digestible (A15), it forms gas that pushes
up on the heart. (AK4) I will
change my diet. And this Brahmi oil gives me great relief." Srila Prabhupada then instructed
Bhakticharu Swami as to what to cook and how. Satadhanya and Sukhananda
both gave massages today. Alice Coltrane visited.
(TkgD.71-2) JUNE
15:
Srila
Prabhupada met with Krishnan Meyer, who decided to return to Vrindaban
with his wife in a week and stay for a month.
(TkgD.73) JUNE
16:
Srila
Prabhupada recalled an unpleasant situation in Los Angeles in August 1970,
when He called Tamal in Paris to come and take His Divine Grace back to
India. "I want to go back. There is
some conspiracy… I do not wish to recall that. It was intolerable… I made
my headquarter in Los Angeles. And they made a conspiracy against me." Tamal replied, " It was such a shock to you. We were
massaging your heart and reading Krishna book. And you developed a very
bad cough." Srila Prabhupada: That conspiracy was…
(break) Tamal: I could understand later on how it…
very subtle. Srila Prabhupada: Very. Tamal: Anyway, now we're trained to the point
where that can never reoccur. Not… Never. That could only happen because
we were so new at that time. (Con:33.327-8) JUNE
17:
Srila
Prabhupada invited His godbrother Srouti Maharaj to come visit, and
yesterday and today he has been speaking with Srila Prabhupada.
(TkgD.76-8) In Los Angeles Satsvarupa received word that Srila Prabhupada
was feeling better. (ISK70.291) JUNE
18:
Today
Srila Prabhupada had lengthy discussions with Yasodanandana and Bhakti
Prema Swamis about designing a model of the universe for the planned
Mayapur planetarium. (Con:33.330-342) JUNE
19:
His Divine Grace translated some
last night, in spite of trouble from flying insects. Srila Prabhupada
drank pineapple juice from Manipur and milk "in various ways throughout the
day." Milk was important to restoring Srila Prabhupada's health.
(TkgD.78-9) JUNE
20: Last
night, Srila Prabhupada's heart was giving pain (AK22), and He awoke early. He
was unhappy to hear from Gopal Krishna that the Bombay opening was delayed
due to slowed construction. (TkgD.80) Swarup Damodar had returned to
Vrindaban to visit Srila Prabhupada, and said in the garden today: "You look better today, Srila
Prabhupada."
(Con:33.351) JUNE
21:
Tamal
recounts a story told by Srila Prabhupada (not available from the tape
recordings): "One of my Godbrothers' wife was an
adulterer. When her son found her out, he said he would tell his father.
So the mother poisoned him. And when the father found out his son was
poisoned by his mother, he committed suicide. The only hope of Western
civilization is to chant Hare Krishna. Otherwise they are finished!"
(TkgD.81-2) JUNE
22:
Srila
Prabhupada, during a scientific preaching strategy conversation, said: "You are all young men. Who wants to
become an invalid man like me? With three men I have to walk. Nobody
wants. But you have to accept, cumpulsory."
(Con:34.31)
During a private Bhagwatam class in His garden, Srila Prabhupada
became quite upset that the BBT book editors had changed the translation
for a word; the meaning was changed and confused completely.
(Con:34.20-7) JUNE
23:
Tamal
inquired as to how He was feeling, Srila Prabhupada answered that as long
as He was sitting and translating, there was no problem, but to walk, He
required help. Srila Prabhupada remembered His early days in New York when
He was alone. (TkgD.84-5)
Tamal wrote to Guru Kripa: "Srila Prabhupada's health is a lot
better than when you were here. He is eating regularly now, although not
very much. (AK1) And every
night He is translating again. During the morning from 9:30 to 10 He goes
before Krishna and Balaram for darshan and the devotees sing bhajans. So
his health has improved, although not that much." Tamal
letters)
Tamal wrote to Kirtiraj: "You will be glad to know that Srila
Prabhupada's health has come to the point where He is able to translate
regularly in the evening. His health is not very much improving but
neither is it deteriorating any further." (Tamal
letters) JUNE
24:
Bhagatji came to Srila Prabhupada with a unique medicine made from 45
different trees by an "old
Baba." Srila Prabhupada's swelling (AK17) had increased since the
cold water treatments were discontinued due to Srila Prabhupada's dislike
of the icy water austerity. Srila Prabhupada commented about the new
medicine: "I cannot make so many
experiments. Everyone says in four days you will be cured. Dr. Ghosh said
I would walk in four days. But actually he left in four days." Later
Srila Prabhupada took this medicine and by June 28 thought it had been
effective, asking for more to be gotten. (TkgD. 086, 89, 93) Srila
Prabhupada has been translating and also has been talking more lately.
Bhagatji had brought six days worth of the new medicine, to be taken twice
daily. (Con:34.40-58) JUNE 25:
The tape
recording marked June 26 is, according to Tamal, June 25. Srila Prabhupada
toured and inspected the new Gurukula building, emphasizing more students
and less managers were needed. (TkgD.87-9) JUNE
26: No tape
recordings. Srila Prabhupada slept well the previous night and was taking
Bhagatji's medicine. Srila Prabhupada spoke about the intelligence of the
mongoose, who, if bitten by a snake, rushes to rub himself against a
particular plant to counteract the poison. Srila Prabhupada later cried
when Tamal voiced appreciation for His books. He chastised Upendra for
leaving the cabinet doors open. (TkgD.89-90) JUNE 27:
No tape
recordings.
Jaidayal Dalmia and family visited and Mr. Arora delivered the original
will back from the registrar. An incredible (literally) incident is
purported to have occurred in the middle of the night, when Srila
Prabhupada called for Tamal. Unverified, Tamal reports : "'Amongst the GBC, have you selected
one after me who will succeed?' I replied that we felt that we should
manage together as a group, that none of us was more qualified than the
others. 'Yes, each of you can be acharya of your zone.'" Then Srila Prabhupada told
Tamal not to worry about finally going to China, but to stay as His
personal secretary. (TkgD.91-2) AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: It is
the little surprises like this one that really arouse suspicion in the
veracity and authenticity of Tamal's diary. END JUNE 28:
Srila
Prabhupada asked if more of the herbal medicine had been brought from
Bhagatji's old Baba, and asked if they should bring the Baba to see Srila
Prabhupada. Tamal: No, no… And then, if it works, we can
bring him. I'm still not fully satisfied. I think it works, but I'm not
sure. Srila Prabhupada: Working very slowly… Slow and
sure. Tamal: Yes. But let us see.
(Con:34.102-3) JUNE 29:
Srila
Prabhupada took some Phillips Milk of Magnesia, a laxative. (AK3) Bhakti Chaitanya Swami
came to report on preaching in Delhi and north India.
(Con:34.111-121) JUNE
30: During His afternoon translation
work on June 30, Srila Prabhupada could not see properly and called for
eye drops, (A8) which were lost, causing
some inconvenience while new drops were located. Srila Prabhupada's
eyesight had become so poor (A9) by now that He could
hardly do His translation work. (TkgD.096-8) When an
unmarked bottle of clear liquid was delivered third hand to Srila
Prabhupada through Tamal, Srila Prabhupada asked, "What is that?" Srila Prabhupada grilled
Tamal for verification of its source, and Tamal said it was supposedly
rosewater from Seth Visanchand. Quite irritated, Srila Prabhupada
emphasized that its purity could only be known by confirming its origin.
Tamal agreed to look into it. The eyewash cup had also been misplaced.
Srila Prabhupada also wanted to know why it had been so difficult to find
a common eye-washing cup "from any
medical shop." Upendra had
not shown the bottle of Optrix eye wash (A8) to Srila Prabhupada that
he had brought back from a shop in town. (Con:34.136-8) This incident
reveals how Srila Prabhupada had conjunctivitis; His eyes runny and filled
with mucus. Adi Keshava also remembers that Srila Prabhupada was
characterized as having
"conjunctivitis" at this time. Srila
Prabhupada stopped Sukhananda's cold bath and cold friction massage and
since His swelling (AK17) was worse than in many
weeks, He talked of perhaps using Lassix tablets (AK14) again. (TkgD.096-8) Srila
Prabhupada asked that some special creeping herb called punarnava be
collected in Mayapur and sent to Him immediately. Satadhanya: It is good
medicinally? Srila Prabhupada: For me. This medicine, what I am
drinking, that is punarnava. Yes, as much as possible... Then I can
prepare this medicine. And I know that is the medicine for my disease,
punarnava... It is available here also. Tamal: So they should get it here,
then. Srila Prabhupada: Yes, I have asked him.
Later in
the day, Tamal mentioned that Mahaksha had gone to get the herbal
medicines at a place some three hours distant, and would return late in
the evening. (Con:34.124-130) CHAPTER
27: HEALTH CHRONICLE: JULY
1977 JULY
1:
Srila
Prabhupada met with Alice Coltrane after He went to see the Krishna
Balaram Deities. (TkgD.99) Tamal
discussed with Srila Prabhupada the loans that Jayapataka had taken from
funds which Tamal was apparently managing. Tamal: "After I received the second payment,
I said, "This is very good. If you continue to pay off to me, you can
expect to get more loans." (Con:34.150)
Tamal then explained how his tourist visa was going to expire soon,
requiring him to leave India for some time before returning to get a new
tourist visa. Tamal: The visa people gave me notice earlier
that on such and such date I have to leave, and I have to think how to
appeal. Srila
Prabhupada suggested that Tamal simply write to Indian Immigration that
his name has been submitted to the Home Minister for special consideration
for permanent residency. Tamal: Yeah, by the time I write my letter,
my name will be one of the people on the list, so it's a fact… Yeah, I
mean, I'm your personal secretary… Srila Prabhupada: "…he's acting as secretary, so
important, and he's serving." (Con:34.151)
Tamal said, regarding Srila Prabhupada's going to attend the temple
opening in Fiji: "I think it may be
too difficult for you to go there at this time." Then Tamal read a
letter from a devotee which included some news that had been circulating
at this time, "…and now you are better. We are
informed by the devotees that Guru Maharaja is
better." Srila Prabhupada: You reply that I am progressing
little. (Con:34.162-3) JULY
2: Srila
Prabhupada went for Deity darshan, and Bhakticharu Swami continued his
personal service to Srila Prabhupada. (Con:34.184,196) In the evening, Srila Prabhupada
went back upstairs to His quarters, having spent time in His garden.
(TkgD.101) JULY
3:
Satadhanya
Maharaj was assisting with Srila Prabhupada's personal service.
(Con:34.199)
Tamal asked many questions about the shape of the earth, as
discussions were taking place regarding the plans for the Mayapur
Planetarium. Then he felt that he had offended Srila Prabhupada, so he
went and apologized. Srila Prabhupada replied that there was nothing
wrong, but after awhile called for Tamal. "'Why you are thinking this way, that
I am offended?' My mentality seemed to disturb Prabhupada. He said, 'Now
the atmosphere is disturbed. I cannot translate.' The emotions produced by
this situation were very difficult to understand." (A11, A12)
(TkgD.103)
Krishnan Meyer and wife were initiated today by Srila Prabhupada,
the fire sacrifice and mantras done perfectly by Yasodanandana Maharaj.
Srila Prabhupada again spent the afternoon in His garden. (TkgD.104-5) JULY
4: There
are no tape recordings for this day. Usually
Srila Prabhupada awakened around 6:00 AM, when He would sit up and Tamal
would scratch His back. (AK8) Later, Tamal took care
of banking matters. Srila Prabhupada's son Vrindaban De came today,
wondering about the arrangements on the apartment Srila Prabhupada will
leave for His ex-family to live in. (TkgD.105-6) JULY
5: It is
specifically noted that today Srila Prabhupada drank some pineapple juice
and had a cough. (A3) Tamal advised waiting
another day before taking a Lassix tablet. (AK14) Tamal: Until you're over your cold, (A3) it's better not to take
anything strong. That Lassix is like a brahmastra. It's like an ultimate
weapon. It should only be used as a last resort.
These
days Srila Prabhupada regularly received massages. (Con:34. 218-238) Srila Prabhupada had "a cold" (A3) for the last two
days. He relieved
constipation (A13) with "a medicine called Purnarnava." (TkgD.
08) JULY
6: Srila
Prabhupada again preached to His son in His garden and went upstairs in
the evening, but still had a cough.
(A3)(Con:34.243-252)
JULY
7: Srila
Prabhupada still had His "cold," (A3) took a third of a
Lassix tablet, and urination was easier (A14) that day. Tamal gave an
hour and a half oil massage in the early morning sunlight. "Because I was treating him, Srila
Prabhupada acted as though I was his doctor. He told Bhakticharu to
consult me regarding which foods he should be served and asked Upendra to
consult me about the kind of massage and bath to give."
(TkgD.110-111)
Tamal wrote to Harikesh:
"His health is maintaining, not getting any worse but not significantly
better." (Archives) JULY
8: Srila
Prabhupada appointed nine disciples who will initiate for Srila Prabhupada
as rtviks (according to Tamal it was July 8th). Srila Prabhupada's cold (A3) has not improved, and
Vick's Vaporub was used. Srila Prabhupada wanted a very strong massage (AK8). (TkgD.111-2) Tamal pointed out to Srila
Prabhupada that the cough medicine (A3) He has been taking,
called Expectrin, contains one fourth chloroform, which might cause
drowsiness. (Con:34.275) JULY
9: There
are apparently no tape recordings from this day. At
night, Srila Prabhupada took some of the cough medicine (A3) which contained
chloroform and alcohol and He slept many hours, not translating.
(TkgD.112) Srila
Prabhupada, upon awakening in the mornings, was too weak (AK5) to sit up on His own
strength and a disciple would need to pull Him up by His arms. Few
devotees were visiting Vrindaban, fewer still were allowed to visit Srila
Prabhupada. His health seemed
stable, not improving but also not at a crisis level as it had been in
May. Srila Prabhupada remained very weak because He was eating so little.
(AK1) (Sat:6.342)
On July 8 and 9, Srila Prabhupada chose 11 disciples to initiate
disciples on His behalf, acting as rtviks. Tamal sent out letters to this
effect, one signed by Srila Prabhupada Himself. JULY
10:
After
hearing of the Muslim attack on Mayapur where two devotees were seriously
injured, Srila Prabhupada became emotional with choked voice and crying. (A11) (Sat:6.348) Satsvarupa's biography notes that
during July, Srila Prabhupada worked well on His Bhagwatam translations,
despite His physical infirmities, which included heart palpitations (AK22), faint voice (A2), and such weakness (AK5) that it was difficult to
even sit up. Massages were given often, little ones, big ones (AK8). Srila Prabhupada was
simply not eating anything (A1) of significance.
(Sat:6.349)
Tamal wrote to Hansadutta: "Srila Prabhupada is suffering from a
cold (A3) just now, but
amazingly enough his translation work has doubled."
(Archives) JULY
11: No tape
recordings. Srila Prabhupada's son departed and Prabhavananda came from
Mayapur to tell a different story of the Muslim attack than had been
reported in the newspapers. (TkgD.114)
JULY
12: No tape recordings. Srila
Prabhupada called for a Sri Bonamali Das, an Ayurvedic kaviraja who had treated Srila
Prabhupada years ago. "The
physician, after examining Srila Prabhupada, said the trouble was
inability to pass stool and urine. (A13, AK14) The pulse was very
fast: 118. (AK24)"
Bonamali prescribed a week-long milk-only diet plus some medicines,
and the rubbing on all over the body of cow dung ashes (AK17). No bath or massage was
allowed afterwards. (TkgD.115) In an
interview with Bhakticharu Swami of November 1998, the following was
learned. In the summer of 1977, prior to Srila Prabhupada's decision to go
to the West, in very poor condition of health, Srila Prabhupada one day
spoke with Bhakticharu Swami. Did Bhakticharu know of a particular bazaar
in Vrindaban? No, but he
could find it. Srila Prabhupada asked Bhakticharu to find an old friend
named Bonamali, who was an Ayurvedic physician. Bhakticharu brought
Bonamali to see Srila Prabhupada and Bonamali examined Srila Prabhupada.
Bonamali was sure he could cure Srila Prabhupada's illness and prepared
two fresh local herbs plus two salts, one being sodium nitrate. These
preparations improved Srila Prabhupada's condition markedly, giving new
strength and improved function of the bowels. Bhakticharu offered that
Bonamali could stay in the guesthouse to prepare the fresh herbs daily,
but Bonamali could not, so Bhakticharu was shown where to collect the
herbs and how to prepare the potion. Bhakticharu Swami was in charge of
Srila Prabhupada's medicines. Thus Srila Prabhupada was treated with
Bonamali's prescription by Bhakticharu Swami, and his condition improved
so much that Srila Prabhupada felt able to travel to the West.
(Bhakticharu interview)
Bhakticharu Swami said he did not notice any uremic frost on Srila
Prabhupada, the white dust which is produced by the perspiration of those
with kidney disease. He also noticed that Srila Prabhupada's hands and
feet would swell often (AK17), but that the swelling
would decrease when Srila Prabhupada would pass urine.(AK14)
(Bhakticharu) JULY
13: No tape
recordings. The ash treatment began today, but Srila Prabhupada, by
afternoon, was disturbed (A4?) because He could not
translate or rest without His regular massage (AK8) and bath. In the evening
He took both anyway, and felt better. In the night, the cough syrup (A3) prevented any
translation work. (TkgD.115) JULY
14: Srila
Prabhupada's swelling (AK17) is down to less than in
many months, "which undoubtedly has
been working to help the passing of urine (AK14) and thus reduce the
swelling." Srila
Prabhupada discussed medicines with Tamal and Bhakticharu, agreeing to
take Bonamali's medicines but not the ash treatment, however. Bonamali
came again today. (TkgD.116)
During this time Bhakticharu Swami cooked for Srila Prabhupada and
was the administrator of all medicines. (Bhakticharu) Srila Prabhupada took a little of
some special preparations sent from Yamuna and Dinatarini, as well as some
digestive spices.(A15) When Tamal offered to
give another Lassix tablet because the feet were swelling (AK17) again, Srila Prabhupada
declined, saying, "No, let me
see," but mentioned that He had a bowel movement (A13) earlier. Srila
Prabhupada asked for something from the medicine cabinet which Upendra had
put in it, and also asked that the chalk (AK17) be put away.
(Con:34.292-3) JULY
15:
Translation
work last night was more than any day since February. Due to rain, Srila
Prabhupada sat on the porch instead of going to the garden. Gauridas
Pandit took leave of Srila Prabhupada's service today due to visa
expiration. Tamal, who differs with Gauridas's accounts of Srila
Prabhupada's instructions regarding rtviks and future initiations,
minimizes his role in serving Srila Prabhupada: "Gauri das, who was simply the
servant of the servants of Prabhupada, was thus blessed."
AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: Here is
another subtle indication that Tamal's diary was doctored. Tamal developed
a conflict of memories with Gauridas in 1989. In 1990 Tamal wrote in the
ISKCON Journal that Gauridas was just a minor assistant and thus could not
be considered Srila Prabhupada's servant. Now Tamal's 1998 book
coincidentally reinforces this minimization of Gauridas's position,
apparently to discredit Gauridas's claim hearing Srila Prabhupada say that
rtviks were meant for initiating after His departure, not just
before. Actually, when reading Tamal's diary, although one can feel Srila
Prabhupada's presence, one also feels very queasy and dubious whenever
such questionable sections appear. END
COMMENT Srila
Prabhupada, Himself a pharmacist and chemist, instructed that equal
amounts of calcium chloride, China clay and chalk be mixed, producing "the
pure ingredient" of the kaviraja's prescribed cow dung
ash, "which itself consists of only sixty
percent calcium chloride." Similar to baby powder and
having a cooling effect, this mixture was rubbed all over Srila Prabhupada
thrice daily.(AK17) Srila Prabhupada said,
"Like Lord Shiva." Later, Srila
Prabhupada became very emotional (A11) and began to cry when
speaking of the Mayapur devotees being attacked. (TkgD.117-8) JULY
16:
No tape
recordings. The previous evening, Srila Prabhupada exerted much energy
speaking with Bhagatji, and as a result (AK5) did not translate much
in the night. Tamal has been encouraging Srila Prabhupada to conserve His
energy by speaking only to important persons.
(TkgD.120) JULY
17:
Tamal
asked Srila Prabhupada, "It seems
like your voice has become a little congested tonight. Are you feeling
congested (A3)?" Later,
Srila Prabhupada said, "They say,
'You are great, great, great.' But don't make it small while I am living…
And people are recognizing I am great. Don't make me small. I'll not give
much trouble, but I am now invalid. What can I do?"
(Con:34.337-341) JULY
18: Prabhavananda took sannyas
initiation, becoming Bhakti Prabhava Swami. A report came from Jayapataka
about Mayapur and the recent trouble there. (TkgD.120-2) Abhiram came to
Vrindaban (Tamal says on the 19th) and spoke to Tamal at length.
(Con:34.329)
Tamal wrote to Viswakarma:
"You will be glad to know that His Divine Grace's health is gradually
improving. Although Prabhupada cannot move around or sit up without
assistance, still his work goes on unhindered."
(Archives) JULY
19: In the morning, Srila Prabhupada's
"swelling was the least I have seen
(AK17)." Srila Prabhupada attributed
this to the calcium chloride (lime) powder, of which He had experience as
a child of fifteen with beriberi fever. The oil massages and bathing are
discontinued for several days. Bonamali came again, explaining that due to
Srila Prabhupada's age and condition, the medicines given were mild.
(TkgD.122) Abhiram
Prabhu visited Srila Prabhupada, Whom he noted to be "very ill, requiring a lot of physical
assistance. It was taxing upon Upendra and Tamal." (Abhiram)
Tamal
wrote to Krishna Katha: "Generally
I am only reading 'good encouraging news' to His Divine Grace…"
(Archives) JULY
20: This morning Srila Prabhupada
commented to Tamal as He looked at His hands and legs, "It is reducing so much, soon I will
be only bones (AK1)."
(TkgD.125) Srila
Prabhupada received news from Hansadutta in Ceylon and dictated a reply,
"Nobody is going to disturb you
there. Make your own field and continue to become rtvik and act on
my charge. People are becoming sympathetic there. The place is very
nice.'" Hearing of the
Sunday feast preparations in Ceylon, Srila Prabhupada commented, "I want to eat, but I cannot. (AK1) Very good… Although I
cannot eat, simply by hearing the names, I am satisfied."
(Con:34.353) JULY
21:
Pranavdas
Gupta, influential, wealthy and from Delhi, gave a report on an
astrological reading he had received about Srila Prabhupada. The report
indicated stomach troubles and great difficulty until September 7th, but
then ten years or more of good health. Apparently three readings had been
sought out, but only the detail of this one were
located. Tamal: So now we have one. That is one
horoscope. Now we make comparison the next two that come in. They're both
coming tonight to give reports. Bhakti Prema has returned, and
Yasodanandana Maharaja has returned. So after we hear all three, then, if
necessary, you can consult a kaviraja. Or everyone may say the same thing.
Then we'll all know if it's confirmed.
(Con:34.358)
Some gentleman brought some massage oils for Srila Prabhupada, but
oil massage was only given every few days or so because the Bonamali kaviraja advised against them.
Srila Prabhupada liked them because, "It makes the whole body soothing." (AK8?) (Conv.34.360) JULY
22: Srila Prabhupada requested Abhiram
Prabhu to assist with His care, and Abhiram went to Mayapur to bring back
his wife and things, returning late on the August 25. On July 22, while
speaking with Tamal, Srila Prabhupada again became emotional, crying and
closing His tearful eyes (A11) when He thought of His
disciples sincere service. (Sat:6.354) Abhiram notes that Srila Prabhupada
had to be carried under His arms (AK5) when going to the
bathroom. (Abhiram)
Tamal wrote to Radhaballabha: "His Divine Grace just does not want
to hear such letters anymore. I only read to Him 'good news.' All
management He wants us to handle. Srila Prabhupada no longer personally
replies any of His letters. The last letter He signed was a letter to
Ambarish Prabhu, perhaps one month ago." Radhaballabha was upset with Tamal
due to not getting replies from His Divine Grace directly, and Tamal
challenged Radhaballabha to seek help from the GBC if he did not like how
Tamal was managing his affairs as personal secretary to Srila Prabhupada.
(Archives) JULY
23:
No tape
recordings. Srila Prabhupada was visited by his old friend Sri Hitsaran
Sharma in the evening. (TkgD.128) JULY
24:
Gaurasundara
came with a new wife to Vrindaban and met with Srila Prabhupada, Who asked
about Govinda dasi. (Con:35.1-4; TkgD.128-9)
Tamal
wrote to Giriraj: "Srila Prabhupada
has been putting all over His body throughout the day a powder composed
basically of calcium carbonate which absorbs water through the skin. As a
result of this powder recommended by one Ayurvedic physician of Vrindaban,
as well as some medicine also given by the same physician, the swelling (AK17) in His body has nearly
reduced to normal." (Archives) JULY
25: There
are apparently no tape recordings of this day. Srila Prabhupada has not
had oil massages for a few days, as they had been discouraged by the kaviraja. But powder massages
continued daily. Today He got a short "bird bath." Abhiram arrived back
from Mayapur with his wife, reporting that the ISKCON devotees were still
in jail. (TkgD.129-130) JULY
26: Dr. Kapoor arrived amidst positive
worldwide preaching reports. Bonamali arrived to find that in three weeks,
Srila Prabhupada's pulse has gone down from 118 to 62 (AK6) and "that the internal fever had
gone." The kaviraja thought that Srila
Prabhupada's appetite (AK1) would return within two
weeks. Srila Prabhupada now washes His tongue (AK20) in the mornings with
lemon and ground ginger. Srila Prabhupada discontinued Gaurasundar's
massage today due to his hands being too hot. (TkgD.131) There is no explanation from any
source as to what this "internal fever" was.
At 8:30 pm, Tamal asked if Srila Prabhupada still wanted His
massage, since they were about an hour late in their schedule due to
enlivening preaching reports that came in.
(Con:35.9)
When Srutirupa dasi, Abhiram's wife, came to Vrindaban to serve
Srila Prabhupada, she observed that He had no appetite (AK1), eating very little,
maybe a palmful a day, and that the previous three weeks she heard He had
taken only 2 or 3 sips of milk a day. Bhakticharu Swami was cooking for
Srila Prabhupada. (Srutirupa memoirs) JULY
27:
Apparently there are no tape recordings of this day. Abhiram
notes that Srila Prabhupada's health is very deteriorated, translating has
decreased to very little, and that He is restless at night. (A4)
Satsvarupa's biography then describes: "Towards
the end of July, Prabhupada's health seemed to be worsening again. And
again he mentioned that the end might come at any moment. Tamal Krishna
had been acting as Srila Prabhupada's personal secretary for six
continuous months, and he had become Prabhupada's eyes and ears and his
spokesman, especially in dealing with ISKCON management. And he had also become a personal
confidant, assisting Srila Prabhupada in his transcendental moods."
(Sat:6.355) Alex and
his wife, of Prasadam Distribution International (PDI), came to visit
Srila Prabhupada. (TkgD.132)
JULY
28: Srila
Prabhupada's translation work in the last few days was decreasing;
yesterday and last night there was none. Upendra and Tamal observed a
change in Srila Prabhupada's "disposition" through the last
week. He was increasingly weaker (AK5) from not eating anything
for many days. At 10 PM, Srila Prabhupada called Tamal to His room,
appearing "very depressed (A11)" and said, "I think no one recovers from this
disease. It is called dropsy. Look it up in the dictionary. My present
health is so weak that death can take place at any time." (See Ch. 32 ) Tamal found the
definition of dropsy to indicate swelling of the body due to liquid in the
skin and muscles. Srila Prabhupada's eyes were being washed with rose
water 2 or 3 times daily (A8,A9), and now they appeared
cloudy. It appeared to Tamal that Srila Prabhupada was not feeling
encouraged to struggle for life. (TkgD.133-5) Tamal
proposed the notion of traveling to the West on a preaching tour. The
rationale was that the transcendental enthusiasm in doing so and the love
of His disciples would give Srila Prabhupada increased will to live. Srila
Prabhupada became "very
enthusiastic about going abroad," and asked that three astrologers be
consulted, "whether I should go, whether I shall
be cured, how long I shall live." Srila Prabhupada became hopeful,
saying, "Tamal is arranging a big party." (Sat:6.357,
TkgD.133-135)
Satsvarupa relates: "Prabhupada said that according to
allopathic medicine, the only hope for him was to enter a hospital and
undergo intensive medical treatment. According to Ayur Vedic medicine,
however, there were specific medicines." Srila Prabhupada was
wearing "dark" sunglasses
regularly, even late in the day or in a darkened room. He appeared to have
troubles with His eyes, seeing properly (A9), and with sensitivity to
light. (A1) (Sat:6.358-360)
Yasomatinandana came from Ahmedabad to report on the 100 acre farm
that had been donated to ISKCON by Seth Bhogilal Patel.
Yasomatinandana: How are you
feeling? Srila Prabhupada: Not very good. Old man's disease… So
it is not very good to live like an old man. It is troublesome. Body will
be weakened, and all kinds of disease will be strong. Unless one is very
strong in body, old age means suffering. Later,
Gopal Krishna came to discuss about books and Diwali
cards. Srila Prabhupada: (laughs) So I thought that unless he brings
some book, he won't come. Because every time I criticize him, "Where is
the book? Where is the book?"
(Con:35.10-23)
Satsvarupa: "Lately I've been thinking I should go
and be with TKG and Srila Prabhupada. I would go if invited for the
purpose of writing the biography of His Divine Grace." (Isk70,295) JULY
29: No tape
recordings of this day. Srila Prabhupada said to Tamal, "I was praying to Krishna, 'What is
this slow death?'… I must enthuse them…" Thus a proposed itinerary
was read by Abhiram and Tamal to Srila Prabhupada, Who became very eager
to go to the West. Said Tamal, "Srila Prabhupada, by going West, I
know you will recover." Srila Prabhupada replied
quickly, "May Krishna make your
words fulfilled." (TkgD.136) JULY
30: No tape recordings of this day.
Srila Prabhupada awoke and spit into the spittoon, "saying that this spitting was another
problem (A3)." He commented that the
interpretation of His spitting and drooling (A6) as being a transcendental
symptom was sahajiya thinking. Sitting up, He said, "This disease is in the kidney (AK15), so wherever I go, this
kidney will go… According to medical science, the only cure is cutting or
dialysis. But kaviraja medicine says there is cure." Srila Prabhupada
was brought onto the balcony verandah and put on His sunglasses (A1). Tamal feared Srila
Prabhupada may be developing eye problems since "later in the day he again put on
sunglasses, though we were sitting inside a dark room (A1)." (TkgD.137)
Three different astrological reports came in today, brought by
Yasodanandana Swami, Dr. Sharma and Bhakti Prema Swami. Bhakti Prema's "was useless, Dr. Sharma's "was
fair," and Yasodanandana's, done by Asutosh Oja of Delhi, "seemed the most reliable." All three were read to
Srila Prabhupada, and all agreed that August and September would be the
worst months for health and that travelling should be avoided. Asutosh Oja
recommended wearing a blue sapphire to mitigate the negative effects of
Saturn. Srila Prabhupada said: "So
it is not hopeless. At least for the next five weeks, keep me very
carefully. For the time being, no travel. Secure this blue sapphire, and
chant Hare Krishna." "I am
suffering because my belly department (A15) is not working."
(Sat:6.359, TkgD.137-8, Abhiram)
Tamal wrote to Mahabuddhi: "P.S.: Srila Prabhupada had us consult
three different astrologers regarding His travelling. All three strictly
advised against travel at this time, so Srila Prabhupada has decided to
stay in Vrindaban for now." (Archives) JULY
31:
Satsvarupa's biography summarizes July as a time when Srila Prabhupada
continued to have no appetite, hardly eating anything (AK1) in the past six weeks.
Srila Prabhupada was irregular in His various daily activities, including
sleep (A10), massage, translating,
etc. He gave permission that devotees may recite a prayer on His behalf:
"My dear Lord Krishna, if You
desire, please cure Srila Prabhupada."
(Sat:6.359)
Srila Prabhupada was proud of His having translated 85 points worth
on the dictaphone during the night. In the afternoon, the governor of
Tamil Nadu, Sri Prabhudas Potwari, came to visit quickly for only a half
hour. (TkgD.138)
Srila Prabhupada: …difficult to go from this room to
that room. Unless one or two men help (AK5), I cannot go even to the
toilet. Governor: I see. Whose treatment is going
on? Tamal: One local kaviraja, Ayurvedic
doctor.(Bonamali) Governor: I see. I invite you warmly to come to
Madras. Stay at Raj Bhavan (governor's mansion). And we have the best
medical team of Madras government at your disposal. We have got the best
doctors in whole of South Asia. The physicians are the best government
doctors… very good physicians. Srila Prabhupada: Thank you very much. But I am not very
inclined for medical treatment, their injection, operation.
(laughs) Governor: No, they won't give you injections.
They also… There, doctors give yogic treatment also, and nature cure
treatment… Srila
Prabhupada then preached about the temporary nature of the body, quoting
often from Bhagavad Gita. Srila Prabhupada: …at the present moment, I am
suffering because my belly department is not working nicely…(A15) They
discussed the trouble in Mayapur and the governor said tomorrow he would
speak about it to the prime minister, Indira Gandhi. Governor: So I would request you to come to
Madras, and we'll arrange some of your lectures
also. Srila Prabhupada: (to Tamal) If possible, take me there. Madras is
not far away. It takes about two hours from
Delhi. Governor: From Delhi only one and a half
hour… Srila Prabhupada: Think over. His Excellency is
inviting. It is a good opportunity. Governor: We'll keep Maharaj in our Raj Bhavan
in very comfortable place to stay. It's like ashrama, because in our lands
in my garden we have got 1300 deers of various type. We feel as if we are
in Valmiki-ashrama… Srila Prabhupada: So accept this invitation and fix
up. Governor: Very good trees… 200 mango trees in
our compound. Various fruit trees. Everything beautiful. Nearly 200 acres
of land … very fine, very cool… There is our small bungalow on the sea
also. Srila Prabhupada: So when you think it will be
suitable? Governor: …I'll be in Madras on the 8th back.
Then I am there. Srila Prabhupada: Eighth,
August… Then
Srila Prabhupada asked the governor for help with obtaining permanent
residency for a list of His foreign disciples, and the governor promised
to discuss the matter with the Home Minister the very next
day. Governor: Don't take much strain… because your
life is precious to.. And that should not be… I will help to my best…
(Con:35.24-29) Afterwards,
Srila Prabhupada appeared enthused by the invitation to Madras, where He
said there were "many good Ayurvedic kavirajas. I am
50 percent decided. If you agree, then we will go." Tamal notes , "I said I would have to contemplate
the trip first." (TkgD.139)
Srila Prabhupada and His servants discussed the merits of travel to
Madras and other places around the world. (Sat:6.359)
AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: There is
no record of this prime opportunity for restoring Srila Prabhupada's
health being discussed or contemplated further. There are no more tape
recordings until August 8, a span of 8 days. Here was a chance to receive
the best allopathic or Ayurvedic treatment in India for free in a
Governor's Mansion without injections, operations, etc. One can only
wonder why Srila Prabhupada was not taken to Madras, where there certainly
would have been qualified medical attention. END COMMENT CHAPTER
28: HEALTH CHRONICLE: AUGUST
1977 There
are no tape recordings for August 1 through August
8. AUGUST
1: By now,
Srila Prabhupada was "bedridden (AK5)." "There was constant sickness now,
being sick all day today with pain in the right side of His chest (A18)." (Abhiram) Srila Prabhupada did no
translation work last night or today, and other activities had become
irregular while His sleeping (A10) has increased.
(TkgD.141) AUGUST
2:
"Srila Prabhupada is worse than He has
ever been, taking some milk and fruit juices only. Today He has been
vomiting (AK2), eating nothing
(AK1), and there is nausea (AK2) and lack of digestion (A15)." Srila Prabhupada had slept
the whole night and most of the day (A10), awaking at 1:10 AM.
(Abhiram) Tamal
quotes Srila Prabhupada as saying, "I can no longer see properly (A9). My brain is not working (A12)." Tamal characterizes: "Prabhupada has become very weak (AK5). Never in his life has he
been this ill." The kaviraja came and analyzed that
the previous swelling (AK17) was actually
transformed blood and that the reduction in swelling was like losing
blood. "Therefore, Prabhupada was
experiencing weakness and poor vision (A9)." Although Srila
Prabhupada has practically not eaten (AK1) in over a month, the kaviraja believed the main problem
would be solved when Srila Prabhupada's appetite (AK1) would gradually return,
which he expected. Srila Prabhupada still managed to go to see the Deities
every morning, however, and enjoyed the dancing in kirtan by the gurukula
boys. In early evening, Srila Prabhupada drank some apple juice, but later
He vomited (AK2) and "felt very ill all night."
(TkgD.141-2) Srila
Prabhupada thought of going to London and then America, particularly
the Gita Nagari farm.
Satsvarupa's biography notes that this talk was accompanied by increased
weakness (AK5), lessened conversation,
no translation work and darkened quarters (A1). Going to the temple in
the mornings, He wore His "dark sunglasses (A1)" and sat expressionless
(AK18, A11) before the Deities
and in kirtan. Srila Prabhupada is quoted, "I am going through a difficult time
and am now feeling restless (A4)."
(Sat:6.361-2) Tamal
wrote to Hrishikeshananda in Bangkok: "As you may know, His Divine Grace
has been very ill since Gaura Purnima. Practically he is invalid (AK11) and just to go to the
latrine He requires the assistance of two persons (A17). On His instructions we
have contacted two astrologers and they have recommended the wearing of
blue sapphire of 7 carats weight. If it is possible for you to procure
such a gem and send it to His Divine Grace here in Vrindaban, this could
be very beneficial for his health. He is suffering from an acute case of
dropsy (AK15) and now even His
translation work has become affected."
(Archives) AUGUST
3: In the morning, Srila Prabhupada
remained nauseated (AK2).
(TkgD.142) AUGUST
4:
After awakening, and while Tamal
scratched His back (AK8), Srila Prabhupada
explained how to bury His body with salt and where to build a memorial. It
is to be noted that Srila Prabhupada's swelling (AK17) was "very minimal", even though the
ash treatment was now used less often. Tamal mentioned that it appeared
that the kaviraja's medicine
was working, but Srila Prabhupada said He had stopped it. "I've taken the medicine (Bonamali's)
for three weeks. Now let me depend on Krishna. The astrologers say the
time is bad." (Medicine taken: July 12-August 3 ?) From hearing
Yasodanandana Swami's astrological report repeatedly, Srila Prabhupada
drew some enthusiasm to go in some weeks to the West. The reading
mentioned stomach and digestion troubles for two more years. No travel was
recommended until August 10 or 11, and if there was no improvement, He
should wait until September 4 or 5. Srila Prabhupada, although very weak
(AK5), was still able to sit
at His desk in the main sitting room. (TkgD.143-4)
Tamal wrote to Bhagavan:
"Srila Prabhupada's health has taken a slight turn for the worse. He has
not eaten practically in one month (AK1) except for taking milk. So
now He has become very very weak (AK5). He has not translated for
the past week. The swelling (AK17) has gone away due to the
treatment of a Kaviraja who is now going to attempt to revive Srila
Prabhupada's taste (AK20) or
appetite (AK1) which is the
actual problem." (Tamal letters)
Satsvarupa: "Just received
word that Srila Prabhupada is 'worse than ever' in ill health - dropsy (AK15). He has given us a prayer
to say: 'My dear Lord Krishna, if You desire, please cure Srila
Prabhupada.'" (Isk70,295) AUGUST
5:
Srila
Prabhupada could not sleep (AK21) from the previous
afternoon until 3:00 AM this morning; He blamed the kaviraja's medicine. He still
could not do any translation work. Srutirupa Prabhu began cooking for
Srila Prabhupada today, asking for singhara and kachori, but he noted, "And anyway, where is appetite (AK1)?" (TkgD.145) Srila
Prabhupada ate some solid food cooked by Srutirupa, since Palika was in
Bombay. (Abhiram) AUGUST
6: Abhiram recorded that Srila
Prabhupada "started to eat (AK1) again, but His eyesight is
gradually failing (A9). He
could not properly see (A9) a
deity of Himself that was brought for His inspection. He sat up today to
chant, which was unusual."
Tamal notes that Srila Prabhupada was in such condition that He
neither rose nor spoke (AK18) when important guests came to visit.
(TkgD.146) AUGUST
7:
Srila Prabhupada awoke from a
night's good sleep, and, in the afternoon, hearing Asutosh Oja's chart
again, said of Saturn's movement into His eighth house in September and
October, "Indirectly, this means
fatal. From the circumstances, it appears hopeless." There was discussion of
Srila Prabhupada's father who did not eat in his last four months.
(TkgD.146) AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: Here we
have the hint that Srila Prabhupada's ailment was perhaps hereditary.
Again, we would like to see the original diary to see if things have been
doctored up. END
COMMENT AUGUST
8:
Abhiram recorded that "Tamal is filtering through all the
letters and reports to Srila Prabhupada, bringing only positive news to
His Divine Grace. Srila Prabhupada only takes solid food very occasionally
(AK1)." Tamal's entry for the 7th appears
to include August 8th as well. Gopal
Krishna and Surabhi came; Srila Prabhupada complained of money squandering
in Bombay and became very angry that Gopal Krishna was being penny-wise,
pound-foolish by not printing books quickly enough. Srila Prabhupada spoke
wryly of Gopal's projected Bombay opening date, "Do it. Do it. But after all, do it
in time. I'm not going to live for long." Srila Prabhupada was very critical
of Mahatma Gandhi, who He said wasted 50 years accomplishing nothing, yet
distorted the sacred Bhagavad Gita. Surabhi
Swami related how he had gone to consult a numerologist, the former
advisor of the Maharaj of Mansingh of Jaipur. The reading cautioned that
the next three months were very critical. The advice was for taking milk
from a black cow, fruit juice and tulasi. Bhagatji was searching for a
black cow, and when Srila Prabhupada asked what medicine was recommended,
Surabhi replied, "No medicine." Tamal chimed in and said, "Good doctor."
(Con:35.30-34) Tusta
Krishna Swami wrote to Srila Prabhupada: "I have just learned you are ill
again." When Srila
Prabhupada heard the devotees in New Zealand were having 24 hour kirtan
for Srila Prabhupada's health, He said, "That is the only way I will
recover." (Archives) AUGUST
9:
Srila
Prabhupada rose early, the sun shining on Him. Guru Kripa Maharaj arrived
and presented a blue sapphire ring for counteracting the planet Saturn's
ill effects. Tamal observed that Srila Prabhupada seemed to losing His
health and strength by the day (AK5). "He speaks less and with more
difficulty (A2). His sleep is
not sound (AK21). He walks
with more difficulty (AK11,
A17) Worst of all, I have trouble encouraging him because I am
increasingly aware of how hard this period is for him." Srila Prabhupada often asked
to hear the astrologer's report. Today He took His massage just after noon
today. (TkgD.148; Con:35.38-40) AUGUST
10: Bhakticharu Swami attended Srila
Prabhupada every morning from 3:30 to 5:30 AM. Today He remarked how the
blue sapphire was having a good effect, giving good dreams. He thought of
going to Hawaii for His health, as Guru Kripa had advised Him of the ideal
climate there. Srila Prabhupada questioned why the Japanese attacked Pearl
Harbor, and reviewed the astrological reading again. Srila Prabhupada: "So if I feel little strength, I shall
go to Hawaii… So you can bring milk?" Pradyumna began to read Chaitanya
Charitamrita. In the evening, asked how He felt, Srila Prabhupada answered
Tamal, "Not at all good. I am very,
very weak (AK5)."
(TkgD.49-150; Con:35.41-4) AUGUST
11:
Thursday: After a
night of having difficulty sleeping (AK21), Guru Kripa Maharaj
gave Srila Prabhupada a new pair of Polaroid sunglasses, which Srila
Prabhupada used increasingly, even inside when there is a light on (A1) and also when going to
the temple for deity darshan. (TkgD.
50-1)
Prabhavishnu Swami came and reported on his preaching in Bangladesh
and Nepal. Bhakticharu Swami came with some
medicine: Srila
Prabhupada: Actually I do not like to take. What
do you think? Should I take? Tamal: This is that kaviraja
medicine? Bhakticharu: Yes. Tamal: Well, I don't see how it is having so
much effect. Srila Prabhupada: No effect. Tamal: Powder isn't working effectively, and
milk is keeping you going. I don't see that this medicine is doing
anything. It's not giving you appetite (AK1). Srila Prabhupada: Not even taste (AK20). Tamal: No. It's giving you bad taste. You
don't like to take it. Srila Prabhupada: So your opinion not to
take? Tamal: My opinion is that if you feel that…
I don't see that it's having any effect. I think the milk is the best
thing, milk, mango milk like you're taking, little juices. This is for
creating appetite, I think. (Con:35.47)
In the afternoon, Srila Prabhupada called for Tamal and asked, "…continue this kaviraja or shall we
change? If we have to change, whether that astrologer has got any
information?"
(Con:35.50) "Now the kaviraja's medicine is doing
nothing." (TkgD.151) Abhiram and Yasodanandana Swami returned from
Delhi with an expanded analysis from Asutosh Oja and his elderly father,
both expert astrologers, elaborating on the initial report received July
30. Coming into the darkened room, Srila Prabhupada had the light turned
on (A1). Abhiram read the report
to Srila Prabhupada and is found in the Conversations Books, Vol. 35,
pg.50-52. (See Appendix
14)
Abhiram described the details, including a warning, "Then he mentioned that there may be
some trouble from… maybe financial or maybe from juniors, from
subordinates." Abhiram explained that February 28,
1978, six months hence, was the calculated fatal date, but that since
Srila Prabhupada was an exalted devotee, He could well live beyond that
date. It was up to the will of the Supreme Lord. If Srila Prabhupada
survived these next difficult months, there was shown to be up to five
years after that with good health. Abhiram had also arranged for Sunday
that the chief resident physician from the Ayurvedic Hospital in Delhi,
plus his physician wife and another Ayurvedic professor, would come to
examine Srila Prabhupada. This hospital physician had already recommended
pearl with oxidized gold and the bark of the Arjuna tree.
(0Con:35.50-52)
Tamal quotes Srila Prabhupada: "Throughout the Society, we should be
prepared. Take it for granted, the day is given. Now do everything
carefully. Everyone knows when there is no appetite (AK1), it is warning: life is
over." (TkgD.152)
Satsvarupa: "Now I am thinking I should go to
India and render service to my spiritual master, as he is very ill. Three
months ago, all GBC members rushed to his bedside in Vrindaban. Then he
made all legal preparations for his departure. But he appeared to recover
a little and thus we left him. New word is that he is 'even worse,' but we
have not been ordered to gather… Still, I think I should go."
(Isk70,297) AUGUST
12: There
appears to be no tape recordings for this day. Srila Prabhupada thought of
asking Palika dasi to come from Bombay for a few days to cook South Indian
iddli, but then changed His
mind, saying, "I have no taste (AK20). What is the use?"
Tamal then summarizes his observations: "For the past few days, Prabhupada had
been very quiet, almost transcendentally morose (AK18, A11). He would hear the
correspondence without making any comment."
(TkgD.152-3) AUGUST
13:
Tamal
describes that a report from Hansadutta came this day regarding the public
defeat of Dr. Kavoor in Ceylon, and it is recorded in Conversations Book
35, pgs. 53-62. Tamal describes some intimate discussions with Srila
Prabhupada in his diary, pgs. 153-4. AUGUST
14: There
appears to be no tape recordings for this day. Tamal asked Srila
Prabhupada if he could go for bathing in the Yamuna, but Srila Prabhupada
discouraged the idea. "I also feel
that as long as Srila Prabhupada is so ill, I have no right to think of
such things as sporting in the Yamuna."
(TkgD.154)
Tamal wrote Giriraj: "I always remember our walk on the
beach with Dr. Patel when Srila Prabhupada said, 'Giriraj makes so many
friends and our Tamal Krishna is expert in making
enemies.'"
Tamal wrote to Hansadutta: "He now sits every morning on the
veranda before going to the temple for darshan at 9:30. He was reclining
on a round bolster pillow and wearing sunglasses (A1), which He always does now
because His eyes are giving Him some trouble."
(Archives)
It is estimated that Tamal's tourist visa expired today and he
needed to leave India soon to get it renewed if planning on staying longer
in India. Srila Prabhupada's trip to London apparently solved this
problem. AUGUST
15:
There are no tape recordings for
this day, which is unfortunate considering the next statement. "Today was the day of doctors."
Abhiram Prabhu brought the head physician from an Ayurvedic hospital in
Delhi, who checked Srila Prabhupada with a stethoscope. Tamal says, "Immediately I concluded he was
bogus," and delineates five reasons why he thought so. What exactly
were the results of this medical examination is unknown, except that this
physician left. Later, Srila Prabhupada's disciple Naveen Krishna brought
his father, a doctor, who urged Srila Prabhupada to go to a hospital for
kidney dialysis (AK15) treatment. "When he saw Prabhupada did not want
that, he suggested an Ayurvedic hospital in Delhi, not knowing that the
bogus chief physician had already made his appearance earlier." Before noon, Bhagatji
appeared bringing a vaidya
recommended by Seth Bishan Chand, who then took the pulse, and offered to
return that evening and the next morning. Srila Prabhupada appreciated
that this vaidya seemed very
careful. Srila Prabhupada
said, "Regarding the Bhagwatam translation,
when I get inspiration I will take it up. Don't try to force me. I am
going through a difficult time and am now feeling restless (A4). It is not mechanical."
(TkgD.155-6) AUGUST
16:
There
are no tape recordings for this day. During the middle of the night, Guru
Kripa and Tamal were called in by Srila Prabhupada, Who said He could not
sleep (AK21), feeling disturbed (A12). Srila Prabhupada
supposedly questioned the authenticity and honesty of Bhagatji's vaidya, and wanted to find out
about him. Bhagatji's vaidya
came again in the morning and tested a urine sample with a drop of oil,
exclaiming, "You will be cured!" and promised
to restore Srila Prabhupada's appetite (AK1). At 11:00 AM Bonamali
and Bhagatji's vaidya met
together and with Srila Prabhupada, agreeing that the past treatments were
appropriate and coordinating on a joint program from that point on. The vaidya would stay with Bhagatji
nearby for a week, and declined payment. Coincidentally, Srila Prabhupada
had felt better these last few days, which Tamal suggested was due to the
blue sapphire. Srila Prabhupada replied, "Yes, otherwise how this vaidya has
suddenly come? No one called for him?"
(TkgD.156-8) AUGUST
17:
Satsvarupa, Srutikirti, Balavanta and Madhudvisa arrived and Srila
Prabhupada became choked with emotion (A11) in speaking to
Madhudhvisa. Srutikirti showed Srila Prabhupada some candles that the
devotees were making in Hawaii. Srila Prabhupada spoke, "…according to my horoscope, these are
my last days. But if Krishna saves, that is a different thing… It doesn't
matter I leave this body. Even in death I'll
live." Srutikirti: I remember last time when you were
sick, you recovered very well in Hawaii. Srila Prabhupada: Let us see. Tamal Krishna wants me to
go back to… Tamal: I was encouraging Prabhupada to… I
said that if he goes to the Western temples, that the welcome from his
disciples would be so much that he would live for hundreds of years.
(Con:35:65-71)
Later, Tamal spoke with the devotees and explained that Srila
Prabhupada's mood seemed to change depending on who was present and what
news He received (A11); he explained Srila
Prabhupada's plans to travel back to America via London. Satsvarupa states
that Srila Prabhupada wanted to hear only good news; it "inspired him to continue."
(Sat:6.363) Bhagatji's
vaidya came and found the pulse
to be high (AK24), and advised Srila
Prabhupada not to strain Himself. "He said four things were bad for
Prabhupada's illness (dropsy) (AK15): salt, sleep during the
daytime, unnatural air movement (from the fan), full bathing." He gave a regimen of taking
milk five times daily. (TkgD.159) The vaidya said it would take four
days for the medicine to begin to act. (Con:6.366) Srutadeva
wrote to Tamal: "I was just told
that Srila Prabhupada's eyesight is failing…(A9)"
(Archives) Satsvarupa
Goswami: "Tamal said that Srila
Prabhupada's illness is psychological and subtle. A few days ago he was
very bad. Gurukripa Swami brought a sapphire ring and twelve men with him,
and Srila Prabhupada has improved. He was talking of going to the West…
Srila Prabhupada is very thin (AK1). We watched through the
doorway as he ate his lunch. He takes a little of his vegetable on his
chapatti and eats here and there (AK1). He eats about three
fourths of a chapatti and a little vegetable."
(Isk70,02) There
are no tape recordings from August 18 to October
2. AUGUST
18: Srila
Prabhupada decided to go to the West immediately and then postponed that
decision at the request of the vaidya. (TkgD.160) There are no
known tape recordings from August 18 for a total of 45 days, the longest
stretch of "missing tapes." The
Bhaktivedanta Archives requested Tamal to advise whether there were any
tapes made during these days, and whether some might still be sitting in
the Dallas temple. Tamal replied that he did not remember if there were
tape recordings made during these 45 days and that he had looked in
Dallas, but had found none. (Archives)
Satsvarupa: "Suddenly Srila Prabhupada said he
definitely wants to travel to the West to the Pennsylvania farm. As for
his health condition, he said, 'The worst thing that could happen is death
and I am not afraid of that.' He wants a cooler climate. He said he is
slowly dying here. 'Let there be change, good or bad. I've decided. Let me
go. I've tried to be cured here for the last six months. I have still a
taste for milk, a little taste (AK20), so it is not
hopelessness.' Everyone assured Him that (in Gita Nagari) there would be
enough milk to bathe in." (Isk70,302-3) AUGUST
19:
Medicines
given by the vaidya seemed to
be too strong, as during the night there were incontinent bowel movements (AK3). Srila Prabhupada seemed weaker (AK5) than usual. Srila
Prabhupada was anxious to go to the West immediately, but there were
problems getting his passport and green card, and Srila Prabhupada
appeared mentally exhausted by all the uncertainty.
(TkgD.161-2)
Satsvarupa: "…we hear His Divine Grace wants to
leave as soon as possible. 'I'm disgusted,' he said. 'These kavirajas
come, say they will get me well in four days, and then later they say it
will take a long time.' 'Just get me out of here,' he asks TKG. He has
said, 'These are my last days.'
He's asking about direct flights to London, but he had to be
carried to the bathroom (AK11)
in a chair. No translating for weeks."
(Isk70,303-4) AUGUST
20:
Tamal states that Bhagatji's vaidya gave an overdose, and he
switched to another medicine. But Srila Prabhupada did not take the
medicine and called for Bonamali to come. "The vaidya has not proven
satisfactory." (TkgD.162)
Preparations continued for the trip to the West, and a letter arrived from
Panchadravida Swami in Mexico offering to exchange his youth for Srila
Prabhupada's old age. Srila Prabhupada is quoted by Satsvarupa: "Surely, I am practically living on
your prayers. I haven't eaten in the last six months…(AK1) So many devotees are
praying, it cannot be frustrated. I think this is why I am feeling
inspiration to go out. In this condition, anyone else would prepare for
death, but I am going on a tour." (Con:6.363-4) AUGUST
21:
Satsvarupa
Maharaj, Rupa Vilas and three gurukula boys, as per Srila Prabhupada's
instruction, went to the Yamuna River to deposit the cremated remains of
Jayananda Prabhu into the sacred waters. (Isk70,305) In the
evening a report arrived that Abhiram had "secured" the passport and that
the American consulate in Calcutta was helping with Srila Prabhupada's
green card renewal. Upon hearing the news from Tamal, Srila Prabhupada,
lying in bed, "began to clap his
hands, saying, 'Give me good news and keep me alive! I think if I go to
London, I will be half cured.'" Srila Prabhupada reminisced about
how He began His movement in New York, and "thought with anticipation of his
forthcoming tour." (TkgD.163-5)
Satsvarupa says, "Srila
Prabhupada spoke on, carried by waves of transcendental emotion and
carrying his loving disciples with him. 'When I go to America,' he said,
'especially Los Angeles and New York, I feel at home.'"
(Con:6.367)
Satsvarupa noted that in the evening Srila Prabhupada was
wearing His sunglasses while lying on His back on a cot on the roof
(A1). Abhiram had consulted
the astrologer again, who said travel on the 29th would be good. Srila
Prabhupada's voice was tiny and weak (A2).
(Isk70,306-7) AUGUST
22:
Tamal
went to Delhi for booking plane tickets for Srila Prabhupada's party.
Meanwhile, K.J. Somaiya arrived to visit Srila Prabhupada, but broke down
and cried when he saw His Divine Grace's deteriorated condition (A1). Tamal returned by 9:00
pm. (TkgD.165-6; Sat:6.368)
Satsvarupa: "We think there will be a delay of
three or four more days to get clearance out of the country for TKG and
Upendra…" But Srila Prabhupada was ready to go immediately with
Srutikirti and without Tamal. (Isk70,307) AUGUST
23:
"Srila
Prabhupada is scheduled to leave Saturday, five days from now. Various
formalities are required for his entrance to England. Now he says he very
much wants to live. I walked him to the bathroom on my shift today. First
I had to pick him up in my arms to a sitting position in his bed. He is so
weak (AK5)."
(Isk70,308) AUGUST
24:
Kutichuk's
slightly retarded, young daughter took some pills found in the garbage and
within minutes was in a coma, dying some time later. Srila Prabhupada commented, "This is the danger of allopathic
medicine… No one gave her, this is destiny." The next morning, however,
Srila Prabhupada said to Tamal, "I
am thinking about the girl taking poison. It is a little mysterious." Among Srila Prabhupada's
assistants and servants at this time were Satsvarupa, Guru Kripa,
Madhudvisa, Srutikirti as well as Tamal, Balavanta, Abhiram and Upendra.
(TkgD.166-7)
While waiting for His US green card, Dr. Arkasomayaji, an
astrologer and qualified academic from Tirupati with a Ph.D, sent a
horoscope, including all supporting calculations and planetary positions.
Hearing the report, Srila Prabhupada confirmed, "The calculation is good. He is a
learned scholar." Tamal
gives the report in his diary, which glorified Srila Prabhupada's exalted
position and asserted that Srila Prabhupada would overcome His present
illness by His own spiritual strength, living at least until January 19,
1984. (TkgD.167-8) Departure for the West was scheduled for early in the
morning of the 26th, the day after next. (Sat:6.368) AUGUST
25: In the
middle of the night Srila Prabhupada called Tamal and reassured him that
He knew how to deal with some troublesome Vrindaban bankers that came the
evening before. Then, during the night, Tamal describes that Srila
Prabhupada "was very sick. All
night, he was awake and moaning. He said, 'Last night there was colic pain
(AK4). It was a death-like
pain. Just thinking of it, I am horrified. It is due to mucus (A3). Indigestion (A15). It is a very critical
situation.'" Due to the "severe pain," Bonamali was
brought, who gave lavan bhaskar (black salt), saying it was acid
indigestion (AK4), but that Srila
Prabhupada's condition was actually better. (TkgD.168-9) Many devotees urged Srila
Prabhupada not to go to London. (Sat:6.368) Srila Prabhupada tried to vomit all
the previous night and all through the day (AK2), and considered taking a
Lassix tablet (AK14). "If he passed urine and stool (A13), he would automatically
regain his appetite (AK1). For
six months, all doctors and medicines have failed to produce an
appetite." At about noon,
it was learned there was an airport strike in London. Tamal states, "Because of his indigestion (A14), Prabhupada decided to
postpone going to London. Since we were scheduled to leave Vrindaban
tomorrow morning, our departure was delayed." In the
evening Srila Prabhupada called for His servants and asked for help. "He could not sit in any one position
(A4) for more than a few
minutes because of the pain. I (Tamal) felt the area which appeared to be
in the colon (AK4)." Guru Kripa and Upendra, assisted
by Madhudvisa and Tamal, gave enemas while Srila Prabhupada lay on the
bathroom floor. Srila Prabhupada tried Bhagatji's suggestion of drawing
out "the gas" by placing some cotton with
hing on His navel. Then Tamal gave a "strong dose of Phillips Milk of
Magnesia. During the night Srila Prabhupada became relieved (A13)."
(TkgD.168-9) AUGUST
26: In the morning, Srila Prabhupada
was weak (AK5) but was no longer
suffering from intestinal pain, or as Tamal says, "from the gas." Balavanta Prabhu returned
from Delhi in the morning with the original tickets, yet uncancelled and
still valid for Saturday the 27th. Tamal was asked by Srila Prabhupada to
file for His Divine Grace's American citizenship. Preparations went all
day for leaving at midnight. (TkgD.169) AUGUST
27:
At 12:00
AM, Srila Prabhupada's party left for the Delhi airport in a caravan of
three cars, with Srila Prabhupada lying in the back seat of His Mercedes,
on a mattress with a quilt and a pillow. His feet and hands were slightly
swollen (AK17). Srila Prabhupada
assured his friend Bishan Chandra Seth, upon leaving Vrindaban, that "if the trip became too difficult, he
would return immediately." After two hours over badly damaged roads,
the caravan reached the Delhi airport, where Srila Prabhupada remained
lying in His car with the doors open. Bhavananda had just been released
from jail in Mayapur, and met Srila Prabhupada at the airport.
(TkgD.169-170; Sat:6.368-9; Isk70,308-9)
Departure was not smooth, and when Srila Prabhupada was finally
moved by wheelchair to the plane, He was more swollen (AK17) than in many weeks.
Tamal, Guru Kripa, Pradyumna, Arundhati, Abhiram, Srutirupa and Upendra
accompanied Srila Prabhupada. (TkgD.170)
Abhiram Prabhu describes that at the Delhi airport, "Srila Prabhupada seemed to withdraw
within Himself, not looking or advising…(AK18, A11)" On the unusually
exhaustive flight Abhiram worried about the cabin pressure and Srila
Prabhupada's blood pressure. Landing in Rome, Srila Prabhupada waited in
an airport lounge for four hours while the flight was delayed. Above
London the plane circled above for hours due to the strike. Twenty hours
after leaving, they finally landed at Heathrow Airport. As Srila
Prabhupada emerged from the plane, the devotees greeting Him were shocked
to see Him so thin (AK1), weak (AK5), expressionless (AK18), and wearing dark
sunglasses (A1). (Abhiram;
TkgD.170)
Srila Prabhupada "appeared
like a powerful sage who had been undergoing long austerities for the
benefit of humankind and who had become transcendental to his body,
although living in it." (Sat:6.372)
Srila Prabhupada went through immigration quickly and upon arriving
at Bhaktivedanta Manor, He went to see the Deities Sri Sri Radha
Gokulananda and then went to His quarters. All the devotees came to sit
with Him in His room, and He tasted various fruits from a large plate made
up for Him. "Then, being very
tired, he took rest." (TkgD.170-1) AUGUST
28:
At 2:00
AM, Tamal and Bhagavan Prabhu went to see Srila Prabhupada, just awakened,
Who was feeling well. When Bhagavan presented some newly printed books,
Srila Prabhupada shed tears from His eyes (A11) and rubbed Bhagavan's
head in deep appreciation, saying, "You have no problems." Srila Prabhupada came gliding down
the stairs to the temple room, borne by carriers in His palanquin (AK11), again wearing His "dark sunglasses (A1)." Srila Prabhupada sat
almost expressionless (AK18) during the ecstatic
kirtan, although Satsvarupa notes there were tears (A11, A8?) behind the
sunglasses. The devotees chanted and danced, knowing that Srila Prabhupada
had come just to be with them, in spite of the great inconvenience that
meant due to His grave condition. (TkgD.171;
Sat:6.374) AUGUST
29:
Srila Prabhupada had some pain
around the left kidney (AK15) and asked that Kruschen
Salts be prepared, a drink which Srila Prabhupada took, but then
complained of its bitterness. Srila Prabhupada rested peacefully all day.
"He talked hardly at all. He was
constantly in trance as he sat absolutely still with his eyes closed (AK18)." (TkgD.172-3)
Tamal
requested the London devotees not to sing the guru-puja prayers as "it created too much emotion (A11) for Srila Prabhupada."
Srila Prabhupada confided that He no longer wanted to return to India,
saying about the Indian government and His countrymen, "They do not appreciate me. By such
treatment, I have lost my health… I am doing such great work and they are
suspecting CIA." Srila Prabhupada "became choked with tears in anguish
(A11)," saying, "I sometimes cry." (TkgD.172-3;
Sat:6.376) AUGUST
30:
Jayatirtha
finally arrived and Srila Prabhupada admitted He was now feeling better.
Srila Prabhupada spoke inspiringly about developing Gita Nagari, which He
had just recently re-named as such, being formerly New Varsana. "I want to introduce varnashram at our
Pennsylvania farm, the biggest problem of life is solved: food." (TkgD.173;
Sat:6.377) AUGUST
31: Srila
Prabhupada was consuming mostly juices and had some trouble passing urine
(AK14), but resting well.
(Abhiram) Tamal confirms that Srila Prabhupada has been "resting very soundly (A10)." Srila Prabhupada again
confided to Tamal that He was concerned that the Indian government would
imprison Him due to the Mayapur attack. "They would have ruined me,
humiliating me by placing me
under arrest. If I had been
put in that small jail cell, I would have died."
(TkgD.174) CHAPTER
29: HEALTH CHRONICLE: SEPTEMBER
1977 There
are no tape recordings for August 18 through October
1. SEPTEMBER
1:
A
favorable newspaper clipping arrived from Mauritius written by a reporter
who had met Srila Prabhupada on the train to Rishikesh months earlier.
(TkgD.77) Abhiram reports
that Srila Prabhupada ate well, took bath and His swelling (AK17) went
down. SEPTEMBER
2: Abhiram
Prabhu noted that over just some little thing or other, Srila Prabhupada
would immediately begin crying very easily (A11). This was characteristic
of this time, that at least once or twice a day Srila Prabhupada would
become choked up or cry because He "was so sensitive (A11)." Each morning in the Bhaktivedanta
Manor temple room, Srila Prabhupada would sit before the Deities while the
devotees had enthusiastic kirtan. Abhiram presented a new pair of
high-quality Zeiss sunglasses to Srila Prabhupada that were purchased by
his wife, Srutirupa dasi. These new sunglasses replaced the old ones,
which looked like "biker shades." Abhiram notes that
Srila Prabhupada's "eyes would hurt in bright lights and
He would always wear sunglasses (A1)." Abhiram Prabhu said,
"He ate better today than for as
long as I have been with Him,"
and that Srila Prabhupada was passing urine easier now (AK14).
(Abhiram) SEPTEMBER
3:
Abhiram notes that Srila
Prabhupada's feet are swelling (AK17) again and that He was
in a very "upbeat mood," expecting to tour the U.S.
soon. (Abhiram) He asked about His party's future itinerary, showing He
was thinking of moving again. (TkgD. 178)
Srila Prabhupada's emotions, reports TKG, "are much more noticeable recently.
Whereas before, he would always check his sentiments, now he no longer
does so completely, perhaps because of his physical weakness. He cries
frequently and with only slight provocation (A11)." Tamal interprets this as due to
Srila Prabhupada's being immersed in Krishna prema, and that he would look
more beautiful with tears flowing from his eyes (A8) while experiencing
transcendental ecstatic symptoms. Tamal says, "All glories to Srila Prabhupada… who
is enabling the devotees to relish these drops of transcendental love of
God, which now pour forth from his person!" Srila Prabhupada had only
a little maha-prasadam for lunch, assisted by Abhiram. Srila Prabhupada
shed tears (A11) when Jayatirtha Prabhu
took his leave and again when He received a telegram from Siddha
Swarupananda Swami. (TkgD.178-9) Satsvarupa's
biography states that after arrival in London, Srila Prabhupada's emotions
were more prominent (A11) and that they were
noticeably unchecked now as differentiated from previously, when they were
rarely displayed (A11). "He frequently cried in ecstasy… at
any moment tears might come… The tears would pour down his cheeks…(A8)"
(Sat:6.376-7) AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: There is
definitely some parallel between Satsvarupa's and Tamal's words in their
biographical accounts, even though they were published 16 years apart. The
accounts of Srila Prabhupada's crying and displaying ecstasy are so
similar that either Satsvarupa took his account from Tamal or his diary in
1983, or Tamal has taken it from Satsvarupa's biography since then. Again,
it is difficult to know what comes from Tamal's actual physical diary,
what comes from other sources, and what might be "doctored." Without an
examination of Tamal's original diary, TKG's Diary fails to put to rest
rumors and suspicions about Tamal and the poisoning of Srila Prabhupada.
END COMMENT SEPTEMBER
4:
Today,
Srila Prabhupada did not eat anything (AK1). (Abhiram) Ghanashyam came out from behind the Iron Curtain in
Eastern Europe and gave his report of preaching there. Srila Prabhupada
was very pleased and stroked his neck and head for a long time. In the
evening, Srila Prabhupada had pain in His left kidney (AK15), and a hot salt
compress was applied for relief. (TkgD.181) SEPTEMBER
5:
Srila Prabhupada had trouble again
in passing urine today (AK14).
(Abhiram) When
Harikesh Swami arrived, Srila Prabhupada became very emotional, and
shedding tears with a choked voice (A11), rubbed his head. When
He was shown color photos of the Los Angeles Rathayatra, Srila Prabhupada
again began to shed tears (A11). Then He sat
meditatively in silence for two hours (AK18).
(Sat:6.378-9)
He had eaten practically nothing for days (AK1) except some "7-Up", but today frequently took
some royal jelly with honey from Upendra Prabhu. His digestion was not
improved (A15), His appetite was still
lacking (AK1), and He had been having
pains in the kidney area (AK15).
(TkgD.182-4)
Tamal wrote to Srutadeva: "Your suggestion for Srila
Prabhupada's improved health by the use of chicory is very kind. But Srila
Prabhupada prefers now to depend upon Krishna, and therefore your prayers
to the Lord for Prabhupada's recovery will actually be the most effective
medicine." (Archives)
Tamal wrote to Swarup Damodar: "Srila Prabhupada will probably be
coming to the US quite soon, perhaps in a weeks time…" Tamal wrote to
Siddhaswarupananda in Hawaii: "Srila Prabhupada is getting very nice
rest here at Bhaktivedanta Manor. There were so many things to worry about
in India, but here there is no difficulty for Prabhupada to get unbroken,
peaceful, recuperative rest and He is taking full advantage of the very
serene atmosphere." (Archives) SEPTEMBER
6:
Today
was Janmastami, and Srila Prabhupada took milk and rested throughout the
day, but had diarrhea (AK3). (Abhiram
Memoirs) Today
was Janmastami and Srila Prabhupada went to see the Deities at the Bury
Place temple. Carried on a palanquin, Srila Prabhupada came before the
altar, slowly removed His sunglasses (A1) and tears flooded from
His eyes (A11). The journey totally
exhausted Srila Prabhupada. He slept until midnight upon His return to the
manor (AK5). (Sat:6.379 &
TkgD.185)
Srila Prabhupada wrote to Vasudeva in Fiji: "Now I have come to the West in a
broken condition of health. In such condition no one would think of
touring. An ordinary man would prepare for death. But I am not afraid of
death, so why not let me see once again all of my beloved disciples and
the Temples all over the world." (the last letter signed by Srila
Prabhupada; Letters Books) SEPTEMBER
7: On
Vyasa-puja day, Srila Prabhupada went to the temple room where Tamal gave
a 45 minute speech on Srila Prabhupada's life history and achievements,
during which Srila Prabhupada shed many tears (A11). Srila Prabhupada had
swelling (AK17) again, and acute pain
in the genital area. (TkgD.186) SEPTEMBER
8: Both
the swelling (AK17) and genital pain had
increased by the next morning due to complete inability to pass urine (AK14). Consultations by phone
revealed that this inability was very critical and could lead to coma and
death within hours. (TkgD.186)
Abhiram describes that Srila Prabhupada could not pass urine (AK14). While being carried by
Abhiram and another devotee to the bathroom, Srila Prabhupada began to
shake, His eyes rolled up and He had a seizure (AK7), His body stiffening. He
fainted (A16) and His breathing
stopped. Lying Him down on His bed, Abhiram noted that Srila Prabhupada's
heart was "violently palpitating (AK22)." Srila Prabhupada
regained external consciousness, took bath and explained that His urinary
tract was blocked completely. He could not pass urine. Srila Prabhupada
ordered an ambulance and Srila Prabhupada was taken to the public Peace
Memorial Hospital in Watford.
Abhiram's memoirs explain that Srila Prabhupada was able to pass
urine while at the hospital, and that a circumcision was performed by a
young Dr. McIrving, who was mystified at the unusually and extremely
thickened, long foreskin (A5) removed from Srila
Prabhupada's body. The skin had made a total blockage of the urinary
tract. The doctor "had never seen
such a thing in his life (A5)," but apparently no lab
analysis was done. The bladder and prostate gland were found to be not
excessively enlarged. (Abhiram & TkgD.186-7) This phenomenon is suggestive of
the thickening of skin due to arsenic poisoning, and a similar incident
occurred in another case history in Chapter
35. The
doctor's analysis, according to Abhiram's November 1978 recollections, was
that Srila Prabhupada's difficulties in passing urine had
produced a back pressure on the kidneys, causing gradual damage and a
buildup of uric acid in the body, weakening the body, causing the nausea,
non-digestion and a malnutritioned body of only 60 to 70 pounds.
(Abhiram) AUTHOR'S COMMENT: This is a
misdiagnosis. END
Abhiram's wife, Srutirupa dasi, recalls that Dr. McIrving had
commented that his medical opinion was that Srila Prabhupada "was living on his will
alone."
From the Internet statement submitted by Abhiram Prabhu on November
5, 1997, we excerpt this portion from the whole which is found under Appendix
4: "Dr.
McIrving, made a very clear and definitive diagnosis of Srila Prabhupada's
condition, namely that he, 1) had,
due to diabetes (and dropsy) suffered swelling which affected the flow in
his urinary tract over many years 2) That
he had since birth a slightly constricted urethra which further reduced
the urinary flow. (This was the reason for surgery and gave a great deal
of relief to Srila Prabhupada) 3) The
combination of these two major factors had put a constant and harmful back
pressure on his kidneys, which along with a general deterioration due to
age had inflicted serious renal damage. (Srila Prabhupada complained to me
that he had difficulty urinating and finally was blocked completely
leading to this surgery.) 4) The
kidney failure would naturally cause an increase in uric acid in his
system, which would probably affect digestion and appetite. Both being
prominent symptoms in Srila Prabhupada's condition.
5) The
loss of digestion and appetite led to malnutrition which caused an already
aged and intensely taxed system to go into a total collapse.
The
above is, I believe, an accurate account of the diagnosis of the doctors
who examined Srila Prabhupada at Peace Memorial Hospital on 8th September
of 1977, and all of my/our observations prior and subsequent to this
generally confirmed this diagnosis."
Returning to the Bhaktivedanta Manor the day of the operation,
Srila Prabhupada was examined and checked by an Indian life member, Dr.
Kanodia, who confirmed the success of the operation. (TkgD.187) Satsvarupa's
biography glaringly omits any reference whatsoever to Srila Prabhupada's
emergency visit to the hospital and His operation there, and simply
reports, "The next day Srila Prabhupada's
health suddenly became much worse… suddenly his plans changed… he now
requested that he be taken back to India... The health crisis seemed to
pass…" (Sat:6.379) SEPTEMBER
9:
Dr.
McIrving (McIrwin ?) came to visit Srila Prabhupada and stressed plenty of
liquid and some protein would be necessary for healing, advising against
Dr. Kanodia's antibiotics. At the urging of Abhiram, Srila Prabhupada
decided to live on juices alone. He fainted once more (A16) while being carried to
the bathroom later that night. (Abhiram; TkgD.187-8) SEPTEMBER
10: Abhiram
began keeping a record on the amount of liquids ingested and passed by
Srila Prabhupada, about one liter a day. By the use of a urine bottle,
total volumes in and out of the body were checked to guard against
dehydration. (Abhiram & TkgD.188)
Swarup Damodar came and Srila Prabhupada became very tired
preaching to him, having heart palpitations (AK22) worse than when in
Vrindaban. After resting
several hours, Srila Prabhupada asked Tamal to review the astrological
readings now that the critical days had come. Srila Prabhupada said, "Let us have a laugh." Tamal says
the discussion revealed that "Prabhupada had hoped to see an
improvement in his health, which would have encouraged him to go on to
America. Unexpectedly the situation grew critical, necessitating an
operation. Now, being weaker (AK5) than ever before, he was
thinking of not going to America. Rather he felt that he might die soon
and wished, therefore, to see the Bombay temple opening."
(TkgD.188) Tamal
tried to encourage Srila Prabhupada to continue with the plan to go to
America, and they "decided to wait
a few days to see whether his condition improved." Srila Prabhupada "was not appearing well," and had
little control over bowel movements (A19) or passing urine (A19). Srila Prabhupada was
adamant about following Dr. McIrving's recommendations, taking plenty of
liquids and now an all-purpose food supplement called Complan.
(TkgD.189) Tamal
wrote to Giriraj: "Srila Prabhupada has just undergone a
minor surgical operation which seems to have come out successfully. His
Divine Grace is resting but is very very weak (AK5), at least as weak as He was
in Vrindaban." (Archives) Tamal
wrote to Hansadutta: "His health
however has not very much improved and two days ago He developed a block
in passing urine. After about 12 hours of not being able to pass urine, we
had to rush Him to a hospital on His insistence, where a minor surgical
operation was performed in which they opened the hole of the urinary tract
wider so that He could pass urine. After a few hours He returned to the
Manor and it appears that the operation was successful. It is impossible
for Him to stand up even with assistance (AK11). Last night He attempted
to go to the toilet but fainted (A16). So He is more or less
completely bedridden." (Archives) SEPTEMBER
11: It is
to be noted that after the circumcision on September 8, Srila Prabhupada
could not have further difficulty in passing urine because of physical
blockage in the lower urethra tract. Yet we see in Abhiram' s memoirs that
three days later, on the 11th: "Srila Prabhupada says there is still
difficulty in passing urine
(AK14) - He blames it on the protein supplement." (Abhiram)
Amounts
of urine passed in the last three days were decreasing (AK13), not a good sign.
Tamal, Pradyumna and Abhiram discussed at length about whether to go on to
America, stay in England or go back to Bombay for the upcoming temple
opening. At night, in a
darkened room (A1), Tamal was told by Srila
Prabhupada, "My brain is not working now (A12). You are very intelligent;
so whatever you decide, I will do. Practically, I came here on your
advice." (TkgD.190) Satsvarupa
describes that the health crisis seemed to pass, and yet Srila Prabhupada
was dubious of His ability to go to New York. Srila Prabhupada thought He
had traveled as far as possible, and wanted to return to Bombay and
Vrindaban. Srila Prabhupada, meanwhile, resumed His visits to the temple
room every morning. (Sat:6.379) SEPTEMBER
12:
Brahmananda
had arrived back from Africa and pleased Srila Prabhupada by dancing
nicely in the morning kirtan. The amounts of urine had increased again and
Srila Prabhupada looked better, saying, "Probably because I am thinking of
returning. I am homesick." He made a final decision to leave for
Bombay on the 15th , saying, "If I
survive this time, we shall do Vrindaban parikrama. You can carry me in a
palanquin." Later, Srila Prabhupada told Tamal to arrange for going
the very next morning, and by staying up much of the night, all was made
ready for a party of four on British Airways, first class seating.
(TkgD.190-1) SEPTEMBER
13: Srila
Prabhupada and party left London for Bombay, boarding the plane by
forklift. Srila Prabhupada
took the trip without difficulty and rested well on the plane.
(TkgD.192-3)
SEPTEMBER
14:
Arriving today in Bombay, Srila Prabhupada rested soundly the whole day.
Measurements of urine were not possible as Srila Prabhupada was using the
toilet. He refused the Complan, saying it was not a fresh food, and gave
up the regimen He had agreed upon with the English doctor saying, "I shall try to live on milk and
fruit juice. Nothing artificial." Srila Prabhupada made note about the
English doctor: "I could understand when he wanted
blood that he would begin his allopathic treatments."
(TkgD.193-4;
Sat:6.380-1) Abhiram,
having arrived from England separately, notes that "Srila Prabhupada appears to be
getting stronger," and that the massages by His servants are giving
Him relief (AK12,
AK8). SEPTEMBER
15: Abhiram
reports mucus buildup, much spitting and coughing, and that Srila
Prabhupada's sleeping at an angle while propped up on pillows was
introduced to help cope with the mucus interfering during rest (A3). Satsvarupa notes that
Srila Prabhupada took only a little fruit juice and mung bean water (AK1). Tamal relates that Srila
Prabhupada remained almost motionless and silent (AK18) in bed all day, with no
strength (AK5) despite taking juices,
milk and Complan. Satsvarupa states that when Tamal asked how Srila
Prabhupada was feeling, the reply was "Crisis." (TkgD.194;
Sat:6.381) SEPTEMBER
16: Tamal
notes that Srila Prabhupada seemed weaker, similar to yesterday. The
passing of urine was adequate, more than half of the liquids taken.
(TkgD.194-5) SEPTEMBER
17: Srila
Prabhupada appeared to be getting worse every day, now using a bedpan for
passing urine. When Srila Prabhupada wanted to call a certain Bombay
doctor who had cured a Mrs. Wallior's father from the same ailment, Tamal
response was: "I presented a number
of arguments against calling another doctor and told why I felt at this
time it was not necessary." Tamal says, "Srila Prabhupada said, 'Your advice
is always very nice,' and he decided not to call anyone." (TkgD.195)
Late in
the day, Yadubara Prabhu showed Srila Prabhupada some projected movies,
and even though Srila Prabhupada put on His sunglasses (A1), He kept His eyes shut
because the light hurt His eyes (A1). Srila Prabhupada could
not see the movies anyway (A9), neither could He
recognize those who came before Him (A9) except by recognizing
their voices. "His eyes were almost
completely failing him (A9)."
(TkgD.196) SEPTEMBER
18:
When
Karttikeya Mahadevia came to visit, he was shocked at Srila Prabhupada's
condition (AK1). Srila Prabhupada sat up
and took interest in the report on Indian politics, preaching against the
bodily concept of life. (TkgD.196-7) SEPTEMBER
19: Tamal
states, "Prabhupada's condition
having grown worse, we now attend to him constantly." Up till now, Tamal spent
half his shift with Srila Prabhupada; now it is constant. (TkgD.197) SEPTEMBER
20: That
night, Srila Prabhupada became very congested with a bad cough (A3) which he blamed on being
given buffalo milk instead of cow milk. Abhiram remembers that Srila
Prabhupada sent him out to find topa-kul berries from Bengal in downtown
Bombay, a difficult task. Finally he found some from a street vendor.
Mixed with flowers of the drumstick tree, a tea would be made tomorrow for
increasing Srila Prabhupada's appetite (AK1). Meanwhile Srila
Prabhupada also took some tulasi tea. Srila Prabhupada also agreed to try
some vegetable broth that Abhiram would make. Today Srila Prabhupada could
only manage to sit up in His wheelchair for a minute before returning to
bed (AK5). (TkgD.198,
Abhiram) SEPTEMBER
21: Srila
Prabhupada had no longer been able to go for the daily morning greetings
of the Deities in the temple, and instead had a photo of the Deities fixed
onto the bedpost to see always. (Sat:6.383-4) Abhiram notes that "Srila Prabhupada is not well today;
Srila Prabhupada said "I feel that at any moment I could die." Srila
Prabhupada has no strength (AK5) and started taking
vegetable broth every day." Srila
Prabhupada passed liquid stool (AK3), stating, "I may pass away at any moment,
because there is no vital force." (TkgD.199) SEPTEMBER
22: Later
Srila Prabhupada became emotional in speaking with Gargamuni, and began to
cry (A11). In the afternoon,
Srila Prabhupada spoke to His servants and Brahmananda: "The whole machine has gone bad. You
cannot expect a young body like yours. Besides it is material. When I was
younger, I would always recover."
(TkgD.199-200) SEPTEMBER
23: Srila Prabhupada "was not at all well today."
Srila Prabhupada took Horlicks, a food supplement made from grains that
His mother had given Him as a child, but a cough was the result (A3). Sitting in a wheelchair
and wrapped with a chaddar (large shawl), Srila Prabhupada was still "shaking slightly (A7)," even though it was
warm. His face was colorless (A7), and His extremities were
swollen (AK17) more than usual. Srila
Prabhupada's health had turned worse still. The massage was skipped due to
the cough (A3). "We felt that the remedy of vegetable
juice, Complan, etc. was unsuccessful." Srila Prabhupada called a
meeting and it "was obvious we had
to take a new direction in Prabhupada's care." It was decided to find
the best Ayurvedic physician in Bombay and that Ram Gopal vaidya, another Ayurvedic
physician, would also be brought. Srila Prabhupada spent the day lying
quietly in bed. (TkgD.201-2) SEPTEMBER
24: Sri
K.J. Somaiya brought Ram Gopal
vaidya in the afternoon, who quickly diagnosed Srila Prabhupada's
ailment as liver (A18) and kidney (AK15) problems. He prescribed
some Ayurvedic medicine and a diet. Tamal was not pleased with this
doctor, as he states:
"We were not very satisfied
with this vaidya, whose manner of acting was not appealing. After he left,
I expressed my doubt to Srila Prabhupada, saying that I wanted nothing to
do with him. Since the vaidya spoke only Hindi, Srila Prabhupada asked
Yasomatinandana to remain. I said that Yasomatinandana should deal with
him, since I did not want to do so. Prabhupada reproved me, saying that
this mood of non-cooperation was not good."
Srila Prabhupada urged cooperation and following the treatment the
Bombay vaidya had recommended
for eight days. Tamal continues: "I
pointed out that the vaidya would be out of town for five days, during
which time his disciples would attend Srila Prabhupada. Furthermore, he
had asked about cardiograph tests, and he chewed pan while taking
Prabhupada's pulse." Srila
Prabhupada took some sandesh made by Kuladri, and also a few spoonfuls of
chiku and papaya. (TkgD.202-3) Abhiram
notes that Srila Prabhupada was weaker (AK5) and took no vegetable
broth this day, but took Horlicks and Complan
instead. SEPTEMBER
25: Abhiram
says Srila Prabhupada was constipated (A13) and coughing (A3). Tamal notes that the
whole previous night Srila Prabhupada's sleep was interrupted by
constipation (A13) and too much mucus (A3). Thus Srila Prabhupada
rejected this Ram Gopal vaidya
since apparently his treatments were problematic. Tamal coaxed Srila
Prabhupada to cough up much of the mucus (A3) and then gave him
Phillips Milk of Magnesia (A13). Srila Prabhupada's
limbs were swollen (AK17) "more than ever," and Tamal
assesses that due to mucus, there was difficulty in passing urine (AK14). Mr. Somaiya had
supplied a hospital bed, which was installed in the sitting room. In the
early afternoon, Abhiram and Upendra gave Srila Prabhupada an enema, "completely cleansing his bowels (A13)." After all this, Srila
Prabhupada was left extremely weak (AK5). (TkgD.203)
About
Srila Prabhupada's enema, Abhiram noted in his diary, "Srila Prabhupada felt relieved… and
seemed to be more alert externally." SEPTEMBER
26: During the afternoon, Srila
Prabhupada sat up and put on His spectacles, holding a photo of Radha
Rasabihari, the Bombay Deities, in His hand. Tamal had to point out Their
lotus feet (A9), and Srila Prabhupada
meditated in this way a long time while Tamal read Srimad Bhagwatam. That night, however, Tamal relates
that Srila Prabhupada could not sleep at all, having mucus and cough (A3), which even the cough
syrup did not help with. (TkgD.204)
Satsvarupa noted that in Los Angeles: "Now we hear again that Srila
Prabhupada's health is in crisis, 'the worst.' He is lying on his back and
even to turn is a great effort. His secretary has called saying that all
GBC men should come to Bombay at the end of October for the grand opening
of the temple there." (Isk70,311) SEPTEMBER
27:
Srila
Prabhupada stopped taking Horlicks until His mucus lessened (A3). (Abhiram)
Tamal
writes: "Prabhupada was completely exhausted
(AK5). Mucus was filling his
whole system (A3), and his
legs and hands were very swollen (AK17). Even his eyes had much
mucus (A8). I felt nearly
hopeless, seeing his condition. He asked for caranamrita from the
Deities." K.J. Somaiya brought the
governor of Madras, Mr. Potwari, and they were "amazed to see Prabhupada's
condition." At night, He said that his condition had progressed from
bad to worse, and He had Abhiram attend Him all night. Also, Srila
Prabhupada resumed taking Ram Gopal's medicine.
(TkgD.204-5) SEPTEMBER
28: "Most amazingly," Srila
Prabhupada's condition suddenly became much better, with hardly any mucus,
and He had awoken well rested after a night's sound sleep. He met with
K.J. Somaiya and the governor, and at their urging, agreed to see Ram
Gopal vaidya again. Tamal notes
that Srila Prabhupada's signature "was very unsteady," (A19) and that He was very
weak (AK5). Tamal suggested that
Srila Prabhupada give power of attorney "to someone to sign on his behalf." Srila Prabhupada agreed.
(TkgD.205)
Tamal wrote to Hansadutta: "Since coming back to Bombay His
health has steadily deteriorated and He is very ill now. He has requested
that every GBC man must come to Bombay for the opening ceremony which will
take place on October 22. Thereafter Srila Prabhupada plans to go to
Vrindaban Dham where He intends to make a grand parikrama of the entire
Vrindaban area..."
(Archives) SEPTEMBER
29: Srila
Prabhupada convened His leading disciples to discuss His idea of returning
to Vrindaban to be treated by the Bonamali kaviraja.
(TkgD.206)
Satsvarupa's biography chronicles how Srila Prabhupada called the
GBC men present in Bombay and others before him to discuss about whether He should
stay in Bombay and wait three or more weeks until the temple opening, or
go early to Vrindaban for parikrama while still able. It was decided by
Srila Prabhupada to go on to Vrindaban. Srila Prabhupada also invited
discussion on the best course of treatment. Tamal read out loud a recent
letter from Srila Prabhupada's friend Dr. G. Ghosh, who advised going to a
good hospital for a thorough check-up and treatment. Tamal warned of the
spectre of intravenous feeding, something he knew Srila Prabhupada wanted
to avoid. Tamal said that modern doctors were at least more effective than
most Ayurvedic doctors. Abhiram protested strongly against going to a
hospital. Upendra suggested that Srila Prabhupada could be treated in His
own house without having to go to the hospital.
(Sat:6.386-7)
Tamal relates how there was discussion about the negative effects
of many devotees' going to Vrindaban to be with Srila Prabhupada in His
last days. Construction in Bombay and preaching worldwide would be
disrupted, but Srila Prabhupada asked that all His disciples be called to
come stay with Him in Vrindaban. Apparently, however, Tamal or someone
sent a different message to Rameshwar in the USA: "send only the leading
disciples." Hari Sauri
was sent ahead to Vrindaban to prepare things there in advance of Srila
Prabhupada's arrival, and in Bombay preparations were made for Srila
Prabhupada's departure for Vrindaban. (TkgD.206-8)
Tamal wrote to B.D. Joshi of El Cerrito, CA: "His Divine Grace is very ill at
present. While in London he underwent a minor surgical operation and
afterwards he returned to India. His return to India was to see the
opening of the Bombay temple, but it was also determined by his failing
health. Now he is completely bedridden (AK5) and cannot even turn in his
bed without the help of an assistant. His condition is most precarious.
His Divine Grace has stated that if He is able to survive this very trying
disease, then after Vrindaban He will return to America."
(Archives) SEPTEMBER
30: Due to
road closure between Delhi and Vrindaban, it was decided Srila Prabhupada
would take the first-class section of the 11:00 AM "Deluxe" train to
Vrindaban tomorrow morning. In the evening, Mr. Asnani and a notary came,
and Srila Prabhupada gave power of attorney to Tamal and Giriraj.
(TkgD.209) CHAPTER
30: HEALTH CHRONICLE: OCTOBER
1977 OCTOBER
1:
In the early morning, Srila
Prabhupada signed letters, and then came downstairs at 9:30 AM, to leave
behind hundreds of tearful devotees as He left Juhu for the last time.
Srila Prabhupada took the train for Vrindaban. Brahmananda carried Srila
Prabhupada in his arms in and out of the car and train. (TkgD.211;
Sat:6.389-390) OCTOBER
2: Arriving the next morning at 7:30
AM in Mathura, Srila Prabhupada came back to Vrindaban in a much more
deteriorated condition than when He had left only a month ago. Srila
Prabhupada's first order of business was that His servants "closed the curtains and dimmed the
lights (A1)." Srila
Prabhupada again had called all His GBC men to Vrindaban, as He had in
May, except now it was for the purpose of His final pastimes, and
gradually they began to arrive. Tamal asked whether the previous kaviraja should be recalled, and
Srila Prabhupada agreed. (Sat:6.389) Srila
Prabhupada took some mung water and spinach water (AK1) and requested Bhagatji
to keep a cow ready to supply Him with fresh milk. Tamal reports that
Srila Prabhupada's hearing had dimmed (A14) so that He could not
hear the temple bells ringing.
Srila Prabhupada gave instructions on memorials and a museum to
honor Him after His departure. Srila Prabhupada instructed Kuladri Prabhu
not to allow anyone to cook for Him without His permission. Did Srila
Prabhupada suspect foul play? Tamal opines that this refered to Pranava's
wife, who cooked that day. (TkgD.212-3) Srila
Prabhupada slept well for 3 hours, awakening about 12:45 PM. There was cooling rain and Tamal
secured Srila Prabhupada's agreement to call the Bonamali kaviraja tomorrow. Srila
Prabhupada's voice was very weak and low (A2). Srila Prabhupada agreed
to take darshan of the temple Deities, Krishna-Balaram, starting tomorrow.
Srila Prabhupada took some mung dal water and spinach water, and asked for
some watered down milk later (AK1). Srila Prabhupada's eyes
were so bad (A9) He could not tell
Akshayananda Maharaj's presence several times today already. Neither could
He hear the temple bells ringing (A14). "In this condition, even I cannot move
my body on the bed (A20,
AK11). Only chance you should give me- let me die peacefully, without
anxiety. I have given in writing everything… Disaster will happen if you
cannot manage it. Hm?" Hari Sauri was present. In the evening, after
Srila Prabhupada had drunk milk for the second time today, Tamal repeats,
"Prabhupada said scratch hard (AK8)." (Con:35.72-82) Satsvarupa
Goswami: "We arrived and heard that there is a
slight improvement. They thought he was going to leave his body at any
moment. Everyone was called to be here at the end. Now it is a little
different. The kaviraja came today, looked at Srila Prabhupada, and said
his life is finished, but Srila Prabhupada himself has said Krishna may
continue his life if He desires. TKG showed me a daily log they keep of
what "food" he takes and what he passes as urine. He drinks about two
glasses of liquid a day. Has not had more than that daily or any solid
food for month (AK1). I'll be
doing some of His Divine Grace's correspondence. TKG says that without a
shirt on, Srila Prabhupada is so thin you can see the thumping of his
heart. Hardly any flesh (AK1).
I saw him lying in bed, very thin, but they are more hopeful today than
they were. He is more diminished in his body than ever. Talk of a big
Vrindaban parikrama here around October 15. He has four servants: Abhiram,
Upendra, Kuladri, and Bhakticharu Maharaj or Hari Sauri- and one is always
with him." (ISK70.311-2) OCTOBER
3: The
Vrindaban kaviraja (Bonamali)
came and after examining Srila Prabhupada, ascertained that there was
total weakness (AK5), but no illness.
The prescription was for taking Complan, milk, pomegranate and grape
juices mixed with honey, plus some medicines. Milk was producing much
mucus (A3), causing Srila Prabhupada
to cough (A3) at night and disturbing
His rest. The kaviraja
insisted, though, that the "cough
should come out. When the cough
(A3) comes out, it will take out the disease." Powdered milk was
nixed; only pure cow's milk should be taken. Srila Prabhupada should be
covered by woolen cloth, not to be exposed, and bathing should be by damp
towels only. Srila Prabhupada
then instructed Tamal, "The kaviraja said my life is
finished, now by the grace of Krishna. So under the circumstances,
whatever medicinal instructions he gives, strictly follow properly… so if
you are trying for my life, try very seriously. That is my formula. No
negligence. Whatever he advises, that is good." Tamal did not like
Bhagatji or Sacidananda for translating with the kaviraja and helping with the
medicines. Tamal said, "Whoever
does this medicine with the kaviraja should be intelligent person."
Tamal recommended and Srila Prabhupada approved that Bhakticharu be
telegrammed and recalled to Vrindaban to help. Srila Prabhupada said the
Bombay kaviraja was "hopeless," and Tamal commented
how he was a materialist businessman, chewing pan. Hansadutta
arrived and gave a report on his preaching and the political situation in
Sri Lanka. "After speaking more animatedly than
he had for days, Srila Prabhupada lay down, exhausted (AK5)." When Tamal asked if he
could go to check on Srila Prabhupada's rooms at the Radha Damodar temple,
permission was denied. Then Srila Prabhupada was taken to see the Krishna
Balaram Deities in His chair, which exhausted Him so much (AK5) that He returned to bed
soon. Tamal discussed banking problems with Srila Prabhupada, and Tamal
and Giriraj, with their new power of attorney, went out to the bank to
deal with those problems. (TkgD. 214-5,
Con:35.83-94) "Srila
Prabhupada is far less active than a month ago. No longer speaking, no
walking (AK5), no solid food
(AK1), no positive will to go
and preach in the West, no expression of fervent desire to live. We're
doing all-night chanting vigils by his bed. Not to mention no more walks,
no more work on the Srimad Bhagwatam, no touring temples, nor answering
mail. Hansadutta and Brahmananda cried, because if he doesn't eat or even
drink, how can he continue to live? His body, as he said, is a bag of
bones, and he is not eating anything (AK1), so how can he continue for
long?"
(ISK70.314-5) OCTOBER
4: Abhiram
Prabhu notes that Srila Prabhupada slept poorly the night of October 3,
coughing and spitting mucus (A3) all night. Tamal relates
that on the morning of October 4, Srila Prabhupada declared in an almost
inaudible voice (A2) that the kaviraja's medicines were a "complete failure." Srila
Prabhupada was "drowsy" from the expectorate
taken during the night, and His "whole body was more swollen (AK17) than in many
months." The kaviraja came in the morning, and
it was quite difficult to understand what was being advised for Srila
Prabhupada's problematic cough and mucus (A3). The kaviraja suggested massaging with
a hot cloth soaked in ginger juice. (Con:36.94-101) There
were two cough medicines, one of which, it turned out, deliberately was
increasing the cough, as the kaviraja thought this to be
necessary to remove mucus.
Srila Prabhupada said, "The
havoc caused, the medicine." Tamal then observed, "The swelling (AK17) has increased since
yesterday. It was never so much as today. The mucus (A3) was never so much as today."
Srila Prabhupada said He could not even digest (A15) the medicine. There was
some talk of chloroform and drowsiness. Tamal said, "What we want is to stop the coughing
(A3), not an expectorant,"
protesting about experiments with medicines and questioned why the kaviraja should give musk, which
supposedly would give strength to the heart and body. But the heart was
good, as shown by the pulse. Abhiram asked, "But where do we get real musk?"
Upendra was told by Srila Prabhupada to no longer awaken Him for taking
medicine, but to let Him sleep. (TkgD.215,
Con:35.94-96) At 10
AM, Upendra bathed Srila Prabhupada and changed the sheets. Hansadutta
returned to talk more about Sri Lanka and how Indira Gandhi was arrested
the previous night. Srila Prabhupada said, "Hm, don't touch politics," refering to Hansadutta's
public political criticisms he had made in Ceylon. Later, after
Hansadutta's kirtan, Giriraj and Tamal gave the results of their meeting
with local bankers. Bali Mardan said, "Scratch with your nails (AK8)," explaining how to scratch
Srila Prabhupada's back. Hansadutta said, "Srila Prabhupada, you've become so
thin (AK1)." A little
later, Srila Prabhupada said, "Back
side itching (AK8)." Srila Prabhupada asked for
four raisins ground with honey. Bali Mardan confirmed that the GBC men
would start arriving in the coming few days.
(Con:35.97-101) Today,
Srila Prabhupada abstained from all medicines. Tamal states that after
learning Bonamali had raised his fees, Srila Prabhupada said he should not
be called again. Srila Prabhupada had earlier declined Dr. Ghosh's offer
(Kodaikanal) to prescribe treatment, and opted for kirtan "treatment" over
any local doctors as well. (Sat:6.392) But now, Srila Prabhupada had Tamal
write to Dr. G. Ghosh of Allahabad, inviting him to come and treat Him
personally, not in a hospital, but in His own quarters.
(TkgD.215) OCTOBER
5:
At 7 AM
Srila Prabhupada awoke and asked for His bath. Tamal told Srila
Prabhupada, "We should depend on
Krishna, not on these kavirajas." Tamal bathed Srila Prabhupada and
rubbed calcium carbonate mixed with honey on His back to assist with the
healing of bed sores. Srila Prabhupada was too weak (AK5) to visit the Deities,
and to try to reduce the lingering and persistent swelling (AK17), He instructed that
slake lime be combined with newly ground tumeric and water, making a paste
to apply to the swollen parts of His body. (TkgD.216-217)
The GBC men began to arrive in Vrindaban. Srila Prabhupada drank milk three
times without getting mucus, and thought that this was perhaps due to the
enema (A13) given earlier.(Abhiram)
When
Hari Sauri spoke about how an astrologer in Delhi would be studying Srila
Prabhupada's chart, Srila Prabhupada advised, "Don't waste money for this
astrology," and asked for,
"Bhagwatam reading and kirtan." Srila Prabhupada requested
more kirtan to be held in His quarters. Again, Srila Prabhupada asked
Upendra to scratch His itching back (AK8). There was talk of the
powder being rubbed on Srila Prabhupada's body. Some telegrams were read
about how devotees all over the world were increasing their service and
making prayers to Krishna, in hopes of Srila Prabhupada's recovery. Tamal
took rest at 9:30 PM.(Con:35.101-105) Satsvarupa
Maharaj saw an entry in the medical logbook, "I'm not hungry. Let me hear
kirtan." When Srila Prabhupada sat up and asked that His back be
scratched, Satsvarupa volunteered, doing so too softly at first and told
by Srila Prabhupada to "actually scratch (AK8)." His back was "so thin and bony" and His hands
and feet were covered with tumeric. (ISK70.316) OCTOBER
6: Srila
Prabhupada's cough was back (A3). (Abhiram) Paramananda, president of the Gita
Nagari farm project in Pennsylvania, arrived and Srila Prabhupada
expressed His regret for not having been able to go there. Paramananda's
wife, Satyabhama, had made a woolen shawl "from scratch" for Srila
Prabhupada from their own sheep's wool, and Srila Prabhupada immediately
wrapped Himself completely in it (A7). Srila Prabhupada went
for deity darshan and then circumambulated the temple, followed by an
enthusiastic kirtan. Then Srila Prabhupada met with Gopal Krishna, and
they discussed book printing and distribution.
(TkgD.217-9) In the
early afternoon, Srila Prabhupada complained to Tamal, "Although drinking nothing, cough is
coming (A3)." Tamal answered, "Swelling (AK17) is not very much reducing.
Why you're not drinking anything, Srila Prabhupada? I noticed yesterday
you did not drink much." Srila Prabhupada answered that He was not
inclined and, further, it would only result in coughing (A3), which, , Upendra said,
"It's just starting
again." Tamal: Maybe when Dr. Ghosh comes he can give
some relief from the coughing. Srila Prabhupada: You have written
him? Tamal: Yes. The real problem is the digestion
(A15). There's no digestion.
Anything you take… instead of forming blood, it forms mucus (A3). You're not as warm as you
were yesterday, but you're still a little warm. The rest of your body is
not warm. Your head is not so warm. Your pulse is very fast (AK24). I don't know what to
say, Srila Prabhupada. It's certainly bewildering. I can only expect
somehow Krishna has to do something, unless Dr. Ghosh with some
Western-type medicine can do something. Srila Prabhupada: This oil massage is pleasing (AK12, AK8). (Con)
Around 2 PM Srila Prabhupada asked for Yogendra rasa, an Ayurvedic medicine that
He was taking years until a year ago. Hari Sauri then went to prepare rice
water, honey and "smashed"
cardamon at Srila Prabhupada's detailed request. Srila Prabhupada asked
Tamal to send a second telegram to call Bhakticharu back to Vrindaban for
personal service. Srila
Prabhupada: "Kaviraja's, his
mentality I did not like." (The kaviraja apparently had doubled
the fee for a visit from 5 to 10 rupees, and the cost of the medicine, 55
rupees, for two days was too much, opined Tamal.) Srila Prabhupada: We are not hesitating to pay, but this
mentality… Tamal: Yes, exactly. The point is if that a
man has this mentality, then how much can we trust him for medicine? It
means he's dishonest man. He's becoming dishonest… (Con:35.106-113)
Then
Tamal gave Srila Prabhupada a powder massage (AK17) for half an hour. Srila Prabhupada then called for
Sacidananda to discuss doctors. Srila Prabhupada thought of a Vrindaban
doctor He knew, who practiced allopathic medicine with his son in Loi
Bazaar, Vrindaban. Tamal records that Srila Prabhupada decided to call for
them, but then postponed it until tomorrow as it was inauspiciously a
Thursday afternoon. (TkgD.217-9) AUTHOR'S
COMMENT The
following conversation took place at 3:10 pm, supposedly October 8, but it
appears to be most probably on the 6th instead. Conversations Book 35,
pages 121-124 seems to belong right after page 105, and pg 125 should come
after pg 138, due to chronological error. This can be quite clearly
ascertained from studying the texts carefully, noting sequence of events
and speakers and the content of the conversations. The great significance
is that it demonstrates that tapes were not always recorded from start to
finish with consecutive sections after each "break." Somehow sections were
recorded on one tape, the next on another, and then back to the first,
etc. The tape recordings are "time-line jumbled." END COMMENT Srila
Prabhupada said, "Why not consult with father and
son?", referring to the Vrindaban allopathic doctors He had thought of
yesterday. Sacidananda noted they had a Raman Medical Store in Loi Bazaar.
Then: Tamal: He's a doctor, famous doctor. Cures
people. Sacidananda: He has
medical store. Tamal
(reconsiders): I don't advise it, Srila Prabhupada. I
don't think it's a good idea to do. Because I don't see why we don't
consult all 20,000 doctors. I mean, why is he… Sacidananda just happened
to be… He goes to the shop and he sees the man's shop. Why not wait for
Dr. Ghosh or call Dr. Ghosh here? I mean, what I'm trying to say is that
if I go to Mathura, I'll also pass many medical shops, so I could consult
any one of those men, probably, just as well. Sacidananda: That's a
fact. Tamal: That's a fact,
huh. Srila Prabhupada: They have got good
practice. Tamal: Because Vrindaban is small, so
everyone has to go to whoever is the doctor here. They are kaviraja or
allopathic? Sacidananda: He also using both, kaviraja
also. Tamal: He's both. He says can do either one
with him. You can take allopathic or kaviraja. He gives both. Whatever the
patient likes. Right?… Allopathic. I think we're letting ourselves in for
trouble when we call these doctors… My personal opinion is that when you
call these doctors, you're simply…, we are simply letting ourselves in for
more trouble, because they're not going to study the case very carefully.
They're just going to start prescribing. Your case is so delicate that the
slightest wrong diagnosis and medicine creates
havoc. Srila Prabhupada: No, they have good
practice. Tamal: But the same thing, as they were
recommended, similarly, this kaviraja in Bombay was recommended. We can
call him, but… Srila Prabhupada: Consult him. Tamal: I've lost hope with these doctors,
Srila Prabhupada. I'll consult if you insist, but I… I mean… I've lost
hope. Srila Prabhupada: And they also know me very
well. Tamal: So you want me to bring them
here? Srila Prabhupada: No, he'll (Sacidananda)
bring. Tamal: He can bring them here, and then they
can examine you. Srila Prabhupada: Yes. Tamal: All right. Sometimes you were doing
business with them? Srila Prabhupada: No, no. As Vrindaban inhabitant. This
father came to speak here last year. Tamal: Oh. Should I send another telegram for
Bhakticharu? I think it might be helpful.
(Con:35.106-113)
There is no record of the father and son allopathic doctors ever
coming to see Srila Prabhupada, as apparently Tamal had discouraged that
idea sufficiently to abandon it.
Srila Prabhupada asked Tamal if he had written to Dr. Ghosh
requesting him to come, and Tamal confirmed that he had. Tamal quotes
Srila Prabhupada as saying, "These doctors will come and give
something to try and save. I don't want to be saved. Dr Ghosh may come for
the clinic he wants to develop, but not for treatment." Tamal writes, "I asked whether the two doctors from
Vrindaban should come. Prabhupada answered, 'No. Better to take your
advice for kirtan… Better you don't pray to Krishna to save me. Let me die
now.' Prabhupada lay there
for some time; then sitting up, he suddenly said, "Anything to ask before
I depart?" Srila
Prabhupada only drank once all day. (TkgD.217-219) Srila
Prabhupada also discussed the expense of the new gates on the road, lately
renamed Bhaktivedanta Marg, and took some mint tea with honey. Srila
Prabhupada was still able to sit up regularly, but soon would lie back
down to rest (AK5). Late that night,
Kirtanananda arrived, and Srila Prabhupada spoke with him briefly about
Prabhupada's Palace and New Vrindaban. Srila Prabhupada said, "Hm. Let us see which palace I am
going." Then Srila Prabhupada took rest.
(Con:35.106-113) Satsvarupa
noted: "The doctor says he has no
particular disease now. He is exhausted. His internal organs aren't
working. The body is coming to an end. When Srila Prabhupada awoke at 4:45
AM, Abhiram moved Him onto His side, and Satsvarupa scratched His back (AK8) for half an hour.
Brahmananda said the kaviraja said Srila Prabhupada's life is finished. He
is so weak He cannot even make His signature (A19). He can't turn in bed."
(ISK 70.318-9) AUTHOR'S
COMMENT In the
morning of the 8 th, as we shall see, Bhakticharu was sent to consult with
Narayan Maharaj. However, in contradiction, the Conversations Books shows
the above discussion about the two allopathic Vrindaban doctors occurring
at 3:10 PM on the 8 th, ending with information that Bhakticharu had not
yet arrived and needed to be telegrammed again. Thus we believe this
discussion took place on the 6 th, as TKG's Diary confirms. This
means that the sections of tape recordings, between two "breaks" or one
on-off cycle, are not in chronological order ! Several tapes may have been
in use at the same time, being removed and re-inserted into the tape
recorder out of order, resulting in a "jumbled time-line." Also several
tapes may have been labeled October 8, but be out of order (i.e., 2, 3, 1
or 1, 3, 2) Other
possibilities to explain this time-line mix-up are that Side A could have
been re-recorded after Side B, thinking that Side B was Side A, or that
Side B was simply labeled afterwards as Side A. At any rate, by examining
the events, the times mentioned in the recordings, and the persons
involved, we can see quite clearly that the chronological order of the
tape recordings in the Conversations Books are very mixed up, not only in
this instance, but in others as well. This probably is at least partly due
to sloppy labeling and recording practices. Consulting Ranjit Prabhu,
senior editor at the Bhaktivedanta Archives, it was learned that he also
is aware of repeated "time-line jumblings" in the Conversations Books,
having been involved in preparing the transcriptions years ago before the
books went to press. For example, the tape marked as February 18 is
actually March 18, as on the tape a news article dated March 18 is being
read to Srila Prabhupada. Thus we have instances where the tape's date is
wrong by 2 days or 30 days. One
significance of this discovery will become more obvious when examining the
location of the poison whispers. "Poisoning for a long time… you're
taking it now," may not actually take place on November 11, but on
the 13 th, indicating a possible final poisoning. Admittedly, this is
conjecture, but definitely very possible. END
COMMENT OCTOBER
7:
While
Tamal was absent, apparently very early in the morning, Kuladri,
Kirtanananda Swami's right hand man from New Vrindaban, came in and
delivered gifts and a check. "…dakshina, eight thousand dollars…
With the new system of initiation that you've initiated, he asked them to
write you a check for $111 for each devotee he's initiating for you."
A silver thread crocheted bead bag, precious jewelry, onyx boxes, a
new set of silk clothes, and a star sapphire ring were presented to Srila
Prabhupada as gifts. Srila Prabhupada, putting on the ring, said, "So, why don't you find out some
bride?" and the devotees laughed. It was decided to return most of the
gifts to the Deities of New Vrindaban, and the money for developing New
Vrindaban. Srila Prabhupada tasted some ice cream Kuladri had brought and
expressed concern for the safekeeping of the valuable gifts. A little
later, Tamal asked Srila Prabhupada, "…so how will you live, Srila
Prabhupada? If you stop drinking everything, how will you get any
strength? You're tired of trying anymore?"
(Con:35.113-119)
Srila Prabhupada called for Kirtanananda and explained, "I have accepted your gifts, and now
you can utilize for developing.(New Vrindaban)" Srila Prabhupada was
shown photographs of His New Vrindaban palace, and admired the artistic
workmanship, offering to provide money for New Vrindaban, which
Kirtanananda gratefully declined. Srila Prabhupada said, "You are fulfilling my dream, New
Vrindaban…He is the first student… When I was in the storefront, he was
bringing carpet, bench, some gong, some lamp. In this way… service
attitude. Jaya. Live long, serve long."
(Con:35.113-119) AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: The
Conversations Books show the course of events as described above, however,
Tamal describes, to the contrary, that Kirtanananda himself presented the
gifts. We would be very interested to look at Tamal's actual diary to see
what sort of entries he made and how he made this error. END
COMMENT Srila
Prabhupada had mucus (A3) and was restless (A4), His transcendental
words were "sometimes difficult to
understand (A2)." A bronze
bust of His Divine Grace was brought for inspection, and Srila Prabhupada
appreciated it very much, although He had great difficulty in seeing it
due to His weakened vision (A9). (Abhiram)
Taking
Complan in the morning, Srila Prabhupada declined to drink again all day
even though there was no coughing. Srila Prabhupada said, "Survive?" and laughed. Tamal
responded, "Yes. We're not ready to
let you go yet." Hari Sauri changed Srila Prabhupada's mattress with a
special one sent from America which was supposed to be better for bed
sores. (TkgD. 219-221) Just
before morning parikrama, Bhaktiprema Swami visited. He had been away for
some time, but now had shaved up and returned to ISKCON. Srila Prabhupada
rubbed his head while sitting in His wheelchair, crying a little, and
said, "By Krishna's grace you have come.
Good for us, good for you."
Srila Prabhupada rode in His palanquin around the temple, took
darshan of the Deities, and then sat under the courtyard's tamal tree
during kirtan. Tamal says, "He seemed very weak (AK5) and his eyes had a tendency
to roll up (A19). Gaining
control of his body, he moved his head very slightly to the rhythm of the
kirtan." Circling the
temple again, Srila Prabhupada went back to His quarters for another
powder massage for the swelling (AK17). (Con:35.113-119, TkgD.
219-221)
Asked about medicine by Tamal, Srila Prabhupada said, "I am taking Yogendra rasa, which is
the strongest Ayurvedic medicine. I want strength for hearing the prayers.
Otherwise, if my senses become weak…?" Tamal said, "We want you to live," to which the response was,
"I have no objection." Later,
Tamal reports, Srila Prabhupada said it "was too difficult to make the effort
any longer." (TkgD. 219-221)
Srila Prabhupada spoke so weakly and hoarsely (A2) that Brahmananda Swami
had to bring his ear almost to Srila Prabhupada's mouth to hear.
(Sat:6.393) OCTOBER
8:
Srila
Prabhupada awoke after passing the previous night "fairly well," but by early
morning, it required the taking away of the special American mattress
before Srila Prabhupada could become comfortable. At night either Abhiram
or Kuladri attended to Srila Prabhupada, and in the day, either Hari
Sauri, Tamal or Upendra were present. Other devotees would also always be
there for having kirtan. (TkgD.221-23) Tamal
wanted to read the astrological report that Hari Sauri had gotten from
Delhi to Srila Prabhupada because he thought the analysis and predictions
to be accurate and that Srila Prabhupada would want to know the negative
indications. It was done devotionally and at no charge by Gopesh Kumar
Ojah, whose son Asutosh Oja had done a reading earlier in the summer. The
entire period up until April, 1978, was very negative, due to Saturn's
effect, especially October 8, 11, 24, 25, November 20 to 22 and December 3
and 4. The chanting of Shiva mantras was inappropriately advised, but Srila Prabhupada
said, "Chant Hare Krishna. It is
finished." (Con) Tamal
quotes Srila Prabhupada as saying, "We have the maha-mantra."
(TkgD.221-23) Tamal
reports that Srila Prabhupada now looked very "serene," and in an apparent
resolve to prepare for departure, is eating and drinking little to
nothing. On October 7 and 8, only one glass of liquid per day were taken
plus some drops of caranamrita every few hours. Today Srila Prabhupada sat
up only twice, briefly (AK18), and in the afternoon
took His second dose of 100cc of grape juice that day.
(TkgD.221-23) Late in
the morning, Hansadutta consulted with Srila Prabhupada about how to
develop preaching in Sri Lankha, and was told to do as Kirtanananda had
done in New Vrindaban. Srila Prabhupada began coughing (A3), and temporarily forgot
Tamal's name (A12) when He wanted his
assistance. (Con) Tamal
claims that then Srila Prabhupada called for Brahmananda and encouraged
him to preach enthusiastically in Africa. Srila Prabhupada requested that
especially two songs would be chanted in His room: Brahma Samhita and the
maha-mantra. He asked not to be taken to the hospital, saying He came back
from London to avoid hospitalization. Upendra dropped the small Sony tape
recorder on Srila Prabhupada's shoulder (TkgD.221-23), who said, "Be very careful." Srila Prabhupada asked again which
were the critical days by astrological calculation, and Tamal offered, "I think this program of kirtan and
just taking very little drink whenever you are thirsty, this is the right
program, because I am seeing how peacefully you are resting, more than in
many days. And now you should not struggle so hard. If Krishna wishes,
then He will do." (Con) Tamal
wrote, "Prabhupada rested
throughout the day, completely peaceful and quiet (AK18), hearing the kirtan. Guru
Kripa Maharaj chanted for three hours in the afternoon. Now, there was no
difficulty and no struggle for bodily existence."
(TkgD.221-23) Bhakticharu
Swami, back in Vrindaban and on Srila Prabhupada's request, in the morning
went to Narayana Maharaj for getting details on the burial ceremony of
Vaishnava acharyas. At 6:30 PM (TkgD.221-23) in the evening, Srila
Prabhupada asked that Narayana Maharaj be picked up by car and brought to
Him tomorrow. Bhagwat arrived and spoke with Srila Prabhupada briefly.
Srila Prabhupada's hearing was failing (A14), as He usually could not
recognize or hear devotees in His room. Bhakticharu telegrammed for
Jayapataka, Bhavananda and Satadhanya Maharajs to come from Mayapur at
once. (Con) Narayana
Maharaj was brought tonight instead, with some of Srila Prabhupada's
godbrothers, and the discussions centered on making funeral arrangements
and preparations for Srila Prabhupada's departure. On Srila Prabhupada's
request, Narayana Maharaj pledged to give all advice and assistance
necessary, and upon feeling Srila Prabhupada's pulse, which he said was
all right, he took his leave. (Con) In his
diary, Tamal apparently translates some Bengali portions and also
re-phrases the English portions of the conversation that evening between
Srila Prabhupada, Narayan Maharaj and Tamal. Srila Prabhupada asked about
using the salt in the burial and instructed that flowers from the funeral
ceremonies be taken to Mayapur for a "puspa-samadhi," or memorial
shrine containing sacred flowers. (TkgD.221-23) "Prabhupada looked at us all and
lifted his hand, palm open, and said
"Don't fight amongst yourselves." (Con) Satsvarupa
Maharaj supplements this account, saying that Srila Prabhupada appeared
resigned to His imminent departure, and advised consultations with Narayan
Maharaj about arrangements and ceremonies for departed Vaishnavas. Srila
Prabhupada chose the site for His samadhi, the place for entombment of His
physical body. Srila Prabhupada asked pardon from some visiting
godbrothers for any offenses He might have made in the course of
preaching. (Satsv) Jayatirtha
arrived at 11:30 PM with Harikesh, Hridayananda Swami and Balavanta.
Bhagwat spoke more about preaching in Orissa and building construction in
Bhubaneshwar with Srila Prabhupada at 2 AM.
(TkgD.221) AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: Tamal
notes Narayan Maharaj's visit before Jayatirtha's arrival, whereas the
Conversations Books have that order reversed. Also, Tamal records that
right after discussing Sri Lankha with Hansadutta, telling him to develop
it like New Vrindaban, that Srila Prabhupada called Brahmananda from the
back of the room and told him to develop Africa and try to bring back
Pusta Krishna. However, in the Conversations, these two events are
separated by 12 pages and a dozen "breaks," even though the two incidents
appear that they should go together. Thus again we can conclude that the
Conversations Books are "time-line jumbled," due to sloppy recording and
labeling procedures. END
COMMENT It is
noted that Srila Prabhupada's room "was very dark except for a nightlight
behind the head of Srila Prabhupada's bed (A1)." Srila Prabhupada had not eaten or
drunk anything for days (AK1) and the devotees were
becoming full of anxiety and agitation, feeling that Srila Prabhupada was
resigned to departing this world soon. Srila Prabhupada even refused to
drink anything. (Sat:6.390-401) Abhiram
Prabhu noticed that bags of salt had been stocked behind the temple and
realized they were meant for an imminent use when Srila Prabhupada's body
would be placed in His samadhi. (Abhiram) Satsvarupa
wrote: "Some say there are still
questions we haven't asked about who will initiate in the future, but
actually, he has said it. Politics lurking among the devotees for sure…
the patience of vultures. Waiting in the wings for the aftermath."
(ISK70.323-4) (Con:35.
119-120, 129-138, 125) OCTOBER
9: Srila
Prabhupada slept long last night (A10) and His pulse was weak
in the morning. Srila Prabhupada's care involved doing almost everything
for Him as He lay in His bed. Srila Prabhupada was bathed as much as
possible while lying down, then sat up against some pillows to finish
bathing. Srila Prabhupada suddenly said, "Yasomatinandana…" and Guru Kripa
immediately began to chant that transcendental song. As Srila Prabhupada
hardly had the strength (AK5) to sit up, there was no
possibility of going for Deity darshans or temple parikrama. He declined
to drink anything more after just taking a few spoonfuls of caranamrita,
and, as was done regularly, He had His back scratched (AK8) for up to 15 minutes or
longer. He also complained of cough (A3) in the chest.
(TkgD)
Satsvarupa noted that Srila Prabhupada's eyesight had deteriorated
so much that He could only see a few feet in distance (A9) and would not be able to
recognize the devotees sitting in the room except by their voice. "His arms and legs are very thin. He
lies back and his voice is small (A2), but his face can still be
expressive. Only very minor movements by Srila Prabhupada. He mostly
seemed peaceful." Laborers were tearing down an old brick building in
the front of the temple, preparing a samadhi site. "I saw Srila Prabhupada being bathed
with a sponge. His body is like the picture of Rantideva- ribs sticking
out, hip bones, no extra skin anywhere. To move any limb at all requires a
servant's assistance (AK11,
A20). The question is how can he gain weight (AK1)."
(ISK70.324-7)
Srila Prabhupada: Let me drink hari nama amiya vilasa…
and charanamrita, (?) - diet. Diet and medicine. Let me depend on
these. Srila
Prabhupada asked about the guesthouse and prasadam arrangements, being
pleased with the report. (Con) AUTHOR'S
COMMENT:
At this
point we find that Tamal's diary quotes a particular conversation, 27
lines long, which follows the corresponding one in the Conversations Book,
but includes wording and sentences that were not spoken in the tape
recording. In this instance and innumerable others, compared to the tape
recordings, it appears as though Tamal took the wording from the tape
recordings and then changed it a little to make it look different. Any
ninth grade English teacher can recognize unoriginal work. Sorry, but
that's what it looks like. If we had the original diary, we would know.
But, will Tamal let us see it? END
COMMENT When
Srila Prabhupada spat out some heavy mucus (A3), Hari Sauri observed that
this was just as "the doctor said
would happen. Without strength the body cells weaken; the blood turns to
mucus and the body clogs up
(A3)." Srila
Prabhupada expressed concern about developing mucus (A3) if He drank more liquids,
and frowned on both the Complan and Shaklee protein drink.
(TkgD.) At 11:15
AM, Srila Prabhupada awoke from a nap and asked Tamal about the meeting he
and others were having. Tamal explained they were discussing how to set up
the Gita Nagari farm as an ideal community based on Srila Prabhupada's
teachings. Srila Prabhupada said, "So go on… Let us make some community…
Do it nicely." (Con) About
12:30 PM, devotees failed to persuade Srila Prabhupada to drink anything.
Upendra thought that Srila Prabhupada would become dehydrated. Srila
Prabhupada complained of mucus (A3), and said, "I feel no inconvenience. I am afraid
of cough (A3)." When Abhiram asked if He would
take water, Srila Prabhupada replied, "You discuss amongst yourselves and
decide what you want me to do." Abhiram asked, "About recovery?" and Srila Prabhupada
replied, "I don't want." (TkgD) At 1:25
PM Srila Prabhupada called for Tamal. (TkgD) Srila Prabhupada, speaking
very weakly and with great difficulty (A2), said: "If I want to survive, of course, I'll
have to take something. It is not possible to survive without taking any
food. But my survival means so many, one after another, as you say… It
requires… Therefore I have decided to die peacefully in…(Vrindaban)"
(Con) His voiced had trailed off, and everyone sat stunned for several
minutes. (TkgD) Tamal reassured Srila Prabhupada that He had provided for
everyone, including His ex-family. (Con) Srila Prabhupada heard a devotee
sniffling, and asked, "Why do you
want me to survive." (TkgD) Tamal answered, "They want you to survive." Srila Prabhupada replied, "If I want to die, this is the way of
peaceful death." Tamal: "Yes." Srila Prabhupada: "Go on chanting." Kirtan resumed
again. (Con) Then
Tamal chronicles further discussions not found in the tape recordings: "I told Prabhupada that everything was
in the hands of Krishna. Prabhupada then opened his
eyes. Prabhupada: Krishna
wants me (to do) as I like. The choice is mine. Krishna has given me full
freedom. Brahmananda: It
doesn't matter whether you live or die, you will always be with Krishna;
and we will be with you because we will follow your
instructions. Prabhupada: Whether
I live or die, I will always be Krishna's servant. If Brahmananda has
assured me that this movement will go on, then better let me die
peacefully.
(TkgD)
Some GBC and sannyasis met in the next room to discuss the
situation and the meaning of Srila Prabhupada's words, "The choice is mine." Kirtanananda
encouraged his godbrothers to go back to Srila Prabhupada and to ask that
He stay, noting that recovery would be no problem for a great yogi such as
Srila Prabhupada. At 3:30 PM, all crowded around the bed and Kirtanananda
broke down sobbing, head on the side of the bed.(TkgD)
Srila
Prabhupada said, "Who? " and someone answered, "Kirtanananda." "So what you want?
Eh?" Finally, crying but
gaining his composure a little, Kirtanananda pleaded emotionally, "If Krishna gives you the choice,
don't go. We need you." Srila Prabhupada: That is your trouble now,
distress. Tamal: Yes,
Prabhupada. Brahmananda: We have all met together, Srila
Prabhupada. We want you to remain and lead this movement and finish the
Srimad Bhagwatam. Srila
Prabhupada considered and uttered several "Hmmm" sounds, then yawning, very
casually said, "All right."
(Con) "It was the most completely casual
decision on life or death ever made. At that moment, we understood
Prabhupada's supremely independent position. He could stay or go as he
chose." (TkgD) Srila Prabhupada: So give me something to
drink. Kirtanananda: All glories to Srila
Prabhupada! Srila Prabhupada: That is real affection.
(Con) Srila
Prabhupada sat up to drink a full glass of grape juice. Later that day
Srila Prabhupada took vegetable broth, speaking stronger and longer. The
dreary mood changed to one of hope and optimism, as the news spread that
Srila Prabhupada decided to stay. (Sat:6.405-7) Tamal
characterizes the occasion with, "The entire atmosphere completely
changed… Instead of withdrawing his energy as he has done steadily for the
last few days, he came to life again." (TkgD.) Abhiram also noted that on October
9, after taking no liquids for days due to fear of cough, Srila Prabhupada
began eating again and decided to stay longer. Shaklee protein and
vitamins as well as Complan and barley water became part of Srila
Prabhupada's diet. (Abhiram) As Tamal
and Giriraj had power of attorney from Srila Prabhupada, there was much
discussion in these final months about transfer of funds and dealings with
various banks. Some accounts were also being arranged to provide stipends
to Srila Prabhupada's ex-family members. (TkgD) Srila
Prabhupada ate some fresh strawberries and received reports from Tejiyas
about Hyderabad and Rameshwar about preaching in the royal palace to the
Shah's family. Later Srila Prabhupada asked, "Why not scratch hard?" Tamal: "Why not scratch with nail?" Srila
Prabhupada, "Whole area… Anyone can
scratch very hard (AK8)?"
Kirtanananda: "I'm afraid you won't have any back
left." Jayatirtha reported
on book distribution in England and there was enthusiastic talk of
worldwide preaching activities. When Brahmananda spoke that Srila
Prabhupada and His teachings were greater than Christ, and that, "So if you remain here more, more
years, then certainly this Krishna consciousness movement will spread all
over the entire world." Srila Prabhupada: "I am willing." Brahmananda: "Actually we can make this whole
world Krishna conscious."
Srila Prabhupada confirmed: "Yes. It is not difficult." (Con) Thus,
late in the day, Srila Prabhupada retired and slept well that night.
(TkgD) (TkgD.234-246;
Con:35.125-128, 139-151) OCTOBER
10:
Srila
Prabhupada spoke with Tamal and Bhavananda at 7 AM (TKG says PM, but this
appears to be an error). Bhavananda gave news from Mayapur, including how
the court case was reversing in their favor regarding the Muhammedan
attack. Tamal: Your pulse is strong and
nice. Srila Prabhupada: What is the attitude of our
godbrothers? Bhavananda: Favorable and
helpful. Bhavananda
said it was time to send out the Hare Krishna Boat along the Ganges again,
and that there were 160 devotees in Mayapur, 86 of them Gurukula boys.
Subhaga and Bhakticharu also gave preaching reports. Asked if He would
like something to drink, Srila Prabhupada said, "I have no thirst (AK20)."(Con)
Srila Prabhupada said, "So,
for myself, I may live or not live. It doesn't matter." Tamal
responded with a protest that Srila Prabhupada had already agreed to live,
and that He had so much to do to strengthen the movement and ensure its
success for 10,000 years. As was Tamal's standard style, he was always the
most vocal of Srila Prabhupada's servants, regularly praising Srila
Prabhupada, repeating what he thought to be the appropriate mood of the
time. Tamal: "Everything is still
incomplete, what to speak of the fact that we are all very much neophyte
still. We need you more than anything else. This movement has to last
10,000 years. We're not ready yet. We're still very much conditioned
and contaminated… Due to your being in this condition, I am not seeing
very… I've not been very alert to looking at those things because I was
worried about you." And
then, shortly afterwards, "Actually, Srila Prabhupada, the
motive behind which we do everything is to please you. You must be present
to accept whatever service… We are not very good servants, but whatever
little we do, we do for you. Without you being present, we would lose our
very reason for working hard and serving." (Con)
Later, Srila Prabhupada asks if it was cloudy outside, but Tamal
pointed out that even though the weather was clear with the sun shining,
the room was very dark due to the windows being covered by curtains to
accommodate Srila Prabhupada's sensitive eyes (A1). Tamal and Upendra discussed with
Srila Prabhupada what He should eat without causing a cough or mucus (A3). (Con) Srila Prabhupada took some Complan
and barley water, but then coughed for quite awhile as the drink at once
turned to mucus (A3). (TKG)
A Hindi
woman named Shaktimata came from Vancouver and offered to make non-mucus
forming drinks and liquid foods for Srila Prabhupada, Who, after speaking
with her, said, "Give her to
prepare. I cannot take thick. Only thin…" A little later, Tamal said
to Srila Prabhupada, "I have no
idea. I want you to know that I don't know. I don't know what to say
medically what to do." (Con) Talking
was very tiring, and Srila Prabhupada complained of weakness (AK5). After a sponge bath,
Dr. Kapoor arrived and asked if a doctor named Hakeemji had come. Told no,
he said, "You should call some good
doctor from Agra, from Mathura. Dr. Vyas of Mathura is good… Isn't there
any doctor amongst the disciples of Prabhupada who can stay here for some
time?" Then: Giriraj: Well, there are doctors, but actually
it's very difficult to find a doctor that the treatment is effective. So
it's very difficult. Dr. Kapoor: But there should be some qualified
doctor who stays here permanently for the purpose of checking him out from
time to time, because you are all laymen. If there is any complication,
you don't understand it. So if there doctor by his side always… In the
present condition of Prabhupada it is necessary that you always have some
good medical advice available here. So if you had one of the disciples of
Prabhupada… There was one Dr. Batnagar, I think, who retired as civil
surgeon of Mathura… Srila Prabhupada: Sometimes they recommend
hospitalization, and I don't like that. Dr. Kapoor: No, that wouldn't be good for you… If
you want a vaidya, an old vaidya, experienced one, I can bring Raj Vaidya
Pandit Lakshmi Narayan. Srila Prabhupada: Where is he? Dr. Kapoor: He's here in Vrindaban. He was principal of Ayurvedic College
in Jaipur… He's a good friend of mine. I think he would
come. Srila
Prabhupada said that His old Allahabad friend, Dr. G. Ghosh, had been
summoned to Vrindaban. Srila Prabhupada recounted how the politician J.P.
Narayan was admitted to a Bombay hospital and, "Again he was sent to foreign country.
This is the difficulty. They want up-to-date scientific treatment, which
means taking blood, injection, operation, like
that." Dr. Kapoor: Yes, yes. No, you can't stand all that…
I think Raj Vaidya Pandit Lakshmi Narayan. Let him examine… he can feel
the pulse and say exactly what is wrong. Srila Prabhupada: He can be brought
now? Dr. Kapoor: I can try. Srila Prabhupada: So give him… Giriraj: I'll arrange a car.
(Con) Tamal
describes that when Dr. Kapoor went outside and was waiting to go by car
with Sridhara Swami to try to fetch the Lakshmi Narayan vaidya, another old Ayurvedic
doctor was called in. He had taken a vow of silence, and wrote medicinal
prescriptions on a slate. "As Dr. Kapoor was leaving, the Agra
doctor (Lakshmi Narayan) happened to be passing by in a car. Prabhupada
said it was Krishna's arrangement." (TKG) There
was a lengthy session and discussion while the vaidya Lakshmi Narayan examined
Srila Prabhupada and made recommendations. The vaidya agreed injections would be
cruel, and recommended checking the blood pressure and sending a urine
sample for examination at a laboratory. He suggested breathing exercises
would help to reduce the cough (A3). He suggested changing
posture every two hours and regular massage. He thought that there was a
Vitamin B complex deficiency and urged Abhiram to start giving the vitamin
supplements on hand already. "But
it will only be effective if given."
(Con) Upendra
referred to the medical journal and saw that about 275 cc of liquid were
being taken and passed over the last four days. The doctor did not want
anything done for the "edema," saying the swelling (AK17) would naturally reduce
when Srila Prabhupada regained some strength. Upendra: "Same thing the doctor in London
said." The vaidya said, "It is mainly a question of improving
the appetite (AK1)," and
suggested some salt would help. Upendra told the vaidya, "But Prabhupada hasn't got any taste
(AK20)." Srila Prabhupada admitted
He liked lemons, so the vaidya
said lemons would help in restoring appetite (AK1).
(Con) The vaidya said Srila Prabhupada
should drink as much fluid as possible, and that treatment for the edema,
or swelling, could be ascertained after obtaining a urine test report. The
vaidya prescribed three syrups,
Neurovian, Santivini, and Digiplex, one tablespoon of each thrice daily
with whatever juices being taken. The vaidya suggested 100 to 150 grams
of glucose daily and avoiding water since it had no nutrition. Upendra
said, "But Prabhupada doesn't feel
thirsty either (AK20)."
The vaidya said, "That is due to deficiency of the…,
and ulcers of the mouth. (AK9) They are there. They are in
intestines…(AK4)" Srila Prabhupada said, "I have no desire for water." Finally, the vaidya encouraged some protein
intake, at least some whey perhaps, if Srila Prabhupada did not like
anything else. (Con) Satadhanya
came to speak with Srila Prabhupada, begging Him to stay with the devotees
for some time longer, "because we
are very weak and are still attached to material sense gratification."
Due to "strain" in His left leg
(A20), Srila Prabhupada had
some Vicks salve applied and rested His bent leg on a pillow for
support.(TkgD) Upendra asked if there was some pain. Srila Prabhupada
answered, "Not pain, but veins
straining.(A20)" (Con) The GBC
met, deciding they all would stay at least another week and chant for
Srila Prabhupada. Harikesh showed Srila Prabhupada seven new books he had
just published, including a Yugoslavian Sri Isopanishad. Jayatirtha,
Rameshwar and Harikesh gave competing reports of book printing and
distribution in their different zones. Then both Srila Prabhupada and
Harikesh began to cry (A11) as Srila Prabhupada
spoke, "He was rotting here, typewriting. I
said, "You go." I had ten servants... He thought that I am degrading him.
No. Now you understand?" Harikesh replied, "Yes, I understand, Prabhupada."
Harikesh Swami thanked Srila Prabhupada, and said, "Now you just have to become better,
more healthy." To this,
Srila Prabhupada replied, "Healthy?
I have nothing to do with this body. Have to do with your work."
(Con) In this
way Srila Prabhupada showed His complete dependence on Krishna and how He
wanted to save His time and energy for preaching. (Satsv) Next, Bhagavan arrived and
described the book distribution marathon in progress in his zone which was
meant to encourage Srila Prabhupada to stay with the devotees longer, to
which Srila Prabhupada said, "Bhaktisiddhanta Saraswati will give
them blessing." Asking again which days were astrologically critical,
Srila Prabhupada quipped, "I think
every day is crisis (laughs). Things becoming bad… Things becoming bad to
worse." There was
discussion about the upcoming scientific conference being held at the
Vrindaban temple in a few days, and Brahmananda showed some books printed
in Africa. (Con) It was
noted that Srila Prabhupada increased consumption of liquids (some
glucose), totaling 450 cc for the day. That night was restful.
(TkgD) (TkgD.246-251;
Con:35.152-181; Sat:6.393) OCTOBER
11:
Dr. Kapoor came in the morning with
the vaidya Lakshmi Narayan, and
Srila Prabhupada began taking some of the prescribed medicinal syrups.
Srila Prabhupada felt intoxicated (Con), and this was analyzed as due to
taking glucose and protein after several days of fasting, (TkgD) although
Brahmananda at first thought there was codeine or alcohol in some of the
medicines. (Con)
Dr. Kapoor questioned Rupanuga about his over-sized, six foot long
set of japa beads, asking why they were not Tulasi wood as required by
tradition. Rupanuga and Brahmananda said that since Srila Prabhupada had
chanted on them, now the beads were Tulasi. Dr. Kapoor then observed, "Prabhupada seems to be slightly
better today. He takes interest in other things and wants to
speak." They then
discussed the upcoming scientific conference, and Srila Prabhupada noted
that matter, when mixed, produces some reaction, just like acid and soda
make effervescence, and then said, "It is nonsense that matter gives
life. That we want to prove… Life is superior energy. Apareyam. Matter is
useless. The scientists are speculators, most of them…" About 150 guests were expected.
Dr. Kapoor felt Srila Prabhupada was being strained by the discussion, so
he decided to leave. (Con) Srila Prabhupada had been speaking only with
great effort. (TkgD) At noon,
Atreya Rsi and Parivrajakacharya Swami arrived with a large plate of fresh
fruits and juices from Tehran, and Srila Prabhupada took some sweet lemon
juice. The first Parsi language magazine, called Bhakti, was shown to
Srila Prabhupada, Who then asked,
"I understand that you go to the royal family and talk with them for
hours. So it is very good sign." Srila Prabhupada preached
encouragingly to them, and asked about the Tehran restaurant program.
Atreya Rsi: You should come and visit us, Srila
Prabhupada. Srila Prabhupada: I am ready to go
immediately. Atreya Rsi: Jaya. You will come, Srila Prabhupada.
There are millions of people waiting for you. Srila Prabhupada: And now you have to take a bundle of
bones. That is the difficulty… Persians, they are Aryans. When they were
attacked by the Muhammedans they fled from Persia to India.
(Con)
Tamal relates that Srila Prabhupada called for Parivrajakacharya to
come forward to the bed, and then stroked his head, saying, "Thank you very much. You are a great
rajarshi. Do it very nicely. Don't commit mistake. Present the philosophy.
Make them rajarshis." (TkgD) Parivrajakacharya: These people, they are the door to
people all over the world who are rulers, because they are the closest
friends of King Khalid of Saudi Arabia, King Hussein of Jordan, King
Constantine and Queen Tina of Greece. They… have great opulence and great
intelligence and who simply lack spiritual
knowledge. Srila Prabhupada: Raja. And if we turn them rishi, then
our mission is fulfilled. (Con:35.183-199)
Around 6 PM, Srila Prabhupada called for Tamal, who explained that
he was just attending a big meeting for planning how to nicely develop the
Gita Nagari farm. Dristadyumna Swami's brother, a prominent architect, had
come to Vrindaban also. But Srila Prabhupada responded with how He had
been impressed that high class customers at the Tehran restaurant were
volunteering to wash dishes and serve the tables, saying, "They are so gentle." Next Giriraj reported some banking
business he had done today. (Con) Total
liquids for the 11th was noted to be 620 cc, more than in two weeks.
Kirtanananda Swami convinced Srila Prabhupada to sit up and breathe
deeply. (TkgD.251-256) OCTOBER
12: Early,
Srila Prabhupada took more Persian sweet lemon juice, but was coughing (A3) more again and had
trouble sitting up due to a sore on His seat. Lokanath arrived and gave a
report from Bengal. (TkgD, Conv) Unexpectedly,
Dr. Ghosh from Kodaikanal came at mid-day, and appeared shocked at Srila
Prabhupada's condition, but Srila Prabhupada was not interested in his
treatments and said nothing. Hari Sauri and Upendra filled Dr. Ghosh in
with a brief health history of the last several months. When Dr. Ghosh
went out, Srila Prabhupada called for Tamal and asked, "Did you send telegram to this
doctor?" But Tamal did not know who called for this Kodaikanal Dr.
Ghosh, but he suspected someone in particular. Srila Prabhupada: I said you don't ask him about
anything. Tamal: …I would never communicate (with him).
We already had our business with him four or five months ago. We already
rejected him. Kirtanananda: It seems that someone has to be in
charge of your care. One day it's this allopath, one day this quack, that
quack. That's not good. I'd like to see you ask one of us… I'll be glad to
do it. Anyone… Take charge of your care, and we can do the best we
can… Srila Prabhupada: But we have already asked Dr. Ghosh of
Allahabad, but he has not yet come. Tamal: No, he hasn't. We received a letter
from him. I think he may have missed our letter, but he said that any
correspondence should be sent to Allahabad and would be forwarded to him.
But he hasn't come yet. Srila Prabhupada: You can see that letter. He is
qualified man. Tamal: Dr. Ghosh's letter, you remember, he
suggests that we immediately take you to that Bombay
hospital. Hari Sauri: He wanted to do that last March when
he saw you there at Mayapur. (Con)
The above section concerning the two different Dr. Ghosh's is at
the end of the October 10 tape (as marked), yet Tamal shows it taking
place around noon on the 12 th. Perhaps the space at the end of the
October 10th tape was used up after the October 11th tape, which itself
ends with the beginning of October 12. Thus, the Conversations Book has
the parts of October 12 conversations out of chronological order. The
order is pages 199-200, then 181-182, then 201-212. Again, time-line
jumbling with the tapes. Soon
thereafter, Kirtanananda Swami, who has assumed the role of chief health
caretaker, and Tamal spoke with Srila Prabhupada further on the question
of whether to pursue bringing the Allahabad Dr. G. Ghosh to Vrindaban for
medical evaluation and possible treatment. Srila Prabhupada: He is qualified
man. Kirtanananda: He's qualified. He's your friend. He's
very understanding. But, of course, putting ourselves under his care means
we have to follow his instruction. Srila Prabhupada: He instructed
hospitalization. Tamal: Yes,
hospitalization. Kirtanananda: Ultimately, whatever he says we have
to do if we're going to accept him. But he's also very understanding, and
I think in your condition there may be no need for hospitalization. We
need to get some regular care established. There has to be a regimen for
recovery. Srila Prabhupada: No, that I have already explained. I
don't want to go to the hospital. Kirtanananda: So that is not necessary. (Srila
Prabhupada coughs heavily) (A3)
(break) Srila Prabhupada: Come here. (heavy coughing) Mucus is
generating (A3), either you
take milk or fruit juice. I have given my opinion in that correspondence.
And he's qualified man. If you want him, then somebody may go to him and
talk. Kirtanananda: Yes, that should be done. We'll do
that today. Srila Prabhupada: He wanted to retire and start a clinic
here. Kirtanananda: So he can come
now. Srila Prabhupada: So we can
help. Kirtanananda: Yes. It's a very good idea.
(unknown
what opinion, correspondence Srila Prabhupada referred to)
(Con)
Tamal wrote on this matter: "Dr. Ghosh from Allahabad was also
discussed and Prabhupada said a man should be sent to see him. He wanted
Prabhupada to go into a nursing clinic, which Prabhupada absolutely
rejected. However, he was willing to receive some personal treatment.
Later, about 2:30 PM, Prabhupada suggested to try by telephone first as it
might be quicker. Eventually Lokanath Swami left by train."(TkgD)
Jayapataka arrived about 1 pm (TkgD) and gave Srila Prabhupada a
report on preaching in Bengal and Orissa and also how the Mayapur attack
court case was reversing in their favor. The Muhammedans wanted to have
the charges against them dropped, but Srila Prabhupada said that was up to
the government, not us. Jayapataka also described the prasadam
distribution in Bengal, and mentioned how he and Bhavananda had consulted
a "tantric" astrologer who said after
November 28 Srila Prabhupada would recover and live another seven years.
Pishima, Srila Prabhupada's sister, arrived with her son from Calcutta,
and she spoke in Bengali to Srila Prabhupada. (Con) Rumors have been heard
repeatedly that Srila Prabhupada told Pishima in Bengali that He was being
poisoned. (Author) Srila
Prabhupada spent most of the afternoon sitting up to avoid the coughing of
mucus (A3) that occurred as soon as
He lay down. Asked if He wanted anything to drink, again Srila Prabhupada
said, "Let me drink harinama
abhilasa," and again Hari Sauri replied, "That is the sweetest nectar."
(TkgD) For
October 12, Satsvarupa reports that Srila Prabhupada had mucus and cough (A3) again, very badly all
day. Srila Prabhupada began translating again with the help of Pradyumna
Prabhu and Jayadwaita Swami. Kirtanananda Swami took charge of feeding
Srila Prabhupada specified and increasing amounts of liquids, hoping to
lead Srila Prabhupada to recovered health. (Satsv) (Sat:6.415;
TkgD.256-7; Con:35.199-200, 181-2, 201-7) OCTOBER
13:
Speaking more with Jayapataka, Srila Prabhupada said of the Mayapur
incident, "Everything will be
settled up. Don't be disheartened… Yes, they are gundas (thugs)" They discussed the purchase of
neighboring land in Mayapur
and Srila Prabhupada instructed how to build a canal next to the long
guest building. (Con)
On page 210 of Conversations Book 35, we read, "Prabhupada: (Bengali with Bhakticharu
and Pishima)." Tamal recounts this in English in his diary, that Srila
Prabhupada asked Bhakticharu to ask His sister for forgiveness for any
offenses, as she was also His godsister, being initiated also by
Bhaktisiddhanta Saraswati. Bhakticharu protested, "You can't ever commit offenses, Srila
Prabhupada…" But Srila Prabhupada
responded, "I am a little temperamental person.
Often I used to use words like rascal, etc. I never compromised. They used
to call it kurul niye prachara. Preaching with a pickaxe. Kurul in one
hand and Bhagwatam in the other hand. That's how I preached." Srila Prabhupada also announced
that Pishima would cook for Him today, whether for good or bad.
(TkgD) It is wondered who
translated these Bengali portions for Tamal and
when. Hridayananda
arrived from Brazil with newly printed Krishna Book trilogies in
Portuguese, reporting that 100,000 had been printed. Srila Prabhupada: Ah. Hridayananda has come… Thank you
very much. Printing of book is our real work… Print more books… This is
life. This material world and the bones… The bones are not our… This is
life. We are not concerned with bones and stones. Our real concern is the
living force… So there is a science by which you can sustain life - only
bones. Hiranyakasipu did it, practically. Tamal: You are also doing it, Srila
Prabhupada. Srila Prabhupada: So take care of the bones as long as
possible… Print books, and as I have given in my will, half, print again,
and half spent for propaganda as you like. In this way go on. In this way,
in all languages, distribute. Thank you very much. Hare Krishna.
(Con) In the
morning, Tamal opened the curtains and window to get fresh air. (Con)
Tamal makes note: "When Bhakticharu
mentioned that Lokanath Maharaj had gone to get Dr. Ghosh of Allahabad,
Prabhupada said it was not really necessary but that there was no
harm." Apparently Kirtanananda hoped Dr. G. Ghosh would be able to
enforce some discipline of medical treatment. (TkgD) Abhiram
Prabhu notes that Srila Prabhupada's urine was milky and reddish, with
small particles of blood clots (AK16). Abhiram took a sample
to a local lab for testing and the results showed the presence of both
blood and pus. Srila Prabhupada ate a handful of food, and the next day
the urine had cleared. That night Srila Prabhupada slept well, having His
itchy back (AK8) relieved earlier by some
oil. (Abhiram)
Tamal recounts that Srila Prabhupada's urine from the previous
night was full of pus and blood clots (AK16), and that Bhagatji took
the urine sample for analysis, returning with a doctor's prescribed pills,
reporting that otherwise death could be the result within days. Srila
Prabhupada declined to take the pills. (TkgD) Srila
Prabhupada received and spoke with Krishna das Babaji and Ashrama Maharaj.
Rameshwar showed photos from the Bhagwatam and the Fiji temple opening,
and the Los Angeles and New Vrindaban temples to Srila Prabhupada's
godbrothers, who very much appreciated the wonderful activities around
ISKCON. Then: Srila Prabhupada: I have given them the philosophy of
"American money and Indian culture." Combined together, the face of the
world will change. Don't keep Indian culture airtight, and don't keep
American money for sense gratification. Use it for Krishna.
(Con)
Just then Gopal Krishna arrived with a copy of the new Scientific Basis of Krishna
Consciousness in Hindi meant for the upcoming Bhaktivedanta
Institute conference. Srila Prabhupada approved of Rameshwar's proposal to
compile books from Srila Prabhupada's lectures and talks. Kirtanananda,
trying to nurse Srila Prabhupada back to health, began to be more
aggressive, saying, "Drink. This is
to be drunk, not spit out. Drink it, whole thing. Please, Prabhupada! How
will you ever get well? Come on! (laughs) Get a
cloth." Upendra: He rinses his mouth.(AK20) Kirtanananda: He can take a little more. Your body
needs more, Prabhupada. Srila Prabhupada, you know, mother Yasoda, she was
very fortunate because she could completely forget that Krishna was God,
and she would simply tell Krishna, "You have to do it." Unfortunately, my
love is not that great, because I can still remember you are my spiritual
master. Srila Prabhupada: I am doing your order.
(laughter) Kirtanananda: Thank you very much. One more? Half
water. Thank you… Srila Prabhupada, you're not really going to try and eat
that khicori are you? Srila Prabhupada: Really? Why not? (Con) Kirtanananda
opposed Srila Prabhupada taking suddenly such rich food as Pishima was
cooking for Him, fearful there would be some negative reaction. But Srila
Prabhupada was fixed, saying: "So
my body is now dead according to medical point. You cannot give life. So
let it be doomed…. This is a dead body." Upendra announced, "Prasadam has come, Srila
Prabhupada." Srila Prabhupada said, "So you can for the time being,
disperse. Let me… Whatever possible, I'll take."
(Con)
Tamal elaborates that Pishima cooked five preparations with great
love: kichori, shukta (stew), fried eggplant, cauliflower, chutney. "Srila Prabhupada ate quite heartily
for the first time in many months." He took some lavan bhaskar and lay
down again. Kirtanananda came back into the room. (TkgD) Satsvarupa noted
that some devotees were worried that eating like this after fasting so
long could cause a severe reaction. (ISK70.329-330) Srila
Prabhupada said, "Medical science
finished." Hari Sauri
added, "When all these doctors
come, they can't understand how it is that you're still here." Kirtanananda explained the
need for taking the tablets given by the doctor for clearing up the blood
and pus in the urine. Srila Prabhupada asked, "Who is the doctor?" Bhagatji replied, "Dr. Gopal in Rama Krishna Seva
Ashram. Physician. He's an M.D. He is the best doctor in Mathura
district." There were tablets and a syrup, after which a blood sample
for testing was requested. Srila Prabhupada said, "But that is the difficulty… Let me
taste the tablet." (Con)
But Srila Prabhupada never took the tablets. He appeared determined not to
take further medicines. (TkgD) Srila
Prabhupada was anxious for Swarup Damodar's return, which occurred today.
The two spoke at length about the arrangements for the scientific
conference starting tomorrow. Srila Prabhupada asked for Kirtanananda, who
stated during the discussions: "Srila Prabhupada, even the
astrologers all say that you are transcendental, that if you want, you can
change your horoscope. And that's what you told us, that Krishna said the
choice is up to you." Srila
Prabhupada soon replied, "So
something to eat. What shall I eat?" Swarup Damodar reviewed some of
the guests he had lined up to speak at the conference, and Srila
Prabhupada was very pleased, saying, "…arrange for such conference one
after another, many… Do something for that before my departure. I can see
something." Srila
Prabhupada asked about the prasadam standard, concerned about the coming
guests. Tamal: I personally feel that the prasadam
here at lunchtime is some of the nicest prasadam I have eaten
ever. Srila Prabhupada: So kindly maintain this standard. That
is very important item. I am not eating (AK1), but I am hearing
(laughter) and getting the appetite. (Con)
Late in the afternoon, Puri Maharaj, Ashrama Maharaj, Ananda Prabhu
and a group of other Gaudiya Vaishnavas came to visit Srila Prabhupada. "They talked and sang for Srila
Prabhupada, and even massaged his body." The public defeat by
Hansadutta of Dr. Kavoor in Ceylon was relished, and when Puri Maharaj
asked how Kavoor could be called a "doctor," Srila Prabhupada told a
joke. (Con)
"A bridegroom was selected.
So, the other party, bride's party, they inquired how the bridegroom was
quite qualified. So they said, "He's a doctor." Then they inquired, "What
kind of doctor? Doctor of philosophy, doctor of medicine, or…?" So he
said, "No, no, no. He's not all these nonsense. He's a big doctor." What
is that? "Conductor." (laughter) (Con)
Srila Prabhupada asked for his godbrothers forgiveness for any
offenses he might have committed, saying He was maha-patita (most fallen). His guests
immediately protested, saying, "No.
You are maha-patita-pavana (deliverer of the most fallen)." (Con) Puri
Maharaj said, "Your body is divine. You are fully
conscious. Tirtha Maharaj was unconscious for fifteen days in the
hospital. This is the symptom of your
divinity."(TkgD)
Tamal showed the guests the standard photo package of ISKCON
preaching around the world, and then sumptuous prasadam was served. Later,
Tamal spoke to Srila Prabhupada: "At noontime you seemed to be getting
a little taste (AK20). Did you
have a little? You said gradually." Srila Prabhupada replied, "And now… Just now, I have no taste (AK20)." Tamal: "So I don't think there is any
problem. I mean, what you ate today was more than I saw you eat in three
months, Srila Prabhupada. You ate a Love Feast today." Srila Prabhupada asked that
the Persian sweet lemons be saved aside to make juice whenever He desired
some. Then He asked, "Where is Kirtanananda? He is
annoyed?" Tamal laughed (Con),
knowing that Kirtanananda was upset about Srila Prabhupada's refusing
allopathic medicines and breaking the regimen he had prescribed. Later in
the day, Srila Prabhupada took some sandesh. (TkgD)
Paramananda came to say farewell, as he was returning to the USA
tomorrow. Dhristadyumna introduced his architect brother, Bill: "He's helping us to design the
community plan for the small village and the temple… to help set up an
ideal Vedic community."
Srila Prabhupada said, "Keep
always engaged yourself in Krishna activity." At 9:30 PM Srila Prabhupada asked
for two teaspoons of glucose. Swarup Damodar explained that conference
guests were arriving for tomorrow's conference, and that already there
were suggestions and support for a Bhaktivedanta Institute in Delhi or
Bombay. (Con) Kirtanananda
asked if Srila Prabhupada wanted to take the urine pills. Srila Prabhupada
said, "No. That much, warm glucose,
that much, and nothing more possible. You don't increase or decrease… And
preserve those sweet lemon…And chant Hare Krishna." Tamal asked, "Should we have some chanting now,
Srila Prabhupada?" Srila Prabhupada: Yes, chanting twenty-four hours.
(Con) Srila
Prabhupada seemed determined to decline any medications, wanting glucose
and sweet lemon juice only as medication. (TkgD) (Con:35.213-241;
TkgD.257-265) OCTOBER
14:
Upon
awakening, Srila Prabhupada called for Pishima and asked her to chant
Nrsinghadeva mantras over Him while massaging His chest. Srila Prabhupada,
confined to His bed, had two paintings put at the foot of the bed, one
being Krishna Balarama, the other Radha and Krishna. Amazingly, in the
morning, the first urine for ten hours turned out to be once again clear
and free of blood. (TkgD)
Srila Prabhupada inquired about the conference, and Tamal gave a
glowing report of the decorations, inaugural fire sacrifice, prasadam, and
seating arrangements. The devotee scientists were dressed very formal and
everyone wore badges. Tamal: …if anyone else dared to do such a
thing as this, to prove by science that life comes from life, it would be
a very immature attempt… it would not have very much weight. But here they
are coming face to face with people who are actually scientists, and they
will not be able to deny our arguments. I think that your Guru Maharaj is
very pleased with this program, Srila
Prabhupada. Srila Prabhupada: I have given the ideas. Now you give
the shape. Tamal: We want some more ideas also. You have
to give enough ideas for at least 10,000 years. Srila Prabhupada: (chuckles softly)
(Con)
The conference began a little late, but was well attended. Bhagatji
had a lunch program at his house and he invited all the senior devotees,
and Srila Prabhupada allowed Tamal to go as well. (Con) Atreya Rsi and
Parivrajakacharya chanted for Srila Prabhupada for hours before returning
to Tehran. Srila Prabhupada
asked for and looked at a photo of Krishna Balaram for a long time,
although Tamal had to show where Their lotus feet were due to Srila
Prabhupada's very poor eyesight (A9). Throughout the day, Srila
Prabhupada would ask for a spoonful or two of sacred Yamuna water while
lying down. Later in the morning, a strong oil massage was given, and
Srila Prabhupada preferred to take prasadam before His bath. "But unlike yesterday, he had no taste
(AK20) and hardly ate
anything." (TkgD) Srila Prabhupada: Up-to-date gentlemen, they hate to
come, Vrindaban. They know it is a place for gundas. Pandas means gundas
Thugs). (laughter) Tamal: But Srila Prabhupada, you are expert
at preaching to the gundas… We were all gundas. I think that your coming
to America was no less fearless than Lord Chaitanya when He went into the
Jharikhanda forest to preach, Srila Prabhupada. In fact, we were worse
than the animals that Lord Chaitanya had to deal with. At least an animal
keeps to his nature… Animals you can expect something…
(Con)
While Srila Prabhupada was speaking with Bhavananda, He looked at
him and said, "Just now I am
forgetting your name. This is the position (A12)." Asked whether He would
like to sometimes hear Bhagwatam rather than kirtan, Srila Prabhupada said
Bhagwatam hearing was a little straining. Srila Prabhupada asked Bhakticharu
to go and see Bonamali, the Vrindaban kaviraja who had cared for Srila
Prabhupada last summer, and, explaining the current condition, see if he
would come again. (TkgD)
Swarup Damodar and the other devotee scientists came to report to
Srila Prabhupada during a break in the conference. There did not seem to
be much debate due to a lack of opposition speakers, but Dr. O.B.L.
Kapoor's Mayavadi lecture was defeated very expertly by Madhava.
Bhavananda noted that Srila Prabhupada had only taken 200 cc of liquid so
far today, so Srila Prabhupada agreed to take some sweet lemon juice. A
telegram arrived to report the results of the French week-long book
distribution marathon. A total of over 25,000 hardcover Bhagavad
Gitas! Srila Prabhupada then
commented: "Yes. We do not want
liberation. We want to serve the purpose of the Goswamis, in association
with pure devotees. To stop birth and death is not our purpose. Tandera
carana sebi bhakta sane bas, janame janame hoy ei abhilas."
(Con)
About 5:30 PM, Srila Prabhupada asked Hari Sauri whether He should
start taking some milk tomorrow, but Hari Sauri discouraged the idea out
of fear for the mucus (A3). Srila Prabhupada again
said He could not taste anything (AK20).Hari Sauri asked if He
would like soup and vegetable juices, and the answer was: "Cannot take. No taste (AK20)." Thus Srila Prabhupada
would not eat because to do so was very unpalatable (AK20). The devotee scientists
again came to see Srila Prabhupada while the visiting scientists were in
the evening temple services. Five radio and newspaper reporters had come,
and the first day of the conference was deemed a success.
(Con)
After 8:30 pm, Upendra said: "Whatever you say, Srila Prabhupada,
is being recorded, and then Tamal Krishna and Hari Sauri, they're all busy
copying down, rewriting into their diaries, because your words are so
nectarine." Srila
Prabhupada said, "Where is…? What
is his name? Come from Mayapur (A12)." A second time, Srila Prabhupada could not
remember Bhavananda's name. (Con)
Late in the evening, Pradyumna helped Tamal review with Srila
Prabhupada the Delhi astrological report once again but in much greater
detail, and Srila Prabhupada asked what was the predicted "fatal" day. The indications from
September 1977 through April 1978 were all very negative, as were the
prashna chart and annual chart. Disease, ineffective medicine,
hospitalization, and no recovery were indicated. The recommendation was
for japa and havana. Srila Prabhupada: So this japa, maha-mantra japa, and
Bhagawat patha, that I am doing. Tamal: And you should try to drink and eat
whenever you have a little desire… You shouldn't try to fast until
death. Srila Prabhupada: No. That is useless. Do you recommend
that? Tamal: No, definitely not… You shouldn't
artificially fast or stop eating. Srila Prabhupada: No, no. That is suicidal. (Con) Then
Srila Prabhupada instructed Pradyumna to start reading from the Bhagwatam
"from the point where I have
stopped," and with Jayadwaita, He again resumed His translation
work. Srila Prabhupada told
Upendra to keep the honey close by and, miraculously, began translating
and composing purports to the Bhagwatam while lying prostate in bed. Srila
Prabhupada asked Pradyumna to sit on the bed because "I cannot hear properly (A14)," and Tamal brought out
a flashlight (A1) for Pradyumna. Tamal held
the tape recorder, and word for word translations were followed by
commentary of the verse.
Srila Prabhupada said to go slowly, and asked for discussion, and
then expert editing. (Con) "We gathered around Prabhupada's
bedside, as he gave the immortal nectar of Bhagwatam at the point of
death. We were reminded of Krishna das Kaviraja who, on the request of the
Vaishnavas, completed Chaitanya Charitamrita despite so many physical
disabilities." (TkgD) Satsvarupa
Goswami, "visiting secretary to Srila
Prabhupada," wrote to Ms. Anna Pashel of W. Los Angeles: "Out of your loving concern for Srila
Prabhupada you have invited him to come to the US and go under the care of
your physician. But now he has become too weak to travel. Be assured he is
getting all medical advice, what is more important, personal care and
prayers from his devotees. After so many doctors tried to prescribe cures
for Srila Prabhupada and mostly failed, she (Pisima) has come and given
Srila Prabhupada prasadam cooked by herself and it is the first solid food
he has been able to eat in months." (Satsv.
letter) (TkgD.265-8;
Con:35.242-274) OCTOBER
15:
During the previous night Srila
Prabhupada received massage with hot mustard oil from Rupanuga, and had
asked that a special oil be prepared from smashed mustard seeds and
camphor. Heated on a charcoal stove and applied all over the body with
massage, it would warm and stimulate him. "If this rubbing goes on, I think I
can eat." Srila Prabhupada said that by the devotees keeping His body
fit, He could work, and He asked Bhagatji to bring a masseur to use the
special oil. Bhagatji brought Nathiram from Vrindaban, who added some
opium to the oil and proceeded with the massage treatment. Nathiram found
a knot in the intestines and thought this was the reason there had been no
hunger. "He applied a hot water
bottle as well as neem leaves to keep the heat." Bonamali came and
checked the pulse, saying it was good and that there was only weakness (AK5), no complaint in the
body. Srila Prabhupada asked Pishima to make chana dal, a soup. Srila
Prabhupada could not even click the button for the dictaphone (A20); He has almost no body
left. (TkgD; ISK 70.331-2)
In the morning Tamal observed that Srila Prabhupada's urine was "very colored again (AK16)." Tamal explained to
Srila Prabhupada that the cure to His disease was simply to drink
sufficient liquids for cleaning out the "bodily poisons." "If you take no liquid, then it's very
dangerous. You don't have to eat anything." Thus Srila Prabhupada agreed to
drink a half cup every four hours or so. Tamal asked why Srila Prabhupada
had been drinking so little the last few days, and Srila Prabhupada
answered, "I cannot…" and
coughed up mucus (A3). Tamal: "I don't think this milk should be
given again… it has caused maybe this mucus (A3)." Srila Prabhupada could not hear
very well at all, and Bhagavan had to say his name thrice before being
recognized (A14).
(Con)
Navayogendra Swami came from Africa with many nice presentations
and gifts, including a large silver cup and a sandalwood Deity of Krishna.
Giriraj entered the room and presented Srila Prabhupada with a coat worn
by the Sri Nathji deity, donated by the Maharaj of Udaipur. The Maharaj
had converted a palace into a deluxe hotel, ordering 301 Bhagavad Gitas to
put in the rooms. Giriraj and Tamal reviewed the current bank business of
fund transfers out of the Vrindaban Punjab Bank to Bombay and Delhi. Srila
Prabhupada said, "Hm? What is that
pish-pish?", referring to some whispering in the room. Tamal and
Giriraj were whispering about how they had been instrumental in the
transfer of the local bank manager. (Con)
Srila Prabhupada gave instructions about banking matters. "Very carefully deal, and as far as
possible, don't keep money in the bank. Invest in books and expansion.
That is my request. If you keep money, there will be so much trouble." Nathiram's massage was
appreciated by Srila Prabhupada, who at one point complained of some pain
in one hip. Jayapataka complained that one of his preaching parties had
gone from Bihar to Bombay to Delhi to Vrindaban to try to find some books
to distribute. This upset Srila Prabhupada and He repeatedly emphasized
that the money in the bank should be converted into books. "Why depend on one printer? …arrange
many printers. Never mind the price. Huge stock should be maintained. Why
unnecessarily keeping in the bank? Hindi books can be distributed all over
the world. Similarly Gujarati, and English to Australia. Why money should
be kept in the bank?" (Con)
Visvambhara offered his youth to Srila Prabhupada, Who said, "No… you live on." Visvambhara then asked that
He stay and complete His Srimad Bhagwatam, and Srila Prabhupada responded, "That is my desire
also." Visvambhara: Will Krishna not fulfill your
desire? Srila Prabhupada: Oh, Krishna is
independent. Giriraj
then read to Srila Prabhupada a prayer to Lord Krishna he had composed
asking for Srila Prabhupada to receive a new body. Srila Prabhupada said,
"Excellent… I am getting little
glimpse. He may agree to your prayer, yes… Now stock books immediately.
There is no question of becoming miserly. So why stock lacking? Why this
mismanagement? I give you open order. Print more than necessity." When the discussion turned to
the Bhubaneshwar temple, Srila Prabhupada again re-emphasized, "That construction is not so important
as printing of books." (Con)
After the second day of the Bhaktivedanta Institute conference,
Swarup Damodar reported the program's success to Srila Prabhupada, who
replied, "Yes. Make it an ideal
institution." Srila Prabhupada could not see well, saying, "Who are you (A9)?" and the reply was, "Abhiram, Srila Prabhupada."
Srila Prabhupada: Massage.. There is
oil? Bhagwat: Dry the oil into the skin by
rubbing. Srila Prabhupada: Whose hand is
cold? Bhagwat: Oh. My hand. Bhagwat. I am sorry. I
will not touch you. I am very cold. Srila Prabhupada: (laughs)
(Con)
Bhagwat asked Srila Prabhupada if He had taken some of the dal and
roti prasadam yesterday, and Abhiram said, "Just
tasted." Bhagwat: Oh. Just
tasted. Srila Prabhupada: Simply touch (AK1). Bhagwat: How was it
tasting? Srila Prabhupada: It was very tasteful, but my tongue
has no taste (AK20). Maybe
gradually by stimulating the body… A little
later, Swarup Damodar translated Srila Prabhupada's Bengali, "Prabhupada says by activating his
muscles, by massaging, that will generate energy. That will bring appetite
(AK1)." (Con)
Srila Prabhupada said that in spite of all their scientific
advancement, the scientists could still not "capture the real thing," the
soul. Then he told a story: "When
Socrates was condemned to death, the judges inquired that "How Mr.
Socrates wants to be entombed?"… Socrates (said): "First of all capture
me. Then to the question of entomb me."
(Con)
When the urine cleared up, Srila Prabhupada asked what it was that
had caused the change. Upendra, Hari Sauri and Tamal then spent a long
time discussing and speculating on various factors of the past few days.
Hari Sauri simply thought that the Persian citrus drinks were too strong
for the kidneys, causing the blood and pus to come out and make the urine
cloudy (AK16).
(Con)
Tamal wrote to Vidyananda: "Srila Prabhupada is lying very ill in
His bed and is being chanted to 24 hours a day…"
(Archives)
(Con:35.275-297; TkgD.268-270) OCTOBER
16: At 3 am, Srila Prabhupada
translated one Bhagwatam verse with a long purport. Beforehand, He had
told Abhiram, "It is a nasty world.
The only safety is to take shelter of Rama… When there are so many
inconveniences. Very nasty world." At the end of the translation
session, Srila Prabhupada instructed Pradyumna that he and his wife
Arundhati should take great care to edit the translation and purport of
one verse a day. Then Pradyumna said, "I think your commentary on Srimad
Bhagwatam will go down in history as one of the best commentaries."
Srila Prabhupada replied, "Let us
try for that… In this way let us pull on. Fight between maya. Sit up for
while and chant beads." (Con) Srila
Prabhupada's cough (A3) returned this morning,
maybe due to a little milk He had drunk the day before. Srila Prabhupada
took cough syrup and drank pomegranate juice with His gold straw, and was
concerned about possible pneumonia (A3). Nathiram was now giving
massage twice daily (AK8). Bonamali kaviraja analyzed Srila
Prabhupada's very discolored urine (AK16) as due to a
gonorrhea-type disorder which could possibly block the ureter completely,
the urine containing semen. Srila Prabhupada had a lunch of vegetable
broth and fruit paste. Lokanath Maharaj returned with Dr. G. Ghosh after
tracing him all the way to Darjeeling and undergoing a grueling,
bone-breaking journey back to Vrindaban. (TkgD) Dr. G.
Ghosh examined Srila Prabhupada, asking many questions and giving many
instructions. There had been no bowel movement for six days (A13) and daily glucose and
salt enemas were recommended. The previous urinalysis report was not
available, but Tamal said "It will
just be coming. Just coming."
Dr. Ghosh then went to bathe in his quarters at the
guesthouse. Lokanath Swami
told Srila Prabhupada that Dr. Ghosh liked Him very much, and had dropped
everything at once to come, even though his daughter had protested. Srila Prabhupada: "He is the only person remaining.
Otherwise all my contemporary friends gone."
(Con) Upon
returning, Dr. Ghosh stressed the importance of getting a new urinalysis
and reducing the swelling (AK17). Dr. Ghosh thought that
the citrus juices had not been responsible for the bloody and cloudy urine
(AK16). He demonstrated the
correct massage techniques to all those who did massages for Srila
Prabhupada. The posture should be changed every hour or two; grape juice,
some Horlicks, chana and some dahi. He opened the window for more oxygen
and fresh air, saying less people should be in the room. Srila Prabhupada
complained of coughing and mucus (A3), which Bhakticharu said
resulted from as little as the 60 cc of milk taken last night. The car was
readied and took Dr. Ghosh to obtain the urinalysis.
(Con) Abhiram
sought Srila Prabhupada's permission to leave His service, turning over
his responsibilities to Bhavananda and Satadhanya.
(Abhiram)
Satsvarupa Goswami's biography gives practically no details about
Srila Prabhupada for the months of October and November save a few pages
of philosophizing over His impending departure. Thus, coupled with the
mid-October departure of Abhiram Prabhu, we are left to rely on the
accounts within TKG's Diary and the
Conversations Books.
In the evening, Bharadvaj and Jayatirtha described to Srila
Prabhupada the plans for a doll exhibit in either Washington or London.
Srila Prabhupada was encouraging: "So you have made the outline first
class. Now, if it is carefully done, at least in the Western country, it
will be a very, very wonderful thing." (Con)
(TkgD.270-2; Con:35.298-317) OCTOBER
17: Dr. G.
Ghosh stressed that reducing the number of persons in Srila Prabhupada's
room would increase oxygen and decrease the spreading of germs, so the
kirtan party moved into the next room. Srila Prabhupada met with
Acyutananda Swami, who was on his way to preach in America. Govardhan came
from Detroit and gave a report. Tamal took permission to bathe in the
Yamuna, but Srila Prabhupada asked for him twice while he was gone, saying
He felt alone (A11). Also, Upendra had been
laid up with a cold. (TkgD) Dr.
Ghosh also found no problem with the liver or stomach, and asked Srila
Prabhupada to eat more solids and lots of liquids. Pishima cooked many
wonderful preparations such as puris and fried eggplant which Srila
Prabhupada "ate very heartily. Dr.
G. Ghosh gave vitamin C,
B-complex and Lassix tablets." Dr. G. Ghosh brought a
young doctor specialist, Dr. Gopal, from the local Ramakrishna Hospital.
Dr. Gopal appeared very expert and was well mannered. Srila Prabhupada's
pulse was 96 (AK24) and a full array of
medications was prescribed for what was diagnosed as a serious chronic
kidney infection (AK15). The two doctors agreed
on this diagnosis. Dr. Gopal was better versed in the latest available
medications, however. (TkgD.272-4) The
Conversations Books record the examination of Srila Prabhupada by Dr.
Ghosh and Dr. Gopal and their recommendations. Excerpts are
: Bhavananda: He's been taking glucose in fruit
juices. He hasn't taken today very much. Dr. Ghosh: Every hour, a sip, sip. If he can't
take at one time, let just him sip every half an hour a teaspoon.
Otherwise it is very low. Srila Prabhupada: Teaspoonful I can take. ****** Bhavananda: Would you like a blanket around you,
Srila Prabhupada? (A7)
(Around noon) Dr. Ghosh: (indistinct) Tamal: Urine, urine? To do what? Take blood
pressure? Dr. Ghosh: Stomach is all right. Liver is all
right. So then only what have got to do is to eat. ****** Srila Prabhupada: I saw you yesterday. (? ) Dr. Gopal: I examined you
yesterday. Bhavananda: There's bad cough (A3) when he takes any milk. Give
him very deep cough.
(Con)
Bhavananda discussed with the doctors about the prescribed
medications, which could be all mixed together and given thrice a day.
Srila Prabhupada: So, what doctor
says? Bhavananda: I was just discussing with them.
They've given a, a series of medicines. That one doctor, Dr. Gopal, said
that you have a chronic kidney infection (AK15), and they both, Dr. Ghosh
and Dr. Gopal, say it is very serious, that if it's not treated, that it
could develop into uremia
(AK15), which could be fatal. So he's given a whole group of
medicines. However, the medicines can be combined. They say everything is
functioning well, but the kidneys are not. Renial, they call it renial
infection. Tamal: Renal. Renal damage
(AK15). Bhavananda: Chronic. And Dr. Gopal, just like all
the other doctors, both Ayurvedic and allopathic, they all insist that you
have to take more liquid. They said you should measure how much you pass
urine today. Say you pass 250 cc's of urine. That means tomorrow you
should take that amount plus 400 more in liquid. Each
day. Tamal: Always 400 more than the urine
passed. Bhavananda:
…You
should take any sort of liquid- milk, juices, water, anything. He also
said that you have to take rich protein foods. Milk, curd, chana,
Proteinex, fruits, juices… ****** Tamal:
Bhagatji
says that this Dr. Gopal is the best doctor in Mathura district.
Very, very expert doctor, he said. He seemed pretty
competent. Bhavananda:
Everyone…
All the doctors agree that your liver and digestion, spleen, is all in
good working order. Tamal: And also
the blood pressure is normal. It's 130. Bhavananda: But he
said that your pulse is so weak that every 18 beats it skips a beat,
misses (AK23), because you're
in such weakened state. Tamal: But he was hopeful in
general. Srila Prabhupada: So do it. (Con)
Lassix tablets and hydrogen peroxide mouthwash were not approved by
Dr. Gopal, and Dr. Ghosh subsequently agreed. Thus the program was
outlined: a mixture of medicines three times a day, more liquids and more
nutrition. In the midst of all the medical hub-hub, Srila Prabhupada
discussed with Tamal and Giriraj a final opening date of December 29 for
the Bombay temple, using a few local brahmanas instead of a whole troupe
of fifteen or more South India brahmanas.
(Con:35.318-326) OCTOBER
18: Before
mangal arati, Srila Prabhupada had Bhavananda, who was on the "night shifts," summon Tamal, telling him,
"I cannot sleep. (AK21) This allopathic medicine
does not agree." Srila Prabhupada had not been able to rest properly
all night and was quite exhausted. (TkgD)
When Dr. Ghosh came in the morning, he asked if Srila Prabhupada
had taken the Complan yet, and Bhakticharu said no. Dr. Ghosh found the
pulse to be definitely improved, and observed that the swelling (AK17) had gone down. But
Srila Prabhupada could not rest well, and Srila Prabhupada appears to have
suggested discontinuing the allopathic medicines, blaming them for His
restlessness (A4), and calling for
Bonamali instead. Tamal: But if I can give my opinion, Srila
Prabhupada? Srila Prabhupada: Hm? Tamal: But you have been sleeping a lot,
Srila Prabhupada… You were sleeping so much yesterday (A10), and even while you're
taking these medicines. In other words, the idea with the allopathic
medicine is that it does many good things. So I'm sure Dr. Ghosh could
recommend something to help you sleep. Srila Prabhupada: And they will help this, this, this… (Con)
Bhavananda noted that the urine had cleared up (AK16) due to the allopathic
medicine, and asked Srila Prabhupada to take it for at least one more
day. Hari
Sauri: It
definitely seems to be having a good effect. Tamal: The only bad effect is that you're
having a little difficulty last night in sleeping. Is there any other bad
effect? Srila Prabhupada: That is the worst
effect. Tamal: But the kaviraja could give something
for inducing sleep, or Dr. Ghosh could give something….****** Bhavananda: We can cut the dosage of the medicine
in half. Tamal: Why not just give something that helps
Prabhupada to sleep? (AK21)
That's the easiest thing. ****** Tamal: The main thing, Srila Prabhupada, is…
You have to get strength, get rid of the disease, and be able to rest
nicely (AK21). That we have
seen, that the kaviraja's medicine is not so effective, neither simply
doing without any medicine is so effective. We have not tried allopathic
medicine, because within a few days or two you always stop it. Whenever
you take for one day, then you say, "No more." If you want to get better,
you have to take some cure. No cure- that is not good. And switching from
one thing to the other, that is also not good. Why not follow some series
of cure, regular, and stay with it for some time?… So in such a critical
condition, why not take help? What can be gained by switching to this
Bonamali? (Con)
Next, Tamal and Bhavananda try hard to convince Srila Prabhupada to
drink much more than He has been. Srila Prabhupada responded, "I cannot take so much."
Bhavananda: They said that one of the symptoms of
this infection - this poisoning - is that you become averse to taking any
liquid or any food…(AK20)
(Con)
Tamal emphasizes that Srila Prabhupada's digestion was fine;
whatever little He did eat had been digested. Tamal also noted in the
afternoon that the urine had become darker and cloudy (AK16), because, in over ten
hours, only 150 cc of liquid was taken. Bhavananda: And he (Dr. Gopal) also was able to
analyze your inability to eat and drink as a result of this poisoning from
the kidney infection (AK15). Abhiram: They both agreed on it was the same
disease. Tamal: … But as to treatment, Dr. Gopal
seems to be more aware of the more modern and up-to-date discoveries that
science has made than Dr. Ghosh. Srila Prabhupada: When I don't take anything, I feel
more comfortable. Tamal: But you don't get better. That is the
policy of death. Srila Prabhupada: So let me die
peacefully. Tamal: But we already explained to you that
we don't want you to die. Hari Sauri: But the other day you said that to
fast like this means suicide. Srila Prabhupada: Now I am
puzzled. Tamal: What, Srila
Prabhupada? Srila Prabhupada: Puzzled.(A12) After
much encouragement, Srila Prabhupada finally agreed to drink a whole glass
of Complan and some fruit juice. After calling for Giriraj, Srila
Prabhupada said, "And one thing…
Just now I am forgetting…(A12)" as though His memory was
failing Him.
A little later a conversation took place about rtvik initiation
system. Srila Prabhupada: Hare Krishna. One Bengali gentleman
has come from New York? Tamal: Yes. Mr. Sukamal Roy
Chowdury. Srila Prabhupada: So I deputed some of you to initiate.
Hm? Tamal:
Yes.
Actually… Yes, Srila Prabhupada. Srila
Prabhupada: So I
think Jayapataka can do that if he likes. I have already deputed. Tell
him. Tamal:
Yes. Srila
Prabhupada: So,
deputies, Jayapataka's name was there? Bhagavan: It is
already on there, Srila Prabhupada. His name was on the
list. Srila
Prabhupada: So I
depute him to do this at Mayapur, and you may go with him. I stop for the
time being. Is that all right? Tamal:
Stopped
doing what, Srila Prabhupada? Srila
Prabhupada: This
initiation. I have deputed the, my disciples. Is it clear or
not? Giriraj: It's
clear. Srila
Prabhupada: You have
got the list of names? Tamal:
Yes,
Srila Prabhupada. Srila
Prabhupada: And if
by Krishna's grace I recover from this condition, then I shall begin
again, or I may not be pressed in this condition to initiate. It is not
good. Then
Srila Prabhupada spoke about how Dr. Ghosh's proposals for a health
curriculum in the gurukula were unnecessary, as health would be natural
from rising early and following proper standards of cleanliness. Spiritual
training was more important, anyway. (Con)
Srila Prabhupada discussed with Jayapataka about ISKCON's
application with the Bengal government for obtaining clear title to some
property in Panihati. (Con) Tamal lists this incident on October 19, even
though in the Conversations Books it is recorded just prior to the
painting gift to Dr. Ghosh, which Tamal shows as being on the 18 th.
Massages
also were a regular feature (AK8) of Srila Prabhupada's
care. Before the day was over, Srila Prabhupada had drunk more liquids and
passed more urine than any other day since record-keeping was begun (1000
cc and 495 cc). Srila Prabhupada regularly asked who was there beside his
bed, as He could not see them (A9). Srila Prabhupada: Who are present here
now? Tamal: Giriraj, Jayapataka, Bhavananda, Hari
Sauri, Bhagavan and myself. We are all sitting around you (A9), Srila Prabhupada. (Con)
Dr. Ghosh came in and talked with Srila Prabhupada, Who said, "…mind, niveshaya, fix up in Krishna.
This is Rupa Goswami method," and then presented an oil painting as a
gift to Dr. Ghosh. (Con, TkgD) (TkgD.
274-9; Con:35.327-349) OCTOBER
19:
There is no recording for the 19th
in the Conversations Books, however, Tamal has two pages worth in his
diary. Again
Srila Prabhupada complained that the allopathic medicines had prevented
sound sleep (AK21) the previous night.
There was no visible improvement in the condition, and although the pulse
was strong and the taking of liquids and the passing of urine had
increased, Srila Prabhupada continued to have no strength (AK5), lying silently (AK18), and not able to move
without help (AK11). Bhakticharu Swami
cooks, Satadhanya and Upendra attend to Srila Prabhupada's physical needs,
and Bhavananda and Tamal struggle to maintain the taking of medicine and
drink. Tamal says Srila Prabhupada "lamented throughout the day, 'Why the
kaviraja is for everyone, but not for me? (A12,22)'" when Bhavananda
and Giriraj both went to see Bonamali for minor ailments.
(TkgD) Dr.
Gopal thought strength would come within a few days, and deemed the
frequent bowel movements (AK3) as favorable and
natural and "indicated the
elimination of poison."
When Srila Prabhupada
was fed mashed potatoes and custard by Bhakticharu Swami, He vomited (AK2) "after hardly a mouthful. So much
mucus (A3) and saliva
immediately came out." Srila Prabhupada had also vomited yesterday (AK2) when trying to eat solid
food, and so Srila Prabhupada became "completely averse to
trying." Srila Prabhupada
was disturbed by frequent bowel movements (AK3), and argued with
Bhakticharu of the use of eating when there was no sign of increased
strength. (TkgD) Srila
Prabhupada requested Bharadvaj to sing parama karuna and play the
harmonium, which Srila Prabhupada appeared to enjoy greatly. Hansadutta
also led a kirtan, during which, Srila Prabhupada "lifted his hands and arms and said,
"Jaya! Everyone join together and chant Hare Krishna." Mahamsa Swami came from
Hyderabad and reported on the farm project there. (TKG
280-281) OCTOBER
20: Again
Srila Prabhupada had trouble sleeping (AK21) during the previous
night, and He vomited again (AK2) when trying to eat in
the morning. Srila Prabhupada's
"skin has taken on a shiny appearance, as if he were perspiring (A6)." Dr. Gopal fed Srila
Prabhupada four spoonfuls of cold custard and reduced the medicine by half
due to Srila Prabhupada's complaints: "Constant medicine is disgusting.
Constant medicine gives brain trouble." Srila Prabhupada translated
early in the morning. (TkgD)
The Conversations Books record Dr. Gopal's
visit: Dr.
Gopal: Vomiting? (AK2) Srila
Prabhupada: There was some
tendency. Dr.
Gopal: There
was some tendency, but you never had. Srila
Prabhupada: Had
little. Dr.
Gopal: Do you
feel any difficulty during urination? Srila
Prabhupada: Not at
all. Dr.
Gopal: It is
passing without any hesitation. Srila
Prabhupada: I think
so. Bhavananda
then showed the medical journal with a record of only 290 cc urine being
passed yesterday. After Dr. Gopal asked what else He could take besides
some water and Srila Prabhupada answered, "Harinama," Dr. Gopal said, "Yes, yes, I understand. For your
body, I can say. Can you take little bit of ice cream or cold
custard?" Srila
Prabhupada: Yes…
Best thing is harinama… Let me hear Hare Krishna and peacefully pass
away. Dr.
Gopal: But I
think I am not making any hindrance in your normal routine. And whatever
medicine I am giving you, I will cut it down by fifty percent
now. Srila
Prabhupada: If I can
pass in that way, that will be very nice.
(Con) Dr.
Gopal then observed that the swelling (AK17) had gone done very
much, and Bhavananda said that for Srila Prabhupada to keep His legs
raised up on pillows for more than a short time was too uncomfortable. Dr.
Gopal asked if Srila Prabhupada liked warm or cold foods better, and the
answer was cold. Dr. Gopal said not to be concerned about the diarrhea (AK3) and discussed the
insomnia (AK21, A10), noting that it
had been Srila Prabhupada's tradition not to sleep much at night anyway.
After eating the cold custard, Srila Prabhupada said, "I… I'm feeling nicely… after
eating." Dr. Gopal asked Srila Prabhupada to eat a little every hour
or two if possible. "And a little
water, either plain water or with the electro powder, you can
do." Bhavananda: That electro powder will reduce the
nausea? (AK2)
(Con)
Dr. Gopal asked that a little water be given regularly so that
Srila Prabhupada's mouth would not stay dry. Devotees reported that Srila
Prabhupada had slept a few hours yesterday and about five hours this
morning. Dr. Gopal asked if Srila Prabhupada wanted to change his sleeping
hours, and Srila Prabhupada said no. Dr.
Gopal: No. You want to provoke the sleep? You
just take little more liquids, number one. Two: whatever you like, you
take. I will reduce your medicine by fifty percent. And don't worry for
these loose stools. (AK3)
(Con) Srila
Prabhupada discussed with Tamal more on the Calcutta apartment (flat)
being given to His son Vrindaban Chandra De. Hari Sauri reported that the
Gitas printed in India and sent to Australia by Gopal Krishna, 11,000
total, were almost all distributed, so Srila Prabhupada asked Tamal to
tell Gopal Krishna to hire more printers, as there was no shortage of
funds. (Con) Srila
Prabhupada: Why
kirtan has stopped?… Tired? Upendra:
They are
hanging on for every word you say, Srila Prabhupada. Srila
Prabhupada: Hanging? Tamal: They
were eager to hear your words. Srila
Prabhupada:
Oh.
(Con) (TkgD.282; Con:35.350-358;
Con:36.14) OCTOBER
21: Srila
Prabhupada took no medicine this day and was much more relaxed and alert.
In the early afternoon, Srila Prabhupada tried to eat from the feast for
Lord Ram's victory over Ravana, but was unable due to everything tasting
bad (AK20) to Him.
(TkgD) In the
morning, Dr. Ghosh came to say farewell to Srila Prabhupada, as he was
returning to Allahabad. Srila Prabhupada observed that although His family
life was a failure, Dr. Ghosh's was very successful. There was some talk
about Dr. Ghosh's opening a dispensary at the Krishna Balaram Mandir, but
no conclusions were reached. (Con) Dr. Ghosh felt confident that Srila
Prabhupada would be "in good hands with Dr. Gopal."
(TkgD) At about
9:30 am, Tamal comments that Srila Prabhupada had just slept "many, many, many hours (A10)," and that "you slept at night pretty much also,
Satadhanya Maharaj reports."
Srila Prabhupada said He felt good, but admitted, "But I have no desire to drink even (AK20)."
(Con) Tamal: For some time your urine had become
very dark (AK16). So the
medicine was supposed to clear it up. Now your urine is clear. And, of
course, the medicine was also supposed to help you to recover your
strength (AK5), but that has
not happened. …the purpose of the allopathic was that during the time when
your urine became very dark, we wanted to make it, you know, take away the
poisons that were causing the urine to become dark... And the other thing
was that we were hoping somehow to get you back to more strength, give you
more strength by taking away whatever disease was there.
(Con) Tamal
suggested that Pishima cook a feast for Srila Prabhupada since today was
the victory day celebration of Lord Rama over the demon Ravana. Srila
Prabhupada agreed, saying, "Hm.
I'll take." Later, the recorder captured Tamal saying, "…today, Srila Prabhupada? Maybe the
medicines are having some good effect." (Con) Various
preparations were suggested to Srila Prabhupada for Pishima to prepare,
bundi laddhu, lugdu, luci, etc. Sometimes brahmi oil would be rubbed on
Srila Prabhupada's head. At one point, Srila Prabhupada very seriously
admonished His servants, saying, "Gravity should be maintained. And
laughing means taking things trifling. That is not allowed. This is the
etiquette. Understand me right or not?" Tamal answered, "Yes, Srila Prabhupada. We understand
very well. We apologize that we were taking too lightly."
(Con) The room
was dark, as revealed by Tamal's statement: "Yadubara wanted to film you
translating. Is that all right? You don't mind. We can have a little light
here (A1) while he films for
about half a minute?"
Srila Prabhupada consented, and then commented, "Yadubara has freedom to do
anything."
(Con)
Srila Prabhupada is informed that He has taken no medicines since
yesterday, and apparently He asked when this was decided and
why. Bhavananda: Very early this morning… Tamal and
all of us have met and thought that "Let us…" Our position is to serve you
according to your desire. Since you didn't request any medicines, we felt
that we shouldn't try to… From what we've seen, today you've rested very
much deep sleep (A10), and the
vomitous nausea has disappeared." AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: First
Bhavananda and Tamal are fighting to get Srila Prabhupada to take the
medicines because that is how He would be cured, then they mysteriously
change course without asking and discontinue the medicines. Bhavananda
points out that without the medicine there are no more negative effects.
What's going on here? END
COMMENT
Srila Prabhupada asked what were the present
medicines. Bhavananda: There's so many medicines, but today
you haven't taken any. There is medicine for the infection in the kidney
(AK15). There's medicine for
the heart (AK22). There's
medicine for passing urine (AK14). There's medicine for
preventing any cough (A3) in
the lung. There's vitamin supplement… That's five different medicines. We
felt yesterday that your… When the doctor came you told us that to take so
many medicines is disgusting, and that it bothers your brain. And I know
that I personally feel that my position is simply to follow your
instruction and command as my very life and soul. not to try and force my
idea or feeling onto Your Divine Grace. So we all of us felt that you had
given us so many hints." Srila Prabhupada: So medicine
kirtan.
Tamal continues to explain to Srila Prabhupada that since no
medicine was requested at five in the morning when Srila Prabhupada
briefly awoke, none was given and that it was up to Srila Prabhupada to
ask for it if He wanted to take it. Tamal: Formerly, even if you didn't ask, we
were encouraging you, 'Please take medicine, please take medicine, please
take medicine.' So today we decided that whatever you ask, that we will
do. So therefore, as you did not ask for medicine, we didn't give
medicine… so you direct what you want to be done… It's not good for us to
over… to too much push something upon Your Divine Grace. If you want to
have the kaviraja, then we can call the kaviraja (Bonamali). Whatever Your
Divine Grace considers to be the best course of action… I think we can
wait until tomorrow and see the results of NOT taking any medicine are. If
you want to, you could do that. (Con) AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: Here we
are a week into Dr.'s Ghosh and Gopal's treatment. Why are they trying to
show that the medicine is what is causing the negative effects of nausea,
diarrhea, and sleeplessness? Is it to precipitate another rejection of
doctors and medicines? This episode has the strong smell of manipulation.
END
COMMENT Whereas
all along the devotees were pressing that medicine and treatment be taken,
now they had reversed and are waiting for Srila Prabhupada to ask for it.
This was an unusual turnaround of policy. Tamal's account appears to be a
continuation of the above conversation. Srila Prabhupada said, "If you are puzzled and I am
patient…? Tamal: We are not puzzled for treatment. It's
a spiritual consideration. Srila Prabhupada: Treatment is
material. Tamal: Yes, and the treatment is having some
success, because you are remaining alive. Srila Prabhupada: So go on with the
treatment. Thus, by
Tamal's account, the medicine was to be continued, and also that Dr. Gopal
would come only when called. (TkgD)
In the morning, Srila Prabhupada reviewed the edited translation
work, instructing those in the room, "You all hear and comment." Tamal
characterizes the translation sessions as very different from in the past
when Srila Prabhupada would lock the doors to prevent interruption. Now He
involved the devotees present, sometimes preaching or lecturing, asking
often, "Is it clear?" Jayapataka reported that 14
Muslims had been arrested in Mayapur for the summer attack on the temple;
the situation had reversed favorably. (TkgD) After
noon arati the feast was brought to Srila Prabhupada, Who, starting with
the laddu, tasted and spit it out, not finding it agreeable at all. One
after another, He similarly rejected all the preparations, "being unable to taste (AK20) any of them
satisfactorily."
(TkgD.282-286)
In the evening Srila Prabhupada translated for more than an hour,
and then lectured strongly for another hour. Jayadwaita: You've been speaking so strongly just
now that I was sorry that I suggested that we stop. So now I'm glad that
you're continuing. Flashlight? (A1) Later,
Dayananda came from Tehran with a crate of fresh fruit, and spoke with
Srila Prabhupada about the restaurant and his job with Univac, a computer
company. Bharadvaj described
in detail to Srila Prabhupada the almost completed FATE museum in Los
Angeles. (Con:36.14-42) OCTOBER
22: When
awakening at 7 AM in the morning, Srila Prabhupada said He had dreamt of a
kaviraja wearing large Ramanuja
tilak marks who was preparing makharadhvaja. Bonamali had
previously been supplied with musk, gold and pearls and had recently
delivered to Bhakticharu what was supposed to be makharadhvaja. Srila Prabhupada
had not taken any yet, because it was recommended that Srila Prabhupada
become stronger first and also wait for cooler weather.
(Con) Gopal
Krishna arrived from Bombay, and when Srila Prabhupada asked, "What news?", he gave his report on book
printing and distribution. Throughout his report, Tamal often commented
negatively on his service. Srila Prabhupada: Anyway, do things very carefully. I am
already dead. But still, I am giving you instruction as far as I can. And
this is not life, a bundle of bones. Gopal Krishna: You are still the inspiration for
everything we do. (Con) When Dr.
Gopal came, Bhavananda asked whether it was a problem for Srila Prabhupada
to take Bonamali's makharadhvaja. Dr. Gopal seems to
have thought the Bonamali medicine was not makharadhvaja, but moti-dristi, although both are
prepared from the same ingredients. He said it would not interfere with
the medicines he was giving. (Con) Dr.
Gopal seemed perplexed because Srila Prabhupada was not getting strength
(AK5) after taking his
medicines for almost a week. Srila Prabhupada told him, "Regarding food, anything as soon as
I hear the name, I become afraid (AK20,AK1)." Listening to the breathing,
Dr. Gopal suggested there may be a lung problem (A3) and prescribed a strong
anti-tubercular drug, and further, suggested X-rays. Thus Srila Prabhupada and His
caretakers concluded that Dr. Gopal's treatment was a failure, and that
the doctor was now simply speculating. Srila Prabhupada: Eh? What is that? No. This doctor's
treatment is failure. Tamal:
Yes,
he's starting to guess. Srila
Prabhupada: They
will simply guess. Tamal:
Oh, he's
guessing. Bhavananda:
On and
on. Srila
Prabhupada: So it is
failure. Now take makharadhvaja, one dose, and leave everything to
Krishna. Bhavananda: Yes. We
felt that your dream, Srila Prabhupada, was very
significant. Srila
Prabhupada: Doctor
treatment finished. Don't try any… They will simply guess and make huge
complication.
(Con) Tamal
and Bhavananda gave their opinion that the clearing up of the urine may
have been due to the increase in liquid intake and not Dr. Gopal's
medicines. Bhakticharu Swami pointed out that the allopathic medicine
cleared up the urine. Tamal said:
"The urine has been clear for five months in a row, so when it got unclear
for three days and Prabhupada wasn't drinking anything, then as soon as he
drank it became clear. So I can't conclude that it was the doctor."
(Con) Bhavananda
elaborated on how Dr. Gopal "was
stumped as to why you (Prabhupada) had no appetite" and how Dr. Gopal thought
there might be a lung infection (A3) due to taking less air
in the left lung, which "…generally
is denoted also by lack of appetite (AK1) - of some tubercular or
pleurisy or pneumatic nature." Swarup Damodar added: "So he's prescribing that
antituberculin drug called Isotoxin. That's also called Isonayazid." Tamal protested, saying "But he doesn't even know… if it's
tuberculosis." Adi
Keshava then added, "That is a
very, very strong drug, very, very strong. It has a very heavy effect." Srila Prabhupada next
states, "Then he'll say, 'Remove to
the hospital'... Then who will take care of me? Hm?… Don't move me to the
hospital. Better kill me here." (Con) Swarup
Damodar then encouraged taking X-rays to test the tuberculosis theory, but
X-rays were never taken. Tamal opposed it, even though the X-ray machine
could have been brought to Srila Prabhupada's room. Arsenic is radiopaque
and shows well on X-rays. Tamal then adds, "Actually the whole thing only began
when Dr. Ghosh came… you didn't want Dr. Ghosh to come, but it was too
late. …we were obligated to try these allopathic medicines. It was Dr.
Ghosh who brought Dr. Gopal… you always don't like the allopathic. You
never like it very much." (Con) Srila
Prabhupada next said, "I'll treat
myself. Let the kavirajas come. And makharadhvaja… Then I will give
direction. Simply I want to know about the makharadhvaja, consulting both
the kavirajas… And stop all medicine." Then Bhavananda said, "His desire was to remove you from
here somehow or other. First to remove you for an X-ray, then…" Tamal added, "Another trick they have is that you
have one trouble, so they give you a medicine, but the medicine causes a
worse trouble. And eventually such bad trouble is created that they get
you depending on them, and then they say, 'Now the only thing left, you
must come to the hospital for operation.' Then they kill
you." Next there was
given a long series of medical horror stories told by Bhavananda, Tamal,
Swarup Damodar and Adi Keshava, and Srila Prabhupada also recalled an
incident of medical bungling. The mood was decidedly very anti-allopathic
doctors. (Con) Next
there was discussion on the merits of moving Srila Prabhupada to Mayapur,
where the room ventilation was better, and the climate was warmer and
there were fresh vegetables grown by the devotees. Plans were discussed on
the best method of travel and who should go on the team for Mayapur. Srila Prabhupada said, "And if there is any danger,
Bhavananda has got his gun." (laughter) (Con) Srila
Prabhupada sent Bhakticharu Swami to search for a Ramanuja kaviraja, possibly the one from
the dream. Late in the day, he found a kaviraja at the Janaki Vallabha
temple and brought him back to Srila Prabhupada. Checking the pulse, he
diagnosed a mal-functioning of the kidneys (AK15) and the digestion (A15), and agreed to return
the next day. (TkgD.287-290)
The Conversations Books (mistakenly under the date October 20)
record an interesting discussion, summarized and excerpted as
follows: Srila
Prabhupada asked Tamal what he thought of the Ramanuja kaviraja that was brought in. Then
Tamal converses with Bhagatji about the situation. Bhagatji clearly wants
that Srila Prabhupada's urine be tested by Dr. Gopal and that the X-rays
be taken by bringing the machine to Srila Prabhupada's room. In this way
he thought a proper diagnosis could be made and proper treatment obtained.
However, Tamal vigorously criticized allopathic doctors and medicine,
telling more medical horror stories like how someone had a scissors left
inside someone after an operation. Bhagatji questions: "Why sometimes pus and blood comes out
of the urine (AK16)?"
Tamal: "Only for two or three
days." Bhagatji: "Why is it? They have to test it.
They have to find out. That is the reason of all this." (Con) Again,
Tamal had his way, and no Dr. Gopal or X-rays or urine tests were
done. Tamal
recounts how the Ramanuja kaviraja that day felt Srila
Prabhupada's pulse and immediately diagnosed malfunctioning kidneys (AK15) and a nearly
extinguished fire of digestion (A15). They discussed how the
Ramanuja kaviraja had looked at
the medicine that Bonamali had just recently completed preparing from
musk, pearls and gold, and emphatically declared it not to be makharadhvaja.
(Con) Tamal: Prabhupada gave us an opportunity to
try this allopathic medicine… And factually you saw he was vomiting (AK2), dizzy (A16), and losing sleep (AK21). Then yesterday we didn't
give any medicine, and he was much better off. You heard how he was
speaking strongly… So Prabhupada said… "Then no more allopathic. It is
finished." …it didn't work… But that whole science of Western medicine is
very speculative. It's guessing work… And as soon as we agree to X-ray,
X-ray is only the first step… it means you are ready to take his
treatment." (Con) AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: Did
anyone think that this is not true? One can stop a doctor's treatment
anytime, at the beginning, the middle or whenever it is thought that the
treatment is becoming unacceptable or erroneous. Did they not reject Dr.
Gopal after a week? Tamal's logic is so obviously faulty, one wonders what
his real motive was. END
COMMENT
Tamal emphasized how even though all doctors and kavirajas had agreed the problem
was malfunctioning kidneys (AK15), including the London
surgeon, Dr. Gopal was now "guessing" as to the problem,
speculating and experimenting with medicines. Tamal explained how there
had been no change with Srila Prabhupada's lungs in the last week, so why
did Dr. Gopal suspect a lung problem now? Tamal worried whether Bonamali
had cheated them with the supposed makharadhvaja and Srila Prabhupada
said, "Bonamali is no use." The
conclusion, Tamal claimed, was that these allopathic doctors were useless.
Tamal encouraged the use of Ayurvedic kavirajas, if a qualified one
could be found. Bhagatji offered to bring one from Mathura that he knew to
be qualified, but Tamal said it would be best to see what the Ramanuji kaviraja would do tomorrow.
(Con) AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: Tamal
has now effectively nixed any further involvement with Dr. Gopal. Why?
Perhaps he was afraid that further tests and examinations of Srila
Prabhupada, such as X-rays, would reveal the 3 parts per million of
arsenic in Srila Prabhupada's system ! (see Chapter 33 ) Dr. Gopal knew
that there was something unusual taking place, something he was having
difficulty diagnosing. Arsenic poisoning is difficult to recognize. Yet,
we now KNOW that Srila Prabhupada had 5 to 10 times the normal amount of
arsenic, on average, in His body for the month of October 1977. Given the
opportunity to continue his tests, Dr. Gopal may have soon found out about
the heavy metal poisoning. That Tamal is so much against any further
involvement with Dr. Gopal is very suspicious. END COMMENT Tamal then
gloatingly described how they had foiled the local bankers' suspected plan
of waiting for Srila Prabhupada to die and then keeping the ISKCON
deposits. (Con:36.32-57, 1-13) OCTOBER
23: Early
in the morning, Srila Prabhupada's left leg was beginning "to feel very heavy (A20)," and He asked Tamal if he
thought it might be paralyzed (A20). His legs were massaged for two
hours until the professional masseur came at 8 AM. The Ramanuja kaviraja came in the late morning,
again stating that the preparation prepared by Bonamali was not makharadhvaja, thus causing great
hesitancy to use it for Srila Prabhupada. The kaviraja was asked by Srila
Prabhupada about going to Mayapur, but the kaviraja said that the jerking of
the train would damage His internal organs and thus travel would be
dangerous. He advised waiting a few weeks. He had patients at his
dispensary to attend to every day and thus he could only make fresh makharadhvaja at his own
dispensary. It would cost 3500 rupees, but he emphasized that it was the
only medicine "that would be
effective at this late stage." (TkgD) The kaviraja left while the devotees
tried to decide what to do, as now there was considerable doubt in
trusting the authenticity of anyone's makharadhvaja. Srila Prabhupada
repeatedly stated that He did not want to be hospitalized under any
circumstances. Srila Prabhupada said, "Allopathic treatment is horrible and
they are peacefully cheating. I am frankly speaking, becoming afraid of
these doctors." He then directed that the devotees try to find a
bonafide Ramanuja kaviraja,
giving ideas of who and where to contact. Gopal Krishna and Adi Keshava
went to Delhi "for phoning,"
apparently because the Vrindaban phone was still out of service.
(TkgD.290-293) OCTOBER
24: There
is no doctor or kaviraja
treating Srila Prabhupada at this point. The masseur is still coming
daily, however. There was discussion on how to obtain the makharadhvaja and it was decided
to send Smara Hari Prabhu to south India on this mission, where the
Ramanujas were prevalent. There was also discussion about travelling to
Mayapur to stay in a warmer climate, and how they might be able to ensure
the reliability and purity of whatever makharadhvaja medicine that might
be found and obtained. Srila Prabhupada was concerned that the maker of
the medicine be sincere and experienced. When Tamal suggested that the
Bonamali-made so-called makharadhvaja be used as medicine until a
Ramanuja kaviraja who could
make new makharadhvaja was
found, Srila Prabhupada said to wait.
(Con:36.60-64)
Tamal spoke to Srila Prabhupada about discrepancies his suspected
in the ingredients and pricing of the makharadhvaja available from both
the Vrindaban Ramanuja kaviraja
and Bonamali, calling them cheaters. As a result, Bonamali's makharadhvaja was not used, and
none was ordered from the Vrindaban Ramanuji. Adi Keshava and Satadhanya
had gone to Delhi yesterday to search for a Ramanuja kaviraja. Thus expectations for makharadhvaja was focused on
Delhi and South India. Once again, when it was time for a bath, Srila
Prabhupada asked for the light to be turned on. Darkness was all that
Srila Prabhupada's extremely photophobic eyes could tolerate (A1).
(Con:36.67-68) Then Adi
Keshava called from Delhi, regarding Chandra Swami: "…a very
prominent sadhu friend from New York who happened to be in Delhi. He had
called his friend, Candidasa, who knew the best kaviraja available, one of
the Ramanuja sampradaya.
Candidasa phoned the kaviraja, who amazingly had just
completed a ten-day preparation of makharadhvaja. Candidasa had saved seven tolas
and was going to donate them to Srila Prabhupada." (TkgD.
294) AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: Why
doesn't Tamal's diary have the name Chandra Swami? Why Chandidas? On the
tape recordings, Tamal says, "Oh, Chandra Swami..." when Satadhanya brings
the makharadhvaja to Srila Prabhupada. We would like to ask Tamal if he
knew Chandra Swami, and to see his original diary to see how the name is
spelled therein. Or are we being overly suspicious? END
COMMENT
From the Conversations Book 36, pages 71-2, we read that Bhavananda
brings some news to Srila Prabhupada: "And the other one is that Adi
Keshava Maharaj, he has a friend in Delhi named Chandi Das. He's a big
yogi, I think? …He has quite a bit of money. And so Adi Keshava called him
up, and he had a kaviraja in the Ramanuja sampradaya. And Chandi Das went
to see his kaviraja, and his kaviraja had just gotten finished mixing
makharadhvaja medicine. He'd been preparing it for the past ten days. And
Satadhanya Maharaj and Adi Keshava were just now going over to see this
kaviraja. That Chandi Das has purchased seven tolas of the medicine for
Your Divine Grace as a gift. They are going over to pick it up." Srila Prabhupada laughed and said,
"Just see. Krishna arranges… Very
good… So very good news." Then Bhavananda said, "And that kaviraja in Delhi said that
no, the gold is absorbed in the medicine." Bonamali had said that the
medicine just passes through the gold and does not absorb it. Srila
Prabhupada wanted the dosage information to be obtained also.
(TkgD.293-295; Con:36.58-72) AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: Chandra
Swami was in Madras at the time, but also Chandra Swami "went to see his
kaviraja", who was in Delhi. Chandra Swami paid for the medicine, but the
kaviraja in Delhi donated it. The contradictions between the accounts of
Tamal, Bhavananda, Adi Keshava and Satadhanya leave us wondering. (see Chapter 15) END
COMMENT OCTOBER
25: Tamal's
Diary relates that in the morning, Srila Prabhupada was feeling all right,
but with no physical energy (AK5). Waiting for Satadhanya
and Adi Keshava to bring the makharadhvaja from Delhi, Srila
Prabhupada "became anxious,"
saying that the makharadhvaja
dealing was another mystery in that just exactly when the kaviraja was contacted, he
coincidentally was just finishing the preparation of the medicine.
(A chance out of
thousands) Tamal relates,
"I reminded him that Candidasa was
paying; but Prabhupada said, 'Whether Candidasa or we pay, if the man
cheats…' I said, 'Anyway, we have our real medicine- harinama.'" Later
Srila Prabhupada asked again not to be taken to a hospital, and decided
not to go to Mayapur, but stay in Vrindaban, thinking He might die en
route. (TkgD) The
Conversations Books relate Satadhanya's arrival: "I have
brought the makharadhvaja from the kaviraja in Delhi. This kaviraja, he's
not Ramanuja-sampradaya, but many people say in Delhi that he's the
foremost kaviraja in India. He treats the Prime Minister, Morarji Desai,
and all the ministers also. So many people trusted him, and he mixed this
medicine… He was mixing it for some other person, but when he heard that
you were ill, he gave it to us… There's different kinds of makharadhvaja,
six kinds. This is the most potent kind. This is called siddha
makharadhvaja. This contains gold and pearl and musk and mica and many
other ingredients."
(Con) It
must be noted that now the story has changed. The medicine was made by
Chandra Swami himself and not
by a Ramanuja kaviraja. Srila
Prabhupada asked what was the cost, and Satadhanya replied, "Nothing. We got it for free because
we got it through one influential man named Chandra Swami."
Tamal: "Oh, Chandra Swami. That's that person
Adi Keshava was always working with." Tamal already knew where the
medicine came from; why does he say "Oh" as though it's news? Srila Prabhupada: "That means he is honest, that's all."
Tamal: "You met Chandra Swami?"
Satadhanya: "No, he's in Madras. This is 48
doses, two doses a day… 24 days medicine… But he did say that what the
other kavirajas said about dosage was very wrong… it would have been
detrimental… One tola. He said that's not sane… He just said it's very
powerful medicine." (Now Chandra Swami is not in Delhi, but in Madras.
So who did they get it from, where, and who made it?)
(Con) Thus
they had received not seven tolas, but 24 packets, each weighing two ratis
or half a gram. Srila Prabhupada said, "They charged nothing. Then he is
honest." He then put the makharadhvaja in the charge of
Tamal and Bhakticharu, the former to keep locked up, the latter for giving
to Srila Prabhupada. That evening Srila Prabhupada, encouraged by
Bhavananda, took His first dose of makharadhvaja with honey on His
gold spoon. A little earlier, Srila Prabhupada had declined His regular
massage due to becoming "black and
blue," although up till now He had enjoyed the masseur's work.
(TkgD.295-9) Then
Srila Prabhupada requested Hansadutta to arrange for parikrama around the
temple on the next day, saying, "Instead of dying- train jerking
(laughs) or aeroplane jerking- why not parikrama? Die or live, it doesn't
matter… Either in palanquin or make a stretcher, but have parikrama… So
arrange like that with leading men. Let me have parikrama. If I live,
that's all right; if I die, that's all right."
(Con:36.73-79) OCTOBER
26:
Srila
Prabhupada said He was "puzzled (A12)," and He expressed
doubt about continuing the makharadhvaja or any effort to
live. He felt that devotees were avoiding Him, saying, "Now I have become poisonous (A11)." (TkgD.299) However, the devotees noted that
Srila Prabhupada seemed stronger after two doses of the makharadhvaja and was sitting up
for almost an hour, longer than in a long time, and then was not tired
after the temple parikrama. (Con) Then
Srila Prabhupada decided to take makharadhvaja only once a day and
observe the results. Later, He decided to cease it altogether, complaining
that it was causing loose bowel movements (AK3) even though He was not
eating. The conclusion, He said, was that the medicine was taking His
strength away, not giving it back. (Con:36.86-93) Tamal
asked Srila Prabhupada, "How can we
reject the medicine so quickly?"
Srila Prabhupada replied, "Because it is reacting so adversely…
Don't give me any medicine. Simply chant and parikrama."
(TkgD) Upon
questioning, Srila Prabhupada was told by Tamal that the makharadhvaja was being kept
locked in His almira "to make sure it was not lost or
anything." Srila
Prabhupada wanted to see one of the doses, to see the color of the
powder. Using a mirror, Tamal
showed Srila Prabhupada, Who wanted to know from which kaviraja the makharadhvaja had come. Tamal said it was from the Delhi
kaviraja, not Bonamali. Bhavananda said, "The kaviraja said because the gold
is oxidized into gold sulphur…"
(tape recording turned off). Later Srila Prabhupada mentions a
medicine called svarna-sindhu,
similar to makharadhvaja, and
that His father used to take makharadhvaja. (Con)
AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: Srila
Prabhupada, being a pharmacist, was familiar with all these medicines,
their potency, appearance and reactions. Perhaps Srila Prabhupada, judging
from the reaction He experienced to two or three doses of the makharadhvaja, was suspicious of
the medicine, thus wanting to examine it. At any rate, Srila Prabhupada
decided to discontinue its use after 2-3 doses. END
COMMENT Srila
Prabhupada said, "If I can continue
this parikrama, that is spiritual cure." There was discussion about
expanding the parikrama out into the Vrindaban area, perhaps camping out
for several days. In the discussion with Srila Prabhupada about the merits
of the makharadhvaja,
Bhavananda said: "Srila Prabhupada
feels all hope is frustrated. The makharadhvaja medicine is to give
strength, but now he's passing stool (AK3), so all the strength he has
is lost. At the same time, Srila Prabhupada, you're taking a lot of liquid
intake now. There has to be some stool. You're taking almost 1000
milliliters a day, 960, 890, like that. So that's quite a large
amount." (Con) Bhakticharu
Swami then said, "Another thing is
that this is a very strong medicine, and Bonamali Prabhu was hesitant to
give it at this point because it was too strong for his…" Srila
Prabhupada: "Therefore I say stop
it. Bhavananda: Still, we saw some positive signs. Of
course, it might not have been from the medicine, but it is… You appear
stronger. You went on parikrama, you sat up. Srila
Prabhupada: …But, I mean to say, from medicinal
point of view, it is not at all hopeful. All is…"
Bhavananda: ...also that Persian melon. We've been
giving you that Persian melon juice. That is a diuretic (AK14). Let us not give that,
take one more… See how the night goes. In the morning take another dose of
makharadhvaja. Tamal
then opines that it may not be due to the makharadhvaja that Srila
Prabhupada has increased his bowel movements. (Con) Then
there is a very interesting excerpt in the Conversations Books (36.92)
where Bhavananda says: "Bharadvaja Prabhu was just telling me
that he's noticed- he's been massaging your legs- that your legs and feet
are warmer today (A7) than
they were yesterday. I have noticed over the past three or four days that
your feet have been cold. Extremities, your hands and feet, have been very
cold…(A7)"
(Con) (TkgD.299-301;
Con:36.80-93) OCTOBER
27:
In the
morning, Srila Prabhupada again did temple parikrama. Srila Prabhupada was
convinced to take a third dose of the makharadhvaja. Srila Prabhupada
translated twice, and during the second evening session, there was a bowel
movement again. Tamal reports: "The
passing of stool has continued to increase to a serious degree (AK3)." (TkgD)
Srila Prabhupada noted that, "Too much sleeping means
weakness." Tamal replied, "Yeah. Bhavananda felt it was due to
not sleeping at night that you were sleeping during the day. But you slept
an awful lot today (A10). But
yet…" Tamal noted that
there was less urine (AK14) but more stool, which
he thought was normal. Bhakticharu wanted to check the clearness and color
of the urine in the darkened room (A1), saying, "Can I see it in the light,
please?" On another
occasion, Srila Prabhupada could not tell that the sun had risen an hour
earlier, because the room was so darkened to accommodate His photophobia (A1). When Tamal tried to read a
newspaper article to Srila Prabhupada, he said, "Is there a flashlight(A1)?" Bhakticharu noted that, "Even the swelling is down (AK17)."
(Con)
Bhakticharu fed Srila Prabhupada some rice and plantain, which was
meant to counteract the loose bowels (AK3). (Con) That night, at 1:00 AM, Srila
Prabhupada called Tamal and Bhavananda, demanding, "Stop the medicine for one day and
consult the kaviraja in Delhi."
Srila
Prabhupada implied that whatever little blood He had left was being
changed into stool by the medicine, robbing His little remaining strength.
(TkgD)
The Conversations Books: Tamal: I agree… Srila Prabhupada. I think
it's a good idea to stop the medicine for a day and to consult the
kaviraja, and also to try to drink something else besides only fruit
juice… Hansadutta… said when he would take this fruit juice diet, he said
there's no question of passing stool… So the fact that Prabhupada is
passing stool (AK3) is very
unnatural, at least for taking fruit juice. He's not eating anything, so
how can he pass stool four times? What is the stool coming from if he's
not eating? Srila
Prabhupada: Whatever little blood is
there. Bhavananda: I think it's a mistake, Srila
Prabhupada, to take this strong medicine without having the kaviraja
actually come and diagnose himself and… Srila
Prabhupada: Yes. Satadhanya:
Actually the kaviraja said to me that he never prescribes medicine without
first seeing the patient. Srila
Prabhupada: So
bring him. And stop medicine. (Con) First
they convinced Srila Prabhupada to start the medicine; now they remembered
it shouldn't be taken without the kaviraja's presence. These are the
qualified caretakers of the spiritual master of the universe.
There was discussion about Swarup Damodar going to Delhi to try and
bring back the kaviraja who
gave the makharadhvaja to
examine Srila Prabhupada and determine the correct course of action. Then
it was thought to bring one of the Bonamali pills to see if the Delhi kaviraja could tell whether it was
makharadhvaja or something else
useful. Tamal summarized, "Something is amiss, that instead of
coming out as urine, it comes out as stool."
(Con)
When Bhavananda reminded Srila Prabhupada, "But you did say Krishna advised you
through that dream to take that makharadhvaja medicine." Srila Prabhupada responded, "But Krishna directed Ramanuja
Vaishnava." (The Delhi kaviraja was a Shiva
follower) Then Tamal said, "Jayapataka had called… they have
arranged for one Ramanuji kaviraja there in Bengal side…" Bhavananda added that this
Bengali kaviraja was
recommended by L.M. Bangor.
Srila Prabhupada asked if this Ramanuja kaviraja could come to Vrindaban,
to be the very last doctor. After one more, then no more. Tamal then asked Swarup Damodar to
call Adridharana, the Calcutta temple president, to see about flying the
Calcutta kaviraja to Delhi and
then bringing him to Vrindaban. Adridharana found the kaviraja and proceeded to try to
make arrangements to bring him to Vrindaban. Srila Prabhupada said, "Bring one Ramanuja. He has the
makharadhvaja…" (as in His dream) (Con)
Then, reviewing the last two days' experience with the "Delhi" makharadhvaja, Srila Prabhupada
said, "It is acting adversely. If
still I take, then, knowingly…"
Trivikram finished the sentence, "Drinking poison." Swarup Damodar
asked whether the Delhi kaviraja should be consulted even
though they were now trying to bring in the new Calcutta kaviraja. But it was decided that
since he was not a Ramanuji, the makharadhvaja did not match the
dream anyway. (Con:36.94-119)
Tamal concludes: "We all sat surrounding Srila
Prabhupada. We had waited so long for this makharadhvaja, and now it had
turned into poison. We sat silently, confused. Satadhanya Maharaj then
called Calcutta and told Adridharana to bring the Ramanuja kaviraja
immediately." (TkgD.302-305) OCTOBER
28: The
Conversations Books start this day off with Tamal explaining to Madhava
Prabhu how important it is that Srila Prabhupada continue to take as much
fruit juices as possible. Srila Prabhupada is noted as again asking for
His back to be scratched (AK8). There was parikrama
again, which Srila Prabhupada enjoyed. Srila Prabhupada's son came and
there was a long discussion about Vrindaban De's book business and his
loan from the BBT. (Con)
Whenever someone would enter the room, Srila Prabhupada would
either ask or be given the identity of that person, since His eyesight had
become so poor (A9). Srila Prabhupada "was in great anxiety" as to why the kaviraja was taking so long in
arriving. Satadhanya Swami confirmed that Adridharana had stated he was
going to bring the kaviraja by
plane that morning, but that no word had been received yet. Throughout the
day, Srila Prabhupada seemed very emotional (A11) about the fact the kaviraja had not yet arrived.
Srila Prabhupada had a little diarrhea (AK3) in the morning, and was
reluctant to drink anything. At the mention of solid food, Srila
Prabhupada said, "Rice I cannot touch even. If I hear
about rice, any solid food (AK1,
AK20), immediately…"
Tamal commented, "Vomiting
tendency. Hm. Then fasting?"
Then there is some discussion with Tamal about bank "passbooks." Tamal recapped the recent events:
"First we had that Madhva, not
Madhva… Ramanuji came from Sri Rangaji temple, and he seemed to be a
cheater. Then this one… We got this medicine from that sakta-kaviraja, and
that medicine turned out to be poison. And now this kaviraja who's
supposed to be coming from Calcutta…" (Conv
)
Just as Adridharana arrived with the Calcutta kaviraja at almost midnight, Srila
Prabhupada began to cry (A11) while telling Tamal to
guide His former son in the spending of the "inheritance" money. The kaviraja was a Marwari with
Ramanuja tilak, middle-aged and named Damodar Prasad Sastri. Srila
Prabhupada and the kaviraja
spoke extensively in Hindi, and the devotees filled the kaviraja in about urine reports,
the record of fluids, eating habits, the dropsy diagnosis and the
swelling, when the blood was in the urine, what allopathic medicines were
taken, and other bits of relevant information. The kaviraja felt the pulse, used the
stethoscope and ruled that makharadhvaja was inappropriate.
Bhakticharu related, "He's saying
that in this condition, Prabhupada can't take makharadhvaja. That any
medicine that contains mercury and arsenic is poison to him." Bhavananda agreed, saying, "That's what Prabhupada said." The kaviraja said a list of medicines
would be made, and that he believed that Srila Prabhupada would recover
due to having a strong heart.
His medicines would repair the bad liver (A18) and kidneys (AK15), then rasayana would increase the
strength of the overall body (AK5). In 10 to 15 days he
thought Srila Prabhupada might be recovered enough to travel to Mayapur,
but not yet, not in His present condition. Srila Prabhupada responded, "Take his chart and strictly follow.
I'll not object. I'll strictly follow. This is the last resort. Whatever
it may be. No more trials."
(Conv, TkgD)
(TkgD.305-307; Con:36.120-154) OCTOBER
29: Early
in the morning, Srila Prabhupada again became emotional and was crying (A11), feeling sorry He could
not return His servants' service, saying, "Please excuse me." At 8 AM, the Calcutta kaviraja came and prescribed
various medicines, and said that the intestines have no digestion (AK22) or secretions due to
extreme shrinking. Bhavananda noted how the kidney malfunctioning (AK15) had caused Srila
Prabhupada's skin to shine with salt, a condition called uremic poisoning
(AK15). One kidney was in
better condition than the other. If the kaviraja's medicine worked,
results would be immediate; if not, Srila Prabhupada could expire soon. Makharadhvaja was discussed, and
only one kind was recommended as acceptable, that made of mercury, gold
and sulfur, costing 200 rupees per tola. Musk was unnecessary; it was
usually used for sexual potency. Srila Prabhupada's day was irregular,
sleeping until 5 PM, being very weak and tired. Then Srila Prabhupada took
the first medicine, being personally prepared by the kaviraja after collecting
ingredients himself in the Vrindaban forests. Srila Prabhupada ate three
spoonfuls of loki and talked with the kaviraja for an hour in the
evening. (TkgD.307-309)
The Conversations Books describe a discussion in the morning
between Tamal, Bhakticharu and the Calcutta kaviraja, deliberating how a
special apparatus was required for distilling Srila Prabhupada's
medicines. D.P. Sastri advised that Srila Prabhupada drink at least a kilo
of milk a day and that He stay in Vrindaban for 10 to 15 days to recover
sufficiently before undertaking the journey to Mayapur. D.P. Sastri needed
to return to Calcutta and wanted to bring a young kaviraja, different from any that
were used before, from the Ramanuja Sri Rangaji temple to administer the
treatment program while he was absent in Calcutta.
(Con)
Later, about 10:30 AM, Tamal, Bhavananda and Satadhanya Maharajs
reported to Srila Prabhupada a turn of events. Tamal relates the result of
some talks with D.P. Sastri, "…he was thinking to leave, but now
he's agreed to stay on for at least five or six days. We convinced him
that 'You stay here and you take Prabhupada to Mayapur personally.' …Then
he described what's wrong with you and how he's going to be treating it.
He said he wouldn't take any money…"
Tamal explains that Sastri was wanting to establish a
charitable dispensary in honor of his own father, who was a religious man,
and Tamal said, "I'm thinking if he cures you we will
give him a nice donation towards that charitable dispensary." It was related how Sastri
drove in Srila Prabhupada's car to downtown Vrindaban that morning to
obtain necessary medicinal ingredients, and how Sastri was very confident
of his diagnosis and medicines. (Con) Tamal
explained how Sastri was devotional and first-class, and that he had
emphasized that it would be undesirable to leave Srila Prabhupada under
the care of the younger kaviraja assistant, stressing how
Sastri should personally see to the treatment program. Srila Prabhupada said that He had
taken some Horlicks earlier, and Upendra offered some grape juice.
(Con)
Later, Swarup Damodar asked,
"Light? (A1)" Srila Prabhupada began to speak in
Hindi, and Upendra pointed out that there were no Hindi-speaking disciples
present just then (A9). Srila Prabhupada responded, "Oh. Just make it dark. (sound of
curtains closing) (A1)" Apparently Srila Prabhupada
could not recognize by eyesight who was present even when there was light
in the room. Tamal said, "We'll put your sunglasses on so you
won't be disturbed by the light (A1)."
(Con)
There is note how Sastri was chanting mantras constantly while
preparing Srila Prabhupada's medicines. Tamal described how Adridharana
had preached to Sastriji, as he was to be called from then on, for ten
hours on the way from Delhi, and that he was now very favorable towards
Srila Prabhupada's mission of saving the fallen souls. Later in the day,
Bhakticharu said of Sastriji, "He's saying that the more Srila
Prabhupada sleeps, it's better for him." Tamal replies, "Really. He's sleeping a lot. Today
you were sleeping a lot (A10),
Srila Prabhupada." (Con)
Most of everything spoken by Sastriji was in Hindi, which has not
been translated to date. These tapes are available for additional research
and translation work from the Bhaktivedanta Archives. (Oct.28 -
Nov.14)
Then discussion took place regarding how Srila Prabhupada's
diarrhea had ceased, which Tamal again blamed on the makharadhvaja. Tamal asked
Sastriji why Srila Prabhupada had no thirst, and Bhakticharu translated
the reply, "He says it's not good
to have too much thirst. It's better in this condition. He's not eating
anything. To have the thirst is a kind of disease when the bile secretion
increases." Sastri then
said, "No wind." It is then noted how
Adridharana was assisting Sastriji, but Srila Prabhupada wanted to know
about the young kaviraja
assistant. Unknown to Tamal, apparently, Bhakticharu had taken Sastriji to
see the Rangaji kaviraja
earlier, to consult him and certain medical textbooks. Sastriji liked him
for being his assistant, and wanted him to come to see Srila Prabhupada
the next day to become prepared to carry on the treatment while he would
be gone to Calcutta. (Con:36.155-167) OCTOBER
30: Srila Prabhupada dealt with His
former son, Vrindaban De, quite forcefully, and Pancadravida Swami said,
"Srila Prabhupada, your voice is
much stronger now." Srila
Prabhupada "had a cough (A3) that gradually increased"
during the day, "perhaps
because of taking Horlicks in the morning." The kaviraja used a herbal medicine to
reduce the increased swelling (AK17). The kaviraja had obtained an assistant
kaviraja from the Rangaji
temple. The assistant would
care for Srila Prabhupada when D.P. Sastri had to return to Calcutta, and
would also help in the distillation of medicines. D.P. Sastri decided to stay a few
days more. Srila Prabhupada
ate some solid foods, including sukta and cabbage sabji, but could not eat
parathas and eggplant, saying, "No
taste. It is desired, but no taste (AK20). The juice has taste. Now
if I can just take some milk, I will become strong."
(TkgD.309-311)
Srila
Prabhupada was still going daily on temple parikrama. Tamal and
Bhakticharu discussed with Sastriji: Tamal: There's a little swelling (AK17) today here, Srila
Prabhupada, around the eye (AK17). And the hands are kind of
swollen. Kaviraja: (Hindi) Tamal:
What's
that, Bhakticharu? Bhakticharu:
When the
skin sags, that means that it's… Tamal: Going
away. Yeah, but here it's… Bhakticharu:
I was
telling him that it comes and goes. Tamal:
Yeah, it
comes and goes. But in the eye it's very much today.
(Con)
Sastriji was informed that Srila Prabhupada had only a small bowel
movement "the day before
yesterday" and there was discussion in Hindi about milk, Horlicks and
coughing (A3). Later Tamal asked, "How do you feel that this kaviraja's
medicine is affecting, Srila Prabhupada? Can you feel a change or…"
Srila Prabhupada answered, "Yesterday I felt some. But this
massage (AK8) is always
(welcome)." Then Srila
Prabhupada had a Bhagwatam translation session with Jayadwaita and
Pradyumna. (Con:36.168-184)] OCTOBER
31: Srila Prabhupada expressed concern
about being possibly left in the care of the assistant kaviraja if D.P. Sastri went back
to Calcutta. The kaviraja
agreed to allow Srila Prabhupada to leave for Mayapur in two days, and
plans were made for travel.
Bhavananda said to Srila Prabhupada, "You seem to be better." Srila Prabhupada answered, "Yes." Tamal countered, "I want to see some proof of being
better. You should be able to sit up or turn over." Srila Prabhupada took cough
medicine (A3) with His milk and barley
water, and passed more urine than any other recorded day, clear and 650
cc. Late in the evening, the kaviraja noted good progress in
Srila Prabhupada's recovery. For six hours he distilled 22 ingredients to
make an extract called brikka-sanjivani-arak, meant to
revitalize the kidneys (AK15).
(TkgD.311-3)
There was a discussion about Sastriji wanting to return to Calcutta
and Tamal strongly expressed reservations about the younger kaviraja's competency and feared
his possibly taking Sastriji's place. It was decided to try to keep
Sastriji with Srila Prabhupada a few more days and then, in spite of
Sastriji's contrary advice, take Srila Prabhupada to Mayapur so that
Sastriji could easily come for further treatment by coming and going from
nearby Calcutta, where there was already a stock of the required distilled
medicines. Tamal was quite emphatic about avoiding the junior kaviraja. Meanwhile, Sastriji was
distilling medicines for over six hours at a facility in Mathura. Renewal
of strength would come from a return of appetite, and this was the desired
result hoped for from Sastriji's treatments. Apparently, due to cough (A3), Bhakticharu elected to
not give Srila Prabhupada milk the previous night, although Sastriji had
supplied cough medicine to be put in the milk. Bhakticharu said, "Kaviraja is stressing on milk and
barley." (Con)
Tamal, Bhakticharu and Srila Prabhupada discuss about
persuading Sastriji to stay
in Vrindaban as long as possible before going to Mayapur, which would be
done when Sastriji returns to Calcutta and only if there are distinct
positive effects from the medicines. Srila Prabhupada asks to sit up by
leaning on some pillows and Tamal, translated by Bhakticharu, tells
Sastriji: "So Srila Prabhupada
seems to be feeling a little bit of benefit already from the treatment… He
feels a little confident under your care." Earlier (pg. 188) Bhavananda said,
"…we're all feeling that you're
feeling some effect. You told me the other night." Srila Prabhupada confirmed, "Yes."
(Con)
Then Tamal explained to Sastriji how any assistant kaviraja would not be trusted or
wanted if Sastriji left, and that Srila Prabhupada would want to go to
Mayapur in that event so Sastriji could continue monitoring Srila
Prabhupada's recovery by regular visits. Sastriji replied that the drier
climate in Vrindaban would make recovery twice as easy, and that Srila
Prabhupada's condition had progressed positively over the last three days.
It was decided to arrange for going to Mayapur in two days, after Sastriji
understood how Srila Prabhupada would be comfortably handled during the 10
hour journey. Then Tamal said, "The
urine was a little brown today (AK16)." (Con)
Later,
after the visit of Sri Narayan and Rama Krishna Bajaj, Sastriji came to
examine Srila Prabhupada and Tamal said, "The main thing we saw today,
Prabhupada passed more urine than ever before, and very
clear-colored."
Bhakticharu translated Sastriji's Hindi, advising that Srila
Prabhupada should speak less and,
"He is saying it's impossible, that he had cough today (A3), and tomorrow there is no
sign of it. So these are all Srila Prabhupada's pastimes…" Tamal was asked to save early
morning urine samples for Sastriji's examination, and then said, "Srila Prabhupada, you also ate a
little bit of vegetable, and you said there was a little taste (AK1,20) today." Swarup Damodar reported that the
urine amount was 500 cc.
Sastriji explained that Srila Prabhupada's kidney medicine was
difficult and time-consuming to make, prepared from 22 ingredients,
carefully distilled. Srila Prabhupada drank the medicine, and Sastriji
explained that it was called vrkka
sanjivani, an extract for revitalizing kidneys (AK15). Then Srila Prabhupada
took rest. (Con)
Later, Sastriji had a long talk with Srila Prabhupada in Hindi and
then left the room. Srila
Prabhupada, Tamal, Adridharana and Bhavananda discussed the
situation. They appreciated
Sastriji for making his own pure and undiluted medicines, by his own hand,
and how he had immediately offered his services free due to Srila
Prabhupada's position as exalted devotee. Adridharana described how he found
Sastriji to have many good Vaishnava qualities. (In 1998, Adridharana reported
that D.P. Sastri had passed on, having become apparently materialistic in
his later years.) Srila
Prabhupada said, "This is last
resort. Whatever it may be. Is that all right?" Tamal then said, "We might as well try. We've tried
everyone else." Then
Bhavananda said, "He did agree with
your own diagnosis, Prabhupada. He said makharadhvaja at this point would
be poison and today you said that it was poison." Adridharana said, "He (Sastriji) said there will be
improvement, in a few days, two or three days… His mind is not made up.
I'll have to talk to him and ask him to stay longer." Tamal: "At least for a few days he should
stay here and see how the medicine is working." Tamal then urged Adridharana, who
was staying in the same room with Sastriji, to go and talk to him before
retiring. (Con)
After again discussing arrangements for Srila Prabhupada's family
'pensions', Srila Prabhupada spoke about Sastriji, "So take his chart (treatment) and
try to follow. This is the last resort… He appears to be very
hopeful." Tamal replied,
"They all say that your heart is
very strong… that because the heart is strong, they say there's no
question of dying. And actually that agrees with the astrologers." Further
excerpts: Srila
Prabhupada:
Somebody said tuberculosis. Tamal: Yeah,
that was that allopathic Dr. Gopal. Adridharana: He was
guessing. Tamal: He was
guessing but he gave the recommendation for a strong anti-tubercular
medicine. Srila
Prabhupada: No, no,
therefore I am not going to. Tamal: No,
these allopathic doctors have been totally a failure for you. There's no
question of going back to them in any case… and strong medicine he
prescribed… He would have created havoc with his testing… if you don't
have the disease, then they'll make sure you get it, simply to be
right. Srila
Prabhupada: So I
shall remain in his (Sastriji) treatment… strictly follow.
(Con:36.184-212)
Late that night, at 2 AM, Srila Prabhupada had a "very lively conversation with
Bhavananda Maharaj" about
various topics. (TkgD.311-3)
Tamal wrote to Tulasidas in South Africa: "He was so much interested (in your
report) that He even put on His glasses and looked very carefully at the
photographs and news clippings you sent… Srila Prabhupada's health is
still very poor but He is going to Mayapur in two days time to be under
the treatment of an especially good Kaviraja."
(Archives) CHAPTER
31: HEALTH CHRONICLE: NOVEMBER
1977 NOVEMBER
1:
Srila
Prabhupada went on temple parikrama and then met with Rama Krishna Bajaj,
Sri Narayan and the head of Auroville. Sastriji checked Srila Prabhupada
in the morning, saying, "You may
not care about your body, but I will see that you get all the proper
foodstuffs and medicines. I will never leave you."
(TkgD) Srila
Prabhupada got some good sleep at the end of the night, and apparently
took some Horlicks while speaking with Sastriji in Hindi.
(Con) A long
discussion ensued regarding the overall situation, complicated by Srila
Prabhupada's complaint of fainting (A16) during the temple
circumambulation. Srila
Prabhupada asked that once around would be sufficient, and expressed
doubts about the treatment, as there was no dramatic turnaround yet. Srila Prabhupada took milk and
barley in the morning and 12 spoonfuls of solid food for lunch. Plane tickets were reserved for
Delhi to Calcutta, and Satadhanya had already gone ahead to Mayapur, but
it was decided that Srila Prabhupada would stay in Vrindaban for ten days
to regain strength, taking Sastriji's medicine even if Sastriji had to
leave. Then Sastriji would
return and take Srila Prabhupada to Mayapur. Srila Prabhupada concluded, "If he cannot stay, let his medicine
remain and let him go." (TkgD, Con) Bhakticharu
spoke encouragingly, "Actually the
kaviraja has left it up to you, Srila Prabhupada. He said that the way you
have cured your cough and cold (A3) in just a day, in just a few
hours' time, the same way you can cure all your disease if you want, just
yourself, without any medicine. …and ever since you started taking the
medicines there has been some good effect, like you started passing more
urine (AK14), you started
getting a little appetite (AK1), little taste (AK20), your swelling (AK17) has gone down, to some
extent." (Con)
Of conspicuous note is how Srila Prabhupada several times asked
whether He was a burden to His caretakers, and Bhavananda remarked, "Srila Prabhupada, something must have
happened that you're feeling somehow that we think that you have become a
burden. But we don't feel that way at all…" Was Srila Prabhupada now
aware of being poisoned, thus feeling rather unwanted? (Con)
Tamal
also revealed, "Prabhupada, you
fainted… Although you don't remember sometimes, you have fainted at least
a half dozen times (A16) in
the last month or two. I know you don't recall it, because we did not say
anything. But we have seen you faint… falling backwards a little bit in
bed (A16) when you were
sitting up. In extreme weakness, fainting is natural… The blood does not
circulate properly in the head, and one faints."
(Con)
After these discussions, Srila Prabhupada called for Sastriji, who
checked the pulse and blood pressure, which was good at 160. Sastriji
said, "You are weak, but the heart
is strong. There is little blood in the system, and this causes weakness
and fainting." Srila Prabhupada was
asleep before 10 PM. (TkgD) Tamal noted that the swelling (AK17) was reduced.
(Con)
(TkgD.315-319; Con:36.212-227, 242-249)
NOVEMBER
2:
In the
morning, Srila Prabhupada joked that
He was not to fault for changing the plans of going to Mayapur. The lawyer
was too late in coming the previous night to complete documents for the
new Bhaktivedanta Swami Charity Trust, and the cars from Delhi arrived at
4 am, too late to return to Delhi for the 7 am flight to Calcutta. The
trip to Mayapur thus did not take place. (TkgD)
This morning Srila Prabhupada drank little and did not want barley
water. Tamal noted after Srila Prabhupada awoke later in the day, "This resting is very good. Kaviraja
said that two things, resting and passing urine, are signs of recovery for
you. Sleeplessness is bad. But constant resting (A10) means that the body is
getting a chance to renew itself and take strength. He said that we should
look for that resting as a sign of gradual recovery, called 'rest and
recuperation.'" (Con)
After working on medicine preparations till 11PM the night before,
Sastriji and Adridharana had left for Calcutta, to return in about a week
to ten days and to stay for at least a week. Sastriji had sent word in the
middle of the night that the road from Vrindaban to Delhi was too bad for
Srila Prabhupada's health and reaffirmed that the trip should be
cancelled. In the morning, the young kaviraja assistant came to check
Srila Prabhupada. "Checking the
pulse, he said there was more energy." However, Srila Prabhupada
skipped the parikrama due to weakness (AK5). Srila Prabhupada's mood changed as
seen in Tamal's statement, "I mean
for the past few days you've been saying that you want to live. Now
suddenly you say that you want to die… As your disciples, our duty is to
help you fulfill your desire. It seems like your desire is to die in
Vrindaban. But it's very hard for us to execute that service… to assist
you in dying." (TkgD & Con)
(TkgD.319-323; Con:36.228-241, 249-261
NOVEMBER
3:
"In the
early morning, Srila Prabhupada asked Bhakticharu Maharaj to soak
chickpeas and almonds." Gaura
Govinda Maharaj arrived from Orissa and Giriraj Swami returned from a
visit to Nepal. Srila Prabhupada found a little taste (AK1, AK20) in some avocado
for lunch. (TkgD.323-324) NOVEMBER
4:
Hansadutta
and Baradvaj returned from Delhi and Chitsukananda gave a report of
preaching in San Francisco. Gaura Govinda reported on the total
mismanagement with the recent annual Jagannath Puri Rathayatra festival.
(TkgD) Srila
Prabhupada asked for kirtan again, doing without much of it while
Hansadutta and Baradvaj had been away. Bhavananda asked Srila Prabhupada,
"Is there any pain this
side?" Satadhanya Maharaj
returned from Calcutta, bringing portals and jinga for Srila Prabhupada to
eat. He related how the
Bengal devotees were disappointed when Srila Prabhupada did not come off
the plane, having made ready a large reception party. Tamal spoke about Srila
Prabhupada's upcoming trip to Mayapur, offering that they take the Taj
Express from Mathura to Delhi to avoid the bad roads. Tamal said, "This time, until the kaviraja comes,
from now until then, you should rest as much as possible, take these
medicines. I think it's having a positive effect. You mentioned this
morning that when you sit up you feel a little stronger now."
(Con:36.262-9 : listed as November 3) Srila
Prabhupada took milk at 8:15 AM, and 10:30 AM asked for more, instructing
Bhakticharu Swami, "So, every two
hours give me something. Hm? Little, little." Bhakticharu and Tamal
offered to bring Srila Prabhupada various things besides milk and barley,
such as fried portals, capattis and rice. Srila Prabhupada chuckled, saying,
"I'll not be able to take. Better
not bother. This fruit juice or milk." It was decided that
chewing and solid foods were too difficult (AK9?) for Srila Prabhupada,
so Bhakticharu suggested making a portal soup with avocados besides the
standard menu of barley water and barley milk.(Con:36.274) Tamal informed
Srila Prabhupada that Sastriji was expected to return by November 11 or
12, a week away. Tamal observed,
"You look very peaceful, Srila Prabhupada."
(Con:36.275-6) Then,
excerpted from a conversation: Srila
Prabhupada: So far I
am thinking, I'm not improving in strength (AK5). And how can I improve by
drinking little barley and milk and little fruit juice? I have no appetite
(AK1) for anything else. In
case I… Most probably, I am diminishing my strength.
So… Tamal: How? I
don't see that you're diminishing in your
strength. Srila
Prabhupada: Yes, I
cannot sit. Tamal: But you
haven't been able to sit for a long time… Now when you try and sit up, you
always fall over to the side. Srila
Prabhupada: …From
the fact I can see that I have no appetite. Then how can I increase my
strength? Tamal: He
(kaviraja) states that you can't expect to eat as long as the liver (A18) and kidneys are not
functioning (AK15) properly…
he says that he can get it to function properly. Srila
Prabhupada: He
says, but I practically see. Tamal: He also
says that his medicine cannot be judged over a period of five or six
days. Srila
Prabhupada: I mean
in case I do not increase… Then what I will do? Bhakticharu: Srila
Prabhupada, the Ayurvedic doctor was telling that one great factor is your
willpower… Srila
Prabhupada: I am
losing my willpower, because practically I see that I am becoming more and
more weak. Bhakticharu: Don't
you think there has been a slight improvement, Srila Prabhupada? Over the
last few days there has been a little
improvement? Srila
Prabhupada: What is
that improvement? Bhakticharu: Your
intake has increased. Your voice sounds stronger than
before.
(Con:36. 276-280:)
Srila
Prabhupada voiced concern that His caretakers might put Him in the
hospital at some point, but Tamal reassured Him that would never happen.
Srila Prabhupada said that in case the treatment failed, "Yes, that starving and chanting and a
little ganga-jala (Ganges water) or… In this way let me pass away
peacefully. Bhavananda said, "Fasting, that you can always do. But
let us see this treatment through. We have hopes in it."
(Con:36.280)
When Krishna das Babaji came in to visit, Srila Prabhupada
requested, "Get one small light (A1)." Srila Prabhupada began
speaking to His godbrother before he came in (A9), not able to tell that
he was not there yet. Krishna
das Babaji was astonished to see Srila Prabhupada's extremely depreciated
physical condition while still maintaining such perfectly clear
consciousness. Srila Prabhupada again emphasized that under no kind of
circumstances should Tamal allow Srila Prabhupada to be hospitalized.
Tamal agreed, and related the story of Samjata, a devotee in Orissa, that
had been hospitalized after severe illness and suddenly had died, possibly
from the allopathic drugs given by hospital doctors. Tamal concluded, "We see one example after another that
these hospitals, they are simply meant to kill, not to save life." Srila Prabhupada concluded
later, "This is the decision, that
in case it does not improve, let me die here…" Later, Tamal observed, "Improvement hasn't come yet. Simply
because you're drinking more, passing more urine, is not the sign of any
improvement." (Con:36.280-2)
When the kaviraja
assistant came on his own volition to check on Srila Prabhupada, he was
not allowed to do so, but was given a report by Bhakticharu Swami. Tamal noted that after a few days,
Srila Prabhupada finally had a good bowel movement (A13) and felt
relieved. Tamal said, "One thing I feel, that while there
hasn't been any great improvement, on the other hand, I do not find that
there has been any negative reaction or any regression since the time the
kaviraja's treatment began. Of course, Your Divine Grace says that you
feel weaker now (AK5) than you
did a week ago. If that's a fact, then…" The discussion continued with
Srila Prabhupada, Tamal and Bhakticharu. Srila Prabhupada seemed to have
more trouble sitting up, slumping over to the side (A19, AK11).
(Con:36.301-4)
Tamal makes an interesting statement: "So for another week or ten days,
Srila Prabhupada, we should carry on, and let us see… I think that this is
the last kaviraja that we should take the help of. If his medicine works,
that's very welcome. And if it doesn't, then I don't think that we should
try any more kavirajas or any doctor. We've tried enough… At least we've
seen that with other kavirajas there were so many negative effects.
Remember? Now, with this kaviraja, nothing has even happened badly with
the medicine he's prescribed…" (Con:36.304) Srila
Prabhupada complained that upon turning on His side or sitting up, at
first He would become very dizzy (A16). Tamal noted how Srila Prabhupada's
improvement could be expected soon due to the positive signs of increased
urine, taking milk without getting cough and reduced swelling. Bhakticharu
noted that glucose gives temporary energy, but when stopped, one becomes
more weaker than before. However, Sastriji's program will very gradually
build up a more permanent strength. After fifteen days of curing the liver
and kidneys, then Sastriji would begin to administer strength-increasing
medicines such as makharadhvaja.
(Con:36.305-6) Srila
Prabhupada was reluctant to take the medicines that evening. Bhakticharu
explained, "There are two different
types of medicines. One, I'm supposed to give once in the morning, once in
the evening. And another one is in the noontime and late in the evening.
And there's one medicine, that's sometime in the afternoon." Srila Prabhupada said the
medicines were very bitter, some being powders, some distilled
liquids. Bhakticharu suggested adding some glucose to improve the
taste. Srila Prabhupada
said, "Give me," and swallowed
the medicine. (Con) (TkgD.324-327;
Con:36.262-307) NOVEMBER
5:
"Today,
after passing stool five times (AK3), Prabhupada said that all
medicine should be stopped. We were afraid that while the kaviraja was in
Calcutta, there would be some side effect in discontinuing the
medicine." Tamal called the local assistant
kaviraja, who came and
prescribed ginger and honey to add to the original medicines. With
insight, Srila Prabhupada arranged to pay the kaviraja, to ensure any necessary
future return. "Even though it was decided that he
should come each day, it was
obvious to everyone that he was not at all expert." In the evening, Srila Prabhupada
amended His will and the registration papers for the Bhaktivedanta Swami
Charity Trust. Tamal
writes; "Because his hand could not
move properly, the signatures were quite unsteady…(A19)"
(TkgD.329)
Conversations Book 36:310-323: Tamal: The medicine can be given for ten or
twelve days and everything will go exactly according to some plan… The
kaviraja probably can adjust very easily to stop stool from passing.
Naturally, if you stop the medicine, maybe the stool will stop, but that
doesn't actually solve the problem. That doesn't cure the disease. The
disease is not that you're passing stool. That's a side effect of,
perhaps, the medicine or maybe something you're eating. The medicine is
required for getting better, but now, if the medicine causes you to pass
stool, if that's actually the reason, then it has to be adjusted.
Satadhanya: Just a couple of days ago, Srila
Prabhupada, you were constipated
(A13), and you were thinking that it was necessary to take an
enema. Tamal: But stool passing this many times (AK3) is not right either.
Passing stool five, six times, that is not right. It's obvious that it's a
result of something. It's either the medicine or the diet. Prabhupada says
it's the medicine, just like last time when he took that makharadhvaja,
and he was right. It was the medicine…(break) So if by giving you some other
small medicine at the same time, you can still take this medicine and you
don't pass stool, then that's the best thing. This only a kaviraja knows…
and maybe for this small thing we should call that assistant who was here
yesterday. That's why that kaviraja from Calcutta arranged for there to be
an assistant here, in case… This is a common ailment that people have,
diarrhea or passing stool too often, loose bowels. That's not a very major
problem. Srila Prabhupada: No, you have to
stop. Tamal: No, that's not necessarily the only
solution, to stop… that is not the only way. Another way may be that that
they add some other kind of medicine which stops the passing of stool. The
medicine you're getting is supposed to be doing good to your kidney and
liver. That it causes you to pass stool, that is not good, but at the same
time, it may be doing good for the kidney and liver… What we want is that
you should not pass stool too much and at the same time you can still have
your kidney (AK15) and liver
healed (A18). Naturally, if
you stop taking medicine, the stool may stop passing.
***** Tamal: …I don't think that requires a highly
learned kaviraja. That's a common ailment… not a very difficult ailment to
take care of. Srila Prabhupada: So consult
him. Tamal: …we're putting some hope on this
kaviraja from Calcutta. If eventually he is shown that his medicine didn't
work, then I won't, I wouldn't say anything. But I'm going on the argument
that his medicine is doing some good. So I don't want to see it stopped.
So you have no objection if we consult the other kaviraja, do
you? Srila Prabhupada: What can be
done? Tamal: …I'll tell Bhakticharu to consult him.
(break)
Later, the kaviraja
assistant came to check Srila Prabhupada. Kaviraja
assistant:
(Hindi) Bhakticharu: He's saying that for controlling the
stool he's going to just give juice of ginger roots and honey mixed
together, and just that. He's not going to give any other medicine for
that. Bhavananda: Gentle. Tamal: That will stop the
stool? Bhakticharu: He's saying yes. He doesn't want to
change this medicine. He says that none of these medicines has any
ingredient that might cause stool or make him pass stool. (Hindi) He's
saying that passing stool is due to the old stool that was in the stomach.
That is coming out. They are not laxatives, as such… He's saying that
these two agents are natural digesters, both ginger juice and honey…
(Hindi) Now, last few times, Srila Prabhupada has passed very light stool
and liquidish. So ginger root and honey will make it sort of thicker.
(Con)
Later, after the signing of the documents, Tamal said: "Your signatures were quite good,
Srila Prabhupada… Some of them were very good. They remarked that the
signature was strong."
Tamal wrote to Tusta Krishna Swami: "Srila Prabhupada's health has not
shown any marked improvement. He is still quite critical."
(Archives)
(Con:36.308-323; TkgD.327-329) NOVEMBER
6:
Srila
Prabhupada asked Tamal at 3 AM to read the Bhaktivedanta Swami Charity
Trust document to Him, and an error was found, which Giriraj corrected the
same day at the registrar's office (the word Swami had been omitted in
error). "Srila Prabhupada sat up
for bathing his face; but in the middle of bathing, he had to lie down, he
was so weak (AK5). When it was
time for him to eat, he said he could no longer sit up; however, he would
(be able to) take very little prasadam while lying down. We could
understand Prabhupada's condition was becoming very serious, that unless
we did something immediately, Prabhupada would soon stop eating
altogether." Thus
Satadhanya and Bhakticharu were sent to Mathura to call Adridharana for
bringing the Calcutta kaviraja
immediately. The phone in
Vrindaban had been disconnected for over a week due to an unpaid bill.
Adridharana was reached.
Later in the day, Tamal and Bhavananda were able to convince Srila
Prabhupada to continue taking the medicine and drinking liquids until
Sastriji arrived. (TkgD.329) Conversations
Book 36.315-331: Srila
Prabhupada: Wherever you kept, keep, I shall
remain. The institution depends on the GBC. Tamal: Yes. I think that the time that you
always were looking forward to- of the GBC managing things- has come, and
that if you can survive, then you can simply be free to translate… (and)
chant. Srila Prabhupada: Yes. Tamal
again summarized for Srila Prabhupada the plan for dealing with His health
crisis. They would follow Sastriji's treatment for some more days, then
when Sastriji returned from Calcutta, it might be time to start the
strength-giving medicine if the kidneys and liver are sufficiently
restored. Then Srila Prabhupada might be able to go to Mayapur, and if the
medicine was not effective, they would fall back on hari-nama medicine.
Meanwhile, Tamal observed, Srila Prabhupada's liquid intake and urine have
recently doubled. Srila Prabhupada responded: "There is no alternative."
(Con) Tamal: No. There's no alternative. There's
no question of going to any more kavirajas. This is the last one. He's the
best we've found, and if his medicine doesn't work, then let us simply
depend on Krishna… We're all praying to take some disease from you. We're
all praying to take over your disease on us. Srila Prabhupada: What is that
sound? Tamal: That's one of the brahmacharis
shaking out the dust in the rugs. In my office we have some rugs, so he
takes them outside and shakes them. He's a nice brahmachari, young boy
from the Gurukula, from Mexico. (Con)
AUTHOR'S COMMENT: It is this
Mexican Gurukula boy that is the same Bhaktavatsala das who overheard up
to 8 senior disciples discussing about the poisoning of Srila Prabhupada.
See Chapter 12. END
COMMENT
Then Tamal goes on: "So I think it's nice that he
(Sastriji's local assistant) comes. There should be someone with a little
bit of knowledge who we can consult each day. He may not be as expert as
the Calcutta kaviraja. Still, he is more expert than we are. And he was
appointed by the Calcutta kaviraja to come and check up on you and see how
you are doing, see if there were any side effects. The real question is
that your kidney (AK15) and
liver (A18) should be getting
better. There's no doubt that you're getting weaker now. That I can see.
I've never seen you this weak." Srila Prabhupada: Very weak (AK5). I sit up, oh,
everything… Tamal: Finished. No, I could see that when
you were sitting up, everything was becoming dislocated…(A19) You can't sit up very
much… (Con)
Thereafter, Srila Prabhupada did not want to be sat up for drinking
any more. He would drink what
He could while lying down, although Tamal observed that it would be
difficult for Srila Prabhupada to drink as much as He had been while lying
down. Bhakticharu, Bhavananda
and Tamal then tried to get Srila Prabhupada to drink more than the mere
50 cc of barley water that Srila Prabhupada had taken. Srila Prabhupada: "No more… I cannot."
(Con)
Tamal: It's difficult. This means you will
stop practically getting any nourishment at all now. So then we should
call the Calcutta kaviraja. Prabhupada's not being able to maintain his
program. So we'll call the kaviraja from Calcutta, Srila Prabhupada,
because now you are not able to keep up the program which he fixed up. And
this other kaviraja, he can't do anything this difficult. Usually by this
time (of the day) you've drank about 400 cc's of liquid or more. Today you
haven't even drank 100 cc's yet. So in this way you will go back to about
two or three weeks ago, when you were planning to
depart… Srila Prabhupada: What is the use of calling
him? Tamal: …the main problem you're feeling is
that you have no strength. Srila Prabhupada: So how he can give
strength? Tamal: …Just like makharadhvaja is for
giving strength. Srila Prabhupada: Makharadhvaja was not giving
strength. Tamal: No, that was not makharadhvaja. That
kaviraja said that was not makharadhvaja. (Is Tamal confusing Bonamali's
with Chandra Swami's makharadhvaja?) Bhavananda: And he also said that in your
condition now you can't take makharadhvaja. Srila Prabhupada: I cannot take anything. I feel comfort
only lying down. (Con)
Further discussion confirmed that Srila Prabhupada did not have the
strength to drink more than just the little He would take, and that
Sastriji should be called back from Calcutta at once to see what could be
done to increase Srila Prabhupada's strength. Srila Prabhupada stated
regarding His willpower to remain, "That strong desire has now
disappeared." (Con)
Tamal: One thing is that this kaviraja's
medicine has never had any adverse effects. Everybody else's medicine has
had some adverse effects except for his… He did not say that the medicine
he gave you would make you stronger… So what is the harm if we call him
and let him give the medicine which he says will give you strength?… You
are feeling hopeless… But as we are hopeful still… He is our last hope. We
have to admit, if his medicine does not work, then we simply have to
depend solely on Krishna… We also accept that if this kaviraja is not
successful, then finish with all kavirajas and medicines... (break)
***** Tamal: Bhakticharu and Satadhanya have gone
to Mathura, Srila Prabhupada, to call the Sastriji from Calcutta.
(Con) The
assistant kaviraja came again,
saying that the heartbeat had increased (AK24) a little. There was some confusion about the
medicines. Upendra: Did we give him medicine so far
today? Bhavananda: Yes. Swarup Damodar: Which
medicine? Upendra: I don't know. Bhakticharu never writes
which one it is. Bhavananda: That one that you boil
up. Upendra: Oh. What's it say? It's the one you
boil, cook for some time. Maybe he knows… It's the one you cook for some
time. Bhavananda: Where is the prescription? (Thank
goodness, they knew what they were doing!) Kaviraja assistant: (Hindi) Swarup Damodar: He's saying that among those medicine,
first one or second one has some ingredients that give some little
strength… Actually Prabhupada rested very well from nine to two o'clock
last night. (Hindi) Prabhupada said, 'No appetite (AK1).'
(Con)
Tamal
emphasized that Sastriji's treatment program should be followed strictly
until the kaviraja arrived from
Calcutta, thus enabling him to analyze the results of his medicines and
treatment program. Srila Prabhupada agreed. Tamal said that Srila
Prabhupada would only be inconvenienced for sitting up when it was time
for eating or taking medicine, and then only briefly for a minute or so.
In this way Srila Prabhupada would not be strained or discomfited.
Srila Prabhupada: If there is no appetite, how there
will be strength? (Con)
When Upendra wanted to sponge-bathe Srila Prabhupada, he remarked
that, "We can't use hot
water." This was a
regimen followed due to a particular health condition. Tamal said: "And we will not ask you to do
anything exerting. Sometimes only Bhavananda and I will personally sit you
up for a minute only to drink something. And then the kaviraja will be
here very shortly. Then he can give the advice what to do. We simply want
to give one try with this kaviraja. If it doesn't succeed, then we simply…
I'll lock my office and we'll simply chant hari-nama. But as we are a
little hopeful… (Con)
Bhagatji visited with Srila Prabhupada, and there was discussion
about visiting Manipur devotees and a lecture Swarup Damodar was to give
at Agra University. (Con)
(TkgD.329-332; Con:36. 324-331) NOVEMBER
7:
Sastriji arrived at 4 AM with Jayapataka Swami, who had accompanied him
from Calcutta on an all-night sleepless journey. Jayapataka gave a report
about Mayapur. "When we asked
Prabhupada to drink, he retorted, "How can I drink? There is no thirst, no
hunger (AK1, AK20). I cannot
sit up." (TkgD.332-3) "Prabhupada
was becoming increasingly weaker, despite the medicine. The kaviraja said
all organs, except for the kidneys
(AK15), were all right. There was no blood, marrow, flesh or muscles
(AK1)." Sastriji
had decided to stay with Srila Prabhupada for the time being, even though
he had patients dying back in Calcutta. (TkgD.332-3) Jayapataka
brought a champa flower garland, the sweet smell of which Srila Prabhupada
was able to appreciate somewhat. Thus Tamal said that there must be some
taste as well, so Srila Prabhupada agreed and asked for very thin dal
(bean soup) and Gujarati rotis (flat bread). Vishnutattva and his wife,
both Gujaratis, cooked the rotis, dal, mashed potatoes, dhaniya
(coriander) and tomato chutney.
Srila Prabhupada ate a little, complimented the cooks, and asked
about malpoora.
(TkgD.332-3) Tamal
writes: "Everything in Srila
Prabhupada's body was drying up. Although the kaviraja had high hopes,
improvement would be slow, because Prabhupada's getting better would mean
that he would be perfectly well for ten years. At present, his body was
unable to tolerate the really strong medicine because of the kidney
trouble (AK15). Since the
kaviraja wanted to see Srila Prabhupada every two or three days, he had to
take him to Mayapur. If the medicine worked that was now being given,
Prabhupada would be able to leave in one week; but he would have to go to
Mayapur even if the medicine didn't work, because the kaviraja, wanting to
see Prabhupada almost daily, was unable to remain in Vrindaban for three
months." (TkgD.332-3) Upon
arrival early in the morning, Sastriji took note that Srila Prabhupada's
swelling (AK17) was much less than
before, and that there was no weakness in the heart. Tamal noted that since Sastriji
had left, Srila Prabhupada had not gone on parikrama. Srila Prabhupada
asked Jayapataka for a report on Mayapur.
(Con:36.331-353) Srila Prabhupada: "My lifetime… (laughs) It is now very
brief. At any moment I
can…" Jayapataka: "We're all praying that Krishna will
give your strength back." The
flight from Calcutta was delayed three hours, and Jayapataka and Sastriji
had been up all night coming to Vrindaban through Delhi, so they then went
to take rest. (Con:36.331-353) Later
Sastriji came to see Srila Prabhupada again, discussing Srila Prabhupada's
diet with Bhakticharu and Tamal.
Srila Prabhupada did not appear interested in eating rotis, dal or
malpooras, but expressed interest in shrikand (thick sweet milk). Sastriji wanted to wait three more
days before starting his strength-giving medicines. After some time, Tamal inquired
from Srila Prabhupada as to how He was feeling. Srila Prabhupada replied
to the negative, as again there were loose bowels (AK3). Tamal: We'll
bring that to his notice. Now that he's here, all of these things can be
adjusted. Actually, Srila Prabhupada, he explains that because of the fact
that you have not eaten for so many months, all of your inside has become
dried up and shriveled, and therefore you cannot expect that you'll be
healed very quickly. He says it will take time, but it can be done.
(Con:36.331-353) Satadhanya
related that the bowel movements were small, once the previous morning and
then this day in the afternoon. Tamal reassured Srila Prabhupada that the
bowel movements were normal, although perhaps a botheration. While Tamal
wrote letters in the next room, Srila Prabhupada rested while being
attended by Satadhanya and Bhavananda. Pancadravida came and gave a report
about Latin American preaching. Srila Prabhupada resisted sitting up to
drink grape juice, wanting to simply stay lying down. Tamal returned later
to report a number of points he discussed with
Sastriji: 1. Srila Prabhupada was brought
to him at the last possible moment; six months earlier would have made a
cure so much easier. 2. The main problem was the
kidneys (AK15), which were working,
however, otherwise there would be no urine. 3. The medicine over the last
week has been working to improve the kidneys, resulting in the increase of
urine. 4. There is very little blood
due to no eating for so long, resulting in great weakness and practically
no muscles left. 5. Due to weakness, strong
medicines must be avoided or given very gradually in small amounts, very
carefully. 6. A new medicine was started
today for making new blood, the effectiveness of which would be noted from
the pulse, even if increased strength was delayed. 7. Sitting up to eat would
strain the heart; better to eat while lying down. 8. Solid food was not necessary,
and certain foods were restricted, such as ghee, dahi,
malpoora. 9. Sastriji believed Srila
Prabhupada's chances of full recovery were quite good if the treatment was
followed for three or four months. 10. Sastriji had seen worse cases who
survived, and would work very slowly with the treatment plan, encouraging
Srila Prabhupada to keep up good spirits.
(Con:36.331-353) NOVEMBER
8:
Sastriji found Srila Prabhupada to
have a strong pulse, and said that in four or five days, Srila Prabhupada
would be fit for parikrama. Sastriji recommended the wheat supplement,
Horlicks, be resumed now. Sastriji worked very hard, being dedicated to
the healing of Srila Prabhupada, and searched for five hours in the
forests for specific herbs without success. The swelling (AK17) had increased by
evening, and Srila Prabhupada had four bowel movements (AK3) and passed urine 14
times, a little each time (AK13). Srila Prabhupada
observed, "I think I am feeling a
little strength." A
urinalysis report was returned from Dr. Gopal at the Ramakrishna Mission
Hospital. There were much too many pus cells due to very poor kidney
functioning (AK15), where blood was being
converted into pus. This was a very serious situation; there was pain in
the left kidney (AK15), but no kidney stones
were detected. (TkgD.334-5) After
another discussion with Jayapataka and Tamal about the ISKCON preaching
successes around the world, Sastriji again visited Srila Prabhupada,
speaking in Hindi, translated by Bhakticharu or Swarup Damodar. Yesterday's report: 1000 cc's
liquid taken, 475 cc of urine.
Tamal noted that Srila Prabhupada's eyes felt better after being
washed with rosewater (A8). Sastriji predicted that his new
medicine would enable Srila Prabhupada to resume going on temple parikrama
in about four or five days. Jagadish and Tamal related that the passing of
urine was somewhat painful, and coming "in installments (AK13)." Bhakticharu noted that the
distilled arak medicine for the
kidneys (AK15) would need to be
increased. The curtains were
closed (A1) again, and Srila
Prabhupada requested soft kirtan, taking rest. (Con:36.344-353: listed as
Nov. 7) NOVEMBER
9:
"The kaviraja asked Srila Prabhupada
how he was feeling this morning. Prabhupada said, "I want to die.
Someone said I have been poisoned." I asked who said that; and
Prabhupada answered, 'I do not know, but it is said.'" (TkgD) A
certain Balaram Mishra came and wanted to offer Tulasi leaves to Lord
Narayan for Srila Prabhupada's health. Tamal read a report from Jitarati
about preaching in China. "I asked
Srila Prabhupada again about the poisoning. He explained, "These kind
of symptoms are seen where a man is poisoned. Not that I am poisoned. I
read something." I said,
"We cannot allow anyone else to cook for you." Prabhupada agreed. I mentioned that one Sankaracharya
had been poisoned. Prabhupada
said, "My Guru Maharaj also." "You were so merciful," I stated. "You took
prasadam cooked by so many different people." Prabhupada warned, "That
should be stopped." (TkgD)
Tamal
discussed with Srila Prabhupada about His family's stipend arrangements,
and later, the project in Bombay. Srila Prabhupada signed the amendment to
His will, which He could hardly see (A9), requiring Tamal to place
His hand in the right spot. "At night, the kaviraja examined Srila
Prabhupada and found the pulse to be very weak. Prabhupada has felt cold
all day, asking to be covered by a quilt (A7). This condition was due to so
little blood. Prabhupada's
urine was very cloudy and brown (AK15). Though he has taken about
800 cc of liquid, much of it was in the form of medicine."
(TkgD.335-8)
AUTHOR'S COMMENT See Chapter 16: Someone Has Poisoned
Me, wherein we have
two full translations of Bengali and Hindi conversations of Srila
Prabhupada's last days wherein He Himself speaks of being poisoned. Herein
we will provide a summary only. END
COMMENT
Conversations Book 36.354: An acquaintance of Srila Prabhupada,
Balaram Mishra, came with Sastriji to see Srila Prabhupada. Balaram Mishra
asks if Srila Prabhupada recognized him since they had not met in a long
time; Srila Prabhupada said yes. Then there was a conversation in
Hindi. Srila Prabhupada: Someone says that I've been
poisoned. It's possible. Kaviraja: What are you
saying? Srila Prabhupada: Someone says that someone has given
poison. Kaviraja: To whom? Srila Prabhupada: To
me. Kaviraja: Who said? Srila Prabhupada: All these
friends. Bhakticharu: Who said, Srila
Prabhupada? Srila Prabhupada: Everybody's saying
it. Kaviraja: Who would give you poison? Why would
anyone do that? Then, in
English: Tamal: Who said that, Srila
Prabhupada? Srila Prabhupada: I do not know, but it is
said.
Then, in Hindi, Bhakticharu and Sastriji ask Srila Prabhupada
whether some astrologer has caused Srila Prabhupada to feel that His life
was ending. They then tried to encourage Srila Prabhupada, saying He would
live another ten years. Then,
still on Page 354, the conversation continues: Srila Prabhupada: Uncut, yes. Tamal: Okay. Indian man: (Hindi) Kaviraja: (Hindi) Maharaj, how did you say this,
that someone has said that someone has poisoned you? Have you felt
something? Srila Prabhupada: (Hindi) No, not said, but when one is
given poison, it happens like this. It's written in
book. Kaviraja: (Hindi) If you take raw mercury, it
can happen, or several other raw things. But who would do such a thing to
you? For a saintly person like you, even if someone thinks such a thing,
then he is a demon.
Later, Tamal read a letter to Srila Prabhupada from Jitarati about
China. After a pause, Conversations Book 36, page 359, Tamal brings up the
poison subject again. Tamal: Srila Prabhupada? You said before that
you… that it is said that you were poisoned? Srila Prabhupada: No. These kind of symptoms are seen
when a man is poisoned. He said like that, not that I am
poisoned. Tamal: Did anyone tell you that, or you just
know it from before? Srila Prabhupada: I read
something. Tamal: Ah, I see. That's why actually we
cannot allow anyone to cook for you. Srila Prabhupada: That's good. Tamal Krishna: Jayapataka Maharaj was telling that
one acharya, Sankaracharya, of the Sankarachary line - this is a while ago
- he was poisoned to death. Since that time, none of the acharyas or the
gurus of the Sankaracharya line will never take any food cooked except by
their own men. Srila Prabhupada: My Guru Maharaj
also. Tamal Krishna: Oh. You, of course, have been so
merciful that sometimes you would take prasada cooked by so many different
people. Srila Prabhupada: That should be
stopped.
There is discussion about one of Srila Prabhupada's sons, who seems
to think he is being cheated in the matter of his stipend and
inheritance.
(TkgD.335-338; Con:36.354-363- shown as Nov.8 in
error)
NOVEMBER
10:
There was a discussion about
Balaram Mishra and a temple that he wanted money from Srila Prabhupada to
repair. "During Bhavananda's shift,
Srila Prabhupada was very restless (A4). "Now it has become
unbearable. Why am I suffering like this?" Srila Prabhupada threw off his
covers. Bhavananda Maharaj asked, "Are you feeling some pain?" Prabhupada
responded, "No, it is all mental (A12)." Bhavananda called for Sastriji and
Tamal, and some medicine was quickly given that "immediately relieved the pain." Sastriji noted that Srila
Prabhupada's "pulse was missing
some beats (AK23). Privately, the kaviraja said to us
that since last night, he has become hopeless about Prabhupada's
condition." At noon
Sastriji came to see Srila Prabhupada again. That morning he had spent hours in
vain in the forests looking for special medicinal herbs. The pulse was 90 per minute,
stronger than the 115 earlier that morning (AK24). Blood pressure was read as 140/75,
which was very normal. "Now the heart was in
order." Sastriji was
amazed to witness the extraordinary fact that Srila Prabhupada was "suddenly able to become
better." Sastriji went to
Delhi to procure the medicines which he wanted to help Srila Prabhupada
pass urine "all at one time, rather
than in small amounts (AK13)." (Con:36.331-353)
Nitai Chand visited from Mayapur and spoke with Srila Prabhupada.
However, the detail with which Tamal chronicles the conversation between
Srila Prabhupada and Nitai Chand would almost lead us to believe there was
a record of the conversation on tape, as it was lengthy and detailed.
However, it is not included in the Conversations Books. "We asked Srila Prabhupada later what
was the cause of his mental disturbance (A12). Prabhupada disclosed
his thoughts that someone has poisoned him." (TkgD.338-340)
According to Tamal, it was now the morning of November 10, and
Sastriji arrived and Bhakticharu noted that Srila Prabhupada's
restlessness (A4) and pain were less than
in the night. Later (Tamal
says at noon), Sastri found the pulse to be stronger at 90 beats per
minute. The blood pressure was normal, taken at 140/75. The color of stool
indicated the liver was working, and Sastriji found the heart to be good,
summarizing that pathologically there was nothing wrong and the general
condition was good. (Con:36.363) Then, on
Tape 19 (of the last 20), Side B, the conversation
continued: Tamal Krishna: But what did Prabhupada just
say? Bhakticharu: Prabhupada just said that I mean, this
morning his condition was bad, not now. Bhavananda: Prabhupada was complaining of mental
distress (A12) this morning
also. Bhakticharu: Srila
Prabhupada? Srila Prabhupada: Hm? Bhakticharu: What was that all about, mental
distress? (A12) (Some
noise) Srila Prabhupada: Hm hm. Kaviraja: Say it. Say
it. Srila Prabhupada: That same thing I said, that
someone has poisoned me. Bhakticharu: Accha. He's
thinking... Bhavananda: Hmm? Kaviraja: Look, this is the thing, that maybe
some rakshasa gave him poison... Bhakticharu: He's saying that someone gave him
poison. Kaviraja: It is possible some demon has given
it. It is not impossible. Just like Sankaracharya was poisoned over six
months with powdered glass, etc. But the poisoner after twelve months got
leprosy… one has to suffer one's karma. But whatever medicine I've given
will counteract either the effect of bad planets or poison on the body.
Now we cannot catch who may have poisoned. And if his kidneys are bad from
disease, curse or poison, my medicine will
counteract. Tamal Krishna: Prabhupada was thinking that someone
had poisoned him. Bhakticharu: Yes. Tamal Krishna: That was the mental distress. (A12) Bhakticharu: Yes. Kaviraja: If he says that, there must be some
truth to it. There's no doubt. Tamal Krishna: What did Kaviraja just
say? Bhakticharu: He
said that when Srila Prabhupada is saying that, there must be something
truth behind it. Tamal Krishna: Tssh. Jayapataka: What did the Kaviraja say about
Sankaracarya? (People
all speaking at once) Bhakticharu: Someone gave him some poison powdered
glass... Tamal Krishna: Srila Prabhupada, Sastriji says that
there must be some truth to it if you say that. So who is it that
has poisoned? (PAUSE:
13 seconds: Srila
Prabhupada never answered Tamal ) Kaviraja: The strongest poison is
mercury. Bhakticharu: …which was given to him
[Prabhupada] Kaviraja: No, no. Swamiji, did you read about
Svarupa Guha? In Calcutta. Bhakticharu: He known nothing of this. He has never
heard. Kaviraja: The husband poisoned the wife, gave a
dose of raskapoor. There is no medicine for it. Bhakticharu: Mercury was in the
makharadhvaja. ??: Before that. Kaviraja: No, no. Not that mercury. Another form
of mercury. Bhavananda: What did he
say? Bhakticharu: He's saying that it is quite possible
that mercury, it's a kind of poison... Tamal Krishna: That
makharadhvaja. Bhakticharu: No, he's saying not
that. Kaviraja: It is very
poison. Bhakticharu: Makharadhvaja aisha hota hai,
kya?(Translation unavailable) Bhavananda: What was he taking,
Prabhupada? Kaviraja: Makharadhvaja is like nectar,
although not suitable for him. But that (raskapoor) is poison for
everybody. Bhavananda: What medicine was he taking before
that? Bhakticharu: Kon sa (?) Bhavananda: Jagen (?) Bhakticharu: (repeating Bhavananda)
(?) Kaviraja: Kuch nahin. (No translation
available) Bhakticharu: He was referring to a case, a big
murder case, in Calcutta. The husband poisoned the
wife... Bhavananda: Guha, yes. Kaviraja: Swarupa Guha, ami uska case... (No
translation available) Bhakticharu: Sankar Das
Banerjee. Bhavananda: Oh, yes. Our lawyer is
the... Tamal Krishna: Bhagatji doesn't
think... Kaviraja: But his [Prabhupada's?] body is such
that it is like a thunderbolt. You can beat it a thousand times, but
nothing will happen. Bhakticharu: When the Lord protects, just like
Prahlad Maharaj… Kaviraja:
Swamiji. I know a Sanskrit verse about this: 'Without protection, one
remains fixed if protected by fate, whereas one who protects himself but
is condemned by fate is destroyed. Without a protector, one person can
live carelessly alone in the forest, whereas another takes all precautions
in his home, and still dies.' You know this truth, Maharaj, so don't be
afraid. Tamal Krishna: No poison is strong enough to stop
the Harinam, Srila Prabhupada. Kaviraja: Don't doubt Meera drank so much
poison; one drop could have killed, but because it was the Lord's prasad,
nothing happened to her. Even poison when offered to the Lord becomes
nectar. Unknown: Prahlad
Maharaj. Bhakticharu: Prahlad
Maharaj. Kaviraja: More than Prahlad, Meera was given
such strong poison. Srila Prabhupada: [sighs,
breathes] Kaviraja: In allopathic medicine there are some
poisons that nobody can recognize the taste of.
Tamal Krishna: You want some more kirtan Srila
Prabhupada? Lokanath can lead. Lokanath, you lead! (Con:36.367-368-
shown as Nov.8) Tamal
wrote to Jitarati in Hong Kong:
"…So this is the fourth time that Srila Prabhupada has told me to forget
about preaching in China. You may stay there and do as you like, but I
will not go to China. I have my directions from Srila Prabhupada, so I
cannot disobey them." (Archives) AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: This
reporter received information that a Hindi speaking devotee had listened
to the "poison tape" and very clearly heard Srila Prabhupada speaking in
Hindi to the kaviraja: "Yes, they are trying to poison me;
Krishna appeared to me in a dream and told me this." This is not
verified - Hindi speakers please confirm. END
COMMENT Bhakticharu
Swami, in an interview with this reporter, said that after Srila
Prabhupada said He was being poisoned, the devotees discussed this
statement, after which Tamal asks Srila Prabhupada who it is who is
poisoning Srila Prabhupada. Bhakticharu Swami said this was the end of the
matter, and he cannot explain why the matter was not pursued and settled.
He believes it is unfortunate that the matter was not raised with Srila
Prabhupada again so that there would be no questions about the matter
today. He also stated that if
there was some foul play, of which he had no knowledge, it could have
happened through Srila Prabhupada's kitchen, which was completely
unguarded. Anyone could have
easily tampered with Srila Prabhupada's food or cooking ingredients.
(Interview)
NOVEMBER
11: Early in the morning, Srila
Prabhupada spoke with Bhavananda and Giriraj. Calling for Tamal, He
said: "I am not getting strength. Even to
lift my leg, I need help. Practically my left leg is not working (A20). What should be done now,
you consider." Tamal
called for Sastriji, who then recommended milk, but not yogurt. Yesterday Sastri had gone to Delhi
and consulted Sri Ramduttji, whom he considered the best kaviraja in India. Ramduttji, a specialist in kidney
and heart problems, said that Srila Prabhupada's "disease could definitely be cured and
that the most immediate necessity was to increase his strength (AK5). For that purpose, milk was
very important." Sastri
told Srila Prabhupada that he would "give medicine to control the cough (A3) and the passing of stool (AK3). The kaviraja said that he
was not afraid of the disease, rather of Prabhupada's weakness." Sastri asked Srila Prabhupada
for his cooperation for one week, saying he would cure Him by then, and
that He could go to Mayapur in 15 days if He took the medicines he was
prescribing. Srila Prabhupada
noted that there was very little space in His stomach; Sastri advised
eating a little bit many times.
Srila Prabhupada complained that devotees were avoiding Him, so
more devotees began to stay in His room at all times.
(TkgD.340-348)
TKG's Diary says Lokanath
Swami did not arrive until the 11th, but according to the Conversations
Books Tamal asks him to lead kirtan at the end of the mental distress/
poison conversation which Tamal shows as being on the 10th. Thus we
believe Lokanath arrived on the 10th. Lokanath explained to Srila
Prabhupada that, "we just had a big
kirtan, but I could chant some more. I have come a long way to see you and
chant for you. So if you allow I will chant." Srila Prabhupada said, "Yes." Then there is a break in the
recording. As best we can
piece things together, Lokanath returned sometime the next day, as Tamal
verifies, to give book distribution and preaching reports as well as talk
about his trip to Badarinath. This is recorded on pages 368-9 as November
8, but is assumed to be November 11. Lokanath then left the room, but
Tamal says Srila Prabhupada called Lokanath back and asked him to return
at 4 o'clock, presumably in the afternoon of the 11th. We thus list the
event of Srila Prabhupada proposing Vrindaban parikrama as taking place on
November 11, as does TKG's Diary. (TkgD,
Con)
TKG's Diary notes that Srila
Prabhupada said, "Lokanath, I want
to discuss something very important with you. What time is
convenient?" Four o'clock was set as the time to meet, but shortly
thereafter, Srila Prabhupada called for Jayapataka and Bhavananda
Maharajs, and spoke of going on parikrama. (TkgD) Conversations
Book: We read that Srila Prabhupada proposed that He be taken on
pilgrimage to various holy places, camping at night and cooking outdoors.
Srila Prabhupada did not want to expire in His room, locked up, and
said: "I wish that you GBC manage
very nicely and consider I am dead and let me travel all the tirthasthana,
without any responsibility… You have tried doctor, kaviraja, medicine,
everything. Everything has failed. Now suppose I am taking the risk of
death (by going on parikrama), what is wrong?… I have bequeathed, properly
you can manage. Hm. It is to be admitted failure, the so-called medical
treatment, failure… All seriously consider this submission and let me
go." Thus Srila
Prabhupada seemed to reject the attempts to restore His health and to go
on a final parikrama. Bhavananda seemed to think this would happen after
Srila Prabhupada recovered; Jayapataka expressed concern for Srila
Prabhupada's health; Hansadutta and Giriraj approved of the plan.
(Con:36.369-372)
The devotees left Srila Prabhupada's room to discuss the parikrama
proposal. Lokanath left for Mathura to find a suitable bullock cart for
hire, while some discussed how to dissuade Srila Prabhupada from going on
parikrama in a cart, thinking it would jeopardize His frail life. Then the
devotees return to Srila Prabhupada for more discussion. On page 373,
Conversations Book 36 (Tape 19), during this discussion, there are found
in the background a series of extraordinary and incriminating whispers.
These whispers have been forensically analyzed and verified as to their
content. Srila Prabhupada said, "Hm. (pause) You make me flat."
During the pause someone slowly and emphatically whispers, "Push real hard, it's going down him.
The poison's going down." (Con, CAE) AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: The
phrase "The poison's going
down" is probably the most audible and clear of all the controversial
"poison tape" whispers, and almost anyone can hear it very clearly. Naveen
Krishna in Florida has been regularly bringing devotees into a sound
studio to listen to these whispers. Invariably his guests are shocked by
the clarity and content of what they hear. END COMMENT
Then the recorder is turned off and later, back on. Jayapataka
talks about Srila Prabhupada's dream. Srila Prabhupada replied, "No no, he's sincere. I'll drink milk.
Whatever strength is obtainable, there will be." In the middle of His
statement, there are undecipherable whispers. Jayapataka then said, "Like to follow the same treatment,
only while traveling."
Then follows the whisper which sounds like, "Is the poison in the milk?" A few minutes later, at 1:30
PM, Bhakticharu gives Srila Prabhupada something to drink, which Srila
Prabhupada said was too sweet after Bhakticharu asked if it was too hot
(only milk is hot; not juices or water). Was there poison in Bhakticharu's
milk? (Con, Blackwell, Balavanta, Perle) BBT Tape 46 side A,: page 373,
provides the exact whisper locations: Bhavananda: We should begin the parikrama in
Vrndavana. Srila
Prabhupada: Yes. Bhavananda: Because quite honestly, Srila
Prabhupada, I think most of us are very worried. If you go off down the
road and send us all back to our different assignments, we would not be
able to serve with our full attention, knowing that our beloved father and
spiritual guide was in such weak condition. So if we begin in Vrndavana,
we're all here now, we can see so that we know what arrangements to make
for the future when you want to leave. Srila
Prabhupada: Hm. You make me flat. (break) (Whisper: Push real hard. The poison's
going down. (Giggle) Poison's going down.) Jayapataka: We heard that Your Divine Grace had a
dream that a kaviraja of the Ramanuja-sampradaya would treat you and bring
you back to strength, and this kaviraja says that in a very short time,
following the treatment, you would regain your strength. Although he
hasn't got all of the medicines yet, but within a day or two they'll all
be prepared, and he says within fifteen days you should be quite improved
in strength. So far, he seems to have been quite sincere.
Srila Prabhupada: No, no, he's sincere. I'll drink
milk. Whatever strength is obtainable, there will
be. Jayapataka: Like to follow the same treatment,
only while traveling. (Whisper: Is the poison in the
milk? ) Hamsadutta: So we should meet and make a program
for going around Vrndavana. Srila
Prabhupada: Yes. Hamsadutta: You want to begin tomorrow
morning? Srila
Prabhupada: Yes. Page 374: Tamala Krishna: You sound like you are very
determined to go, Srila Prabhupada. Srila
Prabhupada: Day time we expose in the sunshine,
and (Whisper: Poison's (?) going
down..) camp underneath a tree at night. That has to be
arranged. Bhakti-caru: Srila Prabhupada, shall I offer you
some milk now? Srila
Prabhupada: Yes, give a little
hot. (Srila Prabhupada drinks
milk) Bhakti-caru: Is it hot
enough? Srila
Prabhupada: It's too sweet.
Bhakti-caru: Please wipe you hand, Srila
Prabhupada. Srila
Prabhupada: Inaudible. Bhakti-caru: Would you like a little water, Srila
Prabhupada? You don't want to drink water? Srila Prabhupada: No. Then
Tamal asked Srila Prabhupada if the devotees in the room could go to take
lunch prasadam and return at four o'clock to discuss the parikrama plans.
It was agreed Lokanath would also come to the afternoon meeting to
organize parikrama starting the next day, the 12th.
(Con)
Conversations Books: The devotees return to Srila Prabhupada's
room. Tamal said, "Spiritually he
(kaviraja) is in complete agreement. So from a medical point of view, he
said that you would not at all be able to withstand this kind of trip. He
said that in a bullock cart, moving around, bumping on the road, you might
not be able to live more than a couple of hours. He's here now. He wanted
to speak to you." The kaviraja discouraged the parikrama
idea, and Tamal, Bhavananda and Swarup Damodar tried to dissuade Srila
Prabhupada also, deeming it too strenuous an endeavor. Srila Prabhupada proposed to
experiment by doing a shorter, local Vrindaban parikrama, one that would
be a two hour fast walk or, by bullock cart, maybe five to six hours.
Srila Prabhupada then asked that His godbrothers Krishna das Babaji and
Indumati be brought from Madhava Maharaj's mandir.
(Con:36.75-378)
Conversations Books: After a break in the
recording: Tamal: This seems like suicide, Srila
Prabhupada, this program. It seems to some of us like it's suicidal."
Srila Prabhupada: And this is also suicidal. (Why
is it suicide to stay?) Tamal: Hm. Prabhupada said, "And this is
also suicide." Now you have
to choose which suicide. Srila Prabhupada: The Ravana will kill and Rama
will kill. Better to be killed by Rama. Eh? That Maricha, if he does not
go to mislead Sita, he'll be killed by Ravana; and if he goes to be killed
by Rama, then it is better. (Con:36.378-380) What is
meant by Srila Prabhupada's comparison about staying in His room would be
suicide, like being killed by Ravana, is not known. Some have opined that
this indicates Srila Prabhupada knew He was being poisoned, so why not die
on parikrama? (Comment)
Tamal explained that Srila Prabhupada was beginning to show
improvement from Sastri's treatment, and that Sastri thought Srila
Prabhupada would get a heart attack within an hour or two from the rough
road on a parikrama. Srila Prabhupada then stated that the parikrama would
cure Him. Hansadutta thus observed: "…we have to consider whether Srila
Prabhupada's opinion is more or less than the kaviraja's…" In the middle of page 380, while
Sastriji is speaking Hindi, someone who sounds much like Tamal is heard
whispering, "We know he's trying to trap
us." And also, "He's as sly as they come." Then Tamal said, "We're voicing different
opinions…", which was previously and erroneously thought to say "Put poison in different
containers." (Con:
36.378-380, CAE)
Lokanath returned to inform Srila Prabhupada that he had found a
bullock cart in Mathura for 100 rupees, which would be coming that night
at 11 o'clock, ready for going at 5 AM in the morning.
(Con:36.380)
Then Srila Prabhupada discussed with many senior devotees how the
Vrindaban bullock cart parikrama program would be organized.
(Con:36.381-389)
Srila
Prabhupada's godbrother Krishna das Babaji came later in the evening, who
spoke with Srila Prabhupada convincingly about not going on a parikrama
(TkgD.347).
Another whisper is found on Conversations Book 36, page 391, just
after Jayapataka asked, "Should
there be kirtana, Srila Prabhupada? You like kirtan?" There is a Bengali phrase,
then, in the background, Jayapataka stated, "Poisoning for a long time…"
Srila Prabhupada,
sounding surprised, asked, "To me?"
Then another voice said, "That's really original." Next, Jayapataka states, "Get ready to go." Some devotees have reported that
they hear: "Take it easy, get ready to go,"
then a few seconds later, "The poison's in you Srila
Prabhupada." Then
they hear, "He's going under... He's going
under." Then we all can hear Hansadutta's kirtan begin. Then there is a break in the
recording. (Con, CAE, VNN) There is
no surety, indeed there is substantial doubt, as to the chronological
integrity of these tape recordings. It has already been demonstrated in
numerous instances how the recordings were "time-line" jumbled as much as
several days. Whether "poisoning for a long time " was spoken on November
11 or late on November 13 when Srila Prabhupada entered a coma is anyone's
guess. But it certainly is very possible, considering the content of these
whispers and the verified fact of previous chronological disparities of
tape recordings in 1977. (Comment) Next on
the tape, Tamal and Bhavananda both pleaded with Srila Prabhupada not to
go on the parikrama, and Srila Prabhupada relented. "All right… I cannot refuse your
request… No, no, I cannot put you in anxiety… So I shall do what you like…
Lefthand, righthand. I cannot refuse." Thus it was decided that
devotees would take the bullock cart on Vrindaban parikrama the next day
on Srila Prabhupada's behalf. (Con:36.391-2) Tamal said, in relief: "Actually, Srila Prabhupada, we're so
much attached to you that you practically drive us to madness sometimes.
Tonight we were becoming mad." (Con:36.393) Tamal encouraged Srila Prabhupada
to continue to follow the kaviraja's treatment, as already
Srila Prabhupada was taking a half kilo of milk with no stool, no mucus or
adverse effects. Srila Prabhupada called for the kaviraja, who had been very
disappointed at the prospect of Srila Prabhupada's parikrama. Srila
Prabhupada spoke very kindly to him. Srila Prabhupada had taken 500 cc of
milk. (Con:36.394) Tamal
relates: "Tomorrow, he (kaviraja)
will give medicine for building muscles. The next day, he wants to go to
Jaipur for medicine. For now the kaviraja was giving medicine made from
crushed pearls and will be giving crushed emeralds later, which are even
more powerful than crushed diamonds." (TkgD.348) Srila
Prabhupada told the joke about a professor from Scottish Churches College
who would say "juty" instead of "duty." Srila Prabhupada asked that the "left corner of the waist" be
briskly massaged. It was arranged that Krishna das Babaji and Bon Maharaj
would be picked up by car to come for prasadam on Sunday evening, two days
hence (the 13th). (Con:36.395-8) We read
that the kaviraja came again to
see Srila Prabhupada, who admits to feeling stronger. Bhakticharu said, "He's saying that Prabhupada's pulse
is ninety, which is normal, and he gave three other medicines for
Prabhupada's heart. That missing beat (AK23) that Prabhupada was
having- that's no more there… he hasn't seen a body like Srila
Prabhupada's. In one moment it is very critical, and the next moment it's
in perfect order. And he is now absolutely confident that Prabhupada is
going to get well… And he's just requesting Srila Prabhupada that he keeps
on taking the milk and the fruit juice and the medicine."
(Con:36.398-9) NOVEMBER
12:
TKG's
Diary, page
348, relates that the next morning Srila Prabhupada again wanted to go on
parikrama, even though the previous night He had agreed not to.
Tamal
asked: "You were thinking to travel
again, Srila Prabhupada?" Srila Prabhupada replied, "Not now." Lokanath then returned
from going into Vrindaban with the Gurukula boys and a large group of
devotees doing kirtan with the bullock cart. It was Govardhan Puja day,
and a large feast was to be served after noon arati worship service. The time
was 11:35 AM. Srila Prabhupada asked Lokanath and Tamal to make up a tour
of where to go on parikrama when Srila Prabhupada would be a little
stronger. Srila Prabhupada said,
"…since a long time I have got a desire." Srila Prabhupada wanted to
purchase at least four vehicles for the upcoming tour of India's holy
places. Plans were discussed how the preaching tour would distribute books
and have evening programs wherever they traveled.
(Con:36.400-4)
"The rest of the day passed
with Prabhupada taking rest most of the time, and devotees always
performing kirtan. In the evening, Prabhupada talked a long time with
Swarup Damodar. Around 11:30 PM, he complained of pain in his left thigh,
the same leg which he has had us keep elevated on a pillow for so many
weeks now. Prabhupada took 900 cc of liquid, including 550 cc of milk, and
passed 560 cc of urine, but no stool."
(TkgD.350)
The last incident recorded for November 12 was Bhavananda wanting
to move Srila Prabhupada to remove the bedsheet. Srila Prabhupada said, "You'll bruise… It is already bruised
enough." (bedsores?) Tamal concurs, "It is already rough and bruised."
Bhavananda slightly lifted Srila Prabhupada's shoulder and pulled out
the sheet. (Con:36.405) NOVEMBER
13: Srila Prabhupada had severe pain
in His left leg (A20). It subsided after
awhile, and Srila Prabhupada slept deeply from 2 to 3 AM. At 3 AM the pain
resumed, and with help, Srila Prabhupada was moved from side to side.
Srila Prabhupada asked for a coal stove on which to heat salt compresses
for applying heat to His thigh. Srila Prabhupada moaned from the pain
while Tamal found and rubbed on some Sloan's liniment. "…but this did not bring sufficient
relief… The devotees had stopped kirtan and were surrounding his bed. The
kaviraja was also present. It was concluded that rubbing witchhazel had
produced too much coldness. Prabhupada said, 'Upendra wants to give cold
to get rid of cold.'" (A7) Hot water bottles also
brought little relief. Only when Tamal used a heating lamp, did Srila
Prabhupada become calmer. A hot plate was found; Upendra alternated with
two hot salt poultices. Srila Prabhupada was now able to rest again.
(TkgD.350-1, Con:36.405-6)
Srila Prabhupada felt very cold, wanting many blankets (A7), but then also threw off
the blankets (A4). The pain was only in the
left leg (A20). Bhavananda: Prabhupada was saying he is heavy all
over his body. Just before all this pain, he was feeling heavy.(A20) Bhakticharu: (Hindi) Kaviraja: (Hindi) Indian devotee: Which side? The left side of the
body? Bhavananda: He said all
over. Srila Prabhupada: (Hindi) Bhavananda: Also he called me. He was feeling
very cold (A7), and so many
blankets and quilts. Bhakticharu: Medicines might have caused some cold
in the body. Milk is also quite cooling. Tamal: Srila Prabhupada? Are you feeling a
little relief now? Try and take some rest now, Srila
Prabhupada. Bhavananda: The swelling's (AK17) gone down every day. It's
not increasing. Have you noticed? (Con:36.405-6)
Tamal continues by noting that the pain returned again and again,
every three hours, at 6 AM, 9 AM, noon and 3 PM. Ironically, during all this, Srila
Prabhupada drank 1150 cc, half of it being milk, and He passed urine
sufficiently. (TkgD.350) In
the evening, as planned, Krishna das Babaji and Bon Maharaj came for
prasadam. Bon Maharaj was impressed by the photos and documents shown to
him which illustrated ISKCON's preaching around the world. Srila
Prabhupada spoke with Bon Maharaj several times in Bengali. (TkgD.351,
Con:36.407-9)
Tamal's last entry for November 13 was that Srila Prabhupada spoke
with Bhagatji, quoting Bhagavad Gita 2:44. However, in the Conversations
Book 36, page 405, this incident is recorded prior to the early morning
recording about Srila Prabhupada's pain in the left thigh and being so
very cold. (TkgD.351)
Satsvarupa Maharaj wrote:
"Don't wish for Srila Prabhupada's departure. Pray he recovers. Hope
against hope. The cat meowing… the man shouting on the phone…Why am I
writing this as if I am crazy?" (ISK70.334) NOVEMBER
14: "Today, the attacks (A20) continued in regular three
hour intervals. Prabhupada was in deep consciousness, not external. The
kaviraja came frequently, but Prabhupada took medicine only with great
efforts on behalf of Bhakticharu Maharaj. When the attacks came again,
Srila Prabhupada moved his right arm back and forth gracefully in the air,
but we could not properly understand him. Although we all wanted to help
him, we felt we could not. The kaviraja confirmed that Prabhupada's
condition was very serious. No entry was made in the medical journal,
because Prabhupada had not passed any urine…(AK14) We could all understand
the end was approaching. Thus the room was packed with devotees, and
chanting was continuous." (TkgD.351)
The GBC did not approve the kaviraja's request to catherize
Srila Prabhupada for emptying of the bladder. Srila Prabhupada had before
disliked how Tirtha Maharaj expired with tubes in his body. "Besides, catherization would have
prolonged his presence only a short while; and we could now sense that our
beloved Srila Prabhupada wished to return back to Godhead, back to home.
We tried everything and it failed; thus, we informed the kaviraja of our
decision and he agreed and understood, being himself a devotee."
(TkgD.351-2)
The devotees crowded around Srila Prabhupada very tightly. Pishima,
Srila Prabhupada's sister, came in and repeatedly asked Srila Prabhupada
if He had eaten something, but there was no answer. She put Ganges water
in His mouth. Bon Maharaj, Krishna das Babaji, Ananda Prabhu and Narayan
Maharaj came and sat on benches at the side of the bed. "They sat and watched intently,
observing Srila Prabhupada's consciousness. Narayan Maharaj spoke in Srila
Prabhupada's ear, but there was no response; but when Bhakticharu Maharaj
spoke into Prabhupada's ear, telling him that Narayan Maharaj and others
were present, Prabhupada slowly raised his left hand to his head in
salutation and started crying." Srila Prabhupada's godbrothers thought
the attacks were not painful, being only movements of the body airs,
noting that Prabhupada's perfect consciousness. They left after some time,
promising to return upon being called. (TkgD.352)
Bhakticharu remembers: "The day he left his body
sometime during late morning or early afternoon it seemed that the pain in
his left thigh became so acute that he started to writhe. By that time he
had stopped speaking. The last time he spoke was the night before, at
about 12 o'clock, and he told the Ayurvedic doctor from Calcutta about
some discomfort he was feeling. When Prabhupada started writhing in pain,
making some faint moaning sound, Bhavananda Maharaja, who was sitting on
the bed next to him held him tightly and from that time onwards Srila
Prabhupada became very still and practically did not move at all. From
time to time he only opened his mouth and I poured some Yamuna water,
which he drank with great relish. Although his body became totally still,
yet his tongue was constantly vibrating. Srila Krishnadasa Babaji
Maharaja, a god-brother of His Divine Grace, pointed out that Srila
Prabhupada was chanting the holy name incessantly." (ISKCON statement, May
1998)
Sastriji thought there were only two or three hours left. Devotees
chanted and waited. The last attack was at 3 PM, when Srila Prabhupada
rubbed his hand quickly back and forth across his heart (AK22). Upendra took the hint
and massaged the heart area. For four hours, "Prabhupada was very peaceful. At
7:25 PM, Prabhupada opened his eyes, which were very clear, more so than
in many months. His mouth opened, his tongue moved, and then he became
still." The kaviraja
detected no movement of air by placing a cotton swab under the nostrils.
Srila Prabhupada had departed. (TkgD.353) The
time, 7:25 PM, was the most auspicious time of the day. Srila Prabhupada
was brought before the temple Deities and kirtan was held all night. At
6:30 AM, on November 15, Srila Prabhupada was taken on Vrindaban
parikrama, visiting the seven major temples. He rode sitting up on His
palanquin and gave His last darshan to all the Vrijibasis. At 9:30 AM the
funeral ceremonies were held and Srila Prabhupada's transcendental body
was interred in His samadhi site. Salt was poured nine inches deep around
His body, the hole was filled with dirt. Arati was done to Srila
Prabhupada's picture, placed on a small mound over His transcendental
repose. Later, a glorious memorial shrine was built on that spot.
(TkgD.353) CHAPTER
32: HEALTH
BIOGRAPHY ANALYSIS GENERAL
REVIEW:
There were 21 symptoms listed in Chapter 19 which are unique only to arsenic poisoning and are
not found in kidney disease. Out of these 21 "arsenic" symptoms, a few are
seen in cases of serious diabetes, which, however, Srila Prabhupada, by
symptom analysis, did not have serious enough to display the symptoms
thereof. This is reviewed in APPENDIX 7: Diabetes Symptoms. For example, loss of vision or
blindness is sometimes seen in diabetes. Srila Prabhupada, however, did
not exhibit the signs of an advanced case of diabetes which would produce
loss of vision. Further, not one doctor or kaviraja, nor Hari Sauri Prabhu,
even mentioned diabetes as a factor in His Divine Grace's health. He also
did not require insulin. Diabetes is thus ruled out of the equation, so to
speak.
Many of the 21 arsenic poisoning and "not-kidney disease" symptoms
listed in Chapter 19 may occur in other medical situations. For example,
hearing loss or hoarse voice are found in a variety of ailments. Isolated
from the co-symptoms, each symptom may appear usual and will produce no
suspicion of foul play, or even that a serious medical condition may
exist. However, when all the
symptoms are taken together, the unique combination of symptoms then
rules out any explanation other than arsenic poisoning.
Then we
add to that conclusion another 24 symptoms that are common to both arsenic
poisoning and kidney disease, as identified in the health history as well.
Arsenic poisoning causes kidney disease, and would be responsible for
aggravating an existing situation of already weak kidneys. With 45
symptoms (21 plus 24) of arsenic poisoning identified in Srila
Prabhupada's 1977 health history, there is little doubt that Srila
Prabhupada was indeed poisoned by arsenic. This now becomes an even more
convincing diagnosis. There were no indications in Srila Prabhupada's 1977
health history that are not consistent with arsenic poisoning. Is it clear yet
?
The combination of photophobia, persistent mucus and cough,
conjunctivitis, pernicious anemia and lack of appetite, coupled with 40
other supporting symptoms, clearly points to only one correct analysis:
GRADUAL,
LOW-LEVEL, EXTENDED ARSENICAL INTOXICATION.
This author has extensively studied the voluminous materials
available at major local university medical libraries on the subjects of
toxicology, heavy metals poisoning, arsenic, etc. Many case studies as
well as in depth descriptions of symptoms were studied in depth. It is the
finding of this author that Srila Prabhupada's 1977 health problems most
definitely and strikingly conform to a diagnosis of CHRONIC ARSENIC
POISONING. It is hoped that many qualified physicians who are
professionally trained in the field of toxicology, pathology, and medicine
will take up this same study of Srila Prabhupada's 1977 health and render
us their carefully considered opinions. This author is confident that they
will concur with this diagnosis. SYMPTOM
REVIEW:
Gastrointestinal:
In sub-acute and chronic arsenic poisoning, the onset of
gastrintestinal symptoms is so insidious, or gradual and subtle, that they
may appear as ordinary loss of appetite and indigestion. Srila
Prabhupada's early symptoms of anorexia, loss of appetite, loss of taste,
and loss of weight are prominent early signs of low-level dosages of
arsenic. His alternating constipation and diarrhea were typical of arsenic
poisoning. Abdominal pain would not typically occur unless the amounts of
arsenic ingested would dramatically increase to sub-acute or acute levels.
Constipation is a common occurrence and one may wonder why it is
significant in Srila Prabhupada's case study. When constipation is found
ALTERNATING regularly with
diarrhea, and in conjunction with all of the other symptoms of arsenic
poisoning, it then becomes recognized as an "arsenic" symptom.
Constipation in this landscape of symptoms thus becomes very significant
as another confirmation of arsenic poisoning. The integrity and function
of the intestinal walls, the digestive bacteria, and overall digestive
efficiency is damaged or destroyed in arsenic poisoning cases, resulting
in alternating diarrhea and constipation, plus indigestion, vomiting,
nausea, etc. Modern arsenic drugs are still used to treat gastrointestinal
protozoan infections, common in Africa. It is
the specific combination of various symptoms which point out a particular
diagnosis; when reviewed as a set of symptoms and not as simply
individual symptoms, one can properly render a correct diagnosis. The
result was that Srila Prabhupada did not eat, could not digest food, could
not taste food, food would taste very bad, and slow starvation and
progressive weakening ensued. Loss of blood flow to the tongue is typical,
resulting in loss of taste.
Of interest also is a discussion with Dr. Gopal in mid-October 1977
wherein Srila Prabhupada described a "vomiting tendency," where He
regularly felt like vomiting
but did not. This is another
feature of arsenic poisoning, and is documented in the case history on
Napoleon.
Cardiac:
Arsenic caused Srila Prabhupada's heart to palpitate, quicken its
beat, and become irregular in its beat, all noted in the health
biography.
Neurologic:
Many signs of neurologic damage usually seen in long term chronic
poisoning cases are not documented in Srila Prabhupada's case, probably in
part because He departed before they fully developed. The unusual and
persistent itching of the back was a sign of irritation and damage to the
skin's nerve endings. Srila Prabhupada's desire for almost continuous
massages, increasingly throughout 1977, would have helped with aches and
pains in the nerve and muscle tissues that are a result of arsenic damage.
Massage also would give relief from the various skin sensations like
itching, tingling, burning, etc. Srila Prabhupada repeatedly indicated
that massage gave "relief," but we do not have clear indication from the
biographical record what is was that required relieving. The amount of massage late in
1977, however, was not typical for Srila Prabhupada to receive or want,
and thus definitely indicates the necessity for relieving skin sensations
as found in chronic arsenic poisoning. A
symptom of chronic arsenic poisoning is damage to the optic nerve,
resulting in decreased vision and eventual loss of vision. Damage to the
central nervous system resulted in loss of hearing as well. In Srila
Prabhupada's last month we saw paralysis and extreme pain in one leg, a
sign of nerve and muscle damage due to arsenic. These symptoms always
begin in the extremities, most often the legs, in cases of arsenic
poisoning. The
alternation of insomnia and somnolence is another clear indication of
arsenic poisoning. Some nights Srila Prabhupada was restless and could not
sleep, while other times He would sleep most of the night and day. This is
peculiar to arsenic poisoning.
One of the most dramatic and clear indications of chronic arsenic
poisoning is Srila Prabhupada's photophobia, or sensitivity of eyes to
light. This symptom manifests as a result of arsenic damage to the optic
nerve. A more detailed justification of arsenical photophobia is given in
Appendix
22.
Cutaneous
(Skin):
The only documented change in skin color was one instance noted by
Bhavananda as to a yellowing of Srila Prabhupada's skin. No other skin
symptoms of arsenical poisoning such as lesions, scales, skin darkening,
spotty pigmentation, etc was found in the health biography, other than the
bedsores. The one indication
of hyperkeratosis or skin thickening was the "unusual" circumcision
operation in London which had closed the lower opening of the
urethra. A similar phenomenon
was noted in the case history of one of Blanche Taylor Moore's victims in
Chapter 35. This extremely
peculiar instance is a clear indication of arsenic
poisoning. The
medical texts reviewed noted several times that cutaneous arsenic symptoms
other than darkening of the skin, or melanosis, often does not occur in
chronic cases until after one
to three or more years. This fact readily explains their apparent absence
in the body of Srila Prabhupada. Further, a case of melanosis may not be
very noticeable in Srila Prabhupada's case as He naturally had a darker
skin complexion already.
Muscular:
Evidence of sudden muscle weakness or collapse in the legs due to
the early effects of arsenic poisoning were seen in January and in
February 1977 when Srila Prabhupada "suddenly collapsed" on two
occasions. The manner in which Srila Prabhupada's leg weakness preceded
His physical deterioration has the distinct appearance of being due to
arsenic causing fatty degeneration of the calf muscles. This same
phenomenon is witnessed in Napoleon's case history as well.
Lack of
muscular coordination in the extremities, or ataxia, is noted several
times when Srila Prabhupada signed documents with shaky hands. A
progression of muscle weakness throughout 1977 is noted by Srila
Prabhupada's inability to walk, stand, sit up, and finally even turn over
in bed. Late in 1977, Srila Prabhupada required assistance to even move
His limbs. Obviously, part of this weakening of muscles can be attributed
to lack of energy or general weakness, but the health biography gives the
impression of a gradual setting-in of partial paralysis that can better be
accredited to declining muscle strength than lack of energy. This occurs
due to the effects of arsenic where the muscle tissues no longer receive
blood through damaged or ruptured capillaries, beginning in the
extremities and moving inwards towards the trunk. Also arsenic "dissolves"
muscle tissues into fluids (edema).
Encephalopathic (Brain
damage):
Arsenic causes damage to the brain in ways not fully understood by
modern medical science. Symptoms of "mental disturbance" have been
reported, as well as a reduction of mental functions such as memory, etc.
These signs were noted in the health biography. Several
"arsenic" symptoms are the result of insidious or subtle central nervous
system or brain damage, such as loss of vision and hearing, mental
disturbance and behavioral changes. These things do not occur in kidney
disease. It is difficult to analyze mental disturbance or behavioral
changes in the pure devotee. Behavioral changes were also noted in Srila
Prabhupada, attributable to brain damage. The marked increase in displays
of emotion, especially after reaching London, by exhibiting crying, tears,
and apparent depression and apparent insecurity were not seen in Srila
Prabhupada prior to His befalling the poisoning of His "would-be"
assassins. This was very atypical behaviour for
Him.These symptoms are part of the effects of arsenic. From the Napoleon
case history, we find that the tendency to periods of emotionalism
expressed by tearfulness is a clear symptom of arsenic poisoning. The fact
that Abhiram, Tamal, and Satsvarupa all noted this period of emotionalism
in their writings confirms its prominence and relationship to arsenic
poisoning. We
should keep in mind that anything Srila Prabhupada did was, of course,
fully transcendental, but variously exhibited according to the physical
condition of His body. Srila Prabhupada nevertheless exhibited only pure
Krishna conscious emotions even in His debilitated physical condition.
Srila Prabhupada departed from this mortal world by the will of Lord
Krishna and not by the hand of His poisoners. This is an entire subject
that may be the topic of digression at another time, but this author
objects to the characterization of this tearfulness as "departure
pastimes." When held together with all the other symptoms of arsenic
poisoning that were present, and with the other evidence available, it is
clear that this emotionalism is also another sign of arsenic
poisoning.
Circulatory:
Serious and often irreversible damage is done by arsenic to the
blood and the blood manufacturing centers in the spleen and bone marrow.
This produces chronic and worsening anemia and extreme weakness with total
lack of energy. Vascular disorders include the damage and rupture of the
capillaries of the vascular system (veins), beginning at the extremities
and progressing towards the heart, resulting in reduced blood flow
delivery. Muscle deterioration, tissue atrophy, and gangrene are the
eventual result. Hypothermia (coldness) occurs especially in the
extremities; this was noted in Srila Prabhupada's health biography. Edema
or the swelling of body tissues with serous fluid, or the separated liquid
portion of blood, is an early and constant symptom of arsenic poisoning.
Srila Prabhupada had prominent on-and-off swelling throughout 1977, each
cycle of which meant another loss of blood and the resultant weakness and
anemia. The repeated coming
and going of edema was remarkably similar in the cases of Srila Prabhupada
and Napoleon, and are correlated to each arsenic
dose.
Respiratory:
Chronic arsenic poisoning is most commonly identified with the
appearances of upper respiratory infection and bronchitis. Typically there
is a runny nose, mucus, either a mucus cough or a dry hacking cough, and
conjunctivitis producing runny, watering eyes filled with mucus. In Srila
Prabhupada's health history we observe the inability of cough suppressants
to dispel a cough, the persistent mucus throughout the year, the watery
and mucus-filled eyes requiring rosewater eye-washing three times a day,
and what appeared to be almost constant head colds. The "head cold"
contracted at Kumbha Mela is suspect due to the accompanying degree of
weakness and the mucus. Mucus, cough, conjunctivitis, and coryza (acute
inflammation of nasal mucous membranes marked by mucus discharge, watering
eyes, etc) are classic signs of arsenic poisoning, and are not produced by
kidney disease. Arsenic irritates the body's mucous membranes and mucus is
the reaction.
A hoarse or weak voice can also commonly occur in many types of
health problems, but one in which it does not typically occur is in kidney
disease. Arsenic causes damage to and thickening of the vocal chords,
resulting in a heavy, weak, slurred voice. Listening to the later tapes of
1977 reveals the dramatic difference in Srila Prabhupada's voice due to
the effects of poisoning. A hoarse or weak voice can also be caused by an
upper respiratory infection, and arsenic poisoning also produces the
symptoms of upper respiratory infections. When the appearance of
bronchitis, sore throat, mucus, and cough are seen together with
gastrointestinal problems, anemia, anorexia, conjunctivitis and other unusual associated symptoms, a
diagnosis of arsenic poisoning becomes highly suspected. Arsenic poisoning
is insidious, and is not easily distinguished from common ailments such as
colds, bad kidneys or the flu, and is precisely why arsenic became the
poison of choice throughout history. As we
study the degree of constancy of the persistent "colds" and mucus in 1977,
we become convinced that arsenic is the cause rather than a strange
coincidence of Srila Prabhupada being plagued by cough, mucus, and a cold,
on and off, for a year! One day there is cough and mucus, the next day
not, etc. Colds do not appear and disappear like that. Tamal's offered
conclusion was that the food and drink "turned immediately to mucus,"
which is ridiculous and unscientific. The arsenic produced the mucus
and cough! When we see serious conjunctivitis WITH a persistent cough WITH
the persistent irritation of mucous membranes, WITH mucus, and WITH the
other 42 signs of arsenic poisoning, the diagnosis is very solidly one of
chronic arsenic poisoning.
Kidneys:
Arsenic poisoning causes kidney damage, malfunction, and disease.
Now that it is established that Srila Prabhupada's hair contained
seriously toxic amounts of arsenic, (Chapter 33 ) we can safely
conclude that the symptoms of kidney disease and malfunction seen
throughout the year 1977 were either aggravated or produced by arsenic
poisoning. Difficulty in urination, reduced amounts of urine, discolored
urine, casts or blood in the urine, and edema (swelling due to increased
fluid retension) can now be correctly understood as the result of arsenic
poisoning and not the result of coincidental onset of serious kidney
disease as has been proffered in the past.
General:
High blood pressure is caused by arsenic poisoning, coming and
going as though correlated to the timing of each administration of poison.
Fever was seen in the very serious attack of "illness" in late February in
Mayapur. Seizures, dizziness, fainting, languor, listlessness, and
lethargy were definitely observed in the health biography, as was
stomatitis, or sores and ulcers in the mouth. Srila Prabhupada was at many
times noticeably restless or irritable. Srila Prabhupada had (on and off)
considerable restlessness and difficulty in sleeping, which was sometimes
conveniently blamed on medicines but in actuality is another clear sign of
arsenic poisoning. Arsenic causes the victim to thrash and move about
restlessly. ("Why am I suffering
like this?" - Srila Prabhupada, mid-November,
1977)
There was definite notation of excessive salivation, or drooling,
both awake and sleeping. The
various doctors often noted liver problems or malfunction. Srila
Prabhupada sometimes would be "heavy with sleep" for two or more
days as we also observed in the case of Napoleon's poisoning, often seen
as a recovery period a few days after another poisoning episode.
(Forshufvud) All of these symptoms are typical of arsenic
poisoning.
There is a record of Srila Prabhupada's rinsing and washing His
mouth with lemon juice and ginger. This is indicative of a reaction to
another chronic arsenic poisoning symptom not included in the symptoms list:
a coated tongue, as described in the case history of
Napoleon.
Just out of curiosity, this author also extensively studied the
symptoms produced by mercury, antimony and cadmium poisoning. They proved
to be different than those of arsenic poisoning. Srila Prabhupada did not
exhibit the signs of these other types of poisoning. The conclusion is:
the 45 symptoms identified as signs of arsenic poisoning are a very
substantial case for a solid diagnosis without doubt as to its
accuracy. CONCLUSION: The
overwhelming number of prominently exhibited and referenced,
biographically-indicated symptoms of chronic arsenic poisoning seen in the
physical body of Srila Prabhupada leaves little doubt that Srila
Prabhupada was indeed suffering from just that: CHRONIC
ARSENIC POISONING ! CHAPTER
33: HAIR
ANALYSIS THE
FIRST TESTS If Srila
Prabhupada was poisoned, it stands to reason that evidence of this could
be found by forensic analysis of His hair cuttings, fingernail clippings,
or a tooth which may have been removed from Srila Prabhupada's physical
body sometime during the period of poisoning and prior to entombment in
His Vrindaban samadhi. In
December 1997 this reporter took half of his Prabhupada hair relic, about
40 milligrams worth, to First Analytical Laboratories in Chapel Hill,
NC. This hair had been
received from a (name forgotten) travelling sannyasi in 1978 as a gift,
and it might have been cut from Srila Prabhupada's head late in the course
of His presence with us, maybe in 1977. If there was a long term poisoning
of Srila Prabhupada, this author's hair relic might provide proof of
poison, detectable by chemical hair analysis. However, it is not known
when this hair was cut. However,
it was learned that each chemical test can only be made for one specific
substance, such as mercury, arsenic, antimony or cyanide, and each test
requires the destructive consumption of varying amounts of test material.
There is no chemical test that provides a reading of all contents.
Therefore, one would need to chose what to test for each time, requiring
great quantities of hair to work the way down a long list of possible
poisons. Hair
mineral analysis, or HMA, performed by various methods, (see Appendix 11 ) is an
established and widely accepted testing system to detect elements or
minerals in the human body. Somehow, suspicion had been focused on the
area of heavy metals as being used for poison. The lab analyst, Dr. Bill
Wadlin, explained that all chemical tests for heavy metals except mercury required more than
the quantity this reporter possessed. Thus, reluctantly, one half of the
teaspoonful of the precious keepsake and sacred relic was sacrificed in
the long shot that poisonous amounts of mercury would be detected.
The
results showed 4 parts per million of mercury, which is in the normal
range of 2 to 15 ppm as quoted from a toxicological text. Highly abnormal
amounts creating a serious health threat would be 50 to 200 parts per
million. The Heavy Elements by Jack
Fergusson provides data on the mercury content in the hair of various
groups tested: 1.
Japanese
poisoned by mercury-polluted fish: 2.46-705.0 ppm (Mean
138) 2.
Residents
in Pakistan: 0.17- 8.80 ppm (Mean 1.73 ppm) 3.
A
"frequent range": 0.5 - 2.0 ppm 4.
Swedish
people, industrialized nation: 0.20 - 4.29 ppm (Mean
1.26) 5.
Contemporary
Greenlanders (fisheaters): Mean of 9.8 ppm 6.
Amazon
Indians: 0.3 - 1.4 ppm (Mean 1.0 ppm) 7.
Urban
Malayasians: Mean of 8.98 ppm We can
see that Srila Prabhupada had about an average amount of mercury in His
hair. Thus the conclusions is that this hair was cut at a time Srila
Prabhupada was not being poisoned by mercury, if He ever was.
The
chemical test for arsenic would have required a handful of Srila
Prabhupada's hair, which I doubt could be found anywhere in the Vaishnava
community. Chemical testing for any poison with the very small amounts of
Srila Prabhupada's hair that might be available will not be a viable
avenue of research. Srila Prabhupada cut His hair, never over a half inch long, at
least every 30 days, and thus the quantities were very
limited. Dr.
Wadlin advised locating a lab or research center that could perform a
"neutron activation" analysis of this reporter's remaining hair
relic. He thought that there
would be no minimum amount required for the test, that the hair would be
left intact and that a full reading of all contents could be
obtained. Whatever alien
elements or poisons might have been ingested by Srila Prabhupada would
thus be revealed. Of course, the hair to be tested would need to have been
cut after Srila Prabhupada was
poisoned. If Srila Prabhupada
was given a single "fatal" dose of poison just before His departure, then
it would be unlikely that there had been enough time to allow for poison
deposition in the hair. Also it would be unlikely that Srila Prabhupada
received a haircut on the last day of His presence with us. But if the ostensible poisoning
took place over an extended period of time, as confirmed by one of the
whispers, then that poison could be detected. The
investigation into Srila Prabhupada's departure would logically include
the testing of any of Srila Prabhupada's teeth that may have been removed
in 1976-77. This reporter discussed the location of Srila Prabhupada's
teeth with Sadhusangananda Prabhu, Boston temple president and well-known
for his incomparable collection of Srila Prabhupada memorabilia. He believed there were four of
Srila Prabhupada's teeth in the possession of various devotees. He himself had one in his
extensive collection of Prabhupada memorabilia, but did not know the date
of its "extraction" or removal from Srila Prabhupada's mouth. Upon
tracking down the history of Sadhusangananda Prabhu's tooth relic, it was
found that Rakshanam Prabhu, serving as a bodyguard, collected the tooth
on a plane with Srila Prabhupada in 1975. Thus it is not expected that
this tooth will provide any evidence of poisoning, which started no
earlier than mid-1976 to early 1977. The
second tooth is owned by Hari Sauri, the third by Tamal Krishna Goswami,
and the fourth by an unknown devotee. Attempts to reach Hari Sauri
Prabhu have failed to date, but from his Transcendental Diary we see that
the tooth he owns was received on August 15, 1976, having been removed by
Srila Prabhupada from His own mouth the night before. It is believed that
Tamal's tooth was obtained in Bombay in 1977. We
seriously doubt that Tamal will answer any questions about the dating on
his tooth, or that he would allow such a test to be done anyway. Maybe he will agree if pressured
by the GBC. But will the GBC
require him to cooperate or will they just continue to ignore his
inappropriate silence in the face of controversy over his intimate
knowledge of events in Srila Prabhupada's last days? Tamal has recently released his
memories of this time period in TKG's Diary, enhanced, it is
surmised, by borrowings from his own letters and the tape recordings of
that time period. (Appendix 6,
15) Nara
Narayan Prabhu mentioned that Hansadutta Prabhu had a book on the
poisoning of Napoleon. Asked,
Hansadutta Prabhu forthrightly provided the name of the book: The Murder of Napoleon by
Weider and Hapgood, published by Congdon and Lattes, Inc and distributed
by St. Martins Press. The research into Napoleon's death and ascertainment
of his poisoning took place in the 1960's. A follow-up book on the subject
is Assassination at St. Helena: the
Poisoning of Napoleon Bonaparte by Ben Weider and Sten Forshufvud,
published by Mitchell Press in 1978.
The second book was re-published in 1995 as an expanded edition and
is in print. Amazon Books located and sent this author a used copy of the
1978 edition. The books on
Napoleon have been very interesting and helpful in obtaining insight into
the nature and ways of arsenic assassination. Perhaps Hansadutta's edition
was helpful to the poisoners of Srila Prabhupada
also. Since
the development of nuclear science, the new method of neutron activation
analysis has been widely used.
Napoleon's cause of death was mysterious and unknown for 150 years
until neutron activation analysis was done on several locks of his hair,
preserved since his demise. One test series revealed 40 repeated arsenic poisonings, which were administered over six
months and which caused symptoms similar to common diseases. It was determined that Napoleon was slowly poisoned to death by his
own personal confidential secretary. Earlier in this publication it
was discussed how a scenario of Srila Prabhupada being poisoned slowly by
arsenic would result in symptoms usually associated with ordinary
ailments, and how Srila Prabhupada's symptoms were very similar to those
of Napoleon, and were amazingly consistent with arsenic
poisoning. In
January 1998 Balavanta Prabhu disclosed that he had obtained from Hari
Sauri Prabhu a small quantity of Srila Prabhupada's last hair cuttings and
fingernail clippings collected in November 1977. He stated that the forensic lab he
had sent the samples to could not perform a chemical analysis because the
quantity was too small. This
reporter then advised Balavanta Prabhu of the neutron activation testing
method. Encouraged, he said he would try to find such a lab to perform
that test. In late
March 1998 this reporter tracked down two facilities where neutron
activation analysis can be performed. The FBI recommended the NC SBI, who
referred this reporter to a
Robert Greenberg of the U.S. government's Nuclear Methods Group. Mr.
Greenberg was a friend of Michael Glascock at the Research Reactor
Division of the University of Missouri in Columbia, Missouri. Mr. Glascock
recommended this reporter to the head of the division, Dr. Steve Morris.
Upon contact, Dr. Morris described how his work usually is in the field of
archeological artifacts, but was very familiar with hair testing and
offered to consider a written request for a pro-bono (free) test. Dr.
Morris was interested in our case and investigation from the academic
standpoint. Otherwise, normally, the university facilities were restricted
from private or law enforcement use. This
reporter also was directed to a Dr. A. Chatt of the Department of
Chemistry, Dalhousie University, Halifax, Nova Scotia, Canada. Dr. Chatt works with the nuclear
reactor at the university and is a leading world authority on hair
analysis by the neutron activation method. He has written a book called "Hair Analysis" and he
elaborated on his procedures and expertise. This reporter decided to use Dr.
Chatt over Dr. Morris because Dr. Morris could promise no time table for
testing, even though Dr. Chatt would cost $400. Thus, in early April 1998, this
reporter reluctantly sent to Nova Scotia almost all of his remaining
sacred hair relic of Srila Prabhupada for neutron activation testing.
After
some months and several phone calls, it was finally learned from Dr. Chatt
that he had completed the test and the readings revealed no abnormal
quantities of any element, except slightly elevated levels of the
poisonous element arsenic. This hair sample did not confirm any
poisoning, but was at the uppermost range of normal readings and
four times the average (Baselt & Cravey). After receiving the abnormal
results of Balavanta's hair test, provided below, the conclusion was that
this hair sample represents a time of no poisoning or in-between
poisonings. It is
not known when the hair was cut, but the chances that it was from 1977 are
very high. This hair sample could not confirm arsenic poisoning,
but nevertheless was unusually more than average by 4 times. The reading
of arsenic was 1.1 parts per million, which
is relatively high, as 80 % of normal people are below 1 ppm. Average is about 0.30
ppm. A level of 1.1 ppm does
not represent a health hazard nor a chronic poisoning level. But it
certainly is on the high side of "normal." What to make of it? "Normal" is a reference to a
range of common levels, as opposed to an average. As we
will see later, Napoleon's hair revealed a wide variation of arsenic
levels each month of the last six months of his life while he was poisoned
with arsenic about 40 different times. One of those months during the
middle of his poisoning, his hair read 1.0 ppm of arsenic. Thus we can
conclude that even if this reporter's hair sample represents a 1977 time
period, it may only mean that there was little arsenic ingested in that
month's half inch of hair growth. Since arsenic is quickly eliminated from
the blood, which feeds the hair, within 3 to 5 days of ingestion, the hair
could be showing only residual
amounts from an ingestion five weeks earlier. The blood levels of arsenic
could be close to normal because what has not been eliminated through the
urine has been deposited in organs and tissues. The destructive effects of
arsenic in the body, other than in the blood, continues long after the
blood was been cleansed and hair deposition rates return close to normal
(1 ppm is getting closer to normal). FOR
EXAMPLE: Suppose Srila Prabhupada ingested
a moderate dose of arsenic on May 15, and the hair receives 20 ppm of
arsenic. He becomes very ill. Within a week, or May 22, His blood levels
of arsenic are down to near normal. Then His hair is cut and new growth of one half inch grows
after another four weeks. While the body has been weakened and remains
very ill throughout the 5 weeks after May 15, the last 4 weeks of hair
show near normal levels of arsenic because the blood has already cleared
the poison and delivered it to other parts of the body or passed it into
the urine. The new hair cutting then may show only 1 ppm or less of
arsenic. Thus the arsenic levels in hair can go up and down over the weeks
depending on when the last poisoning took place. In Srila Prabhupada's
case, His hair was cut at least once a month and therefore we don't have
but one-half inch long hair samples which will not relate to arsenic
poisonings further back in time than 5 weeks. In other
words, this hair sample could well have been from 1977, but cut at a time
when no arsenic was ingested for about the previous 5 weeks. Since we have
no idea when it was cut, it therefore does not contribute much
significance to the poisoning research except that it is 4 times over
average. Unfortunately
for this reporter, since the testing lab is in a foreign country, there
were some complications in getting the sacred relic of Srila Prabhupada's
hair returned to North Carolina. Dr. Chatt was concerned about government
regulations on radioactive materials crossing international borders, even
though the radioactivity is extremely minute. Hopefully
someday success will be achieved in recovering this all-valuable keepsake.
The test
involves irradiating the sample, which then becomes slightly radioactive
itself, each of its component elements emitting different types of gamma
rays, which are measured over a period of weeks. Exact amounts of all constituent
elements can thus be detected and precisely measured, including spots of
higher concentrations of particular elements at various points along the
length of individual hairs!
Dr. Chatt and Dr. Morris
are forensic experts at determining abnormal levels of toxins in
human hair or other remains, and in the establishment of a "profile,"
whereby a timeline of periodic poison doses could be determined. A profile
analysis, however, requires hairs more than an inch or so long, and Srila
Prabhupada's hair cuttings were less than that. Thus a simple reading, and
not a profile reading, would be all that could be expected from either
this reporter's or Balavanta's hair samples. See Appendix 11: Hair Mineral
Analysis. While
waiting for the results from Dr. Chatt in Nova Scotia, it was learned in a
telephone discussion that Balavanta had not yet located, due to his
pressing schedule, a facility at which to have his sample tested by
neutron activation. This reporter then provided the name, address and
phone number of Dr. Steve Morris at the University of Missouri to
Balavanta, who stated that he would immediately try to arrange for testing
at that facility. Subsequently, Balavanta relayed information to this
reporter that he had sent his hair sample to Dr. Morris, and was awaiting
the results. After several months, by the fall of 1998, there was still no
word of any results, as Dr. Morris was taking the task on the basis of "as his time would
allow." There
has been considerable speculation that the poison issue will not be
finally settled until Srila Prabhupada's transcendental body is exhumed
and tested. The liver,
kidneys, bone or other body parts would surely reveal whether or not there
was poisoning. However, the
thought of disturbing the samadhi of a pure devotee is most upsetting and
sure to meet great opposition.
It is hardly conceivable that a consensus amongst Srila
Prabhupada's followers could be reached in resorting to such a drastic
measure, and it is not likely. Could a final verdict on the poisoning of
Srila Prabhupada be confirmed any other way than exhumation? Final and total legal proof may be
achievable not only by exhumation, but also by a series of authenticated
hair tests. After all, there may be fifty or more devotees who own small
amounts of Srila Prabhupada's hair from 1977. Perhaps some could be
borrowed for neutron activation tests. To heal
the "poisoning" of Srila Prabhupada's movement by the controversy at hand,
a finalization of the question must be reached. Therefore, the best course
at present, before considering to exhumation, would be to locate, obtain,
and test more hair samples. It is believed that Yamuna dasi is in
possession of some of Srila Prabhupada's hair from late 1977. Yamuna dasi
or others could possibly be persuaded to temporarily loan their hair
samples for testing. A very slight, non-threatening amount of temporary
radiation would be the only and certainly not prohibitive
drawback. CONFIRMATION
OF ARSENIC POISONING Then in
mid-February 1999 this reporter received unofficial reports (rumors) that
Balavanta's hair test at the University of Missouri had come in positive for arsenic at abnormal
levels. Apparently Balavanta had received his report about two
months ago and was maintaining strict secrecy. Further rumors had it that
Naveen Krishna was travelling to Mayapur to quietly present a partial
report to some of the GBC with the recommendation that Balavanta's
investigation be continued and expanded. This turned out not to be true.
They were still both in Florida, and quiet as usual. On
February 19 this reporter telephoned Dr. Steve Morris and verbally
obtained the detailed results of Balavanta's hair test. Dr. Morris
received Srila Prabhupada's hair on June 15, 1998, and after six months
had completed the neutron activation analysis. This reporter had
originally arranged with Dr. Morris to perform a test on one or two hair
samples pro bono (free), but decided to use Dr Chatt in Nova Scotia.
Balavanta was told that he could use the free services of Dr. Morris, as
Balavanta had made it clear that his GBC provided funds for investigative
work were very limited. Dr.
Morris was quite knowledgeable on what constituted normal and abnormal
levels of arsenic in human hair. He described that normally one would expect to find from
less than 0.05 parts of arsenic per million up to perhaps 0.1 to 0.2 parts
per million, depending on exposure to environmental contaminants
and so on. His experience was that farmers who are regularly exposed over
a long term basis to agricultural herbicides and pesticides containing
arsenic compounds MIGHT temporarily attain a level of 1.0 parts per
million, which is probably why so many farmers handling these kinds of
chemicals have such high rates of serious diseases like cancer, heart
disease, Alzheimer's, etc. Dr. Morris then related that his testing
revealed: THE HAIR
CONTAINED ALMOST 3.0 PARTS PER MILLION. Dr.
Morris conservatively summarized by saying that Srila Prabhupada,
at the time represented by that particular half inch of hair, at a very
minimum, had 5 to 10 times the normal amount of
arsenic as would be normally found in a person. In his opinion,
this could not be produced by typical environmental factors, but required
the oral ingestion or skin absorption of unusually large amounts of
arsenic. Using
Dr. Morris's range of normal hair levels, however, a simple calculation
shows that, from 0.05 to 0.2 parts per million as being normal, to almost
3.0 parts as tested is 15 to 60 times over average.
The presence of such high amounts of the world's deadliest poison
in Srila Prabhupada's hair confirms: Srila Prabhupada was poisoned with
arsenic. It was
heard that Balavanta was going to test the Vrindaban ground water to
satisfy doubters that there was no way Srila Prabhupada's highly unusual
arsenic contamination level was due to water impurities. Srila Prabhupada
resided in Vrindaban from May 17 to August 26 (100 days) and from October
2 to November 14 (43 days).There was some news a few years back about
health problems in Bengal due to arsenic contamination in deep well water.
However, Srila Prabhupada left Mayapur, Bengal in March 1977 after a stay
of six weeks only (2.7 - 3.22). If it was the water, then why hasn't any
of the permanent residents in
Vrindaban or Mayapur taken seriously ill by drinking the same water for
the last twenty years? This anticipated argument of discounting the value
of 3 ppm and attributing it to environmental factors and not to foul play
is what Balavanta was wanting to debunk in advance. This is commendable
but seems hardly necessary. In a
1970 study by McCabe, et al., 99% of 18,000 community water systems in the
USA provided an average of about 0.015 milligram of arsenic per person per
day. Contamination of well water with arsenic has been a cause of serious
health problems in a relatively few and isolated areas, such as New
Zealand, Argentina, Taiwan, Chile. The manifestations of illnesses from
well water contaminated with arsenic, however, involved permanent residents of that area,
not constant world travelers like Srila Prabhupada. The consistent and
cumulative effect of localized contaminated well water over a period of years is what
produced the negative health effects in those cases. Srila Prabhupada
spent at most only a few months in each location, in effect regularly
changing His water supply, while His health continued to steadily
deteriorate. The source of the
arsenic was not the Vrindaban water. Dr.
Morris explained that the test measures elements and not compounds. All
arsenic compounds would be measured in terms of their component elements,
such as arsenic, oxygen, sulfur, etc. Within 12 to 24 hours of ingestion,
arsenic will begin to be deposited in the hair. Periodic ingestions of
arsenic can be seen in a hair profile analysis and would show as changing
amounts along the length of the hair. The graph below shows a hypothetical relationship
of time, amount of arsenic ingested and the amount of arsenic deposited in
hair. Gradually, with a half-life of residence in the body of 3 to 5 days,
arsenic is eliminated by urine and other minor avenues or deposited in
hair, skin, nails, teeth and other bodily organs and tissues. While
present, arsenic does great damage, and those amounts which are not
eliminated continue to destroy the body internally. Unfortunately,
Balavanta's hair sample had insufficient length for this kind of profile
study. This
hypothetical graph shows how hair levels of arsenic fluctuate greatly
according to the timing and frequency of arsenic
ingestions. As this
reporter has several times seen since the beginning of the poison
investigation, some devotees working with the investigation, including the
attorneys Gupta and Balavanta, may think secrecy is the best approach.
However, any advantage there may be in surprising the suspects with a
thick dossier of evidence and extracting dramatic confessions has already
been spoiled by the rumor mill, and, although popular in television and
Hollywood, may not be very
practical in the reality of our situation. This
reporter is firmly convinced that this book is necessary to compel the
followers of Srila Prabhupada to openly confront the fact that it is
certain Srila Prabhupada was "assassinated," probably by His closest
disciples for the sake of their material gain. To keep the evidence
collected to date a secret seems unproductive, and a perpetuation of the
most serious crime since the crucifixion of Jesus Christ. Pusta Krishna Prabhu strongly
advised this author that to publish this book would be a defamation of
Srila Prabhupada and constitute a horrible offense against Him
personally. Such are the
illogical and emotional responses that are to be expected. If the evidence
was unsubstantial, then Pusta Krishna has a good point. But if it is the
truth and verified by substantial evidence, as is the case, then the
"defamation" of poisoning Srila Prabhupada should be established and dealt
with. This is another area
that we do not have space herein to digress into; the conclusion is that
the truth, not false rumors, is worthy of present4ation and will always
result in good. Hiding the
truth is dishonesty and always reacts negatively. Since
the nature and circumstances of crimes of poisoning do not lend themselves
to easy or smooth legal indictments or convictions, the next best
effective forum to obtain justice and historical truth is in the public
domain. Through the press and various other media, everyone who cares to
know may be informed of the evidence, out in the open. The hope is that
this will spur further participation and research into the investigation
at hand, resulting in further verification and the ultimate identification
and apprehension of the poisoners. Otherwise, are Srila Prabhupada's
followers to be deliberately left in the dark? Suppose our parents had
died under suspicious circumstances long ago. Is it wrong to try to
discover the real story? And
after finding it, we should leave it secret? This makes no sense. Silence means complicity. Let us
not take this book as entertainment reading and then forget the
matter. There is
already too much history in Srila Prabhupada's movement of keeping truths
from its members and thus a privileged few then manipulate those kept in
the dark. This reporter apologizes to Balavanta, Gupta, the GBC, and
others if they cannot appreciate this approach, and trusts that time will
show that this book was the right thing to produce. CONCLUSIONS Balavanta's
hair analysis is no fluke, accident, error or set-up. This high amount of
arsenic could not have been accumulated by ingestion of water or medicines
which may have contained normal, tiny amounts of arsenic. Water or
medicines are not suspect. The conclusion is that this amount is very
abnormal and is totally consistent with poisoning, almost certainly
malicious in intent. How could it be accidental? Referring
to The Heavy Elements by J.E.
Fergusson, we find some test results for various categories on the arsenic
content of human hair: Keep in mind that a mean weights the low and the
high, so even one or a few high readings will raise the mean far beyond
the average. Those one or few persons testing relatively high were
undoubtedly exposed to more than usual amounts of arsenic due to
environmental or workplace conditions. 1.
Normal
hair: Mean of 0.62 ppm 2.
USA
males: Average of 0.12 - 0.14
ppm 3.
Bulgaria,
washed hair: 0.037 - 0.625 ppm, Mean of 0.158 ppm 4.
Pakistan:
Range of 0.04 - 1.41 ppm; Mean of 0.26 ppm 5.
Rural
Malaysia: Mean of 0.27 ppm 6.
Rural
and urban: Means of 0.68 ppm & 0.75 ppm 7.
"Controls":
Median of 0.23 & 0.38 ppm 8.
Korea:
Range of 0.015 - 0.74 ppm, Mean of 0.275 ppm Thus we
can see that the amounts differ due to diet and environmental variances.
Overall, however, we see commonly averages much less than 0.5 ppm. It
should be noted that we would expect that Srila Prabhupada's arsenic
levels would be probably lower than the average person who has resided in
urban areas of industrialized nations where the environmental
contamination is much higher than in Vrindaban, Bhubaneshwar, Hyderabad
farm, Mayapur, and ISKCON temples. Furthermore, Srila Prabhupada led a
very healthy life of eating pure foods and was exposed to very little (if
any) modern agricultural products which may contain toxic chemicals. The
likelihood of environmental contamination causing hair levels of 3 ppm in
Srila Prabhupada is practically nil. To
illustrate the extreme toxicity of arsenic, note that only 150 ppm of
arsine gas in the air will cause immediate death. Ordinarily a person
ingests less than 1 milligram total of arsenic a day from water, food and
environmental pollution. According to the medical toxicology texts, once
this amount is tripled to about 3 mgm a day, chronic poisoning will follow
with serious health ramifications, compounded the longer the poisoning
continues. Arsenic is required in tiny amounts for the proper metabolism
and health of most living creatures. Once that tiny amount is increased
even slightly, there ensues a health hazard. The body tolerates arsenic
with much more sensitivity than with many other toxic elements, such as
mercury and lead. From the
Miami Poison Control Center, Mahabuddhi provided a reference from
Poisindex: HAIR: Normal
concentration of arsenic in hair and nails is less than 1 mcg/gram (1 ppm)
(Baselt & Cravey, 1989) Another
source, Handbook on the Toxicology of
Metals, Vol.II: Specific Metals, by Friberg, Nordberg and Vouk,
1986, states that the median amounts of arsenic in the hair of residents
of Scotland who died accidentally due to various causes (none poisoning)
was 0.46 ppm. In Japan, a very industrialized and urban country, the
median arsenic content of human hair was 0.174 ppm. Further, Friberg, et al.
State: "Attempts
have been made to correlate normal concentrations of arsenic in hair to
exposure to inorganic arsenic. Smith (1964) found that 80 % of 1000 people
tested had a concentration below 1 part of Arsenic per million in hair,
with... a median of 0.51 ppm." The
seriousness of 3 ppm in Srila Prabhupada's hair is further reinforced by
Friberg's reference to a study done in 1973 by Ishinishi wherein retired
workers who had been extensively exposed to arsenic in the past showed
normal hair arsenic levels even in the presence of serious symptoms of
chronic arsenic poisoning. In other words, Srila Prabhupada's hair may
have contained 10 or 20 or more ppm earlier in 1977, and even though He
had only 3 ppm in October, the results of arsenic poisoning still
remained and could well have been at their peak. The damage was already
done. Every
time Srila Prabhupada's hair grew a half inch, it was cut and disposed of.
If the hair from May contained 20 ppm of arsenic, it would not show up in
November's half inch hair cutting because that represented only the growth
for one month previous. Even so,
3 ppm in the 60 to 70 pound body of a very ill and elderly person, such as
Srila Prabhupada was, constitutes a much more serious intoxication of a
deadly poison that it would be in the body of a healthy, 180 pound person.
No wonder Srila Prabhupada was anemic, could not eat, had no strength and
had regular heart palpitations, etc ! The arsenic destroyed His health. It
is also significant that we find abnormally high levels of arsenic at the
end of Srila Prabhupada's life: this is a very strong indication of
what caused the prior, year-long deterioration of
health. From the
definitive text on arsenic entitled Arsenic, by the National
Academy of Sciences, 1977, there is reference to a study by Lander, et al.
of acute and chronic arsenic poisoning cases where patients had hair
concentrations of arsenic between 3.0 and 26.0 ppm. Chronic cases in this
study began at the level of 3 ppm.
Thus Srila Prabhupada, in an extremely debilitated physical
condition, and having 3 ppm of arsenic in His hair, compares to the lower
end of cases of chronic arsenic poisoning that displayed serious physical
reactions. This is entirely consistent with an assassin's program of
gradual poisoning, a little by little, with just enough arsenic to produce
no appetite and anemia. In that way, Srila Prabhupada slowly whithered
away, literally from starvation and malnutrition. This
reporter consulted with Dr. Richard Page Hudson, retired Chief Medical
Examiner for the state of North Carolina. Dr. Hudson is a forensic
pathologist who teaches part-time at East Carolina University and does
private consultation work in many toxicological investigations. He has
been involved with many exhumations and the testing of various body
tissues, including hair, to determine toxic contents thereof. He has also
been involved in many murder and attempted murder cases involving arsenic,
including the Blanche Taylor Moore and Velma Barfield cases. We discussed
the evidence accumulated in Srila Prabhupada's investigation and he agreed
that the symptoms from the health history of Srila Prabhupada, as
described to him, were definitely those of chronic arsenic
poisoning. Dr.
Hudson pointed out that, to his knowledge and from his experience, a
different set of symptoms will manifest in each chronic arsenic poisoning
case, due to variances in the amount and number of doses of arsenic, the
type of arsenic compound, the victim's constitution, etc. He did not think
that a constant level of 3 ppm of arsenic in the hair would result in that
person having the type of dramatic symptoms that are virtually guaranteed
when the level increases to about 10 ppm. He said that it would be most
useful to see where on the "time curve" of the entire year of 1977 that
the 3 ppm hair sample fell. The preceding months' hair might have readings
higher than 3 ppm, and thus further confirm the chronic arsenic poisoning.
Therefore it is important to further document our case with more 1976-7
hair samples tested for arsenic. Dr.
Hudson referred to one of his favorite toxicological texts, the 4th
Edition of Basel and Cravey's Disposition of
Toxicological Drugs and Chemicals In Man, published in 1995 by the
Chemical Toxicology Institute. Therein it gives an average level of arsenic in human
hair of 0.307 ppm. This average is ten times less than the 3 ppm
found in Hari Sauri's hair relic. Thus we
can verify in this way of comparison that Srila Prabhupada's arsenic
content in His hair, although not evidence of acute poisoning, nevertheless
represents a very substantial deviation from the norm and constitutes
serious arsenical intoxication consistent with an assessment of: CHRONIC ARSENIC POISONING. Besides the whispers, the
statements by Srila Prabhupada Himself, the speech reversals, the analysis
of physical symptoms, the establishment of motive, and the persistent
rumors of witnesses, we now have additional solid evidence… very abnormal amounts of arsenic in
Srila Prabhupada's hair. One test had 4 times over average, the other
had 10 times over average.
Even those die-hard disbelievers will have to admit there is, at
the least, more than substantial cause for suspicion and the need for a
full investigation managed by a trustworthy entity. If any
reader of this publication knows of or is in possession of even a very
small amount of Srila Prabhupada's hair that was collected late in Srila
Prabhupada's pastimes (mid 1976 to late 1977), please contact this
reporter for possible nuclear testing. After testing, the hair will be
returned to you, and your contribution to the search for the truth about
Srila Prabhupada's departure will be forever noted and appreciated. (See APPENDIX
11)
SUMMARY:
Srila
Prabhupada's October 1977 hair was found to contain a concentration of
almost 3.0 ppm of arsenic, which, when compared to an average of 0.3 ppm,
is 10 times more than average. Thus Srila Prabhupada had exceptionally
more arsenic in His body than one would expect and cannot be explained by
tainted water or environmental contamination. The level of 3 ppm is
comparable to documented case studies of chronic arsenic poisoning, and
represents a serious health hazard, especially if maintained for a period
of months or longer. Hari Sauri's hair sample represents only about four weeks of history in Srila
Prabhupada's last days, however, and provides an average amount of arsenic
in the hair for that month.
Weekly sections could have read 10 ppm, 1 ppm, 0.5 ppm, 0.5 ppm,
with an average of 3 ppm, indicating a level of poisoning at one point
that is much higher than the average. Even this author's hair sample
containing 4 times average is rather unusual. Undoubtedly Srila Prabhupada was
maliciously poisoned. CHAPTER
34: NAPOLEON:
A CASE HISTORY
Although many history texts and encyclopedias have not yet been
updated, it is now an historically established fact that Napoleon
Bonaparte, during his final exile on the South Atlantic island of St.
Helena, was gradually poisoned to death by arsenic and mercury compounds.
The forensic examination of some of Napoleon's hair revealed over 40 doses
of arsenic over a period of 6 months. The story of this amazing discovery
through nuclear testing and meticulous historical research is presented in
Assassination at St. Helena,
published in 1978 and reprinted in 1995. The authors, Weider and
Forshufvud, list Napoleon's symptoms as including the
following: 1.
Frequent
headaches. 2.
A marked
general fatigue. 3.
A
noticeable change in disposition, disinclination for work, depression,
which can nevertheless occasionally change to an exaggerated
optimism. 4.
Disturbance
in sleep rhythm (somnolence alternating with
insomnia). 5.
Polyneuritis
in both motory and sensory nerves, most pronounced in the latter. A
chronic case of arsenic intoxication will feel pain in different places,
mostly in the lower legs, the shoulders & in the region of the
liver. 6.
The feet
and lower legs become swollen. 7.
The
muscles of the calf are subject to fatty degeneration, and become
consequently very weak. The victim can walk only with
difficulty. 8.
Swollen
liver. 9.
Skin
tends to turn bronze in color. 10.
The
entire body may itch anywhere or everywhere. 11.
Pimples
develop, often around the mouth. 12.
The fine
hairs of the body diminish or disappear. 13.
Hair on
the head grows very thin. 14.
General
lack of appetite, indigestion, stomach pains. 15.
Impairment
of hearing leading to pronounced deafness. 16.
Sensitivity
of the eyes to sunlight or bright artificial light. The victim may prefer
a nearly darkened room. 17.
Tendency
to periods of emotionalism as expressed by
tearfulness. 18.
Difficulty
in urination. Scanty urine, discharged slowly or
painfully. 19.
Persistent
dry cough. 20.
Tendency
to pleurisy, difficult breathing 21.
Sensation
of fever without rise in body temperature, sweating. 22.
Icy cold
legs with larger doses of arsenic, especially in
mornings. 23.
Severe
hoarseness by affection of the pharynx and larynx. 24.
Tachycardia
or quickened pulse. 25.
Irregular
pulse, or very slow pulse, according to doses. 26.
Frequent
and painful muscle cramps, especially in lower legs. 27.
Spasms
in various parts of the body. 28.
Loose
teeth, bleeding and swollen gums that may appear
whitish. 29.
Constipation
alternated with diarrhea 30.
Conjunctivitis
(cold in the eyes) 31.
Skin
afflictions, including blisters Do these
symptoms sound familiar after reading Srila Prabhupada's health history?
All these symptoms are synonymous with arsenic poisoning and very closely
resemble the physical symptoms Srila Prabhupada exhibited during His 1977
"illness." Forshufvud &
Weider state in their book, pg. 433: "A
modern day German pathologist, Dr. A. Heffter, a specialist researching in
the intricacies of diagnosis in cases of arsenic intoxication, writes that
it is unforgivable not to suspect arsenic intoxication when gastric
trouble is coupled with conjunctivitis, eczema or weakness in the
legs." Many
texts state that skin afflictions such as eczema are not typical in
chronic arsenic poisoning until after one or more years, and justifies why
Srila Prabhupada is not known to have many skin manifestations of arsenic
poisoning. Srila Prabhupada was perhaps poisoned for 9 to 18 months at
most. Even so, His Divine Grace's combination of symptoms can only be
explained by arsenic intoxication, as verified by Hari Sauri's hair
sample. Amazon.com's
Military History Editor's recommended book was reviewed as follows: "Napoleon was poisoned! The academic elite hated this
theory when Sten Forshufvud first introduced it in 1961, but over the
years, working with experts across the globe, he built an increasingly
forceful case that an assassin killed Napoleon with arsenic. Assassination at St. Helena
Revisited presents the most complete argument yet, and a growing number of
authorities now accept its premise as an established fact. (See, for instance, Alan Schom's
biography Napoleon Bonaparte.)
Forshufvud and co-author Ben Weider reveal their science and also
detail Napoleon's final years of exile on St. Helena. The culprit, they believe was
Comte Charles-Tristan de Montholon, an opportunistic man who had both the
motive and the means to do the deed.
A minor classic of historical and scientific detective work,
Assassination at St. Helena Revisited will continue to spark debates, but
for now it looks like the conspiracy theorists have the upper hand." The rear
cover of Assassination at St. Helena,
1978 edition, was striking in its summary: "In what could come to be rated for
its history-changing implications as the most significant homicide
detection story ever written, the author gives discovered evidence in
startling detail on the cause of Napoleon's death. Use of nuclear science for
irradiation of specimens of Napoleon's hair made possible a renewed
autopsy. The finding: France's immortal hero had been repeatedly
poisoned. Out of a background
of the great names and epic events of the Napoleonic era emerges
compelling evidence that a Bourbonist count - a man once severely punished
by Napoleon but who had become later his most trusted, praised and
rewarded attendant - was actually his executioner and
poisoner." Two
articles published in 1961 and 1962 describe the details of Napoleon's
health history and the forensic neutron activation analysis results of
Napoleon's hair. Note the
amazing similarity of Napoleon's physical symptoms of illness to those of
Srila Prabhupada. They are as
follows. Arsenic Content of Napoleon I's
Hair Probably Taken Immediately After His Death By Dr. Sten Forshufvud, Dr.
Hamilton Smith and Dr. Anders Wassen It has generally been deduced
from the report of the post-mortem dissection dated St. Helena, May
6,1821, and signed by the British medical officers, Thomas Shortt,
Archibald Arnott, Charles Mitchell, Francis Burton and Matthew
Livingstone, that Napoleon I's death the preceding day was due to
extensive cancerous lesions of the stomach. The view that Napoleon died of
'cancer' was not accepted by Francesco Antommarchi, the man who actually
performed the autopsy, who had been Napoleon's household physician for the
last twenty months, and was the only physician on St. Helena with a
pathologist's training. He
maintained that the hepatitis the Emperor had suffered from for a long
time was the cause of death.
Furthermore, the Emperor's enlarged, tender liver, jaundiced
complexion and yellow conjunctivae had also been diagnosed as signs of
severe hepatitis by Barry O'Meara, Napoleon's household physician during
his first three years in exile, and John Stokoe, who had attended Napoleon
for a week in January 1819.
Consequently, apart from Dr.
Arnott, who assisted Antommarchi during the last few weeks when the morbid
picture was especially baffling, those medical men who personally had
attended Napoleon during his illness refused to admit that he had died
from cancer. Many medical writers with doubts
about the cancer diagnosis have attempted to identify Napoleon's disease
on St. Helena by analysing compilations of his signs and symptoms. This has produced surprisingly
disparate results. Thus, when
exiled on St. Helena, Napoleon is alleged to have had, or suffered from
the sequels of, the following diseases: peptic ulcer, intestinal
ulceration, various liver inflammations, undulant fever, malaria,
dysentery, rheumatoid arthritis, heart failure, congenital extremely slow
blood circulation, epilepsy, tuberculosis, pleurisy, severe hormonal
imbalance leading to obesity and impotence (dystrophia adiposogenitalis),
syphilis, gonorrhoea, intoxication from defective teeth (so-called focal
infection), gout, piles, and a constitutional predisposition to severe
constipation which, it is said, was fatal owing to auto-intoxication and
poisoning by laxatives.
If a suitable selection is made
from the variety of signs and symptoms manifested by Napoleon on St.
Helena, it is a simple matter to make out a convincing case for every one
of these diagnoses in turn.
But if what, after all, was a fairly unchanging disease pattern on
St. Helena is taken as an entity, and allowance is made for all the signs
and symptoms and their interrelations, then one cannot escape the
impression that all the pieces form an orderly picture of two highly
characteristic syndromes, namely, the chronic and acute types of arsenic
poisoning.
Napoleon's condition was rather
poor during the Hundred Days.
However, his health improved while he was being taken into exile on
board H.M.S. Northumberland;
and Napoleon's health remained good during the initial period on St.
Helena when, with his sole companions and collaborators, the Chamberlain
Las Cases and his son, he lived in a simple cottage on the estate, 'The
Briars'. Soon after moving to 'Longwood' Napoleon's ailments again became
manifest. He turned moody,
had various aches and pains, the lower legs swelled up and would not carry
him, exanthemata broke out, particularly on the legs, his sleep was
abnormal with either insomnia or somnolence, diarrhea and constipation
alternated, headaches with increasing frequency and severity. His indispositions at first
lasted only a few days at a time, his mental powers returning undiminished
in the intervals.
Nevertheless, members of his staff noticed marked changes in his
expression and increasing difficulties in locomotion. Napoleon's legs were swollen and
often collapsed under him.
On May 1, 1816, Napoleon had an
attack lasting for a whole week.
Las Cases mentions that he complained of weak legs, headache,
hypersensitivity to light, and felt cold and shivery; his facial
expression had changed markedly, he spoke sluggishly, and was morose and
taciturn. Napoleon believed
himself to have gout, suggesting that his feet were swollen and
painful. Though Napoleon's
teeth were perfectly sound, O'Meara recorded on June 16, 1816, that his
patient had toothache. Later
it turned out that the toothache was due to 'scurvy', that is,
stomatitis. On July 26, 1816,
Napoleon experienced the first stab of that pain in the hypochondrium
which was a constant source of distress through the rest of his life. After a number of brief attacks of
malaise, Napoleon fell ill for six weeks in succession on October 1,
1816. A troublesome cough was
now added to the list of symptoms; he had postules on the lips as well as
in the oral cavity and throat.
Napoleon was tormented by an insatiable thirst and had become
perceptibly hard of hearing.
Lassitude alternating with restlessness was a characteristic
feature. He always felt cold
and liked to sit near the fireplace.
He could scarcely walk, because the swollen and weak legs would not
carry him. The gums swelled
up and the teeth became loose.
Diffuse nausea with a predisposition for spasmodic vomiting without
actual regurgitation of food were also noted. Napoleon had a relapse with
the same manifestations as before on December 3 and 4, 1816, and his
companions now became aware of his very jaundiced complexion. On December 14, 18 and 28 there
were further attacks the symptoms of which included spastic involuntary
movements and unconsciousness on several occasions. According to the head valet,
Marchand, one of these bouts was combined with dysentery (that is, severe
diarrhoea). For the first
time in two months Napoleon went out of doors on January 26, 1817. Apart from brief indispositions in
May, June and July, Napoleon's health seemed to remain comparatively good
until September 25, 1817, when a period of illness set in which lasted
approximately a whole year.
The signs and symptoms were on the whole the same as before, but
new features had been added.
For example, in Dr. O'Meara's case notes for October 1817, we read:
on the third a swelling was palpable on the right side near the liver, on
the ninth the pains in the legs and neighbourhood of the liver had
increased and pains in the shoulder supervened, on the eleventh the
patient was seriously distressed by tachycardia. Afterwards severe constipation
developed, the skin and conjunctivae were yellow and the appetite was
poor. The vomiting tendency
was now accompanied by stomach-ache.
The stomatitis was very distressing and on several occasions caused
the cheeks to swell. Constant
phenomena were 'febrile attacks' at nightfall and profuse sweating at
daybreak. The tongue was
coated, the pulse often very rapid and irregular. Although Napoleon now had no
physician in attendance - the British authorities had ordered O'Meara away
from 'Longwood' on July 25, 1818 - his health underwent a gradual
improvement in the latter half of that year. Some symptoms nevertheless
persisted for another few months, such as lancinating hypochondrial pains
and painful and weak legs.
Often the feet were ice cold and had to be warmed with hot towels,
and the ex-Emperor frequently sat before the fire with his feet in a
flannel bag.
In the final months of 1818 it
seemed as though Napoleon was well on the way towards full recovery. Once
more he began to take interest in his literary work and in his
garden. He started taking
regular exercise, a sign that his legs would support him again. But Napoleon again became
seriously ill towards the end of December 1818. The manifestations included
tachycardia, chills, fever, and the old trouble from the legs. In the night between January 16
and 17, 1819, his life was threatened, he lost consciousness several
times, and Dr. Stokoe was summoned.
(He had been asked to become the Emperor's household physician the
week before.) In his
bulletins, Stokoe stated that he had found the patient in a state of
extreme exhaustion, his complexion was yellow and he had pains in the
region of the liver and in the shoulder. There was excruciating headache,
vertigo and fainting fits.
Some improvements took place when the patient began to sweat
profusely. Similar attacks
recurred the next night and the next. Stokoe issued three bulletins
about Napoleon's health, and these so displeased the Governor, Sir Hudson
Lowe, that Stokoe was constrained to leave St. Helena. So on January 22, 1819, Napoleon
again found himself without a physician. His health nevertheless improved,
and in the latter half of 1819 he was busily at work every morning from 4
a.m. to 10 a.m. supervising the extensive landscaping projects he was
undertaking in his garden. He
could now walk with a stick, had recovered his former good temper, and
conversed pleasantly and cheerfully with his companions. Apart from a few brief
dispositions, this good health lasted for fifteen
months. However, a new long period of
uninterrupted ill-health began on Sept. 18, 1820, marked by at least six
intercurrent attacks of violent illness with severe and acute symptoms,
but during the intervals of remission Napoleon's health improved day by
day even though some of the symptoms persisted. During these periods of
convalescence he could be up and about and also, albeit with tottering
steps, go for short strolls in the garden. According to Dr. Antommarchi's
case notes, the acute attacks were accompanied by the following symptoms:
headache; dyspnoea; weak, rapid and irregular pulse; ice-cold feet and
legs; gastric pains; loss of appetite; somnolence that seemed refractory
to treatment; yellow
conjunctivae; yellow complexion; excessive paleness; dark rings
under the eyes; coated tongue; burning thirst; tachycardia; tremor;
nervous dry cough; vertigo; vomiting; sensation of heat in the viscera;
pain in the legs and from the liver, sternum and shoulder regions;
constipation and diarrhoea; spasmodic contractions of triceps; remarkably
weak legs; restlessness; nightmares; exanthemata; loose teeth; bleeding
gums; insomnia; hardness of hearing; extreme hypersensitivity to light;
impaired vision; very severe general exhaustion. On March 22, 1821, Napoleon's
disease changed character, with constant severe vomiting supervening. This was doubtless because he had
been prescribed and - without knowing it - taken tartar emetic.
Accordingly, antimony poisoning was now an added complication. A remission lasting for two and a
half weeks occurred in the beginning of April 1821, and Napoleon took this
opportunity to write his last will and testament. Late at night on April 4, 1821,
there was a severe relapse with typical manifestations of acute antimony
poisoning. Additional relapses occurred over the next few days. However, a
moderate improvement took place on May 3. In the afternoon of that day
Napoleon unknowingly took a large dose of calomel. Thirty minutes before
midnight he had copious stools with the appearance of tar. Additional
evacuations of blood occurred on May 4. He died on May 5, 1821, after
lying absolutely motionless for about 24 hours. At the post-mortem examination
the stomach was full of black blood and the gastric mucosa was very badly
corroded. These findings were
probably sequels of the calomel given on May 3 rather than of
arsenic. On the other hand,
the following signs of arsenic poisoning were encountered: enlarged and
hardened liver, enlarged spleen, fluid effusions in the pleurae, bronchial
and mediastinal lymph nodes degenerated and in suppuration, loss of all
body hair, large fat deposits under the skin and in the abdomen. Napoleon was not embalmed. Yet, when his coffin was opened in
1840, those present were astonished at finding him extremely well
preserved.
In the light of the foregoing,
it seems that on St. Helena Napoleon suffered from chronic arsenic
poisoning with intervening periods of acute arsenic poisoning. In such circumstances, we deemed
it interesting to apply the activation technique in a study of Napoleon's
hairs from the period on St. Helena.
Through the courtesy of M. le Commandant Henry Lachouque, the great
French expert on Napoleon's life and the organizer of the permanent
Napoleonic exhibitions on St. Helena and in the French Army Museum, hair
taken from the Emperor Napoleon I's head, probably on the day after his
death, has been made available to us. The hair sample thus obtained
was sent to the Department of Forensic Medicine at the University of
Glasgow, where it was examined using an activation analysis technique
(Smith, 1959) as follows. The
hair sample was weighted (1.72 mgm.) and sealed in a polythene
container. It and a standard
arsenic solution sealed in a silica ampoule were irradiated by thermal
neutrons for one day at 1012 neutrons/cm.2/sec. in a
nuclear reactor at the Atomic Energy Research Establishment, Harwell. Thereafter the sample was returned
and the arsenic extracted with added carrier arsenic by a modified Gutzeit
technique. The activity from
the sample was compared with that from the standard arsenic sample and the
arsenic content calculated.
The value found for the sample
of hair was 10.38 parts per million.
This is high by comparison with the normal mean arsenic content of
about 0.8 p.p.m.
Unfortunately, it was not possible to make any distribution studies
as no further samples were available. It is impossible to tell from the
value alone whether the arsenic was evenly distributed (as expected in
continuous exposure) or located in one point (as would be the case in a
single large dose exposure). This investigation shows the great advantage
of activation analysis when only very small quantities of sample are
available.
Distribution of Arsenic in
Napoleon's Hair By Dr. Hamilton Smith, Dr. Sten
Forshufvud and Dr. Anders Wassen The illness Napoleon suffered
during most of his captivity on St. Helena was actually the syndrome of
chronic arsenic intoxication with intercurrent attacks of acute arsenic
poisoning, as reported briefly in Nature and discussed at length in
a reassessment of the disease history by one of us (S.F.). Among the facts adduced in support
of this theory was the finding that a few rather short hairs known to have
been taken from Napoleon's head, presumably the day after death, showed a
total arsenic content of 10.38 p.p.m., a value approximately thirteen
times higher than the normal mean arsenic content. It would have been interesting to
examine the distribution of the arsenic, but the sample was too small
(1.72 mgm.) and we were then unable to obtain further hairs from the same
source.
However, on November 6, 1961,
not long after the news of Napoleon's deliberate poisoning and tragic mode
of death had become public property, M. Clifford Frey, a textile
manufacturer of Munchwilen, Switzerland, called at the Department of
Forensic Medicine, Glasgow.
He brought with him a family heirloom in the form of a small bundle
of Napoleonic hairs. It was
attached to a piece of paper with intricately knotted twine. We were permitted to take as many
hairs as required within reason, provided the knot was not undone. Thus, although some of the brittle
hairs broke when being pulled free of the knot, we were able to acquire a
supply of hairs which were appreciably longer than those we had previously
analysed, the longest measuring 13 cm. It could be distinctly observed
that most of these hairs had been shorn off with a razor and not cut off
with scissors.
The paper to which the hairs
were attached was folded into a small envelope inscribed 'Cheveux de
l'immortel Empereur Napoleon'.
It was inserted in a larger envelope which, in the same
characteristic handwriting, bears the names of the addressee and sender,
respectively, "Monsieur Mons-Riss, St. Gall, Suisse", and "Abram Noverraz,
La Voilette pres Lausanne, le 8e, 7bre 1838"; it is
post-marked Lausanne, Sept. 9, 1838.
The larger envelope includes a covering letter written in the same
characteristic hand, signed
by J. Abram Noverraz. It
states, among other things: "...Je me fait un plaisir aujourd'hui Monsieur
Mons de vous envoyez quelques cheveux de l'Empereur Napoleon que j'ai pris
sur sa tete apres sa mort, c'etait le six Mai 1821". The hairs remained in the
possession of the Mons family until, according to documentary proof, it
was procured by M. Clifford Frey, sen., an officer of the Swiss Army, from
Mme Mons-Im-Hoff, the widow of the aforementioned Monsieur Men's
grandson.
A Swiss, M. J. Abram Noverraz,
born in the neighbourhood of Vaud, was appointed to Napoleon's domestic
staff in 1809 and became his valet throughout the captivity on St.
Helena. After Napoleon's
death he returned to Switzerland.
Noverraz has the reputation of being completely reliable and
absolutely faithful to his master and his memory. Napoleon died on May 5, 1821, and
during the following night his entire head was shaved, with the alleged
two-fold aim of providing as much hair as possible for distribution as
souvenirs and of facilitating the making of a death mask. The barber on this occasion was
none other than Noverraz.
Accordingly, it seems beyond
doubt that the hairs donated to the laboratory by M. Clifford Frey came
from an authentic souvenir of Napoleon. The average daily growth of hair
on the scalp is about 0.35 mm. On this basis a 13-cm. hair should register
a record of the exposure to appreciable amounts of arsenic for a period of
a little less than a year.
Hence, the longest hairs in Clifford Frey's sample should tell us
whether Napoleon was exposed to significant doses of arsenic over the last
year. The hair was irradiated for 24
hr. by a flux of 1012 thermal neutrons/cm.2/sec. in
a nuclear reactor at the Atomic Energy Research Establishment,
Harwell. On return from the
pile the hair was fixed by means of self-adhesive tape to a piece of graph
paper and then cut into 5-mm. lengths, suitable for counting by an
end-window Geiger counter.
The results were plotted in a graph against distance from an end of
the hair.
The graph in Fig. 1 shows the
distribution of activity along a hair, the distal end of which is at A. It is evident that for a period
of about 4 months Napoleon was exposed to
abnormally large amounts of a substance which was transformed into a
radioactive isotope by the irradiation. Other hairs gave similar graphs.
(Comment: Fig 1 was omitted .
Another graph was made by this reporter depicting the nine arsenic
readings mentioned below.) In order to ascertain whether
the isotope really was arsenic-16, the arsenic content was estimated in
consecutive 1-cm. lengths of a 9-cm. hair, the respective values being
11.0, 7.70, 4.20, 3.79, 1.06, 4.46, 5.80, 2.79, and 3.44 p.p.m. (average
4.91). Since this hair was
3.cm. shorter than that yielding the graph in Fig. 1, it lacked the older
portion which was relatively free from arsenic. The arsenic content was estimated
in two pooled samples of broken hairs, the respective values being 3.75
and 3.27 p.p.m. Estimation of arsenic by
activation analysis is an extremely sensitive method. Nevertheless, the method has its
limitations. When it is used
on less than about 1 mgm. of ordinary hair it yields values which tend to
be obscured by the background.
Accordingly, it is rather risky to apply this method to 1-cm.
lengths of Napoleonic hair weighing about one- thirteenth of
a mgm. We have done so merely to provide
a general picture of the distribution of arsenic in Napoleon's hair,
knowing that any quantitative error will be well on the conservative
side. These distribution studies show
that Napoleon was exposed to arsenic intermittently. Indeed, judging by the only hair
with the distal end uncut, the periodicity of the exposures agrees very
well with what can be deduced about the course of Napoleon's disease from
the accounts of the eyewitnesses. The arsenic cannot have been
added afterwards, by spraying, dusting or dipping, as suggested by some
critics. No estimate of the
size of the arsenic dosage given Napoleon can be made on the basis of our
results; such very desirable information could probably be obtained after
exhumation of the corpse. In
a forthcoming paper it is hoped to publish the results of similar
distribution studies on hairs from other sources and other periods of
Napoleon's life. The work of
one of us (H.S.) was supported by the Medical Research Council (Great
Britain). AUTHOR'S
COMMENTS:
It is interesting how 1 cm (1/2 inch) portions of Napoleon's hair,
consecutively, in a piece 3 or 4 inches long, were tested to find how the
arsenic content changed from one end to the other. The average content of
arsenic was 4.91 ppm, compared to the half inch of Srila Prabhupada's
October 1977 hair that contained about 3 ppm. The points to be made
are: 1.
Napoleon's
hair ranged from 1.06 ppm to 11.0 ppm of arsenic during intermittent
poisoning. Srila Prabhupada's 3 ppm reading falls
therein. 2.
Out of
nine arsenic measurements with Napoleon, four were below or just slightly
above Srila Prabhupada's reading of 3 ppm. 3.
In the
months before October 1977 for which there are no Srila Prabhupada hair
samples in hand (yet), the amounts of arsenic in Srila Prabhupada's hair
could very possibly have been far more than 3 ppm, if we look at
Napoleon's wide range of 1.06 ppm to 11 ppm as an
example. 4.
Depending
on the amounts of arsenic ingested by Srila Prabhupada in 1977, His hair
readings, month after month, could very well also have varied from 1 to 11
or more ppm, taking Napoleon as an example. 5.
Srila
Prabhupada's hair content of arsenic might have varied, for example,
from 11 ppm in March 1977, reduced to 1 ppm in July, increased to 6 ppm in
August, and then gone to the 3 ppm reading which was actually obtained for
October 1977. 6.
In other
words, even though 3 ppm does not represent the high end of the range in
chronic arsenic poisoning, it in no way implies that this was the amount
of arsenic present in Srila Prabhupada's hair throughout 1977. The 3 ppm
was present only in October, and is a serious health
hazard. 7.
The
reading of 3 ppm nevertheless represents TEN times the
average. 8.
The
reading of 3 ppm in Srila Prabhupada's hair, compared to the average of
4.91 ppm over many months required to kill Napoleon, constitutes a level
which is seriously life-threatening and so highly unusual that no other
explanation besides foul play can be entertained. The
study of the case history of the arsenic poisoning of Napoleon was
provided herein to help appreciate the seriousness and abnormality of
Srila Prabhupada's hair containing 3 ppm. Let us not pooh-pooh a level of
3 ppm of arsenic as being even half-way usual, normal, or unalarming !
It
proves that Srila Prabhupada had been poisoned.
Other
points in comparing Napoleon's and Srila Prabhupada's cases
are: *Napoleon's
walks became fewer and shorter, then ceased, as did his carriage rides. So
it was also with Srila Prabhupada's walks and car
rides. *Napoleon's
swelling in the extremities came and went with the timing of the
individual poisonings. Srila Prabhupada's swelling also came and went
often. *Antommarchi,
Napoleon's doctor, noted lung damage, suspected tuberculosis -so also, Dr.
Gopal suspected tuberculosis with Srila Prabhupada. *Both
Napoleon's and Prabhupada's subacute symptoms lasted up to a
week. *On Dec.
3, 1816, Bertrand noted Napoleon's skin had become yellow, suggesting that
his liver was affected. Bhavananda noted the same and suggested the same
with Srila Prabhupada on May 25, 1977. *On Dec.
14, 1816, Napoleon's severe illness caused muscular spasms and a brief
fainting. The same occurred with Srila Prabhupada on Sept. 8,
1977. *The
entire Napoleon poisoning description is remarkably similar to the case of
Srila Prabhupada: one sees innumerable parallels and
similarilities.
A total of seven different hair specimens were collected from
various owners and countries, all authenticated as that of Napoleon
between 1805 and 1821. The report on the hair from the day after
Napoleon's death on May 5, 1821, was given above, with its reading of
10.38 ppm arsenic. A hair specimen collected from the head of Napoleon in
1805 revealed 10.53 ppm of arsenic.
It is stated by Forshufvud, "This high arsenic content - about 20
times more than the normal value - suggests that the poisoning of Napoleon
had already begun in 1805."
Another hair specimen from Napoleon was subjected to 120 neutron
activation analyses and revealed 40 separate occasions of arsenic
poisoning between the summer of 1820 and April 1821. The values of arsenic
content swayed from 2.8 ppm to a high of 51.2 ppm.
A hair specimen was given by Napoleon to someone as a keepsake on
March 16, 1818, while he was in exile at St. Helena. Sectional analyses
revealed arsenic levels from 6.7 ppm to 26 ppm over a three month period.
Another hair sample from 1816-1817 was analyzed to have between 1.75 ppm
to 4.94 ppm or arsenic, a time when Napoleon's health was not as
drastically bad as it became in the coming years up to
1821.
Napoleon was poisoned in the classical 19th century manner, with a
gradual, inconspicuous arsenic poisoning to deteriorate the health, ending
with a final, lethal dose of mercuric cyanide. Thus no one would be
surprised by a gradual decline in health which naturally ends with death.
Suspicion of foul play in a sudden death was avoided with the appearance
of a lost battle with a long-term disease, even if it was undiagnosed. For
example, over the last 100 years or so, numerous medical doctors and
historians have attributed Napoleon's illness and death to over 30
different causes from gonorrhea to syphilis and from scurvy to hepatitis
to cancer. The cause of Napoleon's death by murder was never seriously
entertained until previously unavailable diaries containing accounts of
symptoms and subsequent hair analyses proved it. CHAPTER
35: BLANCHE
TAYLOR MOORE This
reporter explained to the local UPS driver one day about the investigation
into Srila Prabhupada's poisoning by arsenic, and was told about a woman
named Blanche Taylor Moore. She had been sentenced to death in 1990 for
the capital murder of her boyfriend by acute arsenic poisoning. She was
also charged with, but never tried for, the murder of her first husband in
1973, and for the attempted murder of her second husband in 1989. She is
also suspected in the deaths of her father, mother-in-law, and possibly
several others. All of the victims are thought to have been fed food laced
with an arsenic formula ant poison found in a convenience
store. As
coincidence would have it, the attorney representing Blanche Moore in her
trial had later handled a speeding ticket for this reporter. Blanche had
lived but twenty miles away in Burlington, NC, but was now on Death Row in
a Raleigh prison. She continues to deny everything and is still appealing
her conviction. A book
about her life story was written by Jim Schutze, called The Preacher's Girl: The Life and
Crimes of Blanche Taylor Moore. In this chapter will be excerpted
a few passages from the Schutze book to detail the symptoms of arsenic
poisoning and also to illustrate how arsenic poisoning is still a method
of committing murder even in the modern world. Actually, 45 known murders have been attributed
to arsenic poisoning in the last 50 years in North Carolina alone. These
passages also demonstrate how difficult it is to detect arsenic poisoning
and how easy it can be to get away with it. Blanche
was pretty, well-liked, charming, and a church-going Christian and
grandmother. She had raised two daughters diligently and successfully. She
had no criminal record. She apparently loved all three men in her life.
She worked hard and no one could believe that these evil deeds were her
actions. The prosecution succeeded in obtaining her conviction because of
overwhelming circumstantial evidence and because of her own adamant lies
which contradicted numerous witnesses' testimony. Otherwise, no one had
actually seen her poison anyone, although the 2 % arsenic ant killer was
found in her home. It was a sweet syrup that was readily mixable in almost
any food. After 21
years of marriage, Blanche is believed to have poisoned her husband James
Taylor over several months until he unsuspectingly received a massive anf
final, lethal dose. "...the
arsenic boiled off the inner lining of his stomach and bowels. He sat up
straight in bed, and a jet of vomit shot out of his mouth and splattered
against the far wall. His bowels exploded in a volley of thin rice-water
stools. He fell back flat on the bed, fully awake, eyes wide open,
convulsing and totally unable to control
himself. But even
as the toxin destroyed his muscles and nervous system, it already was
sprinting even deeper into the physical and chemical structure that was
his life. Moments after the vomiting began, his abdomen bulged and then
drooped, horribly distending as the external tissues of the walled organs
and the blood vessels turned to mush and all of his fluids began to leach
into the open areas of his body cavity. He was
conscious and in his own mind for at least the first hour of his death
process. He cried out, moaned, and screamed in agony. There were waves and
explosions of pain as the basic synaptic chemistry of his nervous system
began to pull apart. His body was flung about the bed and against the wall
both by the pain and by the chaotic electrical storms taking place in his
nerves and muscles. Then finally, as the oxygen-bearing cells in the blood
began to collapse, he began to suffocate from within. His face turned a
deep purple. His body went flacid as the muscle cells ceased to be able to
convert sugar into energy. In the last hour of brain suffocation, the
arsenic allowed him to escape into a universe of hallucinations. The
ferocious grimace on his dead face told his sister Dot that his body had
experienced wild pain to the very last instant. 'It must
have been a heart attack,' Dot whispered. But
James' death had nothing to do with a heart attack. Rather, he'd been
eaten alive, minutely and gradually, cell by cell, by arsenic. The secret
of arsenic is that it loves life, races to life, embraces it, combines
with it quickly and consumes it hungrily, converting it chemically,
molecule by molecule, from life into death. He had
been extremely sick with flulike symptoms of sore throat and diarrhea for
two weeks. He had seen the doctor several times..." Schutze
discusses the difficulty in which arsenic poisoning is recognized. "Those same symptoms could just as
easily steer a doctor toward acute alcohol poisoning, Guillain-Barre
syndrome, diabetes mellitus, vitamin deficiency, lupus, blood disease,
diphtheria, multiple sclerosis, or any of a host of other common diseases,
including tick bite. In fact, it is the ability of arsenic to duplicate
the symptoms of other diseases that makes it so difficult to detect...
common as arsenic may be and common as are incidents of arsenic poisoning,
it remains one of the least accurately diagnosed of all afflictions. For
some reason, the possibility of arsenic poisoning simply is not a thought
that leaps easily to the minds of physicians." Schutze
explains that the individual symptoms of arsenic poisoning resemble those
of many other diseases, but "all of
these things together can mean almost nothing but... arsenic
poisoning." In hospitals,
each separate symptom is analyzed by a specialist, and the correct
diagnosis for arsenic cases is rarely achieved until several visits. The
difficulty is that arsenic "attacks
life in so many ways and at such a fundamental biochemical level that each
of its effects on the body perfectly mimics the effect of some other
disease or problem." Schutze
lists some other North Carolina arsenic poisoning
cases: 1.) Nannie Doss of Lexington, a
grandmother who died in 1965 doing life in prison, had killed her husband
of three months with massive doses of arsenic. 2.) Rebecca Case Detter of
Kernersville was sentenced to life imprisonment for killing her husband
with arsenic-laced, household Terro ant killer. 3.) Sally M. Holloman of
Smithfield was sentenced to life imprisonment for the arsenic murder of
her husband. She had slowly poisoned him right up to the last few doses
while he was in his hospital bed. Eleven years after his death she was
found out and convicted. 4.) Susan Broadaway of Greensboro
was sentenced to life imprisonment for the attempted murder of her
husband. She had mixed arsenic in his coffee. 5.) Velma Barfield, or "Death Row
Granny," died by lethal injection in North Carolina in 1984, the first
woman executed in the USA in 22 years. An arsenic poisoner, she was
invariably described as pleasant, kindly, and friendly, or so she
appeared. Under the influence of prescription drugs such as Valium, Mrs.
Barfield admitted to using ant poison in the deaths of her husband, her
own mother, and three others. She had fed her husband oyster stew laced
with arsenic, and he died a horrible tormented death of excruciating pain
within hours. She sympathetically stood by and
watched. 6.)
Robert F. Coulthard married into a prominent High Point furniture family,
but soon began an affair and took out a $351,000 life insurance policy on
his wife. He spiced a fast-food hamburger with arsenic and his wife,
mother of two children, died soon thereafter. She had been transferred to
Duke University Medical Center, one of the best in the world, but none of
the physicians were able to correctly diagnose her condition until it was
too late. Coulthard fed his wife her final dose in her hospital
bed. In the
coming descriptions of Blanche's victims and their symptoms, note the
similarities to Srila Prabhupada's illness. Keep in mind that Srila
Prabhupada was poisoned with low-level doses while Blanche's victims
received much more acute poisonings. Thus the following symptoms are often
much more dramatic than seen with Srila Prabhupada. Blanche
Taylor Moore had already developed a friendship with Raymond Reid before
she killed James Taylor. She developed an intimate relationship with
Raymond through a dozen years or more. Blanche filed a multi-million
dollar sexual harassment suit against her long-time employers, Kroger Food
Stores, and Raymond, assistant manager at the Kroger's in Burlington, was
caught in the middle. Apparently
Blanche then decided to eliminate Raymond and began to feed him arsenic in
her good home cooking. Raymond went to the local hospital several times
but the doctors sent him home each time, thinking it was some stomach flu.
When Raymond again checked in to the hospital, more tests and specialists
came and went. Raymond had nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, extreme weakness,
swelling, anemia and blood irregularities, heart irregularities, and
failing kidneys. Then his kidneys
stopped producing urine and he began coughing up large quantities of
mucus. His intestinal tract was not working and he had a weak and
raspy voice. He required a painful circumcision due to persistent
inflammation and infection of the genital. This last manifestation
resembles the incident of Srila Prabhupada's surgery in London, a case of
hyperkeratosis complicated by infection. Raymond Reid was transferred to Baptist
Memorial Hospital where it was discovered that his urine was blocked by
inflammation in the urethra. He grew worse, thick-tongued and restless.
Blanche visited the hospital often during Raymond's ups and downs,
bringing food for him whenever he could manage to eat something. Finally
Raymond received one last fatal dose of arsenic in his favorite foods that
Blanche made so well: banana pudding and peanut butter milk shakes. Of
course, arsenic in milk delays the attack of illness a few hours or more,
so suspicion of the food was never aroused. Raymond changed his will at
the last moment to give one third of his assets to his beloved Blanche who
faithfully came to care for him every day at the hospital. He died
horribly, with gargantuan swelling and open skin lesions everywhere. He
leaked like a sieve, his body bursting from swelling and retained
fluids. Blanche
was able to convince the doctors that Raymond had died from Guillain-Barre
syndrome. She netted handsomely from the division of his estate. A urine
test for heavy metal contamination detected 6 1/2 times normal arsenic,
but the test report was unnoticed and buried in his file until years
later. These levels of arsenic can only be produced by ingestion through
the mouth. Environmental contamination through the lungs and skin could
not produce anywhere near these levels, as was established with expert
witness testimony at the trial. Keep this in mind when we arrive at the
results of Srila Prabhupada's hair analysis in Chapter
33. Blanche
had already become involved with a divorced preacher, who "fell in love"
with her. After some time he pressed her for marriage and she began to
poison him as well with tainted food. Preacher Dwight Moore went to
doctors and the hospital repeatedly; no one could figure out his problem.
He had nausea, diarrhea, vomiting, and severe nasal congestion. They
married and the poisoning continued. Finally
Dwight was transferred to the UNC Hospital in Chapel Hill. It took six
days, a battery of tests and several experts to determine that arsenic was
at the root of symptoms that included paralysis and a potentially lethal
staph infection. It was discovered at the last moment, with Dwight on the
verge of death, that someone was administering arsenic to him at the hospital; tests revealed
his body had 20 times the lethal amount of arsenic. Amounts
of arsenic sufficient to kill many men were somehow withstood by Dwight
Moore and he was put under guard and intensive care. Semi-crippled, he
barely survived, but not without serious neuropathy. Law
enforcement became involved, Blanche failed a lie detector test, and a
lengthy investigation ensued while Blanche remained in jail for a year.
The prosecution had great difficulty in preparing their case because of
the great span in time involved between the deaths of Blanche's first
husband and her boyfriend, and the attempted murder of her second husband.
Many exhumations were ordered, including that of Blanche's father and her
mother-in-law. Everyone had clearly died from arsenic poisoning or had
highly abnormal amounts of arsenic in their bodies. Neutron activation
analysis was done on hair from Dwight Moore and the exhumed
bodies. While in
jail, Blanche received a letter from a local diabetic alcoholic who
claimed to have committed the murders. The drunk had died only a few days
earlier. Extensive handwriting tests were done and it was proven with 80%
certainty that Blanche had written the letter. The final convincing
feature was that the envelope exactly matched those Blanche had used while
in jail. The jury deliberated and found her guilty. Judge Freeman looked
at the defendant and said: "Blanche
Kiser Taylor Moore, you will be put to death as provided by law. May God
have mercy on your soul!" The
story of Blanche Taylor Moore was hot news constantly for a year. A TV
special movie was made as well.
Blanche Taylor Moore's story is reviewed here for the purpose of
better understanding acute and sub-acute arsenic poisoning from real case
histories, showing the grotesque results of arsenic poisoning and how
difficult it is to detect it and prosecute it as a crime. Another interesting point in the
instance of Isla Taylor, Blanche's mother-in-law, is given by
Schutze: "Isla
Taylor was found to have had elevated arsenic levels at the time of her
death. She was old enough and weakened enough by other ailments that Dr.
Butts was uncertain it could ever be proved the arsenic had killed her. A
large dose was found undigested in her stomach, suggesting she had been
given arsenic moments before she died." Hair
analysis showed James Taylor having 42 times normal arsenic at the time of
death. Raymond Reid showed 70 parts per million of arsenic at his death.
Dwight Moore, who rewrote the texts on how much a man can withstand in
arsenic poisoning, had 50 parts per million in his first poisoning
episode, and 100 ppm in his second, near-fatal episode. A lethal dose may be indicated by as
little as 5 ppm of arsenic in the hair. Compare this to the 3 ppm
found in Srila Prabhupada's hair. (see Chapter 33
) While
Blanche Taylor Moore's victims were acutely and sub-acutely poisoned and
their symptoms were thus very dramatic, nevertheless their study helps to
understand Srila Prabhupada's chronic poisoning symptoms and the amounts
of arsenic required to cause deteriorating illness compared with amounts
required to cause a quick death. The similarities of symptoms between
Blanche Moore's victims and Srila Prabhupada is very
outstanding. CHAPTER
36: OTHER
ARSENIC CASE STUDIES A large
number of suicidal, homicidal, or accidental arsenical poisonings by
ingestion have been described in various medical texts.
* In 1955 in Japan over 12,000 infants were fed powdered milk
contaminated with arsenic. There were 130 deaths. The infants ingested 1.3
to 3.6 mg of arsenic daily but did not show symptoms of illness for two to
three weeks. The subacute poisoning symptoms were fever, abdominal
swelling, enlarged liver, coughing, runny nose, conjunctivitis, vomiting,
diarrhea and melanosis. As the surviving children grew up, there were
increased rates of mental retardation, epilepsy, and brain
damage.
* In 1901 Reynolds reported on a case of over 500 patients who had
been drinking arsenic contaminated beer, noting a variety of symptoms
manifestations of arsenical poisoning. The first symptoms were digestive,
especially vomiting and diarrhea. In a few weeks other symptoms appeared:
conjunctivitis, runny nose (rhinitis), laryngitis, bronchitis and skin
eruptions. Gradually effects were noticed in the nervous and muscular
systems. Mental confusion, heart irregularities and scaly skin lesions
followed thereafter. This incident is regarded as sub-acute
poisoning.
* In 1956 Mizuta reported on 220 patients poisoned by arsenic
contaminated soy sauce in Japan. This amounted to about 3 mg of arsenic
being ingested daily for 2-3 weeks, with results similar to but more acute
than in the 1901 Reynolds case. Symptoms were: 85% had facial edema and
anorexia, 20% had peripheral neuropathy, less than 10% had skin problems.
Liver swelling and symptoms of the upper respiratory tract were
predominant in most cases. Hair analyses were performed and found to
contain from 3.8 to 13.0 ppm near the root. This was a very serious
poisoning with dramatic onset of poisoning symptoms. We can understand
that if Srila Prabhupada had 3 ppm in His hair compared to 3.8 to 13.0 ppm
in these Japanese patients, then His symptoms would be somewhat less
dramatic but still very seriously toxicological in nature, especially if
the poisoning lasted from 9 to 18 months.
* In the early 1960's reports came from Antofagasta, Chile of many
cases of chronic arsenic poisoning from a contaminated water supply with
0.8 ppm of arsenic. Children were most seriously effected, and symptoms
were primarily: broncho-pulmonary disease history, abnormal skin
pigmentation, thickening of skin (hyperkeratosis), chronic coryza (mucus),
loss of nerve and muscle function of the extremities, and abdominal
pain. Also typical was
chronic cough, diarrhea, and ischemia of the tongue, a condition of
reduced blood flow resulting in loss of taste.
* In 1969 a report appeared about a large number of chronic arsenic
poisoning cases due to wells contaminated with geologic deposits in 37
villages of southwest Taiwan. Drinking the water for up to 45 years had
resulted in skin diseases and cancers plus Blackfoot's disease, where the
extremities atrophy and gangrene due to nerve and muscle
deterioration.
* In 1973 Feinglass reported on 13 persons exposed for 75 days to
well water contaminated with arsenical insecticides. The prominent feature
was gastrointestinal symptoms related to the timing of water
ingestion.
* In 1952 a study was made of use of arsenic in a old folk's cure
for treating asthma called Fowler's solution. About 8.8 mg arsenic was
ingested daily for 28 months. Symptoms appeared in 13 months as skin
freckling and darkening, gastrointestinal troubles, and facial edema.
Neurological symptoms appeared after two years. Another study of 362
persons also taking Fowler's solution for many years revealed that skin
symptoms appeared only in those who had taken the larger
doses. * In
1940 Butzengeiger reported on 180 French vineyard workers who had been
chronically poisoned by arsenic from insecticides and herbicides used in
and near their work. Symptoms were similar to the cases in Taiwan,
manifesting vascular disorders, hyperpigmentation and keratosis.
Thickening of the soles and palms, gangrene in the fingers and
extremities, and heart irregularities were common. Hair testing found only
0.4 ppm of arsenic, however. This normal hair reading shows that past
exposure will result in future health consequences, even though the blood
which feeds the hair becomes quickly cleared of arsenic when arsenic
exposure ceases. AUTHOR'S
COMMENT:
Similarly, Srila Prabhupada may have had His major exposure to arsenic
earlier in 1977 with hair readings far above the elevated reading of His
October hair. Very little additional arsenic may have been required later
in 1977 to maintain a Srila Prabhupada's declining health after initial
heavy doses of poison early in 1977. Once poisoned with adequate amounts
of arsenic, Srila Prabhupada's body would have naturally worsened in
health due to the latent effects as the year wore on. END * A
55-year-old Asian female was hospitalized for diarrhea, nausea, vomiting,
and weakness of unknown etiology.
The patient had diabetes and had been in her usual state of health
until 5 weeks earlier when, after eating noodle paste, she and her husband
developed persistent nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea. Both were admitted with
dehydration and hypokalemia and treated for one week. On discharge the patient's
weakness necessitated the use of a cane for walking. Approximately 3 weeks
later, the patient's husband complained of weakness, then vomited and had
a syncopal episode. He was
resuscitated with intravenous (IV) fluids and admitted to the
hospital. The following day
he suddenly became hypotensive, had a cardiopulmonary arrest, and
died. Four days later, the
patient again developed nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, and weakness. She also noted numbness in her
hands and feet, described as "pins and needles." She distinguished this from the
numbness in her toes previously ascribed to diabetic neuropathy. The
patient had also been bedridden for the past 10 days due to weakness and
inability to walk. There were
no further neurologic complaints.
Her past medical history revealed no history of alcohol abuse. Review of systems was pertinent
for a 20-lb weight loss over the past month and diffuse tissue
swelling. Physical
examination revealed a weak Asian female lying in bed. Vital signs were: blood pressure, 120/75 mm Hg;
pulse, 90 beats/min; respirations, 20 beats/min; and temperature, 100.4ºF
(38ºC). HEENT examination
demonstrated periorbital edema and bilateral carotid bruits. Lungs were clear to auscultation,
and the cardiac examination revealed normal rate with a 2/6 systolic
ejection murmur radiating to the aortic region. Abdominal examination revealed
mild distention with bowel sounds present, with no tenderness or
organomegaly. Pulses were 1+
in all the extremities.
Neurological exam revealed disorientation to person, place, and
time; cranial nerves II-XII intact; motor examination with muscle strength
4 to 5/5 except for quadriceps and iliopsoas strength of 3/5 bilaterally;
deep tendon reflexes 1+ biceps with absent brachioradiatis, knee and ankle
reflexes. Plantar reflexes
were normal. Sensory
examination revealed absent position sense and decreased vibration and pin
prick in the lower extremities, and decreased vibration, position sense,
and pin prick in the upper extremities. During
the next 3 days the patient's muscle strength diminished in a
caudal-to-rostral pattern, and she was transferred to the ICU with a
diagnosis of Guillain-Barré syndrome. Review of the records from the
first hospitalization revealed a prolonged QT interval on routine ECG and
a finding of mild hypotension requiring 6 days of intravenous crystalloid
infusions, an unusual requirement for the presumed diagnosis of
gastroenteritis. In the ICU,
laboratory examination revealed a hemoglobin (Hb) of 8.1 g/dL with a mean
corpuscular volume (MCV) of 93.3 µ3, and a white blood count
(WBC) of 2400 cells/mm3.
Other laboratory tests were within normal limits, including serum
iron, cortisol, vitamin B12, folate, and thyroid function
tests. Westergren
sedimentation rate was normal at 19mm/h. Her ECG demonstrated a normal
sinus rhythm, QRS axis of +60 degrees, and a QT of 0.61 seconds. Lumbar puncture measured a normal
opening pressure of 135 mm H2O and the CSF contained 5
WBC/mm3, ORBC/mm3, protein 0.042 g/L, and a glucose
98 mg/dl. Radiopaque material was
noted on a plain abdominal radiograph. The toxicologic consultant ordered
a stat spot urine for arsenic, which measured 16.422 µg/L. The patient underwent chelation
therapy until the urinary arsenic was sufficiently reduced. During
recovery the patient experienced extreme pain with even light touch to the
extremities. After 10 months
the patient had recovered from her peripheral neuropathy enough so she
could feed herself.
The
purpose of reviewing these various case histories from the medical
literatures is to provide a general overview of the effects of sub-acute
and chronic arsenic poisoning in various peoples and places and in various
circumstances. Thus we can better appreciate how much damage a hair
reading of 3 ppm of arsenic meant in destructive consequence to Srila
Prabhupada's body. CHAPTER
37: REVERSE
SPEECH THEORY
What may eventually become recognized as one of the greatest
discoveries of the modern age, reverse speech is a phenomenon that was
discovered by an Australian insurance broker, John David Oates. Oates has
researched reverse speech for many years and has founded the David Oates
Reverse Speech Association with chapters all over the world. His website
at "reverse speech" is very helpful in educating the newcomer, and it
includes many illustrative examples, such as some on the President
Clinton- Monica Lewinsky controversy. Clinton's denial of involvement with
Lewinsky is reversed to say, "She's a fun girl to
kiss."
Most people are familiar with the hidden messages embedded in
"backward masking" on rock and roll records, begun by the Beatles in the
1960's. Innocuous, satanic, or meaningless messages and words were
"reverse-buried" in the forward music and could only be discovered by
manually turning the turntable backwards. A furor arose in the 1980's over
the phenomenon, and legislation was even passed in some locales
restricting such reverse messages, lest the youth be secretly brainwashed
with satanic messages. Upon closer examination, it was found that many of
the angry and "heavy metal" lyrics contained shockingly clear satanic
phrases in reverse, phrases that had not been intentionally designed or
embedded, but just were.
Oates discovered that recordings of music, speeches, arguments,
conversation, even infant babies' pre-speech sounds, were filled with
intelligible and hidden messages simultaneous to the forward sound
recording. He found that all human verbal communication contains not only
overt and conscious messages but also covert and unconscious messages as
well. The "reverse speech" confirmed the forward speech, and often
contained more truthful and unabashed messages. Oates accumulated an
immense repertoire of studies on the various forms and structures of
speech reversals, and how they related to the subconscious mind. He
developed a detailed theory of the verbal human communication process
called The Theory of Reverse Speech and Speech
Complementarity.
Oates' theory states that human speech contains two separate and
complementary modes which are interdependent. The conscious, forward mode
is produced by conscious cognitive processes. The unconscious, reverse
mode, spoken simultaneously with the forward mode, is produced by
subconscious cognitive processes. Integrally, the two modes constitute a
communication of the total psyche of a person, conscious and unconscious.
While a person may say one thing formally in forward speech, examination
in reverse often reveals his true message, feelings, or
purpose.
The frequency of reverse messages increases dramatically when the
speaker is emotionally aroused, occurring up to every 2 or 3 seconds.
Emotions are a function of the right side of the brain, while forward
speech is generated from the left hemisphere. Thus the two sides of the
brain work together to produce and choose forward speech words that
simultaneously form intelligible words in reverse speech. The wonders of
the brain! Thus we see often that an emotional speaker may pause, stutter,
and fumble over his choice of wording as he speaks. The brain becomes very
busy blending the conscious and subconscious messages into one
communication. Our unconscious thoughts and feelings are thus expressed in
reverse speech.
The implications of reverse speech are enormous. There will be very
few secrets anymore. Truth will become prevalent as deceit and dishonesty
can be exposed easily. Politicians and cheating spouses, beware! David
Oates has discovered the ultimate lie detector, or rather, truth detector.
May truthfulness once again prevail. Suspects in crimes may now be
interviewed and the "truth of their words" can be ascertained by reverse
speech analysis. Speech reversal has already become a popular tool with
law enforcement agencies to ferret out leads and information useful in
solving crimes. Speech reversals were employed in the Jean Bennet Ramsey
murder case, for example. Reverse speech has not been accepted as legal
evidence in court as yet, however. The science is in its early stages of
research and acceptance.
Reverse speech is a universal language as much as is forward
speech. We all speak and hear both at the same time. Reverse speech
contains: 1.
similar
or different information than the corresponding forward
speech, 2.
and its
own peculiar language involving a variety in the syntax, tense, and
intended audience. Reverse
speech is extremely direct in its language and content; it is not
diplomatic, polite, or obscure. It gets right to the point and is often
profane and unabashed, communicating the unconscious psyche explicitly and
completely truthfully. Reverse speech is always truthful, and when it
contradicts the forward speech, the conclusion is that the speaker is
knowingly lying. Reverse speech is interesting in that it contains
information about what is really on a person's mind, either consciously or
unconsciously. Often it provides additional information not spoken in
forward. Reverse
speech can be either "external dialogue" or "internal dialogue," spoken to
others or to oneself. Sometimes, "link reversals" will appear where two or
more speakers each contribute a piece to a single message in reverse. The
subconscious minds are communicating while we are absorbed in the
conscious arena. A wealth of secrets lie dormant within, accumulated from
past communications in the subconscious. Acoustic
analysis of speech has identified features such as frequency, amplitude,
harmonic structure, resonance, co-articulation effects, accents, cadence
and more. As a result, a forward spoken word, phrase, or sentence will
most often produce totally different speech reversals from one time to the
next and one person to the next. Reverse speech is not coincidence or a
simple mechanical phenomenon. Obviously, sometimes words spoken forward
will coincidentally sound like something intelligible in reverse. But
reverse speech is far beyond coincidence, being a veritable language of
communication that has been verified and studied by dozens of researchers
over the last decade. Reverse
speech will often discuss emotions or events not contained in the content
of forward speech. The subconscious mind assists in producing forward
speech by constructing meaningful, grammatically correct phrases and
statements in reverse that are recognized by others' subconscious minds.
In other words, during communication, we have the conscious discussion and
also on another level, the subconscious discussion. The conscious secrets
of one are communicated to others subconsciously through reverse
speech. The
subconscious, however, "thinks" in pictures and thus communicates with
metaphors, many of which are common to the language of reverse speech.
Examples are pa for father, muck for mess up, hurt, etc, and
so on. As much as forward speech languages comprise a wide range of
disciplines and branches of science due to its vastness of complexity and
diversity, so also reverse speech is only understood in the beginning
stages of its own complexity and diversity. In studying speech reversals,
one must master the art and become proficient after some training in the
field. There are increasing numbers of professionals and amateurs alike
who are becoming expert in this exciting and revolutionary field.
Doubt of
the validity of reverse speech is natural, but after one actually
researches the subject, usually the criticism melts and is transformed
into awe, curiosity, and amazement. The astounding truth of reverse speech
will make a believer of any honest person and change their lives forever.
Hopefully the development of research into the reverse speech phenomenon
will also change the world for the better. CHAPTER
38: REVERSE
SPEECH ANALYSIS
Reverse speech analysis is becoming increasingly popular with law
enforcement agencies who use cutting edge technology to assist in their
investigations and gathering of evidence to use in the prosecution of
criminals. Obviously it would be of great interest, and possibly of great
application, to research the poisoning of Srila Prabhupada with reverse
speech analysis. Those who
were close to Srila Prabhupada and who were His caretakers or leading,
dedicated servants might reveal much critical information if the tape
recordings of 1977 were subjected to such study. Suspects and those who
may have conversed with the poisoners, whoever they may be, could be
holding critical information about Srila Prabhupada's poisoning in their
subconscious minds. Also, if interviews could be obtained in the present
day of those who were there in 1977 or those who are poisoning suspects,
reverse speech could open the door to solving the investigation's dilemma
of crossing a span of 22 years to discover what really
happened.
Dhaneshwar Prabhu joined the Krishna Consciousness movement and was
initiated as a disciple of Srila Prabhupada in the early 1970's. He has
been actively involved in Hare Krishna temples since then, devoting his
life to the mission of his spiritual father, acting as temple officer, BBT
production manager, and publisher of the Hare Krishna Directory in 1992.
He was the Vancouver temple president 1993-4. As a side interest, he has
always been handy with sound recording procedures and equipment, and has a
background in that area from his college education. In 1995-1996 he became
interested in the reverse speech phenomenon and studied under David Oates,
conducting his own research and experimentation. In late 1997 Dhaneshwar
heard about the "poison whispers" and obtained the "poison tape" to study
in reverse. He was quickly shocked and depressed. The confirmation of
poisoning was clearly indicated in the reversals. Dhaneshwar
then spent hundreds of hours studying all the recorded conversations of
late October and November 1977, a total of twenty-five tapes. The result
was that repeated confirmations turned up in the speech reversals of
several persons that Srila Prabhupada was indeed poisoned. He became
convinced that the unthinkable crime was a fact, and proceeded to document
his studies carefully, compiling hundreds of pages of research on three hundred and fifty (350)
speech reversals. Dhaneshwar discovered a very high level of consistency
in the indications of foul play and malicious intent throughout the
reversals. Dhaneshwar
suffered from conflicting emotions as a consequence of his discovery and
the compilation of "poison" reversals into a manuscript ready for press.
How should he use it? What would be the most effective use of his work in
assisting the investigations? Should he publish his work now or later? How
should it be presented to have a constructive effect? He sent his work to
Balavanta and Naveen Krishna Prabhus, receiving polite but limited
feedback. He showed his work to several devotees for advice, and somehow
copies of his work began to circulate "underground" in certain circles of
devotees. This reporter has encouraged him to not wait further, but to go
ahead and publish his work, and that would be the best course to take in
the furtherance of discovering the whole truth of Srila Prabhupada's
poisoning. This reporter has studied Dhaneshwar's work and become
convinced that the science is bonafide and that his reversals are
accurate. The consistency and inter-locking verifications of details were
amazing and obviously authentic. The
reversals point to certain individuals as being complicitly involved in
the assassination of the pure devotee of the Supreme Lord, Srila
Prabhupada, namely Tamal Krishna Goswami, Bhakticharu Swami, Bhavananda,
Jayapataka, and the kaviraja
Sastriji. Others were unconsciously aware of the poisoning by dint of
communicating with those who were involved. The discussions therefore
contain reversals acknowledging poisoning in the speech of
non-conspirators as well, such as Hansadutta and Lokanath Swami. Other
reversals showed Brahmananda and Swarup Damodar to be not
involved. The
self-talk, confessions, guilt, conflicting emotions, motivations, and
attitudes revealed by Dhaneshwar's extensive study are extremely shocking
and almost too much to absorb at once by anyone who has any devotion to
Srila Prabhupada. However, Dhaneshwar was never a critic of ISKCON until
he discovered these reversals, and his work's authenticity and veracity is
thoroughly convincing. Almost every voice on the poison tape contains
reversals confirming a poisoning of Srila Prabhupada, using the words muck, pa, arsh, and arsenic. According
to the reversals, the following individuals were
studied: Kaviraja: Fully
complicit in the poisoning, but distressed and concerned for Srila
Prabhupada. He expressed fear as a motive for maintaining secrecy, and was
apparently also bribed and bullied. Reversals only:
The
following are forward speech and the reversals found
therein. Bhakticharu
Swami:
Received financial compensation for his involvement.
Lokanath
Swami: He
subconsciously realized the crime at hand, became angry and protested in
his reversals. 1. "And if we travel" = "you arshed with
him"
Hansadutta
subconsciously protested the poisoning also, asking why had they poisoned
Srila Prabhupada. Tamal
Krishna Goswami:
Revealed conflicting emotions, those of love and indebtedness to Srila
Prabhupada, but also of revenge and maliciousness.
Srila
Prabhupada: He
acknowledges in reverse the poisoning, sees the celestial "starship"
waiting for His departure, and subconsciously communicates with Tamal to
stop the poisoning. 1. "But he has not also come?" =
"Muck my soul, how dare you do?" 2. "to move me from this..." =
"You want me money"
Unknown
devotee:
(Reversals
above are copyrighted by Dhaneshwar/ Don Rousse; from his study, Are You Mucking Pa?: A Reverse Speech Investigation of the
Death of His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada,
1998) The full
impact of these reversals in their complementations with other reversals,
their exact contexts, their links, and much more can only be appreciated
in the study by Dhaneshwar as a whole. The above is just a tiny sampling
of his enormous research, and it is hoped that he will soon publish his
very well detailed work. Controversial
it is, but reverse speech analysis may provide or point to all the details
of Srila Prabhupada's poisoning, as it already has done with the research
of one very concerned and disturbed follower of Srila Prabhupada
(Dhaneshwar Prabhu). Further validation of these findings are looked
forward to so that the truth may be established where otherwise the
secrets of darkness would remain hidden forever. May the truth set us
free, and the poisoners in prison! CHAPTER
39: BALAVANTA'S
INVESTIGATION
Since December 1997 (up to April 1999) nothing has been heard
publicly about the supposedly ongoing investigation into the poison issue
by Balavanta Prabhu in Alachua, Florida. As far as is known, Balavanta is
still conducting his investigation on behalf of the GBC. His assistants
include Rupanuga and Naveen Krishna Prabhus. Balavanta has not made any
formal disclosures as to the results he has accumulated, and no one knows
if or when his report will be presented to the GBC, and if or when it
would then be made available to the devotees in
general.
Every indication is that Balavanta is dedicated to the discovery
and establishment of truth in his investigation. His program does not
appear to be a whitewash or biased; neither does he appear to be rushing
to conclusions. Surely, Balavanta is trying to do a good service to Srila
Prabhupada by volunteering his time on this GBC investigation, but his
efforts appear to some as underfunded, unaggressive, perhaps
unenthusiastic or uncreative.
Many devotees outside ISKCON (there are more out than in) have
little faith or hope in the GBC "independent" investigation except for the
fact of the specific persons involved. Balavanta
also is in possession, since December 1998, of the results of a neutron
activation analysis of the arsenic contents in a sample of Srila
Prabhupada's hair which he received from Hari Sauri Prabhu. The hair was
from Srila Prabhupada's last hair cutting in November of 1977. The arsenic
content is 3.0 ppm of arsenic, at least 5 to 10 times above average and
close to the average amounts which have been analyzed in Napoleon's hair
from trhe last months of his life in 1821 on the island of St. Helena.
Naveen
Krishna, assistant to Balavanta, would not discuss his findings or
research with this reporter when he was called for an
interview. In early
1999 it was learned from reliable sources that Balavanta had re-instructed
Norman Perle as to exactly which whispers needed analysis, and that he had
obtained verification of the POISON IN THE MILK and THE POISON'S GOING DOWN
whispers. It was also learned that he had received verification
and confirmation of these whispers, and maybe others, from at least two
other "top-notch" audio forensic laboratories (not sound studios), one
being a world renowned outfit in London. The multiple verifications of the
poison whispers from many labs is conclusive proof of the whispers' actual
content.
Exactly what Balavanta's strategy for further investigation is, is
not known. It is thought that he has not yet interviewed Tamal Krishna
Goswami or other possible suspects. Hopefully the results of his
investigation will bear substantial fruit and bring full illumination to
the questions involved in this most disturbing issue. Hopefully those
results will be made available to those who care to know what happened to
Srila Prabhupada. Meanwhile, this publication attempts to begin serving
that purpose. CHAPTER
40: POISONING
METHODOLOGY The
nature and progressive history of Srila Prabhupada's 1977 declining
health, with its ups and downs, level plateau periods, and sudden
worsenings, reveals a scenario of mixed chronic and sub-acute arsenic
poisonings. With the confirmation in hand of the highly unusual amounts of
arsenic in Srila Prabhupada's last hair cutting, we now begin to examine
exactly how the poisoning could have taken place. From the constant
anemia, lack of appetite, no taste for food, and muscle weakness we see
that a constant background of chronic poisoning was ongoing. Just enough
arsenic could have been given to Srila Prabhupada to produce a "starvation
program." Gradually Srila
Prabhupada lost weight and became progressively weaker, primarily from
being unable to eat or digest. As Forshufvud states in his Napoleon book,
1995, pg 505: "The
dosages (chronic arsenic intoxication) may be small enough that none will
produce immediate distress though a general sense of discomfort and
sickness will be apparent and may baffle
diagnosis."
Then, every so often, every week or month, as the situation deemed
"best," the poisoners would administer a larger, sub-acute dose of poison
to generate increased illness and health decay. The dramatic downturns at
Kumbha Mela in January, Gaura Purnima in March, in Hrishikesh in May, in
Vrindaban in July and August, in London in September, and so on were
probably times of increased poisoning. Travel was thus prevented, avoiding
awkward situations with possible new doctors or treatments which might
discover the true nature of Srila Prabhupada's ailment. Srila Prabhupada's
return to India from London conveniently avoided any chance that further
Western medicine or doctors would frustrate or uncover the plan of the
poisoners.
Finally, after a program of chronic poisoning had reduced Srila
Prabhupada's health to the brink of extinction by November 1977, a final
dose could have been administered in keeping with the whisper by
Jayapataka Maharaj, "Poisoning for
a long time... get ready to go... you're taking it now..." Perhaps this whisper is actually
the last conversation with
Srila Prabhupada late on November 13, just before He went into coma or
internal consciousness, and it ended up on the third to last tape by
mis-labeling or the "time-jumbling" that we have already established
happened to several other tapes in October and earlier. At least this is
what comes to mind as a possibility which further investigation may or may
not confirm. It is
also very interesting to note that the very next day after Srila
Prabhupada said He thought someone was poisoning Him, the disturbing
poison whispers are found in the background. It may have been that whoever
was doing the poisoning became alarmed that Srila Prabhupada would
discover them and decided on intensified or final poisoning. Srila
Prabhupada entered a "coma" about 60 hours later, and departed about
twenty hours after that. The chronology of the tape's events is in doubt,
however, as described earlier.
Forshufvud states: "Napoleon
was not killed with arsenic, but instead he was poisoned to death in two
phases, by a method used by professional poisoners of the period. The
"classical method" of killing somebody without making it appear to be a
criminal act consisted of a cosmetic phase followed by a lethal phase...
Napoleon was poisoned slowly and chronically with arsenic in order to
break down his health and make it appear that he was deteriorating in a
normal and natural way from disease... In their diaries and notes, (eight)
eyewitnesses record very carefully more than 30 symptoms (Comment: and
we have 45!) that indicate chronic
arsenical intoxication. When you take these symptoms and compare them with
the arsenical intoxication symptoms described in any modern book on
toxicology, you will find that they are identical... The second phase,
which I call the lethal phase, was done through toxic medications such as
tartar emetic, followed by orgeat and calomel (the combination of which,
in the stomach, produces highly lethal mercuric
cyanide)."
Whoever master-minded the arsenic poisoning of Srila Prabhupada
knew that the resulting symptoms would closely resemble those of kidney
disease, and that this was a near-perfect cover. Srila Prabhupada was
known to already have some sort of kidney problems from past incidences of
swelling in the bodily extremities. Knowledge of the means and techniques
of arsenic poisoning are readily available from the stock of modern
literatures and medical research. The discovery of Napoleon's murder by
poisoning in the 1960's brought much attention to the subject of
assassination by poison.
In India one can easily find tantric yogis and kavirajas who are expert in the
arts of curses, success-enhancement pujas and mantras, and sinister things
like poisoning your enemies. There is the history of the king in India who
trained beautiful women with small doses of poison from childhood,
building their resistance to the point where their very kiss was lethal.
These "kiss of death" women were sent to seduce the king's enemies. More
recently, we have seen that some of the current ISKCON "gurus" have been
associated with these kinds of tantrics and yogis. (See Appendix 20 ) Harikesh, Jayapataka,
Bhavananda, and Tamal Krishna Maharajs have been reported in these
associations. Therefore, the "Chandra Swami Connection" presented earlier
in this publication becomes very interesting and perhaps all too
relevant. The
history of Europe and India is filled with the intrigue of poisonings for
thousands of years. In the case of Napoleon, for example, historians now
know that he was killed by arsenic and cyanide, and that Empress
Josephine, Napoleon's son (the Duke of Reichstadt), and Napoleon's aide
Cipriani were probably also poisoned to death by arsenic. Tests on samples
of Napoleon's hair from his earlier years show high levels of arsenic at
the times of the Battles for Moscow and Waterloo, times when he fell too
ill to effectively command his troops, and was thus defeated at these
critical junctures of history. (See Appendix 14: Poisoning Throughout
History.) The
poisoners of Srila Prabhupada would have had to have been very close to
Srila Prabhupada to administer the periodic sub-acute doses of arsenic.
Using the proper timing and circumstances for "cover," the poisoners would
terminate the brief moments when Srila Prabhupada began to feel better
with the onset of yet another attack of the mysterious and persistent
"ailment." Thus another worsening of health occurred. A sub-acute dose of
arsenic would bring on an increase of pain and illness that appeared to be
nothing more than "Srila
Prabhupada's body being old and worn-out from constant travelling and
preaching." The effects of a sub-acute poisoning of arsenic would
bring days and weeks of intensified degeneration of
health. A
consistent and gradual deterioration of health would have been achieved by
regular small administrations of arsenic, perhaps through the
contamination of some personal ingredient used daily by Srila Prabhupada.
Such as tooth powder. Or Srila Prabhupada's special vegetable salt. Or
Srila Prabhupada's personal supply of rosewater eye wash, cooking spices,
compress ingredients, or medicines. No one else would use these items
which were specifically reserved only for His Divine Grace. In this way,
someone could have come to visit Srila Prabhupada, secretly poison some of
these aforementioned items, and then gone away on other activities while
innocent caretakers of Srila Prabhupada unknowingly (or knowingly) became
assistants in serving poison to Srila Prabhupada. A tiny sprinkle of colorless,
tasteless, and odorless arsenic powder, such as what might fit on the very
end of a small key's tip, could produce another serious downturn in health
with subacute symptoms, such as the February or May incidents of 1977.
Even smaller sprinkles in milk, fruit juice, medicine or food would be
unnoticed but would easily produce the slow debilitation and starvation
program we find in Srila Prabhupada's health
history. Such a
"cosmetic" poisoning of small doses which would result in a feeling of
malaise, increased weakness, and a reduction in the body's general
strength, could have begun well before Srila Prabhupada's serious illness
of February 1977. Therefore the health history in Chapter 20 begins with late
1975 and mid 1976 to show that gradual poisoning could have begun as early
as May 1976. The illness in New York and London in July and August 1976 is
fully compatible with arsenic poisoning. If Srila Prabhupada's hair in
October 1977 contains highly elevated levels of arsenic, as it does in
fact, then we begin to look backwards in the health history to the
earliest signs of arsenic poisoning. It might have begun soon after the
Mayapur 1976 festival when Srila Prabhupada became weak and ill with
arsenic poisoning type symptoms in Hawaii and New Vrindaban in May and
June of 1976. It is quite possible, but not established. The poisoners knew that arsenic
was the best choice of poisons for Srila Prabhupada because it would be
confused with His already existing kidney problems. Clever planning and
execution, indeed. Now that
we know Srila Prabhupada was poisoned, we should immediately understand
that the method of poisoning was carefully planned and executed in a most
secret, clever, and sinister manner. The poisoners would want to carry out
their nefarious plan without arousing any suspicion on the part of other
devotees or physicians. Arsenical poisoning, especially in a chronic and
gradual application, becomes extremely difficult to recognize.
Who
would suspect that Srila Prabhupada was poisoned? Devotees, hearing of
poisoning rumors, find it almost impossible to even entertain. Only now,
22 years later, are we able to assemble bits and pieces of evidence
together to demonstrate that this was a certainty. It must be Lord
Krishna's arrangement that the truth can be revealed even after so long.
We cannot remember what happened yesterday, what to speak of in 1977, and
yet there has been an almost miraculous assemblage of pieces of
evidence which cannot be denied or swept under the rug except by those
dishonest persons whose interests may be threatened by emergence of the
truth of this tragedy. Also,
some will be reluctant, maybe vehemently so, to accept that Srila
Prabhupada was poisoned because the concept disrupts their personal
attachments, conceptions of ISKCON, psyche, and life's major paradigms.
It is
also very suspicious that almost every time a doctor was conscientiously
treating Srila Prabhupada with medicines and careful attention, inevitably
there appeared some serious or distressing side effects that caused Srila
Prabhupada to abandon and reject that doctor and treatment. This recurring
coincidence was probably sabotage perpetrated by the poisoners by their
giving to Srila Prabhupada more arsenic, diuretic, laxative, etc to cause
an adverse reaction which was then attributed to the treatment and
medicines. "Oh, just see! This doctor doesn't know what he's doing either!
They are all idiots, cheaters, and just want to kill you, Srila
Prabhupada! Reject them, and just depend on Krishna and the
chanting!" Of
course no medicine or treatment could be anything but ever so slightly
effective in improving Srila Prabhupada's condition as long as arsenic was
continuously being administered in small doses. The best doctor in the
Mathura District, Dr. Gopal, became perplexed that his medicines and
treatment were showing no signs of improvement after a week of
administration in October 1977. Dr. Gopal began to re-think his diagnosis
and he wanted further testing to discover the cause of ill health.
Immediately Dr. Gopal was criticized severely by Tamal, and his treatment
and future presence was rejected.
Dr. Gopal did not get to bring the X-ray machine for examination of
the internal organs, nor did he get a blood sample for analysis. Either of these two things could
have easily discovered the arsenic poisoning which is now established by
the October growth of Srila Prabhupada's hair recently tested as
containing highly abnormal amounts of arsenic. It would
serve the interests of the poisoner or poisoners well if an atmosphere of
intense distrust and suspicion of doctors and medicines, especially
allopathic, were to prevail with Srila Prabhupada and His caretakers. When
Satsvarupa Maharaj came to visit in October 1977, he was indoctrinated by
Tamal with the understanding that all possible attempts had already been
made with doctors and medicines, leaving no choice except to chant and
pray to Krishna for a miracle. Without questions, Satsvarupa passively
accepted Tamal's opinions and began to chant and pray while Srila
Prabhupada lay bedridden, His body filled with highly toxic levels of
arsenic. It was
necessary that the poisoners prolong the "assassination" of Srila
Prabhupada over an extended time period, lest suspicions be aroused due to
the sudden death of a healthy person. The cause of death would need to
look natural, entailing a gradual and frustrating decline of health. In
spite of "so many doctors and
medicines, nothing worked." If any reason for suspicion arose, an
autopsy and investigation might reveal the poisoning and poisoners. Deaths
in India do not require autopsies by law as is often the case in the West.
If Srila Prabhupada had expired in the USA under the suspicion of foul
play, certainly tests would have been done by the local coroner and an
official autopsy report prepared. Conveniently, Srila Prabhupada wanted to
die in Vrindaban where autopsies and coroners are not part of the process
of dying. It was also necessary to maintain a state of chronic invalidism in Srila Prabhupada
until He made His will and turned bank accounts and management over legally to His disciples. After
all, it was the assets of ISKCON that the poisoners were undoubtedly
interested in controlling and inheriting from their
"father." Who
could the assassins be? They must have been very close to Srila
Prabhupada, and well trusted.
As history commonly shows, it is likely to have been a trusted
confidant or close associate with direct access who engaged in the
poisoning of Srila Prabhupada. The poisoners would need to be very clever,
good actors, intelligent and manipulative, patient, and with full
knowledge of the inner workings of Srila Prabhupada's life, habits and
health philosophy. And, most importantly, the assassins would need a
motive to eliminate Srila Prabhupada, a chance to gain things that were to
them surely worth the risk, trouble and karma of committing such an
abominable deed. So who had that motive, and what was
it? CHAPTER
41: POSSIBLE
MOTIVES OF THE ASSASSINS It does
not take a rocket scientist to guess as to what motive someone may have
had in poisoning Srila Prabhupada.
Srila Prabhupada stood between them and something they very much
wanted, namely the absolute position, absolute power, tremendous assets,
and prestige of taking Srila Prabhupada's place as leader and virtual
owner of ISKCON. Also there
is the possibility of a secondary motive of revenge or anger, wanting to
repay Srila Prabhupada for perceived injustices or mistreatment. Suffice it to say at this juncture
that there was certainly ample motive for a number of persons to try to
eliminate Srila Prabhupada from the scene of ISKCON in 1977. Further, we
must note that some of those who actually did gain position, power, money,
prestige and so on are still in those positions today. It only makes sense
that they be taken as primary suspects in an investigation as to who
poisoned Srila Prabhupada. See also
Appendix 15: Colorful History of Tamal Krishna
Goswami.
Questions
to ask regarding possible motives in any plan to eliminate Srila
Prabhupada through poisoning are: 1.
Who made
constant criticism of doctors and medicines, discouraging Srila Prabhupada
from obtaining qualified medical attention even on Srila Prabhupada's
terms of no injections, no operations, etc.? 2.
Who had
cause for revenge against Srila Prabhupada? Who did Srila Prabhupada
disgrace in front of the entire ISKCON society? Who did Srila Prabhupada
shame, dishonor, embarrass, and chastise severely? 3.
Who
displayed serious and strong ambitions for power and prestige in the years
leading up to Srila Prabhupada's departure? Who among the ISKCON senior
leaders is known for his relentless and personally motivated
ambition? 4.
Who
stood to gain from Srila Prabhupada's departure? Who became absolute
acharyas, worshipped as good as God by hundreds and thousands of disciples
who became like personal servants to the emperor? Who would be provided
for in royal style for the rest of their life? 5.
After
Srila Prabhupada's disappearance and the immediate emergence of eleven
absolute zonal acharyas, who among them claimed to be the sole inheritor
of Srila Prabhupada's position? Who claimed that they had become the via
medium to approach the disciplic succession, even for the rest of Srila
Prabhupada's disciples? 6.
Who
became the kingpins of the new guru system which gave so much money and
power to so few? Rochan
Prabhu wrote in a letter to IVC members in March
1998: "When we
logically consider the zonal acharya system, which quickly manifested
after Srila Prabhupada's departure, we can conclude that those inhabiting
the topmost rungs on the institutional ladder had grandiose
expectations..."
With
Srila Prabhupada gone, the eleven chosen rtviks quickly pounced on the
authority "to approve and appoint
diksha gurus, assign them(selves) exclusive geographical areas, change
Srila Prabhupada's books, make decisions on siddhanta, i.e., spiritual
qualifications for diksha gurus that empower instant uttama adhikary or
kripa siddha status, etc." If Srila
Prabhupada was poisoned by one or more of his disciples, we can easily
understand their motive. To
inherit Srila Prabhupada's movement as one of His few "intimate"
disciples, becoming the new gurus in His Divine Grace's place, would be
the envy of anyone desiring great wealth, many devoted followers, prestige
or power. It is now obvious
to most devotees how most of the original eleven new gurus in 1978 were
overwhelmingly tainted by these material desires. Some of them remain in power as
GBC, zonal acharyas and supposed spiritual leaders of ISKCON, several of
which are now implicated in the poison whispers. Our
Divine Guide and Master was poisoned in front of our eyes, and He decided
to leave our association. The pure devotee of the Supreme Lord, the
ambassador from the spiritual world, was cruelly and horribly tormented
with arsenic, a most painful and despicable poison. Srila Prabhupada was
frustrated in His mission and we were frustrated in His consequent
departure. Is there
any greater crime? CHAPTER
42: PARADE
OF DOCTORS, TREATMENTS, AND MIS-DIAGNOSES As soon
as Srila Prabhupada began having serious health problems in early 1977,
there followed a parade of doctors, kavirajas and treatments over the
next ten months. This parade is documented in the 1977 biographical
section of this publication. One is easily confused by reading of the
repeated start, stop, start again series of medical programs and
medicines. It is only natural to wonder about the unusual nature of Srila
Prabhupada's medical care in that year. There is no clear conclusion as to
what Srila Prabhupada's illness was. There is even less logic or sense as
to why treatments were abandoned one after another, as well as doctors
switched one after another. To better analyze the history, let us make an
abbreviated list of the doctors, treatments, and medicines and see what
can thus be ascertained or deduced. The list below is only partial; many other doctors
and medicines are omitted.
CHAPTER
43: WHO
ARE THE SUSPECTS?
This publication makes no accusations as to who poisoned Srila
Prabhupada. Until we have
solid proof, we risk committing serious Vaishnava aparadha (offense) in
such accusations. Therefore
we must proceed cautiously on this front. We know Srila Prabhupada was
poisoned, but we do not know exactly by whom. Any suspicion that has been cast
upon any individual in this book is due to the evidence. This author
has tried hard not to cast any undue aspersions upon any
individual, including Tamal Krishna Goswami. As in any murder investigation,
sometimes innocent parties are suspected, at least until the guilty are
identified and convicted by the evidence in a court of law. It is a big jump from establishing
the crime, which this book does, to a legal conviction. Let's not forget
this as we proceed with further investigation. Let us not jump to
conclusions or accusations.
Nevertheless, there are primary suspects as a result of the
evidence accumulated to date.. Further evidence may exonerate or further
implicate these suspects, or bring new suspects into the investigation.
Those presently under suspicion as possibly involved in poisoning Srila
Prabhupada are: Tamal
Krishna Goswami, Jayapataka Swami, Bhakticharu Swami, and to a lesser
degree others who were present in Srila Prabhupada's room during those
last months, such as Bhavananda, Hansadutta, Satadhanya,
etc. This
author is not accusing any of these individuals of any
crime. The
evidence in this book, however, casts substantial suspicion on them. The
whispers indicate at least 3 poisoners; Tamal and Jayapataka are quite
clearly heard in some of the whispers. Jayapataka uses the poison word in
"Poisoning for a long time," to which Srila Prabhupada answers, "To me?"
Tamal and Bhakticharu were in charge of food and medicines. A review of
all evidence relating to suspects is not given here, but is throughout this
book.
It is hoped that the suspects in the poisoning of Srila Prabhupada
will cooperate with further investigation as proposed by this author.
Specifically: 1.
Agree to
take lie detector and sodium pentathol tests. 2.
Agree to
be deposed for questioning as required. 3.
Agree to
provide documents and diaries as requested. 4.
Agree to
reverse speech analyses, tests on hair and teeth relics
(Tamal) 5.
Fully
cooperate with the investigation. This
affair is not a pleasant one, but it cannot be avoided. With cool heads, let us proceed
towards resolution of this matter as soon and as fairly as possible. Not to do so, in the opinion of
some, would make us complicit in
the crime by tacit approval.
Knowledge of a crime, which this book and its evidence has
established, requires appropriate action and not a turning away out of
apathy, fear of intimidation, or due to vested
interests. Let us
pray that the poisoners will be found out, indicted and tried in courts of
law. If the suspects are
neither cleared or convicted by the evidence, they should "honorably"
resign their posts for the sake of the Mission.
CHAPTER
44: DATELINE
OF POISONING HIGHLIGHTS 1976 5.4: SP in
Hawaii, TKG visits, illness; weakness, heart
palpitations 6.23: SP in New
Vrindaban; weakness, heart palpitations, indigestion,
cold 7.9: SP
arrives New York as TKG's guest for Rathayatra 7.20: SP very ill;
edema, weak, pain.Becomes very ill on plane to
London 8.2: By
now, SP recovered enough to eat and walk a little at France
farm 8.27 SP back in
Bombay, still weak with poor digestion 1977 1.13
SP
becomes very ill at Kumbha Mela; weak, edema, cold,
mucus 1.19: SP arrives
Bhubaneshwar; weak, indigestion 1.26: SP collapses in
Puri due to sudden leg weakness 2.10: SP collapses in
Navadwip due to sudden leg weakness 2.14: SP in Mayapur;
TKG arrives with other GBC's 2.26: SP becomes
extremely ill; fever, pain, vomiting, weakness 3.10: SP in Mayapur,
worsening of illness, very sick, not eating 3.13: Hari Sauri leaves
SP's service; Bhavananda, Upendra replace him 3.22: SP arrives in
Bombay for pandal program; cannot walk without help 3.31: SP moves into His
new rooms at Juhu temple 5.8: SP
goes to Hrishikesh for health recovery 5.16: SP becomes so ill
that He wants to return to Vrindaban to die 5.17: SP arrives in
Vrindaban, prepares His will, arranges to depart 5.28: SP instructs GBC
about rtvik acharyas to initiate on His behalf 6.5: After
GBC's leave, another downturn in SP's condition 7.8-9: SP chooses 11 rtvik
acharyas, signs & sends "Final Order" letter 7.12: SP calls for
Bonamali kaviraja to tend to
His health treatment 7.25: Abhiram arrives
as SP's nurse and assistant (until 10.16) 7.27: SP's health takes
another turn for the worse 8.25: SP becomes very
ill with another downturn, just before travelling 8.27: SP departs for
London and the West, bedridden, very weak 9.8: SP
has health crisis; goes to hospital for one day; minor
operation 9.13: SP's health
declines so He decides to return to Bombay 10.2: SP returns to
Vrindaban thinking His end is near 10.16: Dr. Ghosh and Dr. Gopal treat
SP for kidney infection, etc 10.22: Dr. Gopal rejected; SP has
dream of Ramanuja's makharadhvaja 10.26: SP takes Chandra Swami's
friend's makharadhvaja twice,
quits 10.28: D.P.Sastri arrives and begins
SP's final treatment program 11.9: SP says He heard
someone saying someone has poisoned Him 11.10: SP says again that someone
has poisoned Him, nothing is done 11.11: The whispers: "Is poison in
the milk?" and "Poison's going down" 11.13: SP enters internal
consciousness (coma) around midnight 11.14: SP departs from this mortal
realm at 7:25 PM; chaos ensues CHAPTER
45: CONCLUSIONS
& SUMMARY WHY
EXPOSE THE CONSPIRACY? This
reporter is beset by heavy anxiety and is troubled over the responsibility
undertaken for the collection of the evidence in the poisoning of Srila
Prabhupada. Should it be openly distributed and what effects will this
information will have on the ISKCON body that was so dear to Srila
Prabhupada? Why expose the poison conspiracy? After all, some say, so much
time has passed and what is done cannot be undone. Perhaps, as some have
suggested, this matter is best forgotten. In
answer, we need only look to what happened to the teachings of Jesus
Christ, a sad phenomenon being pieced together only recently by modern
historians. In essence, the teachings of Christ have been lost, changed,
perverted, and adapted for use by those with less than pure motives. It is
now even doubtful whether Christ died on the cross or that he said or did
many of the things attributed to him. One shocking book on the subject is
Bloodline of the Holy Grail. There is still faith in Christ and some
potency in Christianity, but the full spiritual power of his teachings
have been corrupted and is missing. But
without digressing to a discussion on modern Christianity compared with
Christ's original teachings, suffice it to say that we stand at a critical
crossroads in the history of the world in regards to the future of Lord
Chaitanya's movement. We do not want what happened to Christ's teachings
to happen to Srila Prabhupada's mission. The number and magnitude of
setbacks to Srila Prabhupada's mission and His ISKCON in the last 22 years
have been such that if the present course is continued, there will be
little left in another 10 years. It
behooves those dedicated to the Mission to come forward at this time and
strive earnestly for the restoration of purity and potency to Srila
Prabhupada's Mission. At the risk of some unavoidable and initially
acrimonious debate over the poison issue, we must strive to establish the
truth of how Srila Prabhupada was poisoned and seek full accountabilities
thereof. Only then can we hope to restore His Mission when those who
usurped it by such a horrible crime are removed from the Mission. Their
continued presence as supposed leaders of the Mission, and the effects of
their "spells" of philosophical twists and deviations on Srila
Prabhupada's teachings must be cleansed. In short, the poisoners of Srila
Prabhupada have also poisoned ISKCON and the Mission. All the problems in
ISKCON will be solved by removing the poisoners and their poisonous
effects, and then centering the Mission on Srila Prabhupada. ISKCON can be
thus restored. Srila
Prabhupada was poisoned because those who wanted His assets thought they
needed Him out of their way. The assassins of the pure devotee must be
apprehended, removed, and chastised according to the laws of God and the
state. Assuming that some of the "original eleven" and their allies are
responsible for the poisoning, which is definitely indicated by the
evidence, then it follows that ISKCON has been seriously adulterated by
their takeover of Srila Prabhupada's assets. The systems and policies
instituted since 1977 need to be reviewed in light of the poisoning of the
acharya. The misguided course that the assassins have set His Mission on
must be corrected and secured by those who have proven themselves
dedicated to Srila Prabhupada and above self-aggrandizement. How long will
it take us to finally realize that those who want to be gurus have corrupted
this movement with their less than spiritual ambitions? As long as those
who had anything to do with the poisoning, and perhaps those who
cooperated with the poisoners afterwards, remain as leaders of and "gurus"
in Srila Prabhupada's Mission, there will persist a loss of faith by the
common members in the leadership. and a lack of purity in the leadership
as well. It is time to clean house and do repairs ! SUMMARY
OF EVIDENCE
To begin, let us review a quote from a Mr. Schippers during some of
President Clinton's legal and moral difficulties: "Please
do not be cajoled into considering each event in isolation and then
treating it separately. That is a tactic employed by defense lawyers in
every conspiracy trial...(in history) Events and words that may seem
innocent or even expulpatory in a vacuum may well take on a sinister or
even criminal connotation when observed in the context of the whole
plot." We can
expect the entrenched ISKCON leadership to try and dissect the case for
poisoning Srila Prabhupada into little bits and pieces, and then discredit
each one individually. They will say the whispers can't really be heard,
the symptoms are of kidney disease and colds, Srila Prabhupada did not
mean such and such when He said this and that, the hair analysis is
misleading or faulty, reverse speech is voodoo hocus-pocus, this is just
the work of those "rtviks," etc, etc, etc. But we need to look at the
whole picture. When we add all the evidence together, things begin to
confirm each other and it becomes obvious as a conspiracy. Srila
Prabhupada used to say, "Where
there is smoke, there is fire," and there is both here. Nevertheless,
the further facts and evidence that are required to completely resolve the issue will be found out, rest
assured. The investigation has reached a point of no return. Poisoners
beware: we will find you! Let us
review the evidence presented in this report. MOTIVE: Before
Srila Prabhupada's departure, the eagerness of some to become initiating
spiritual masters was so great that Hansadutta and Kirtanananda did not
even wait until Srila Prabhupada's departure. They began long beforehand,
but were curtailed by Srila Prabhupada. That the motive for becoming
absolute initiating gurus existed in many of the senior disciples of Srila
Prabhupada cannot be contested. It was a fact. For Srila Prabhupada to
have remained with us another five, ten, or more years, would have
severely tested the patience of these guru-aspirants, evidenced by how
quickly they began to initiate their own disciples after Srila
Prabhupada's departure. Furthermore,
the assets of Srila Prabhupada's movement were up for grabs: private
deluxe quarters, money, followers, power, worship. In other words, profit,
distinction, adoration. There most certainly WAS great motive for removing
Srila Prabhupada from the scene so that His position and assets could be
assumed. Fathers, brothers, children, and spouses have often been killed
throughout history for the position of king or even just a little money,
what to speak of attaining the most absolutely glorious seat of God's
representative, replete with all the accompanying
amenities. WITNESSES: There is
serious and substantial evidence that at least one witness may be
available to confirm the poisoning. A renewed search for that witness may
be fruitful. There are rumors of other witnesses as well. The best witness would be for one of
those involved in the poisoning to confess and implicate the others.
As the pressure mounts and the investigation pushes forward, someone will
crack and spill the beans. WHISPERS: The
opinions produced in the amateur sound studios of Harikesh, Bir Krishna,
and Rabindra Swarup pale in comparison to the professional analyses done
in top-notch audio forensic laboratories around the world. There is no
doubt that the poison word is repeatedly whispered in the background on
the third to last tape. Given the context of conversations on the tape,
the poison whispers become especially more suspicious. Further, the exact
wording of the whispers, such as, "poisoning for a long time,"
leaves little doubt in the unbiased mind as to what was happening.
Nevertheless, whispers are whispers, and a case cannot be built around
them alone. But alone they are
not, as there is plenty of other supporting
evidence. Does it
not seem coincidental that the day
after Srila Prabhupada states that He has been poisoned, is the day we
find the poison whispers in the background? The day after! November 9 and
10: Srila Prabhupada says, "Someone has poisoned me." November 11: "The
poison's going down!" and "The poison's in the milk," etc. Coincidence?
The chances in a year are microscopic that the two incidents would follow
each other as they have. MEDICAL
SYMPTOMS: The
challenge is put forward to all toxicologists and pathologists: study the
health biography in this publication and tell us that the physical
symptoms exhibited by Srila Prabhupada are anything other than those of
chronic arsenic poisoning ! Thank you to Tamal for providing so much of
the information necessary for this reconstruction of Srila Prabhupada's
health history. However, most information came from careful review of the
taped recordings that survived and are found in the Conversations
Books. SRILA
PRABHUPADA SAID: For a
good perspective on the value of Srila Prabhupada's statements that He was
being poisoned, refer to Appendix 18. Even the GBC
apologists admit confusion and perplexity at how to explain away Srila
Prabhupada's words, "Someone has poisoned me." But they will not take the
words of the pure devotee seriously. REVERSE
SPEECH: This is
a controversial area of evidence, but the case of Srila Prabhupada's poisoning is
not made or broken by speech
reversals. However, they are shocking in their consistency and
revelations, they are further confirmation of the fact, and the method
deserves further research. Many law enforcement agencies are also using
reverse speech analysis; why shouldn't we? HAIR
ANALYSES:
Further
neutron activation analyses of Srila Prabhupada's 1976-77 hair samples
would provide the confirmations we need to reconstruct the precise history
of Srila Prabhupada's poisoning. The more evidence the better. However,
even with only ONE test, that done on Hari Sauri's October 1977 hair, we
find that by conservative estimation, Srila Prabhupada had 10 times the
average level of arsenic. This alone constitutes definite confirmation of
His being poisoned. Further, this author's hair sample was analyzed to
have 4 times the average amounts of arsenic. SUM
TOTAL OF EVIDENCE: We have
sufficient evidence to assuredly and unequivocally state: Srila Prabhupada was poisoned. The
mass of corroborating evidence herein establishes this fact as a
certainty. The mass of evidence at this point is too compelling to ignore
or dismiss. Now we must move to conclude the investigation, remove the
poisoners, and rebuild our beloved Spiritual Master's
Mission. CONCLUSIONS Was
Srila Prabhupada killed? Definitely not. The pure devotee is fully under
the protection of the Supreme Lord and whatever takes place in the lives
of such fully surrendered souls is a divine arrangement, not the result of
material factors or conditions. As Srila Prabhupada said on April 16,
1977, to Tamal: "It is not possible
to kill him (Christ). Such a great personality, representative of God, he
is not killed. That is not possible." Was
Srila Prabhupada poisoned? Definitely, yes. He knew He was being poisoned,
maybe long before He finally said so on November 9-10, 1977. Srila
Prabhupada's references to Ravana and Rama (November 11, 1977), and the
statement, "Better kill me
here," (October 22, 1977) also indicate He knew He was being poisoned.
Yet, Srila Prabhupada seemed to accept it in the mood of complete
dependence on Lord Krishna. He incredibly made hardly any complaint about
His physical condition and ill health, what to speak of any protest of
being poisoned. Srila Prabhupada was fully empowered with all the mystic
yoga perfections; He was capable of physically defeating any opposition,
by the grace of the Lord. Srila Prabhupada departed because it was a
private decision between Himself and His worshippable Lord.
When
Srila Prabhupada was no longer wanted, being poisoned by those He gave His
mercy to, He decided to depart, a decision confirmed in a September 25,
1976 letter to Bhaktijan Prabhu in New York, who was concerned about Srila
Prabhupada's health: "I'll
not leave the planet until you order."
Being
poisoned could easily be taken as an order to leave or not being wanted.
Srila Prabhupada several times expressed in His final months that His
staying depended on His disciples desire and love. We failed to
demonstrate it; we failed in convincing His Divine Grace to stay with us.
Or rather, the poisoners decided that for the rest of us. Nevertheless, we
failed to protect our Spiritual Master. Now knowing what happened, can we
still remain silent, passively accepting this greatest of
injustices? Who
poisoned Srila Prabhupada? To
uncover the reality of this issue is a daunting task, as twenty-two years
already has passed to hide the evidence. It constitutes a challenge of
tremendous proportions, and whatever the outcome, the issue is one of
great importance to the spiritual health and future of Srila Prabhupada's
divine Mission and the upliftment of humanity. Our greatest obstacle to
achieving justice and a restoring of the Mission is not the poisoners'
cleverness or determination to remain anonymous- it would be the apathy
and inaction of Srila Prabhupada's followers. WHAT TO
DO NOW? There is
the very small chance that Srila Prabhupada was poisoned from outside
ISKCON, although, given the evidence on hand already, that just doesn't
make sense. The assassins are almost certainly still inside ISKCON in
positions of power and leadership. The consequences of the discovery of
Srila Prabhupada's poisoning must now be dealt with. The example may be
given of Kirtanananda Swami and New Vrindaban. It was not until
Kirtanananda's final departure to jail that the once-largest devotee
community in ISKCON was able to rectify itself and move forward with
renewed purity (relatively speaking). Similarly, we must of necessity
completely purge the saboteurs from ISKCON before the Mission can be
properly restored to purity and reset on the proper course that Srila
Prabhupada charted out. Since
1977 there has been a disease in Srila Prabhupada's body, namely ISKCON,
evidenced by the pain, confusion, turmoil, cheating, and deviations
experienced in the past 22 years.
The cure for the disease in the Mission is offered with the
following steps: 1.
Completion
of the poison investigation, leading to a full resolution including legal
proof of the crime, apprehension of the murderers and their accomplices,
their removal and legal convictions. 2.
Select a
new GBC body from scratch, elected by the devotees, who would then have
renewed faith in ISKCON leadership. 3.
Select a
group of qualified brahmanas, elected by the devotees, to oversee an open,
ongoing philosophical convention to sort out the current divisive issues
at hand, such as the guru issue, etc. Until the next empowered
representative of the Lord comes who can unite the various factions with
singular leadership, let us try to cooperatively and democratically
establish an ISKCON Constitution based on the teachings of Srila
Prabhupada. We have already seen that tyranny and the heavy-handed rule of
the GBC-guru elite will not work. Now let us try another path, one of open
discussion leading to consensus and cooperation. Let us assume the grass
roots members of this movement are basically sincere and will accept
philosophical siddhanta when it is openly and honestly discussed and
ascertained rather than forced down their throats. After all, everything
is in Srila Prabhupada's books. If we avail ourselves of His books, all
issues can be settled by the above mentioned method. 4.
Move
forward again with cooperation, honesty, and openness in following Srila
Prabhupada's teachings, without any more tyranny, and push on the Mission
of delivering the fallen souls of this planet. This can
be accomplished if enough of the followers of Srila Prabhupada are
sufficiently interested to become involved in a final and full reform
effort. The partial so-called reforms of 1982, 1986, 1992, 1996, etc have
not addressed the real problem: the poisoners and their poisoning of the
Mission. Let us not forsake Srila Prabhupada and His desire that Lord
Chaitanya's Mission be realized. We may be battered, bruised, disgusted,
alienated, confused, and disheartened by the cloud of darkness over Srila
Prabhupada's Mission. But at least let us not end our lives without having
tried to restore Srila Prabhupada to ISKCON. We can try, and Krishna will
decide the results. CONTINUATION
OF POISON INVESTIGATION The
investigation into the poisoning of Srila Prabhupada has just only begun;
it must be continued until the whole truth has been uncovered. The present
situation is that there are two underfunded, oppressed, and under-manned
investigations working separately, but both facing an ISKCON leadership
entrenched in denial. Probably the only way this situation can be altered
is by a massive groundswell of protest and demand for action from the
worldwide Vaishnava community.
Pressure on the present leaders and "gurus" may precipitate some
progress. Typically, a leader is able to remain in his position only so
long as he inspires faith and confidence in his constituents. Thus leaders
will respond to the devotees who, if in sufficient numbers, demand
action. Obviously,
a very serious expansion of the investigation is required. Pressure on the
ISKCON leadership can bring about the formation and funding of an expanded
and empowered investigative team (EXIT) chosen from the existing
investigations with additional, neutral parties inside and outside of the
official ISKCON structure. If the GBC will not do so, then the followers
of Srila Prabhupada must organize such an effort themselves.
It is
understood that Balavanta Prabhu's team is working under the extreme
hardship of no funding and the subtle intimidation of finding results in
keeping with ISKCON's official policy of absolute denial that poisoning
took place. Balavanta seems to have his hands tied by de facto
non-cooperation from the GBC, while the GBC simultaneously wants him to
provide confirmation of their denials. Again, only grass roots pressure
can change that. The GBC and all ISKCON members and supporters must
require that any member, guru, or GBC consents to being interviewed and
questioned, Tamal, Jayapataka and Bhakticharu Swamis especially. Actually,
those three should be placed under "house arrest" at once by the GBC until
their full and separate depositions are taken. The non-cooperation of these
individuals should meet the full power of the GBC's disciplinary measures.
Once an
expanded and empowered investigative team (EXIT) is formed, the following
are some of the things to do: 1.
Interview
Tamal Krishna Goswami, Bhavananda, Satadhanya, Bhakticharu Swami,
Hansadutta, Jayapataka Swami and many others, including lie detector
tests, sodium pentathol interviews, and reverse speech
analysis. 2.
Obtain
and test further samples of Srila Prabhupada's hair and teeth, such as
those in Tamal's possession. 3.
Procure
complete translations of Hindi and Bengali portions on the 1977 tape
recordings. 4.
Contact
the government authorities in India, where the crime was committed, for
assistance and participation in the investigation. The Indian law
enforcement agencies may take up the case as well. 5.
Conduct
further audio forensic analysis as may be necessary to confirm known and
presently unknown whispers, and to test for tape
editing. 6.
Conduct
reverse speech analysis to provide leads. 7.
Maintain
an internet website for the discussion of the issues, the evidence, the
consequences, the healing. 8.
Mount a
renewed effort to locate rumored witnesses. 9.
Establish
a public relations office to deal with the publicity, and an 800 number
hotline for leads and general participation. 10.
Requisition
of vital documents and evidence, such as Tamal's original diary and the
original 1977 tape recorders. 11.
If a
legal resolution cannot be achieved due to lack of sufficient evidence for
obtaining murder convictions, the GBC must decide whether those suspected
should be allowed to remain in their positions, considering the unity and
health of Srila Prabhupada's mission. It may come to the point where some
suspects, perhaps, will need to be sent off to remote parts of the world
to preach alone, as their continued presence would be too controversial
and disturbing. There's the Amazon, the Congo, Greenland, China etc. That
would be the "honorable" thing for them to do
voluntarily. SUMMARY We want
the truth! We want the directors of ISKCON to be responsible to the many
thousands of devotees whose spiritual lives hang in the balance over this
issue. Will ISKCON be the institution which Srila Prabhupada created and
put into motion, or will it become a Kaliyuga production, a impotent
pseudo-spiritual sideshow? This question must be answered, for can an
institution which gives safe harbor to those who have killed the
Founder-Acharya have any effective future? It must
be noted that not one GBC member or ISKCON "guru" has contacted the IVC,
any of its members, or this author to offer help, sympathy or even to ask
questions. Even the noted liberal and free thinking Bhaktitirtha Swami
declined any involvement in this issue, begging a busy schedule as an
excuse. To be optimistic,
though, let us assume that when this compilation is put in their hands,
they will awaken to the gravity and substance of the poisoning evidence,
and meet up to their responsibility as ISKCON leaders. Hopefully there will be at least a
few devotees who hold positions in ISKCON who will demand a full scale and
truly impartial investigation.
If our
ISKCON leaders, even after this compilation is made available to them, do
not aggressively act to set up an impartial and full-fledged
investigation, we will conclude that their sincerity and honesty has been
compromised by political or personal considerations. Then we must demand their
resignation and find out new and honest leadership to steer Srila
Prabhupada's movement to success through the choppy waters of
Kaliyuga. The evidence
contained herewith should be more than sufficient to cause each and every
sincere follower of Srila Prabhupada to rise up and act for the welfare of
ISKCON. We must now bring an
atmosphere of honest review and investigation into the poison issue and
other significant and related topics, one of which is the initiation and
guru question. No longer can
we afford to allow the Mission of Srila Prabhupada to be run by those who
would reject and expel any who do not conform to their self-interested
policies. Surely,
Lord Krishna will make arrangements for the preservation and rectification
of Srila Prabhupada's Mission, and it is just a matter of time before this
situation is set right. The
poison issue, the initiation/guru issue, the changing the books issue, the
guru's money issue and much more of the causes for disturbance in ISKCON
will be resolved soon. We must
not become depressed and cynical or
resort to the same inappropriate behavior we have abhorred in others.
We must have faith that Lord Chaitanya's predictions will come to pass and
that Srila Prabhupada's incarnation was divinely arranged and that His
hard work and austerity will not be futile. Meanwhile,
we all must become prepared to participate meaningfully in a new and
cleansed ISKCON of the near future.
We have learned so much since Srila Prabhupada's departure about
the what-not-to-do's and the pitfalls to avoid in preserving and
perpetuating His spiritual movement.
Exactly how we can contribute to the preservation and rectification
of ISKCON will be revealed by the prayer and sincere soul-searching of
each individual. Let us
prepare ourselves by becoming fixed in Krishna consciousness and soundly
situated in simple living with sufficient arrangement for basic
economics. Our extra time in
life can then be used to cooperatively push on Srila Prabhupada's mission
to save this planet and its six billion human inhabitants from the
progressive hellish degradations of the Age of Kali. ENDNOTE The
investigation into the poison issue began as a team effort of IVC members
and supporters ever since its inception in late 1997. Rochan Prabhu maintained much
relevant information on a web site (although it has become somewhat
outdated) and acted as a clearinghouse and coordinator. Mahabuddhi and Isha Prabhus
organized the first audio forensic analyses on the whispers. Dhaneshwar Prabhu worked on the
aborted CD project and reverse speech research, the work for which was
invaluable to this publication.
Mrigendra and Gupta Prabhus gave practical and legal advice, both
being long-practicing attorneys. Many
were interviewed or consulted by Dhaneshwar Prabhu or this reporter, such
as Pradyumna, Arundhati, Bhagwat, Udayananda, Hansadutta, Niscinta,
Rupanuga, Yasodanandana, Garuda, Badarayan, Paramrupa, Ekanath, Ranjit,
Isha, Bir Krishna Maharaj, Adi Keshava, Pusta Krishna, the editor of
Hinduism Today, various forensic experts and many, many more. A few others also gave support and
assistance in various ways. The IVC has become functionally inoperative,
and since early 1998 this reporter has worked quietly and basically alone
on research and compilation of this book. Since
November, 1997, this reporter's conscience has pushed relentlessly for the
completion of this publication. It is with singular and great
determination that this author will continue this investigation in league
with those sincere and concerned devotees that require the truth rather
than standard political maneuverings and predictable denials,
obscurements, and obfuscations. In the attempt to obtain balanced
information, an interview was sought with Tamal Krishna Goswami, but it
was declined by deferring to Balavanta's
investigation. Unfortunately,
there has been no financial support to date, and any contributions
received would be much appreciated and are tax deductible. The only reason we ask for a
donation for this publication is to fund future investigative costs. We do
not intend to profit from this book, and, any funds received will be used
for continued investigative efforts. This
reporter hereby makes an official appeal for assistance on this poison
investigation. Any donations,
big or small, to our tax exempt corporation will be most appreciated and
wisely spent on forensics, publications and the many other expenses of the
investigation. Also, any
leads or information regarding witnesses, Srila Prabhupada's health, or
possible poisoning suspects, as well as anything one may think useful,
would be much appreciated.
Please send contributions (tax deductible receipts provided on
request) or information to: Restore
the Mission, PO Box 208, Mayodan, NC 27027 (rivervillage@mindspring.com.) Toll
Free 1.800.252.0115 (phone
use limited to substantial purposes only,
please) You may
also find information on the poison issue at harekrishna.com. You may
also contact Balavanta Prabhu at: William
Ogle, PO Box 4118, Ormond Beach, Fl 32175 (whogle@worldnet.att.net) To order
a copy of Balavanta's Independent GBC Investigation report, which is
expected to be completed by mid-1999, please inquire from your nearest
GBC, ISKCON center, or Balavanta directly. It is assumed that the report
will be available upon request. But do not be surprised if it is
not. We
encourage you to share this documentary publication with others who are
concerned for the future of Srila Prabhupada's mission, and we especially
encourage you to make your opinions known to the GBC members; ISKCON
sannyasis, life members, and supporters; Vaishnava news websites VNN and
CHAKRA; government officials as may
be appropriate; and your friends. PRAYER
AND LAMENTATION Why was
I not there to protect Srila Prabhupada? What can I do now, 22 years
later, learning of the most horrible manner in which my beloved father and
spiritual teacher was slowly, tortuously murdered by an excruciatingly
painful poison? If only I had
known then! But knowing it now, will I become passive and weak in my
protest and in taking action for justice and truth? Srila Prabhupada!
Please guide me in how to deal with this terrible revelation! Please
enable me to maintain my sanity and proper Vaishnava behavior in spite of
the anger that arises from discovery of this most vile crime! Please
forgive me for waiting so long before standing up in protest to defend my
savior and eternal benefactor! Could I have taken Your place, or maybe
prevented Your departure, had I only known? Forgive me, Srila Prabhupada,
for not being there to protect you. But I promise, I will not be silent
any longer. APOLOGY
TO THE DEVOTEES
Forgive
me if I have done any wrong or made any unfair offense. I apologize if
this information or my proposals have offended or upset anyone. My true
purpose is to stand up for what I believe to be right, and I am open to
being corrected and chastised by anyone. I have tried not to be
prejudicial in this presentation of evidence, and I ask for pardon if that
has not been accomplished. It is a difficult and emotional issue. My hope
is found in the common sayings: Nothing ventured, nothing gained; and
failure is the pillar of success. We must all continue trying to set
right what has happened to Lord Chaitanya's and Srila Prabhupada's
Mission, and that can best be done by taking shelter of His Divine Grace
A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami, Srila Prabhupada. Your
servant, and praying to be in Srila Prabhupada's
service,
APPENDIX
1: PERLE
APPOINTMENT TAPE ANALYSIS National
Audio Video Forensic Laboratory Norman
I. Perle, B.C.F.E., F.A.C.F.E. 8357
Shirley Avenue - Northridge, Ca., 91324-4146 Voice -
818/989-0990 - Fax - 818-993-8550 E-mail:
perle@ix.netcom.com or 71601.771@compuserve.com Homepage:
http://ourworld.compuserve.com/homepages/perle Board
Certified Forensic Examiner: American Board Of Recorded Evidence, -
Fellow, American College Of Forensic Examiners. ***Computerized
Noise Removal/ Sound Enhancement: Video/Audio Authentication:
Video Enhancements; Voice ID and Comparison. State Of The Art, Full
Service Recorded Evidence Forensic Laboratory. September
22, 1997: Attention Harvey Mechanic Esq. TAPE
ANALYSIS REPORT On
August 26, 1977 I received a standard analog tape recording from your
office for examination. On the label of the cassette I affixed a
tamperproof Security Seal Number 16959 for
identification. My
assignment was to review and analyze the recording in order to determine
if the content appears to be authentic, in that the words spoken are in
context and appear to be all the words spoken at the moment of time the
recorded event occurred. Additionally, there should be no signs of
inappropriate stopping and re-starting of the recorder as well as the
other classifications of signs suggestive of
falsification. The
analysis procedure included computer waveform analysis, spectrographic
chart analysis, FFT spectrum frequency analysis and a critical aural
review of the audio. EXPLANATION
OF ATTACHED SUPPORTIVE EXHIBITS: The
attached exhibits are the results of Waveform and Spectrogram Analysis.
The upper window is a Waveform of the acquired audio. This pattern
represents audio relative to time and amplitude (volume). The large lower
window is a Spectrogram. The
Spectrogram represents audio relative to: 1) Time--as shown on the bottom
scale, horizontal axis. 2) Amplitude--as shown as the varying shades of
pattern, vertical axis. 3) Frequency-as shown in the horizontal
axis. Each
exhibit is annotated with an explanation as to the area of audio
acquisition, and that is located in the "Title Bar" on top of the
Waveform. A more detailed explanation of the spectrogram patterns is
located in the "Title Bar" above each window. EXPLANATION
OF EXHIBITS AND CONCLUSIONS: EXHIBIT
no.1 It is a
display of how the sound starts on this recording. Absent
is the Recorder Start Signature. Examples of what a Start Signature looks
like can be seen on EXHIBIT no. 3, no. 4, and no. 5. This is consistent
with a recording made from an EDITED master
recording. EXHIBIT
no. 2 Is a
display of the audio located approximately 10 seconds into the recording.
The deficiencies revealed are audible, and are consistent with EDITING
procedures wherein WORDS are ELIMINATED or REARRANGED to CHANGE the
context of what is said. EXHIBIT
no. 3 is a
display of the audio located approximately eleven minutes, thirty four
seconds into the recording. The deficiencies are audible and are
significantly similar to what one would expect to hear and see should the
Master recording be an edited version. EXHIBIT
no. 4 is a
display of the audio located approximately eleven minutes thirty seven
seconds into the recording. This segment is located just after the area
shown in exhibit number three. This deficiency is audible and is
significantly similar to what one would expect to hear and see should the
Master recording be an EDITED version. EXHIBIT
no. 5 is a
display of the audio located approximately twenty two minutes, thirty
three seconds into the recording. This is the end of the segment(s). One
can hear, as well as see on the chart, representation strikingly similar
to STOP/RE-STARTS(s) signatures. There is a remnant of audio after these
patterns. EXHIBIT
no. 6 is a
display of the audio located at the end of sound on this recording.
Similar to the beginning (Exhibit #1) there is an absence of the
anticipated stop signature. SUMMARY In
conclusion, this recording exhibits strong signs suggestive of
FALSIFICATION. I do not believe that these deficiencies might possibly the
product of some mechanical process or problem within the recording or
duplication process, and I believe that they exist at what is considered
to be a higher degree than that of a coincidence. I
strongly recommend that an independent Forensic Analysis be conducted on
the Master recording in order to determine the authenticity and
originality of the evidence. This analysis requires what is represented as
the original recording and the original tape recorder upon which this
recording was represented to be made. The forensic instrumental tests
include computer analysis, FFT spectral analysis, spectrogram chart
analysis, and microscopic photography of the magnetic field on the
original recording. Additionally, the recordings will be compared for
dissimilarities as a critical listening procedure is
performed. These
tests are directed to discover (1) if the recording has been edited in any
manner so as to effect the context of the words, (i.e. erasures,
inappropriate starting and re-stating of the recorder), (2) If in fact the
audio material is an original source recording and not a re-recorded
version. The testing would determine the cause of any deficiency within
the audio track and is focused on establishing an opinion as to the
integrity and authenticity of the evidence. If you
have any questions, please call me. Norman I.
Perle APPENDIX
2: AUDIO
FORENSIC ANALYSIS: THE WHISPERS AUTHOR'S
NOTE:
The full color spectrogram of the
whispered phrase "PUSH REAL HARD, IT'S GOING DOWN
(HIM)" is found in color on the rear outside cover on this book.
It is titled for identification, Segment 1, Phrase 1. The full color spectrogram of
Segment 1, phrase 2, namely, the whisper "THE POISON'S GOING DOWN," is
found in color on the front outside cover of this
book. AUTHOR'S
NOTE:
The full
color spectrogram for the whispered phrase by Jayapataka Swami "POISONING FOR A LONG TIME" is
included as the second page of the color inserts in this book, titled
Segment 4, Part 1a. Srila Prabhupada's response "TO ME?" is represented by a
color spectrogram on the third page of the color inserts, marked Segment
4, Part 1b. The subsequent
words by an unknown speaker and Jayapataka Swami, "(THAT'S REALLY) ORIGINAL. GET READY
TO GO," is represented as the fourth page of color inserts in a
spectrogram marked Segment 4, Part 1c. APPENDIX
3: AUDIO
FORENSIC ANALYSIS: NO EDITING APPENDIX
4: STATEMENT BY ABHIRAM November
5, 1997: I have recently become aware of incredible theories of the
poisoning of Srila Prabhupada, circulated by some poorly informed
devotees. As you
may know I acted as Srila Prabhupada's nurse and assistant secretary from
25th July through 16th October of 1977, and was therefore in the best
position to evaluate the factors influencing his health during this time.
I kept a diary which often documented his physical condition, food
intakes, and discomforts. I also was the primary player when he was taken
to hospital in Watford England during his last stay at the Manor. I
convinced his divine grace to go to a hospital, accompanied him there,
negotiated with the surgeon not to give general anesthetics and
intravenous feeding (as was the policy), provided most of the post
operative care to Srila Prabhupada etc. I give this background to
emphasize not only my intimate role in his care, but also to let you know
that this same surgeon, Dr. McIrving, made a very clear and definitive
diagnosis of Srila Prabhupada's condition, namely that he,
1) had,
due to diabetes (and dropsy) suffered swelling which affected the flow in
his urinary tract over many years 2) That
he had since birth a slightly constricted urethra which further reduced
the urinary flow. (This was the reason for surgery and gave a great deal
of relief to Srila Prabhupada) 3) The
combination of these two major factors had put a constant and harmful back
pressure on his kidneys, which along with a general deterioration due to
age had inflicted serious renal damage. Prabhupada complained that he had
difficulty urinating and finally was blocked completely leading to this
surgery 4) The
kidney failure would naturally cause an increase in uric acid in his
system, which would probably affect digestion and appetite. Both being
prominent symptoms in Srila Prabhupada's condition.
5) The
loss of digestion and appetite led to malnutrition which caused an already
aged and intensely taxed system to go into a total collapse.
***This
is an accurate account of the diagnosis of the doctors who examined
Prabhupada at Peace Memorial Hospital on 9.8.77, and all of my/our
observations prior and subsequent to this generally confirmed this
diagnosis. When
Srila Prabhupada first arrived at the hospital, they had refused to treat
his urethra constriction unless he was totally hooked up to intravenous
feeding and any other life support systems they may need to employ. Srila
Prabhupada had warned me many times that he did not want to die in a
hospital and I had convinced him to visit on a promise that he would
receive only minor surgery to open the urethra ("some minor plumbing work"
as I described it to him). I had to use considerably persuasive arguments
to convince the surgeon to risk an operation on someone he said was nearly
dead, without all the support systems required by hospital policy.
In
making my (magnum opus) arguments to the doctor, I pleaded that Srila
Prabhupada wanted only enough relief to be able to travel back to his home
(Vrindavan) to die as he wished. I challenged the doctors that "if he
submits to all of your treatments, how much time can you extend his life?"
They answered that he was so far deteriorated at that point they could
hardly understand how he was living at all; and they could not even
propose adding three more months to his life with all of their medical
interventions employed. From
this point forward I/we knew that the exoteric indications were completely
negative. Of course we never stopped hoping against hope that the esoteric
reality would alter the future that we all so greatly dreaded.
In time
we brought him to Bombay and back to Vrindavan, for what had to become the
greatest tragedy of our life and simultaneously another glorious event in
his illustrious life; namely his departure. As his nurse I had been
instructed by him to "never leave my side day or night" and had spent most
days in 24 hour contact with him. I slept holding his hand, I bathed,
dressed, fed and carried him. In short, I am a credible witness.
I left
his direct physical service under circumstances which may shed additional
light on the issue. I have always been very goal driven and able to focus
intently on the desired objective, often to an extreme. As his nurse I saw
only one acceptable result, and that was improvement of his health and
continuation of his life. No other possibility was tenable in my mind. One
day in mid October, I noticed some coolies delivering salt bags and a
stretcher, to the back porch of Srila Prabhupada's house. As preparations
for a funeral at this stage would have been an unthinkably offensive act,
I guessed that only Srila Prabhupada himself could have dared to request
it. My inquiries confirmed my suspicions, and it was then that I finally
came to terms with the fact the he (Srila Prabhupada) had made an
irrevocable decision to leave this world soon. Again, as I had become a
near fanatic to maintain his physical condition, I felt an overwhelming
sense of defeat, hopelessness and could not adjust to this new paradigm
(due to spiritual immaturity). I therefore asked Prabhupada to transfer my
duties to Bhavananda and Satadhanya who were by now fully attending to him
with equal or greater skill. *My
assessment of the accusations of Srila Prabhupada being poisoned are:
1) Srila
Prabhupada's exoteric conditions were carefully observed by a variety of
care givers and medical professionals. 2) All
diagnoses generally confirmed that his body was in an overall crisis,
precipitated by his diabetes, dropsy, kidney damage, and overstressed due
to age, travel, etc. 3)
Prognosis was not optimistic; death seemed imminent, at least from Sep
'77. 4) There
was no indications of any other cause of his ill health (i.e. poisoning)
noticed by me or any medical professional up to 16 October 1977 and Srila
Prabhupada did not say anything to indicate that he suspected such a thing
during my time with him. 5) His
eventual physical departure within one month of my departure as his nurse,
was a logical and expected conclusion to the above mentioned indications.
I was not at all surprised, although I will remain broken hearted over his
departure throughout my life. I have
written these details for the first time to benefit those who wish to know
them. I have no ulterior motive and pray that my effort will be pleasing
to the Vaisnavas and help to maintain a truthful historical perspective on
Srila Prabhupada's departure. APPENDIX
5: APPOINTMENT
TAPE MISQUOTED Below is
a comparison of the actual tape recording (CON) with Satsvarupa's (BIO)
and Tamal's accounts. Note the underlined portions. CON:
Satsvarupa:
…Then
our next question concerns initiations in the future, particularly at that
time when you're no longer with us. We want to know how first and second
initiation would be conducted. Prabhupada:
Yes. I
shall recommend some of you. After this is settled up, I shall recommend
some of you to act as officiating acharyas. Tamal:
Is that
called rtvik-acharya? Prabhupada: Rtvik,
yes. BIO: "Our
next question," Satsvarupa proceeded, "concerns initiation in the future,
particularly at that time when you are no longer with us. We want to know how a first and
second initiation would be conducted."
"Yes," said Prabhupada, "I shall recommend some of you. After this
is settled up, I shall recommend some of you to act as officiating
acharya."
Tamal Krishna interjected, "Is that called rtvik
acharya?"
"Yes," Prabhupada said, "rtvik." CON:
Satsvarupa: Then
what is the relationship of that person who gives the initiation and
the… Prabhupada: He's
guru. He's guru. Satsvarupa: But he
does it on your behalf. Prabhupada: Yes.
That is formality. Because in my presence one should not become guru, so
on my behalf, on my order… Amara ajnaya guru hana. Be actually
guru, but by my order. BIO:
"Then
what is the relationship of that person who gives the initiation?" asked
Satsvarupa. "He is guru," said Prabhupada. "But he does it on your
behalf," said Satsvarupa. "Yes, that is the formality. Because in my
presence one should not become guru. So on my behalf, on my order - amara
ajnaya guru. He is actually guru, but on my
order." CON:
Satsv:
So they
may also be considered your disciples. Prabhupada: Yes,
they are disciples. Why consider? Who? BIO: "So they
may be considered your disciples," said Satsvarupa, referring to those
persons initiated on Prabhupada's behalf by the rtvik
acharyas.
"They are their
disciples," said Srila Prabhupada. Now he was speaking of initiations
after his passing away.(Comment: Says who?) CON:
Tamal: No,
he's asking that these rtvik acharyas, they're officiating, giving diksha.
Their… the people who they give diksha to, whose disciple are
they? Prabhupada: They're
his disciple. Tamal: They're
his disciple. Prabhupada:
Who is
initiating. BIO:
(Prabhupada): "They are the disciples of the
one who is initiating.. " CON:
Prabhupada
(continues): He is granddisciple. Satsvarupa:
Yes. Tamal: That's
clear. Satsvarupa: Then we
have a question concer… BIO: (Prabhupada):And they are my
granddisciples. CON:
Prabhupada: When I
order, "You become guru," he becomes regular guru. That's all. He becomes
disciple of my disciple. That's it. BIO: (Prabhupada):When I order you to
become guru, you become regular guru, that's all. And they become the
disciples of my disciple."
The GBC
members present were satisfied that Srila Prabhupada's reply to the
intricate inquiry was clear and conclusive. Later, he would select "some
of you," and whoever he selected could become an initiating guru. What he
had already described many times throughout his Bhaktivedanta purports was
now being implemented: his disciples would become gurus and accept
disciples of their own.
In TKG's Diary, for May 28, Tamal
very simply says (with not even the mention of the word rtvik!):
"I shall
appoint some of you to give initiation. Those who they initiate will be
their disciples and my grand-disciples. They will be guru by my
order." To be
noted here is how, on May 28, before Srila Prabhupada used the word "rtvik", and Tamal asks, "Is that called rtvik acharya?",
meaning, quite clearly, that he had previously discussed these same
matters with Srila Prabhupada.
What those previous conversations about rtviks and Srila
Prabhupada's desire for future initiations may have been, or what
additional information Srila Prabhupada had given in this regard is not
known because Tamal has never disclosed such, not even in TKG's Diary, his detailed
account of his time as Srila Prabhupada's secretary. Also, there are many days prior to
May 28 for which there are no available tape
recordings. In
December, 1980, at the Pyramid House center, Topanga, California, however,
Tamal's tape recorded statement,
"We GBC have done the greatest disservice to Srila Prabhupada's movement
these last three years by interpreting the appointment of rtviks as the
appointment of gurus in their own right." It is an aggravation to
devotees everywhere that they cannot avail themselves of the private
information Tamal holds about Srila Prabhupada's instructions regarding
rtviks and other controversial subjects currently under discussion in the
worldwide Vaishnava community.
The whole point of this exercise here is to illustrate that we
cannot blindly trust Satsvarupa and Tamal Krishna Goswamis' accounts of
events and conversations in their biography and diary. Satsvarupa Maharaj
has subtly reinforced his own self-serving interpretation of Srila
Prabhupada's instructions by slightly changing them, which Tamal has done
even more so. APPENDIX
6: BOOK
REVIEW: TKG'S DIARY In mid
1998, just six months after the "poison issue" became a serious news item
on the Hare Krishna Internet websites, Tamal Krishna Goswami suddenly
published his twenty one year old diary of the time he was with Srila
Prabhupada from February through November 1977. It would seem safe to assume that
one of the main motivations for Tamal to suddenly come out with his diary
was that he is now in the limelight, suspected by some in the poisoning of
Srila Prabhupada. As a matter of fact, the book's foreword acknowledges
just that. It is natural to wonder if any parts of his diary were enhanced
or "doctored" to deflect or reduce suspicions about a malicious poisoning
of Srila Prabhupada. In the
foreword to TKG's Diary,
Rabindra Swarup Prabhu, ISKCON guru and foremost apologist,
writes: "...to a
rather dispiriting and unedifying controversy. The diary has now been
published "as is" because of a claim recently urged that Srila
Prabhupada's terminal decline was brought about by intentional poisoning.
It is duly recorded in the diary (entry of November 9) that Prabhupada
himself raised the issue. Now, twenty years later, on this single basis,
investigations have been launched and speculative theories expounded,
sometimes issuing in highly imaginative historical reconstructions. This
diary is now offered for the immense evidentiary value it offers in this
matter. Not only does the work painstakingly chronicle Prabhupada's
medical condition and treatment... The diary is published in the
conviction that a large and purgative dose of sheer facts is the best
antidote to the "poisoned theory." "This
point naturally leads to the question: How accurate is TKG's account?...
Up until October 9, TKG constructed his chronicle of the day's events
entirely from memory and notes. He made no use of the daily audio
recordings of the conversations in Prabhupada's rooms. Therefore we are
able to test TKG's recollections by comparing... He comes off remarkably
well... "Indeed,
the diary provides much that is unavailable from the tape transcripts...
The diary often makes what was happening much clearer. Moreover, many
tapes have been lost altogether..." Of
interest is the statement, "TKG
constructed his chronicle of the day's events entirely from memory and
notes." We are told Tamal did not refer to the taped versions of those
day's events in the Conversations Books. However, as we read TKG's Diary, this posture
becomes increasingly incredible. Repeatedly Tamal records Srila
Prabhupada's words in quotation marks that read IDENTICAL to those
sections in the Conversations Books, and, in addition, many times they are
just slightly different in a word or two. The similarities are far too
great to leave any possibility that Tamal was able to remember those
detailed conversations involving two or more speakers, without referring to the
Conversations Books. One gets the distinct impression that Tamal has
borrowed heavily from the Conversations Books, modifying it a little here
and there, and then claiming it is in his diary. Sorry, TKG's Diary appears to be a
recently manufactured product based on his diary, his memory, and most
certainly the tape recording transcripts. Therefore
it can be understood that TKG's book is not a totally honest attempt to
recount history. It is practically obvious that his claim of not using the
Conversations Books is untrue. So now, how can we trust anything in his
book? And in consideration of the colorful history of Tamal, it becomes
all too easy to take his book as something he "doctored" to serve his own
purposes, namely the attempt to discredit the "poisoning
theory." A
detailed comparison between TKG's Diary, the Conversations
Books, and other accounts of the period reveal that Tamal's book
contains: 1.
numerous
omissions of relevant health data found in the Conversations Books that
one would expect Tamal to have made note of in his
diary 2.
repeated
softening of Tamal's hardline opposition to doctors and medicines (many
such incidents are totally missing in his diary) 3.
surprises
like his June 27 entry; Srila Prabhupada supposedly asks him, "Amongst the GBC, have you selected
one after me who will succeed? ...Yes, each of you can be acharya of your
zone." Who will
believe this? 4.
a very
unusual account of the May 28 rtvik appointment conversation. Tamal does
not even once use the word "rtvik." His account is provided in Appendix 5 to see how he and
Satsvarupa have altered Srila Prabhupada's words and their
meaning. 5.
the
clear and distinct impression that Tamal's diary is not "as is" or "in the
rough" as he has claimed, that he did not compose the book "entirely from
memory and notes" (but did use the tape transcripts),
and that he has composed many of his entries only recently to address
current controversial issues and perhaps obscure evidence of the poisoning
itself. For one
who has changed his position on the guru issue many times, who has revised
his own book Servant of the Servant to
serve his own changing philosophical positions, and who has never made
himself available to the devotees for a "general reckoning" of his past
activities, Tamal is perceived as perhaps the least credible and honest of
all GBC's and gurus in ISKCON. If Tamal were truly interested in
addressing the "poisoning theory," he might note the following suggestions
that are made here: 1.
Donate
his original diary or at least photocopies thereof to the Bhaktivedanta
Archives so that it can be studied and scrutinized for its contents and
for verification of the authenticity of details in TKG's
Diary 2.
Agree to
be deposed, interviewed and questioned by the two primary poison
investigation teams and possibly law enforcement agencies as
well 3.
Reply to
the questions and grievances of devotees in general through the internet
websites VNN or Chakra. Tamal's
lengthy quotations of conversations between Srila Prabhupada and others
are sometimes word for word the same as the actual tape recordings found
in the Conversations Books, sometimes quite different, and sometimes not
found at all in the Conversations Books, almost as though Tamal had his
own tape recordings. Many conversations are longer than one would think
anyone capable of remembering and writing down later, even if one ran to
write everything down just after it had been spoken.
Tamal
makes no explanation as to the nature and character of his diary and the
method of recording his entries. TKG's Diary may be the product
of memory and brief notes, fortified and enhanced with borrowings from the
Conversations Books, or it may be a meticulously documented and detailed
account. Or it may have been "doctored" and spiced with things Tamal wants
us to believe happened. The original diary could probably clarify many of
these things. If Tamal
Krishna Goswami wrote TKG's Diary in an attempt to
clarify events of 1977 and to answer suspicions regarding Srila
Prabhupada's apparent poisoning, then he should make his original diary
available for inspection. To authenticate TKG's Diary as historically
accurate and an honest account, at least one or two respectable Vaishnava
authors or brahmanas should have been asked to review and compare it to
the original diary. Rabindra Swarup's foreword conspicuously does not make
mention of having done this comparison. Otherwise, how can we trust what
Tamal says? Tamal
may claim this or that happened, but unless verified by tape recordings,
other persons' memories, or a close physical examination of the original
diary, great caution would be in order before accepting Tamal's accounts
as gospel. Feeling himself to be suspected in poisoning Srila Prabhupada,
Tamal could have reason to alter details of critical events to hide the
truths of history. Tamal must observe certain standard scholarly
procedures to authenticate his diary, otherwise its credibility will be
shaky at best. One cannot produce biographical claims of the greatest
person of the modern era without verifiable documentation. Hari Sauri,
another biographer of Srila Prabhupada, has made his original diary
available to others. Would Tamal be so kind as to do the same? Has anyone
ever seen it? If Tamal
does not "open up" and take to heart these recommendations or some similar
course of relating to his godbrothers and godsisters, then he and his
books, such as TKG's Diary, will remain to be
regarded as contrived with ulterior motivations, unpalatable due to
suspicion of dishonesty and cheating. Nevertheless, TKG's Diary IS about Srila
Prabhupada, and taking Tamal's accounts with a grain (or more) of salt,
one does distinctly feel Srila Prabhupada's presence in the book. It is
very unfortunate that justifiable doubts plague the reader on every page:
Is this all completely
accurate? APPENDIX
7: DIABETES
SYMPTOMS Satsvarupa
Maharaj described Srila Prabhupada as having "mild diabetes" and Srila
Prabhupada Himself admitted to Gargamuni in Bhubaneshwar that "I have diabetes." In the last few months of Srila
Prabhupada's life He would often ask for and take "misri-jala" or sugar
water, indicating that sugar was not restricted due to any serious
diabetes that Srila Prabhupada thus apparently did not have. Satsvarupa
states in Prabhupada Nectar, Vol.4, pg.170: "Later (after 1967) Srila
Prabhupada was diagnosed as a diabetic, yet he never took regular
treatment..." Srila Prabhupada's following a regular and generally
restricted diet was good sense for good health, although perhaps it was
required to some degree to accommodate the mild diabetes He is supposed to
have had. Diabetes
symptoms do not match Srila Prabhupada's symptoms and there are several
diabetes symptoms which Srila Prabhupada positively did not display, such
as obesity and excessive hunger. There is definitely another cause besides
diabetes which is producing the kind of symptoms that Srila Prabhupada
had. There are few if any signs by symptom analysis of any significant development of diabetes
in His medical history. Hari Sauri states that he had no indication
whatsoever during his 18 months as personal servant that Srila Prabhupada
had diabetes. (Appendix 21) Some of the symptoms of diabetes
are found in Srila Prabhupada during His 1977 illness, but many of the
critical and conclusive signs of diabetes were definitely not found in Srila Prabhupada at
all. Srila
Prabhupada did not have diabetes serious enough to display the symptoms of
diabetes. For example, loss of vision or blindness is sometimes seen in
diabetes. Srila Prabhupada, however, did not exhibit the signs of an
advanced case of diabetes which would produce loss of vision. Further, not
one doctor or kaviraja even
mentioned diabetes as a factor in His Divine Grace's health, nor did He
require insulin. Diabetes is thus ruled. There
are two categories of diabetes, namely insipidus and mellitus. Insipidus
diabetes is rare and results in excessive thirst and urination, day and
night, with 4 to 40 quarts drunk a day. This was NOT Srila Prabhupada's condition.
Mellitus diabetes is a disorder in which blood levels of glucose, a simple
sugar, are abnormally high because the body does not release (Type I) or
use (Type II) insulin adequately. The causes of diabetes are not fully
understood. (Poisons can cause diabetes, however) Symptoms
of Type II mellitus diabetes (non-insulin dependent) do NOT match Srila Prabhupada's
condition, because there was no obesity, no excessive urination and no
dehydration. The symptoms are: 1.
Increased
urination and
thirst 2.
Dehydration leading
to mental confusion, drowsiness, seizures 3.
80 to
90% of victims are obese
(overweight) 4.
Progression
of disease may be very gradual over decades Symptoms
of Type I mellitus diabetes (insulin dependent) also do NOT match Srila Prabhupada's
condition, as there was no excessive urination, no excessive hunger, no
deep and rapid breathing, no dependence on insulin, and no sudden onset of
symptoms. The symptoms are: 1.
Excessive
urination
(polyuria) 2.
Excessive
thirst (polydipsia) 3.
Excessive
hunger 4.
Weight
loss, bouts with diarrhea 5.
Blurred
vision, loss of eyesight leading to blindness 6.
Drowsiness,
fatigue, decreased endurance in exercise 7.
Nausea,
vomiting 8.
High
susceptibility to infection 9.
Symptoms
begin abruptly, may progress rapidly to coma if
untreated 10. Deep,
rapid breathing 11.
Breath
smells like nail polish remover 12.
Kidney
malfunction or failure 13.
Reduced
sensation, tingling, pain in the hands and feet The
conclusion is that Srila Prabhupada did NOT have much of a case of
diabetes of any kind, if we are to judge from the symptoms. But even if He were to have diabetes, the 44
symptoms chronicled in the above health history that are signs of chronic
arsenic poisoning still remain intact. Diabetes or not, it doesn't change the
clear diagnosis of chronic arsenic poisoning. Srila Prabhupada has some symptoms
of diabetes which are also symptoms of kidney disease and arsenic
poisoning. But Srila Prabhupada had many symptoms of arsenic poisoning
which are NOT found in either diabetes or kidney
disease. So even
if Srila Prabhupada were diabetic, this would not at all change the
conclusion by symptom analysis that Srila Prabhupada's illness in 1977 was
caused by chronic arsenic poisoning. APPENDIX
8: ASUTOSH
OJA ASTROLOGICAL REPORTS From Conversations Book 35, pgs.
50-52, August 11, 1977 Abhiram: I just now returned from Delhi,
Srila Prabhupada. Prabhupada: Yes. Abhiram: So I went to see the astrologer
with Yasodanandana Swami, and he did more calculations on your
chart. Prabhupada: You can get on
light. Abhiram: So basically he explained when
the difficult times will come, according to the planets. Then he made it
very clear that beyond the planetary influence, it would be very difficult
for calculations for a person in your position. For an ordinary man he can
say very clearly. And he can say for you which planets will disturb, but
he cannot say for sure how much they will affect, because being a saintly
person, there is naturally some resistance to these influences. So he made
that very clear, that you should not think that these are final. So he
said, according to your birth, the longevity shows very clearly. And then
he gave a date. The longevity is eighty-one years, five months and
twenty-nine days, which means February 28, 1978, six months from now. This
is according to birth and stars arrangement. But on this point he made it
very clear that this was from your birth, this was set, but it can change.
Due to pious activities, due to the hand of Krishna, this can change.
So... And then he described that during the next six months, the first
week of September, Saturn will pass over Ketu, and it will agitate the
influence of Ketu even more. So the first week of September the resistance
will go down, will become weaker. Then he mentioned that there may be
some trouble from, maybe financial or maybe from juniors, from
subordinates. Then this period, if you can pass, through 1978,
then there is four or five more years clear ahead, if you can pass through
'78. This was what he said, that after '78 there would be four or five
years which would be more or less clear of difficulties. He said that if
you can pass through 1978, there after that there would be four or five
years clear, without much difficulty. And he said according to birth
arrangement, the fatal date is February 28, 1978, in six months. At that
time there's what's called the completion of a Ketu maha-dasa, which began
at your birth. But he stressed several times that we should not take these
calculations to be final on account of your position. He said these are
for ordinary men. He said it is always the case that a man of spiritual
advancement will have the ability to overcome his fate. He quoted the case
of his father, who was in the Sri Sampradaya, and he was apparently very
pious and he lived so many years beyond his fatal date. And even so many
astrologers had given the calculation, but still, he went on because of...
He said he would fast on ekadasi and so many days and so much japa, like
that. So he said for a man of your position he could not even say for
sure. He said that definitely the hand of Krishna would be involved. So
like this, he seemed to have a very sober idea. And he was hopeful that
the blue sapphire would have some beneficial effect, at least to relieve
you to some degree. He thought that by now you should have noticed a
little bit at least. ...So these were the major points, Srila Prabhupada.
For six months there's trouble, especially in first week of September. And
if you can pass through '78, then he sees four or five years ahead
clear. Tamala Krishna: That means divine intervention,
Srila Prabhupada. Prabhupada: The chart is given. The
calculation there is finished. That doesn't matter. Rather, if I am
finished now, it will be glorious. From Conversation Book 35, pgs.
129-130, October 8, 1977 Tamala Krishna: ...reading of your chart for
free, Srila Prabhupada. The man is a devotee. I thought it would be good
to read to you. His name is Gopesh Kumar Ojah, and his son's name is
Asutosh Ojah. Brahmananda: He asked for Prabhupada's
blessings. Tamala Krishna: Yes. He wanted your blessings.
He says... This is a very detailed chart he did. All the calculations are
given. He said Sukra as Muntesa,(?) Varsa-lagnesa,(?) has no directional
strength. Therefore the solar return is not good. The lord of the sixth
house is conjunct, mangala, not good. The following days are not
auspicious: the 27th to the 28th of September, the 24th to the 25th of
October, the 20th, 21st, and 22nd of November, and 3rd and 4th of
December. He says, "Srila Prabhupadaji is at present undergoing the fag
end of Ketu Mahadasa, and it will last until the 13th of January, 1978.
Ketu is in the eight house." Brahmananda: Means death. Tamala Krishna: The eight house is called the
house of death. He says, "Ketu is in the eight house with the sun, which
is the lord of the eighth house, and Krusu, the lord of the twelfth and
third houses. They are all in the eighth house. Mercury in Ketu started
from 16th January." He says, "Budha is the satesa also, disease. Sani has
gone to the eighth house, which is the house of death, from the 7th
September." That's the day you had your operation. "Sani as lagnesa in the
eighth house and the transit over Jupiter and Ketu. The negative effect
continues throughout October 1977, November 1977, and from the first of
December, 1977, Saturn becomes almost stationary and becomes more
malefic." Saturn becomes even worse. "In January 1978 until April 1978 it
again traverses the same degrees and becomes stagnant on Jupiter and Ketu
in the last week of February. The native has..." Prabhupada: January '77 we have passed. Tamala Krishna: January '78, Srila Prabhupada.
It says that you're supposed to have lived for seventy-five years, but
everything beyond that was an extension by Krishna. Prabhupada: Where
is... Tamala Krishna: Juice? They're just making it,
Srila Prabhupada. It says here that "The moon is in the eighth house,
which is very bad. The patient may not recover." Then he gives various
planets which are also not well aligned. He says the conjunction of
another two planets is very bad. "Hospitalization and ill health are
intensified in the present year. The days which are not good is when the
moon passes in the 22nd to the 23rd of naksatra, which are 27th to the
28th of September," that's already passed, "The 24th to the 25th of
October, then some days in November and December." He says, "Surya will
apply for Rahu on Saturday, the 8th of October." That's today. This is
very bad, this day. Today is Ekadasi. "Surya will apply for Rahu. Brashna,
Lagnesh, Mangal, in the eighth house. The medicine will not give any
relief. The native will make a fight for life as Surya-Mangal are good
friends, and Saturn, or Sani, and Sukra are enemies. There is no benefics
in the nine, six, eleven and three. Mangal indicates the effects of
Sakini. There is difficulty in recovery. The seventh dasa starts on the
13th of January, 1978." It says, "We have noticed that the periods are all
negative until March-April 1978, and the main trouble was due to Sani. We
suggested that blue sapphire be tried, and he should keep it on.
Hospitalization and travels are indicated." Then he says the worst days of
all for you are today and tomorrow. He says it is very negative, as well
as the llth, which is mixed. But these are all very inauspicious days. The
4th, 5th, 8th, 9th, and 11th of October. He says "The only remedy in this
case is to do maha-mrtyum-jaya japa and havana. Previously also, now also,
we have recommended Siva. Lord Siva is the presiding Deity of Sani, and
with this, the native will be able to overcome disease and life span
increases. Hari-sauri: That's the mantra he gave to
me." Tamala Krishna: Astrologically it is up to the
eighty-one years, four months, approximately. Says, "Japa and
havana." APPENDIX
9: UNVERIFIED
INFORMATION Dear
Prabhus, The
below information was gathered over the course of the last two years. Some
of the information has already been revealed publicly but much of it
hasn't. Unfortunately, most of it can only be considered supportive and
not material evidence. As far as possible, I tried to put everything in
some sort of chronological order. Some of the entries are from first hand
witnesses and others still need to be verified. In most cases the
witnesses had no idea we were conducting an investigation nor did we ask
their permission to publicly release their statements. Therefore many of
the names have been deleted in this version until we can determine which
information can be of value and how to preserve the confidence, as well as
address the obvious concerns for safety. Any information in this report
which has not already been made public should not be made public until we
can satisfy the above concerns. I was
about to turn this information over to Balavanta but in light of recent
events have become greatly disappointed in his performance and totally
outraged by the official GBC statement in regard to the
investigation. Also, myself
and the other devotees involved on this end have no connection with
Puranjana and do not want to be associated with him. The fact that our
separate investigations apparently began at the same time is purely
coincidental, or more likely, a confirmation from Krishna that this issue
needed to be resolved. I'm deeply grateful for the work of VNN and the
proposal for IVC. I read VNN
daily and (with a couple exceptions) have found it a reliable source for
objective and responsible journalism. I also read the IVC site last night
and found it extremely thorough and highly professional. I was further
impressed at how promptly the package was put together and positioned. In
addition, VADA's chronicle outlining the events of the investigation
appears to be precise and verified. I now feel there's hope that Srila
Prabhupada's mission will not be lost in the impending cataclysm. I thank
all of you for your dedication to this service and pray that Krishna will
give you the strength to continue. Many devotees will be counting on
you. Your
servant, Anonymous das REPORTED
AND UNVERIFIED EVENTS: (Verified items in
italics) 1.
Prabhupada complains about getting injections, then tells Brahmananda that
Tirtha poisoned Srila Bhaktisiddhanta. 2. New
York: Prabhupada tells devotee: "Get a gun. Someone's trying to kill
me." 3. A
group of devotees lock Prabhupada in his room in LA and tell him that they
are taking charge. (in
1970?) 4. A
devotee finds Srila Prabhupada crying alone in his room and asks him what
is wrong. Prabhupada says that they have tried to kick him out three
times. 5. TKG
tells people that he is losing faith in Srila
Prabhupada. 6. TKG
asks Jayapataka, "Do you ever find that Srila Prabhupada gets in the way?"
7.
Prabhupada tells devotee of TKG, "This man is not a Vaisnava. I've studied
him. He is not a Vaisnava." 8. While
devotee is waiting to see Srila Prabhupada, he hears TKG arguing with
Prabhupada. When TKG comes out of the room he slams the door shut and
says: "Damn it! Prabhupada fu--ed up again!" 9. Nara Narayana hears TKG tell
Syamasundara that Prabhupada is a senile, old man.
10. Pyramid House Tapes Tamal mentions the time Hamsaduta
was praying for Prabhupada's death. (see Pyramid House Tapes)
11.
Devotee is told by Hansadutta that he wished Srila Prabhupada would
die. 12.
Prabhupada tells servant: "They're all waiting for the old man to die so
they can be guru." 13.
Prabhupada tells Bhagatji that his disciples aren't very advanced and he
wouldn't be surprised if they tried to do him great physical
harm. 14. Jaya Gauranga states that Prabhupada's
hands were swollen as a result of sickness and this symptom appeared as
early as 1976. (Correct) 15.
Prabhupada tells servant that TKG the cause of all the problems in the
movement. 16. Vrndavana: TKG is in charge of all
Prabhupada's medicines. 17.
Vrndavana: Prabhupada tells servant: "Some of my senior disciples are
trying to kill me because they want to be guru." Witness also revealed
that Prabhupada didn't want to eat anymore because everything they gave
him was making him sick. 18.
Vrndavana: Bharadvaja relates in tape of his memories that Prabhupada once
looked carefully at medicine given to him and declared, "This is
poison!" 19.
Vrndavana: Prabhupada orders devotee to clear all medicine from
cabinet. 20.
Vrndavana: Jaya Gauranga states that TKG would not let anyone bring food
to Prabhupada. 21.
Tamal, depressed, confides to a devotee that he has ruined Srila
Prabhupada's movement. 22.
Vrndavana: When the devotees are in Prabhupada's room and the leaders are
not present Prabhupada states: "You are all here praying for me to live
and they are in the next room praying for me to
die." 23. Vrndavana: Devotee goes to Indian
astrologer to inquire about Prabhupada's health. Astrologer tells them
that Prabhupada will be troubled by His juniors. 24. When
two devotees from Latin America offered Srila Prabhupada their youth for
His old age, Srila Prabhupada gracefully declined and remarked how devoted
His disciples were. Then He remarked, "But there are also some who want to
kill me."
(Unconfirmed) 25. Nov.
1977, Vrndavana: When Hansadutta comes to relieve a devotee from his
watch, Prabhupada tells him: "Please do not leave, this man wants to kill
me." 26. Nov 9-10, 1977, Vrndavana: Srila
Prabhupada states on tape that he is being poisoned.
(Vedabase) 27. Nov. 11, 1977, Vrndavana: When TKG
tells Prabhupada that he will die if taken on parikrama, Prabhupada
responds: "Better to be killed by Ram." (Vedabase)
28. Nov.
1977, Vrndavana: Just before Srila Prabhupada's disappearance Sudama was
about to leave Vrndavana when Bhavananda tells him: "Don't leave yet.
We're about to split up the pie. I'll make sure you get a
piece." 29. Nov.
14, 1977, Vrndavana: Srila Prabhupada's will is changed the midnight
before his departure—In the paper titled, "Questions On Authenticity",
Janajanmadi dasa (Jeffrey Balawajder) states that he visited Srivatsa
Goswami of the Radha Ramana Temple in 1984. According to his account,
Srivatsa Goswami told him that TKG had Prabhupada's will changed on the
midnight prior to Srila Prabhupada's departure. 30. Adri
Dharan has stated that he was the one who found the kaviraja Prabhupada described in
his dream. This doctor was treating Prabhupada at the time of his
departure and his opinion was trusted by all. The doctor told the devotees
the exact time, within a day, Prabhupada would leave his body and his
prediction was correct. 31. Nov.
1977, Vrndavana: Bhavananda
eats french fries in a joyful mood at the time of Prabhupada's
departure. 32. Nov.
1977, Vrndavana: Bhavananda stands at top of stairs and shouts, "Power!" at
time of Prabhupada's departure. 33. 1977-78 (?), Bombay: Jaya Gauranga
states that TKG went to Bombay and demanded that they let him occupy
Prabhupada's quarters and have a vyasasana like
Prabhupada's. 34.
1981-1984 (?), New Dwarka: Story circulates about a former Gurukula boy
(now grown and living in Mexico) who tells about overhearing plot by GBC
men to poison Prabhupada. At the time this story is circulating, some GBC
men take a trip to Mexico. 35. Nara
Narayana has found that a common form of political assassination in India
is poisoning, the results of which cause kidney failure. Brahmananda confirmed that one of the
external causes for Srila Prabhupada's departure was kidney
failure. APPENDIX
10: ARE
THERE MISSING TAPES ? This
report was compiled by studying the Bhaktivedanta Archives Vedabase. The
number on the left in the first chart below denotes the year and the
number on the right denotes the number of days in that year which we have
no tape recordings of Srila Prabhupada. The second chart indicates the
specific dates in which tapes are missing in 1977 and gives a breakdown of
number of days of missing tapes for the year. I asked Ekanatha Prabhu at
the Bhaktivedanta Archives if he could verify my findings and after
thoroughly checking archive records he confirmed that my calculations were
correct and that the Archives does not have any knowledge of tapes in
their possession for the specified missing days or of ever having received
tapes for the specified missing days. Missing
Tapes
1966-1977 YEAR
DAYS MISSING 1966
230 1967
324 1968
225 1969
245 1970
313 1971
256 1972
142 1973
119 1974
95 1975
60 1976
47 1977
151 It's
interesting to note that the number of days in which tapes are missing
steadily decreases each year from 1970 to 1976. Presumably, the
progressive diligence in recording Srila Prabhupada's words would be
attributed to devotees maturing and understanding the importance of these
recordings for future generations as well as ourselves. When once asked if
it was necessary to record a conversation of an apparently unimportant
nature between Srila Prabhupada and some guests, Tamal Krishna Goswami
stated: "We tape everything Prabhupada says." (5/24/77—Vrn)
One
might then wonder why the number of days in which tapes are missing
dramatically increases from 47 days in 1976 to 151 days in 1977 (more than
triple). This is particularly curious if we take into account that 1977
was a shorter recording year than any other (only ten and a half months)
since Srila Prabhupada departed on November 14th. And this aberration
appears even more glaring when we consider that in 1977, it became
painfully obvious Srila Prabhupada could depart at any time and it was
increasingly important to cherish and preserve every word He
spoke. Now
let's take a closer look at the missing tapes in
1977. Dates of
Missing
Tapes
No. of Days 1/14
1 1/17
thru 1/18
2 2/9
1 2/11
1 2/13
1 2/22
thru 2/23
2 3/3 thru
3/21
19 3/28
1 4/3 thru
4/4
2 4/6 thru
4/9
4 4/12
1 4/14
1 4/21
1 4/26
thru 4/27
2 5/1
1 5/3 thru
5/7
5 5/16
1 5/18
1 5/21
thru5/23
3 5/25
thru 5/26
2 5/30
1 6/3 thru
6/16
14 6/25
1 6/29
1 7/4
1 7/6 thru
7/7
2 7/9
1 7/11
thru 7/13
3 7/16
1 7/18
1 7/20
thru 7/25
6 7/28
thru 7/30
3 8/1
thru 8/7
7 8/9
1 8/12
thru 8/16
5 8/18
thru 10/1
45 10/5
1 10/7
1 10/19
1 10/23
1 11/9
1 11/12
1
Total No. of Days of
Missing Tapes......151 The
months of January, February, October and November, 1977, are not unusual
and the number of days of missing tapes in these months coincide with the
monthly averages for 1976. Out of the 105 days of Jan., Feb., Oct. and
Nov. (count only 14 days for Nov.) just 15 days are missing. However, the
months of March thru August have an extremely high number of days of
missing tapes and the month of September has no tapes at all. Out of the
214 days from the period beginning March 1 and ending September 30, 136
days have no tapes. Looking at this period by itself, the ratio of
recording days to none-recording days is 1.5 to 1. This is similar to the
inefficient recording ratios of 1966 thru 1971, when we had less technical
and managerial expertise, limited resources, older technology, and did not
fully comprehend the importance of recording Srila Prabhupada's words.
I'd also
like to point out that there are some rather large blocks of consecutive
days when tapes are not accounted for. Most notably: 19 days in March, 14
days in June, and a staggering 45 days from August 18th thru October 1st.
That Srila Prabhupada would have spoken less during severe illness is
understandable. That Srila Prabhupada would have said nothing for such
long periods of time is inconceivable. Under the circumstances, the
logical questions to ask would be: Why were
there no recordings made on these days? or, if
there were recordings made, what happened to
them?
APPENDIX
11: HAIR
MINERAL ANALYSIS Hair
mineral analysis has been used in forensics for decades. Today, hair
analysis is gaining widespread recognition as an analytical tool for
receiving information about mineral patterns and drug abuse. Hair analysis
is a valid analytical technique that provides important answers to
puzzling historical questions, including Beethoven's habits. Nearly 170
years ago, an admirer, grieving the death of Ludwig van Beethoven, snipped
a lock of the great composer's hair for a keepsake and kept it in a
locket. It is this strand of hair that is expected to provide key answers.
Did the deaf composer use drugs? Was he suffering from syphilis? Did he
die of arsenic poisoning or was
his health affected by mineral deficiencies? Today's sophisticated
analytical methods can provide these and other answers, and explanations
are often unexpectedly simple. For instance, during Beethoven's time,
mercurial drugs were used to treat syphilis and arsenic was used to kill
rodents. In minute doses, arsenic was deliberately taken to increase
virility and physical strength. Other toxins such as lead were ingested by
drinking lead-containing water, causing a host of neurological and
behavioral problems such as Beethoven's feared moodiness and ill-tempered
conduct. The 582 strands of hair recently auctioned off at Sotheby's are
expected to provide important information on Beethoven's biochemical
makeup and its link to behavior. Researchers
William Walsh and Ronald Ishaacson have been studying the relationship
between body chemistry and behavior for decades. They have published an
impressive amount of data, including the relations between toxic elements
and hyperactivity. They recognized that heavy metal exposure is higher in
people prone to violent behavior and that a specific pattern of toxic
exposure and mineral deficiencies is seen among death-row inmates. The
researchers also noticed what they considered a "genius pattern,"
characterized by extraordinarily high levels of copper and sodium but low
zinc levels in hair. Individuals with this type of hair mineral pattern
are often highly intelligent and a bit eccentric, Walsh said. The
scientists documented that hair mineral analysis is a valid test of body
mineral concentration when used appropriately. "Hair is a diary of what is
going on in your body," Ishaacson said. After decades of studying
chemicals in hair and associating mineral patterns with behavior, the
researchers opened the HRI Pfeiffer Treatment Center seven years ago. It
aims at treating biochemical problems, and a strand of hair often reveals
the cause of psychiatric ailments that did not respond to other more
conventional treatment. Hair
analysis is an ideal complement to serum and urine as a diagnostic tool.
Hair is collected without trauma, an important point when it comes to the
toxic screening of children or the frail. In many cases when mineral
deficiencies have been noted, the individual's inadequate mineral status
may not be solely due to a mineral deficient diet, but also be compounded
by digestive problems that cause inadequate mineral absorption.
A
review of over 1400 articles indicate that hair is the prime tissue to be
utilized when analyzing for heavy metal and other trace mineral
concentrations. Most notable results have been obtained on heavy metal
pollutants such as lead, arsenic, cadmium and mercury.
Scientists in the United States, Canada, Germany, Japan and Sweden have
all shown that elemental concentrations in hair provide a relatively
permanent record of exposure and that there is good correlation between
concentrations in human hair and certain organs. *
Dr. Chatt of Dalhousie University reported during the Second Human Hair
Symposium in Atlanta, Georgia, that concentrations of lead in hair were
lowest in rural population groups, higher in urban groups and highest in
individuals who live close to lead smelters. (This is the same Dr. Chatt who
analyzed this reporter's hair sample) *
Trace Minerals International, Inc. of Boulder, Colorado compared the toxic
content of hair in American, German and Mexican children and found that
concentrations were highest in Mexican children, lower in American and
lowest in German children.
*
Harry Shwachman of the Children's Hospital Medical Center in Boston along
with Kopito of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology have shown that
children with cystic fibrosis have as much as five times the normal
concentration of sodium in their hair, but only about ten percent of the
normal concentrations of tightly-bound calcium. *
Shwachman and Kopito have also found low concentrations of sodium and
potassium in the hair of patients with celiac disease ( disorder in the
digestion and utilization of fat) and that there is generally three to
four times as much sodium and potassium in the hair of healthy
individuals. *
Hambidge has tested children in Denver's Head Start Program and found that
both their hair and blood serum contain significantly lower concentrations
of zinc than specimens from children of middle-income families. The
researcher picked six children with the lowest hair zinc concentrations
for further testing and found that taste perception was impaired in five.
Zinc supplementation restored taste perception and increased zinc
concentrations in both blood and hair. *
Both Hambidge and Walter Mertz of the U.S. Department of Agriculture in
Beltsville, Maryland, have each demonstrated the below-normal hair
concentrations of chromium in victims of juvenile onset diabetes. *
Gordus of the University of Michigan reported that the hair of students
with high academic marks contained substantially more copper and less
iodine, lead and cadmium than the hair of students with low marks. *
Robert Pihl and colleagues of McGill University in Montreal, Canada,
report that based on hair mineral results, they can distinguish with 98%
accuracy normal children and those with learning disabilities. *
Brain and hair tissues of Alzheimer patients were found to contain
substantially-elevated aluminum content. Researchers at National Institute
of Health (Bethseda, Maryland) and at Elizabeth Hospitals in Washington,
D.C. noticed an improvement in symptoms after hair aluminum
decreased.
Elemental
concentrations in organs are not identical, but certain elements are more
densely concentrated in specific organs.
Hair mineral analysis evaluates tissue storage and is many times the best
choice when chronic exposures and deficiencies are suspected. "HMA is an
excellent, simple, and accurate test to establish mineral and trace
element concentrations. Since the structure of hair remains unchanged, the
minerals and trace elements are fixed, whether a sample is tested now or
in a few years time. The levels are not subject to change." (M.
Laker) Nail
Mineral Analysis (NMA) Nail
analysis has been used in forensics for the evaluation of severe arsenic
poisoning when hair loss prohibited hair mineral analysis. Nail analysis
is also used when untreated hair is not available in sufficient quantity.
Finger or toenails may be used as a testing material. but nails must be
free of varnish or polish. A minimum of 200 mg of nails is needed.
Definition
of Normal In
medicine. the definition "normal" has several meanings. It used to
distinguish a "normal" or healthy person from the abnormal or unhealthy
individual, and in this context, we refer to "normal" iron levels as
values that reflect good health, in fact "normal" iron concentrations can
be found in the presence of disease. In the absence of disease or disease
symptoms, a person is medically and legally considered normal or healthy.
However, a person without symptoms of disease does not necessarily enjoy
even optimal health. In the laboratory, "normal" is used to describe a set
of laboratory results that is based on statistics. For many analytes such
as serum iron or aluminum, whole blood lead or urine mercury, reference
levels have been established by the Center for Disease Control (CDC). For
other analytes less known in conventional medicine, including the
important blood chromium or urine nickel, reference values have not been
standardized. This applies for most elemental reference ranges in hair,
with arsenic being one exception. NEUTRON
ACTIVATION ANALYSIS
The analysis of sequential sections of hair provides reliable
correlation to the pattern of arsenic exposure. In the hair follicle,
arsenic circulating in the blood is deposited in the germinal cell matrix
from blood vessels of the papilla. As the germinal matrix differentiates
into keratin, the arsenic is trapped and carried up the follicle in the
growing hair. The germinal cells are in relatively close equilibrium with
the circulating arsenic, and as arsenic concentrations in blood increase
or decrease, so does the amount of arsenic deposited in the growing hair
vary accordingly.
Hair analysis by neutron activation not only provides precise
quantitation of arsenic concentration but also allows segmental analysis
to determine when arsenic was ingested and the number of episodes. The
analysis requires only a few hairs, which grows at a rate of approximately
0.4 to 0.5 mm per day. Therefore, analysis of 1 centimeter, or about a
half inch, segments provides a pattern of monthly exposure. In some cases,
the concentration of arsenic along the length of the hair is measured to
obtain information about exposure over an extended period of
time.
Neutron activation is used either non-destructively or
destructively. (The tests performed by Balavanta Prabhu and this author
with Dr. Morris and Dr. Chatt respectively employed the non-destructive
method.)
Until a few decades ago the only available methods for analyzing
arsenic, such as Reinsch's method, Marsh's test, and Grutzeit's test, were
qualitative rather quantitative in nature. Because of this limitation,
results of studies based on these methods must be evaluated with
caution. Arsenic
originally present in the sample at very low concentrations must often be
preconcentrated before it can be measured. If the sample is a solution, the
arsenic can be coprecipitated on metallic hydroxides or precipitated with
organic reagents. It can also
be isolated from its original matrix by liquid-liquid extraction or by
volatilization as a trihalide or as arsine. Until
recently, total arsenic was usually determined colorimetrically, by either
the molybdenum blue method or the silver diethyldithiocarbamate method.
Arsenic is now usually
determined by atomic absorption, with the sample solution introduced into
a flame as an aerosol or deposited as a droplet inside a tube or on a
metallic strip, which is then strongly heated. Greater sensitivity has been
achieved with atomic absorption, however, by converting the arsenic to
arsine and introducing this gas into a heated tube. Equal sensitivity can be achieved
by introducing the arsine into an arc in helium and measuring the
resulting spectral emission.
Low detection limits for arsenic can also be reached by
neutron-activation analysis (often without chemical treatment). Electrochemical methods, such as
differential pulse polarography, can achieve comparable sensitivity in the
presence of natural pollutants (e.g., sludge). Neutron-activation
analysis has the advantages of being nondestructive (in the many cases in
which postirradiation radiochemical separations are not necessary) and of
being immune from any danger of contamination during post-irradiation
handling. Its absolute
sensitivity is 0.1 ng for a thermal-neutron flux of 1012
neutrons/cm2-s. In
tissue and mineral samples, however, this sensitivity can seldom be
reached. The activity induced
is the 599-keV photopeak of arsenic-76. A relatively great amount of
sodium-24 activity is induced in the sodium present in such samples, and,
although the decay of sodium-24 (half-life, 14.96 h) is faster than that
of arsenic-76 (half-life, 26.5 h), the sodium-24 activity must be allowed
to decay for several days before the arsenic-76 activity can be
counted. This delay does not
seriously interfere with the determination of arsenic at concentrations
above a few parts per million, and the elimination of all chemical
treatment of the sample compensates for the inconvenience. If greater sensitivity is needed
or if radiochemical interferences appear (e.g., bromine or antimony
activities), chemical-group separations can still be performed to isolate
the arsenic-76 activity. Electrochemical
Methods In the
electrochemical methods that have been proposed for determining traces of
arsenic, the arsenic is usually first isolated by volatilization or
extraction, then converted to the trivalent form and determined
polarographically. The most
sensitive such technique is differential pulse polarography, which has a
detection limit of about 0.3 ng of arsenic per milliliter and can be used
in the presence of natural pollutants, such as unfiltered sludge. Gas
Chromatography Total
arsenic can be determined by gas chromatography if the arsenic is first
collected and converted to triphenylarsine. The collection-conversion
procedure is somewhat long, but the absolute limit of detection is quite
low (20 pg) when an atomic-emission detector is
used. Other
Methods There
are other valid methods of determining traces of arsenic, such as
coulombmetry, X-ray fluorescence, atomic optical fluorescence, and
ordinary and isotope-dilution mass spectrometry. (Arsenic) AUTHENTICATION
OF HAIR SPECIMENS Hair
absorbs minerals and compounds externally and thus external contaminants
can and do change the chemical composition of hair. Someone using shampoo
and hair cremes, or bathing in contaminated water, can conceivably alter
the natural amounts of compounds in the hair that are deposited there
internally from the blood. However, toxins contacting the hair would also
be absorbed through the skin, and any serious amounts of toxins would thus
create a health hazard and reaction immediately. For the most part,
whenever hair analysis is undertaken, it is only common sense to check on
the life style and any possible contaminants that may have been
encountered. In the case of Srila Prabhupada, bath water, massage oils,
chalk powders, etc cannot explain the elevated level of arsenic in His
hair. A method
of ascertaining whether hair was externally tainted by toxins is the use
neutron activation analysis on separate, consecutive segments of hair.
This was done with the tests on Napoleon's hair, revealing great variances
over time in the amounts of arsenic content. External contamination would
produce a uniform, consistent level of toxins throughout the length of the
hair. This is an important proof of internal poisoning, but hair specimens
of sufficient length are required. Srila Prabhupada's hair specimen from
Hari Sauri was about half an inch long only, about a month's growth, and
sectional readings are not possible. In lieu
of the discovery of irregular depositions of toxins from the blood in hair
of sufficient length, several short hair specimens that were cut at
different times could also reveal varying amounts of toxins and thus
establish a more solid proof of ingested and intermittent arsenic
poisonings. We have Srila Prabhupada's hair from October 1977 as the first
reading of arsenic levels. If now we could obtain hair from February, or
May, or September, etc, then further testing would reveal differing levels
of arsenic. Therefore it is urgent that further hair specimens of Srila
Prabhupada be located so that verification and further discovery may
occur. APPENDIX
12: SOURCES
OF ARSENIC Inorganic
(Arsenite, Arsenate, elemental) Insecticides/Pesticides Arsenic
trioxide Sodium
Arsenite Calcium
arsenite Arsenic
acid Ant
poisons (now banned by EPA) Herbicides Cacodylic
acid Occupational
sources Ethylene
oxide manufacture Electronic
device manufacture Radioactive
tracers Dyes Semiconductors
(gallium arsenide) Fossil-fuel
combustion Forestry
Agriculture Decorative
glass making Mining Smelting/refining Metallurgy Medicines/contaminated
drugs Asian
folk remedies Homeopathic
remedies Depilatory Herbals Opium "Moonshine"
ethanol Kelp Other Wood
preservatives (chromium-copper-arsenate) Contaminated
well water Organic Seafood Melarsoprol
(trypanocidal) Parasitic
chemotherapy (veterinary) APPENDIX
13: POSSIBLE
MIS-DIAGNOSES POSSIBLE
MIS-DIAGNOSES FOR ARSENIC POISONING ARE ILLUSTRATED IN THIS EXCERPT FROM
GOLDFRANK'S TEXT ON TOXICOLOGY: note how many there are
!
APPENDIX
14: POISONING
THROUGHOUT HISTORY I am an
evil, poisonous smoke… But when
from poison I am freed, Through
art and sleight of hand, Then can
I cure both man and beast. From
dire disease ofttimes direct them: But
prepare me correctly, and take great care That you
faithfully keep watchful guard over me: For else
I am poison, and poison remain. That
pierces the heart of many a one. (Valentini,
1694) Come
bitter pilot, now at once run on The
dashing rocks thy seasick weary bark! Here's
to my love! O true apothecary! Thy
drugs are quick. Thus with a
kiss I die. Romeo
and Juliet, act 5,
sc. 3 Toxicology
dates to earliest man, who used animal venoms and plant extracts for
hunting, waging war, and assassinations. The Ebers papyrus (circa 1500
B.C.) contains information pertaining to many recognized poisons: hemlock
(the state poison of the Greeks); aconite (a Chinese arrow poison); opium
(used as both poison and antidote); and such metals as lead, copper, and
antimony. There is also an
indication that plants containing substances akin to digitalis and
belladonna alkaloids were known.
Hippocrates (circa 400 B.C.) documented a number of poisons and
clinical toxicology principles pertaining to bioavailability in therapy
and over-dosage.
In the
literature of ancient Greece, there are several references to poisons and
their use. Theophrastus
(370-286 B.C.) a student of Aristotle, included numerous references to
poisonous plants in De Historia
Plantarum. Dioscorides, a
Greek physician in Emperor Nero's court, produced the first classification
of poisons, which was accompanied by descriptions and drawings. His separation into plant, animal,
and mineral poisons not only remained a standard for 16 centuries but is
still a convenient classification today. Dioscorides also dabbled in
therapy, recognizing the use of emetics in poisoning and the use of
caustic agents or cupping glasses in snakebite. Poisoning
with plant and animal toxins was quite common. Perhaps the best-known recipient
of a poison used as a state method of execution was Socrates (470-399
B.C.). Expeditious suicide on
a voluntary basis also made use of toxicologic knowledge. Demosthenes (385-322 B.C.), who
took poison hidden in his pen, was only one of many examples. The mode of suicide calling for
one to fall on his sword, although manly and noble, carried little
appeal. Cleopatra's (69-30
B.C.) knowledge of natural, primitive toxicology permitted her the more
genteel method of falling on her asp instead. The
Romans, too, made considerable use of poisons in politics. One legend tells of King
Mithridates VI of Pontus whose numerous acute toxicity experiments on
unfortunate criminals led to his eventual claim that he had discovered "an
antidote for every venomous reptile and every poisonous substance." He himself was so fearful of
poisons that he regularly ingested a mixture of 36 ingredients as
protection against assassination.
The poetic treatise "Theriaca" by Nicander of Colophon (204-135
B.C.), dealt with poisonous
animals; his poem "Alexipharmaca" was about
antidotes. Poisonings
in Rome took on epidemic proportions during the fourth century B.C.
(Livy). It was during this
period that a conspiracy of women was uncovered to remove the men from
whose death they might profit.
Similar large-scale poisoning continued until Sull issued the Lex Cornelia (circa 82 B.C.). This appears to be the first law
against poisoning, and it later became a regulatory statute directed at
careless dispensers of drugs.
Prior to
the Renaissance, the writings of Maimonides (Moses ben Maimon, A.D.
1135-1204) presented a treatise on treatment of poisonings from insects,
snakes, and mad dogs (Poisons and
Their Antidotes, 1198).
From the early Renaissance, the Italians, with characteristic
pragmatism, brought the art of poisoning to its zenith. The poisoner became an integral
part of the political scene.
The records of the city councils of Florence, and particularly the
infamous Council of Ten of Venice, contain ample testimony of the
political use of poisons.
Victims were named, prices set, and contracts recorded, and when
the deed was accomplished, payment were made. An
infamous figure of the time was a lady named Toffana, who peddled
specially prepared arsenic-containing cosmetics (Agua Toffana). Accompanying the product were
appropriate instructions for use.
Toffana was succeeded by an imitator with organizational genius, a
certain Hieronyma Spara. A
local club was formed of young, wealthy, married women, which soon became
a club of eligible young, wealthy widows, reminiscent of the matronly
conspiracy of Rome centuries earlier. Among
the prominent families engaged in poisoning, the Borgias are the most
notorious. Alexander VI, his
son Cesare, and Lucretia Borgia were quite active. The deft applications of poisons
to men of stature in the Church swelled the holdings of the Papacy, which
was the prime heir.
A
paragon of the distaff set of the period was Catherine de Medici. She exported her skills from Italy
to France, where the prime targets of the ladies were their husbands. Under guise of delivering
provender to the sick and the poor, Catherine tested toxic concoctions,
carefully noting the results. Culmination
of the practice in France is represented by the commercialization of the
service by Catherine Deshayes, who earned the title La Voisine. Her business was dissolved by her
execution. Her trial was one
of the most famous of those held by the Chambre Ardente, a special
judicial commission established by Louis XIV. La Voisine was convicted of many
poisonings, including over 2000 infants among the victims. The
tradition of the poisoners spread throughout Europe, and their deeds
played a major role in the distribution of political power through the
Middle Ages. Pharmacology, as
we know it today, had its beginning during the Middle Ages and early
Renaissance. Concurrently,
the study of the toxicity and the dose-response relationship for
therapeutic agents was commencing (Paracelsus, 1493-1541). Orfila,
a Spanish physician in the French court, was the first toxicologist to use
autopsy material and chemical analysis systematically as legal proof of
poisonings. His introduction
of this detailed type analysis survives today as the underpinning of
forensic toxicology.
Magendie, a physician and experimental physiologist, studied the
mechanisms of action of emetine, strychnine, and "arrow poisons". His research into the absorption
and distribution of these compounds in the body remains a classic in
toxicology and pharmacology.
(Casarett and Doull's Toxicology) The
alchemist's symbol for arsenic, a menacing coiled serpent, probably
symbolizes very well the element's prevailing evil reputation. Anxiety about arsenic is not
difficult to comprehend, inasmuch as arsenic compounds were the preferred
homicidal and suicidal agents during the Middle Ages and arsenicals have
been regarded largely in terms of their poisonous characteristics in the
nonscientific literature. For
example, an almost clinical description of acute arsenic poisoning appears
in the novel Madame
Bovary. Flaubert's
extensive account of Emma Bovary's prolonged death throes must have made a
vivid impression on many a reader.
Arsenic has also been referred to in more recent literature, such
as Kesselring's drama, Arsenic and
Old Lace. Although
arsenic was only one of three poisons used by the Brewster sisters to
dispatch their guests, "Strychnine and Old Lace" or "Cyanide and Old Lace"
would not have had as great an impact on the public. Arsenic
had widespread use in eighteenth-and nineteenth-century medicine as a
tonic, or "alterative." At
about the same time that Flaubert was writing Madame Bovary, there were a
half-dozen "official" arsenicals listed in the U.S. Dispensatory. The prevailing professional
opinion at that time concerning the medicinal use of arsenic was
summarized as follows: "Arsenic is a safe medicine; none of the
respondants having found it permanently detrimental…" …The heyday of arsenical
chemotherapeutics occurred in the early part of the twentieth century,
when Ehrlich discovered Salvarsan (arsphenamine), which was effective in
treating human venereal disease; but the use of these compounds declined
after World War II, with the advent of the more specific antibiotics. The
earlier medicinal uses and criminal abuses of arsenicals provide a helpful
background of information about these compounds. (Arsenic,
1977) APPENDIX
15: HISTORY
OF TAMAL KRISHNA GOSWAMI
Tamal Krishna Goswami is a central figure in the history of Srila
Prabhupada's pastimes and that of the Hare Krishna Movement. He received
hundreds of letters from Srila Prabhupada, served as chairman of the GBC
in 1975, headed the largest-ever book distribution operation in ISKCON,
served as Srila Prabhupada's personal secretary for the entire year of
1977, and has always been at the prominent in the inner clique of GBC's
who formulated ISKCON policy and institutional philosophy. Further, he
himself has invariably been at the center of one serious controversy in
ISKCON after another. TKG has certainly had a colorful
history.
There is no doubt TKG has rendered much wonderful service to Srila
Prabhupada, and this appendix is not meant to criticize or belittle anyone
who has spent a lifetime in the service of the Lord. However,
uncomfortable and tricky as it may be, it has become necessary to understand and
examine TKG's role and activities in ISKCON since the 1970's in order
to: 1.
Appraise
the honesty and authenticity of TKG's Diary and its accounts
of Srila Prabhupada's illness and events in 1977, the information from
which is vital to the poison investigation, 2.
get to
the bottom of his changing interpretations of the initiation system Srila
Prabhupada wanted for the future of ISKCON, 3.
ascertain
whether anyone in or out of ISKCON might possibly have had a motive to
poison Srila Prabhupada, 4.
devise a
list of questions for Tamal regarding the particulars and mysteries of
Srila Prabhupada's illness in 1977. "GO
TO CHINA" In TKG's
book, A Hare Krishna at Southern Methodist
University, there is a chapter entitled The Perils of Succession wherein
many of the controversial episodes of ISKCON history are clinically
described, usually omitting the true details of Tamal's own role in or
orchestration of such controversies. One such event was the Radha Damodar
travelling parties which Tamal controlled in 1976. Srila Prabhupada became
so upset with Tamal's conduct of creating great disturbance in the USA
ISKCON centers that His Divine Grace relieved Tamal of all services and
responsibilities, ordering him to go to China. Tamal resisted and Srila
Prabhupada became angry with him, and held fast to Tamal's "banishment"
behind the Yellow Curtain. It was clear that by this event, Tamal was
disgraced, humiliated, and severely chastised before the entire assemblage
of devotees at the annual Mayapur festival, 1976. Adi Keshava agrees that
the affair made Tamal very resentful towards Srila
Prabhupada. After the
1976 Mayapur festival, Tamal and Dristadyumna studied about China and
prepared a report for Srila Prabhupada. In a meeting with Srila Prabhupada
in Hawaii on May 4, 1976, Tamal submitted the bleak report and described
how the only method of distributing books in China would be to throw
sealed, floating bags of books into the ocean, hoping they would wash
ashore and be found by coastal residents. Dristadyumna and Tamal attended
a book publisher's convention undercover on mainland China for a few
days. Tamal reported to Srila
Prabhupada that there was absolutely no way to preach in China, "maybe in fifty years (from
now)." Srila Prabhupada excused Tamal of the order to go to China, and
returned Tamal to his former position as head of the Radha Damodar bus
program. Tamal soon afterwards assumed the GBC position for New York zone
as well. Adi Keshava described Tamal's return to New York as pompous and
triumphant. While in
New York, Tamal wrote and supervised the production of a play done by
Sudama Swami and the devotee actors. It was an obvious indulgence in TKG's
personal and emotional history of banishment and chastisement by Srila
Prabhupada. The play was entitled "The Emperor and His Chief
Counselor." The counselor created havoc in the emperor's kingdom, is
chastised, and realizing his mistake, repented and became re-situated
properly in the service of the emperor once again. Adi Keshava, however,
thought the play was frightening and bizarre, being all about court
intrigue, pride, power, and how Tamal had been wrongly chastised because
although he had overstepped his bounds with abuse of the counselor's
position, he had done so with only good intentions. Srila
Prabhupada then came to Rathayatra in New York in July 1976, staying for
about a week as Tamal Krishna Goswami's guest. At this time Srila
Prabhupada's health began to decline, although Tamal claims it began
earlier with a "cold" in New
Vrindaban. His Divine Grace's strength and digestion decreased while in
New York, to the point where many GBC's asked Srila Prabhupada to stay and
wait for recovery before travelling to India. Srila Prabhupada left
nevertheless; on the plane and upon arrival in London only hours after
leaving New York, He experienced a severe "illness" with vomiting,
weakness, mucus, and lack of energy. Unfortunately, the symptoms appear
very similar to those during the severe illness of 1977. Coincidence? The detailed description of this
illness, accompanied by heart palpitations, is contained in Volume 4 of
Hari Sauri's Transcendental Diary. OLD AND
SENILE
? Appendix
9
contains several unverified and
alleged accounts of Tamal's past actions and statements, which may shed
some light on how to accept the veracity of his diary's accounts of Srila
Prabhupada's illness. Nara Narayan posted an essay on VNN on 12.3.97, in
which he claimed the following: "I
personally overheard a private conversation between Shyamasundar das and
Tamal Krishna Goswami in the Colaba Post Office flat of Mr. Kartikkeya
Mahadevia. Tamal was angrily blaming Srila Prabhupada for trying to keep
the Juhu Beach land. He said, 'He is old. Old and senile. He is simply
attached to that land! We will never be able to build on that land. He is
simply old and attached.'"
The known facts in
this incident are that Tamal sold the Juhu land without permission,
causing Srila Prabhupada to become extremely angry and to personally
re-negotiate the land's purchase. The intent herein is not to discredit
Tamal, but to try to understand who exactly was Srila Prabhupada's primary
guardian, personal secretary, and foremost caretaker in 1977. It is
unfortunately necessary to examine the suspects and their motives in a
murder investigation. What can be done? We can try to maintain
objectivity, if at all possible in such an emotionally disturbing
challenge as to find out who's and why's of Srila Prabhupada's
poisoning. TAMAL'S
GURU SYSTEM PHILOSOPHIES The
following re-worked and edited article was posted on VNN on January 7,
1999, called "Colorful History Of
Tamal Krishna Goswami.": This is
an explanation of the different colorful and contradictory interpretations
of Tamal Krishna Goswami on the instructions of Srila Prabhupada for an
initiation system in ISKCON after 1977. It is pertinent for us to
carefully examine whether his record on this issue is solid and reliable.
TKG has offered only confusing and contradictory positions on what should
have happened after Srila Prabhupada's departure: 1) 1978:
TKG agrees with the rest of the new gurus that the 11 men listed in the
July 9, 1977 letter had been exclusively chosen as the 'material and
spiritual successors' to Srila Prabhupada. He enthusiastically
participated in and supported this system, with the big vyasasanas etc. In
a document he was party to issued at Mayapur, March 2, 1978, it stated:
"The GBC
members met together in Vrndavana and prepared a few last questions to put
before Srila Prabhupada. [...] Then he said that he would name the
initiating gurus later. [...] Then one day in June he gave his secretary
the names of eleven disciples who would be initiating the disciples. [...]
A delicate situation may arise when in one ISKCON temple there are
disciples of different gurus. The natural way to avoid this is for a guru
to perform diksa in his own zone. Srila Prabhupada deliberately chose
gurus in different parts of the world to arrange for this. [...] A second
seat, however a little below Srila Prabhupada's vyasasana, should be given
to the initiating guru. [...] Those who are already empowered to initiate
will extend the number by their consideration. In this way it will have
spiritual characteristics. The eleven picked by His Divine Grace will
extend themselves. [...] Now these godbrother's are worshipped by their
disciples as genuine spiritual masters. This means for example, that they
are to be considered, as stated in the Guruvastakam, as nikunjo-yuno rati
keli siddhyai - intimate assistants in the pastimes of Krishna."
(The
Process For Carrying Out Srila Prabhupada's Desires For Future
Initiations; A paper prepared by the GBC in consultation with higher
authorities) The
Reader should note that out of the eleven "intimate associates of the
gopis," seven have fallen down. The remaining four are Tamal,
Hridayananda, Satsvarupa, and Jayapataka. TKG
wrote in a letter to Upananda on December 13, 1978: "The
argument that after the departure of the spiritual master anyone of his
disciples can give initiation, cannot be applied in the case of Srila
Prabhupada who specifically named 11 persons only at first to fulfill this
function. These 11 persons were named by Srila Prabhupada in the beginning
of July, 1977... These names were dictated to me as I was serving as his
secretary , and now he had me write a letter to all the GBC's and Temple
Presidents which he also signed as approved on the 9th of July listing
their names and defining their function. [...] Thus, we can understand...
that Srila Prabhupada clearly appointed 11 successors for initiation.
Whatever process may have been followed by past acaryas, Prabhupada chose
to appoint. [...] Even after having these facts clearly explained, if some
one continues to blaspheme the 11 gurus, their legitimacy, then he
blasphemes ISKCON, the spiritual vehicle created by Prabhupada to fulfill
his will, and he blasphemes the GBC - the approved driver of the vehicle -
[...] he is not a disciple at all. Rather he is the killer of gurudev and
his spiritual whereabouts is unknown." It is
noted here that this understanding as described by TKG above has been
refuted by the GBC themselves as false. Another point to note is that in
1998 TKG claimed in lectures given in Hongkong, etc, responding to the
rtviks' use of the July 9th letter as evidence for a post-1977 rtvik
system, that the July 9th letter was actually never authored or written by
Srila Prabhupada. TKG now claims that the letter was written by him, and
the contents of the letter were his creation, even though ritually signed
by Srila Prabhupada. Thus according to the convenience of the situation
and the particular climate of ISKCON, TKG again changed his
position. 2) 1980:
By this time TKG's understanding of Srila Prabhupada's desires for
guru-succession had become so deviant that even the GBC, themselves
following a deviated path, suspended him as GBC and guru, relieving him of
his zone. TKG had become convinced, amongst other things, that even his
godbrothers and godsisters could only reach Srila Prabhupada through him!
Many devotees hold Tamal accountable for the suicide of a well-liked
devotee named Gopijanaballabha Swami, who was thought to have become
mortally depressed on account of Tamal's demands and
philosophy. "Tamala
Krishna Goswami, the leader of a large number of sannyasa and brahmacari
preachers, insisted that he was now their via media in relating to
Prabhupada and expected that his godbrothers follow him
absolutely." ('The
Perils of Succession', 1996, by TKG) 3)
Having been suspended, TKG then gave a new explanation at Topanga
Canyon, California on December 3, 1980. He "admits" there
that: "Myself
and the other GBC have done the greatest disservice to this movement the
last three years because we interpreted the appointment of ritviks as the
appointment of gurus. What actually happened I'll explain. I explained it
but the interpretation is wrong." Here TKG
not only confirms that his understanding of the letter in 1978 was totally
wrong, but also that now he has
finally properly understood what Srila Prabhupada really wanted. Of
course, within a very short time the GBC returned TKG to his zone as GBC
and guru, fearful that he might upset the apple cart and their positions
any further. 4) 1982:
TKG has changed his mind again and goes back to the version of events that
he had supported in 1978 and rejected in 1980, as seen in a letter to
Gadai Prabhu on June 16, 1982: "I do
not think that there is any problem in accepting the spiritual masters who
Srila Prabhupada appointed. The first qualification which you should have
before you decide on this issue is to chant sixteen rounds and follow
strictly Prabhupada's orders... The real proof is to see that they are
acharya, not simply by appointment, but by actions. Our movement is
progressing and growing more and more, at least as much as it was during
Srila Prabhupada's time. [...] You have enclosed a clipping from Back To
Godhead in which Srila Bhaktipada (Kirtanananda Swami) is advertised as
'Bonafide Spiritual Master'. You say 'this is something that seems a
little strange to me'. Would you please explain to me what seems strange?
" Note:
Kirtanananda is now serving a 26 year sentence in Federal prison for
various criminal convictions.
That is strange for an
acharya. 5) 1984:
This metamorphosis of TKG's version of what happened in 1977 is completed
by the publication of his book in 1984, Servant of the Servant. On
page 361 we find: "Since
the disappearance of our beloved spiritual master, we have seen such
disenchanted persons come forward trying to cast doubt on the legacy left
by Srila Prabhupada. When
Srila Prabhupada appointed from among his senior disciples eleven persons
to continue the process of initiation, and when after their spiritual
master's departure those whom he selected assumed their duties by his
command, the critics began to bark their discontent. Though they leveled their remarks
against the successor gurus, in reality their criticism was aimed at Srila
Prabhupada himself. Just
as in 1970, the present dissatisfaction is being unabatedly fed by some of
his Godbrothers in India. Doubt in Srila Prabhupada's
successors is a thin veneer covering the same malicious attempt as was
made in 1970 to minimize Prabhupada's position as the founder-acarya of
ISKCON. Srila Prabhupada
saw this attempt as the greatest danger to his disciples and the Society
which he had created, and he acted at once to curb it. In the same light, we who are his faithful followers
must defend Prabhupada's successors to protect their young disciples
and to preserve the unity of ISKCON and the prestige of its
founder-acarya.
(COMMENT:
It is this heavy mood which caused thousands to leave
ISKCON) By his
letter of June 21, Srila Prabhupada did not merely confirm his own
transcendental position as my spiritual master. As he stated, "Any living entity who is conditioned
can achieve the perfectional stage of life by the above-mentioned
processes and the vivid example is Narada Muni." The critics may argue that
appointment alone is not a guarantee that one has actually achieved this
perfectional stage of life; Prabhupada might have appointed disciples for
lack of anyone better, or hoping that they might one day achieve the
desired realization. To such
irresponsible criticism we answer a decisive "No!" Srila Prabhupada chose them
because they merited his confidence.
How do we say so? - by their qualifications in regard to all
categories as determined in Srila Prabhupada's own books, the spiritual
law books for this age, i.e., that they repeat Krishna's words, received
in disciplic succession.
(Quote from Teachings of Lord Kapila) Srila
Prabhupada conferred his blessings upon these disciples, seeing that they
had dedicated themselves heart and soul to assisting him in the preaching
mission of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.
Thus he considered them to
be uttama-adhikari, all highly advanced devotees worthy to be accepted as
spiritual masters. (Quote
from The Nectar of Instruction) Critics
may doubt whether our ISKCON acharyas are actually
liberated. Do they know their rasa (liberated
relationship) with Krishna, and will they be able to instruct their
disciples similarly? But such questions bring one
dangerously near the precipice of spiritual calamity. We have experience of one
"liberation-seeking" Godbrother, impatient for his spiritual rasa,
wandering into the arms of a so-called "rasa-guru." After being informed of his real
identity as a peacock in Goloka, this foolish neophyte began imitating
behind closed doors the movements and cooings of a peacock, preparing for
his future role. Such
behavior indicates little familiarity with Prabhupada's teachings. Srila Prabhupada did not encourage
such discussions, did not reveal his relationship with Krishna, nor give
anyone a special initiation into theirs. (COMMENT:
Here TKG wants us to think we would be offensive to question his exalted
stature) But to suggest that Srila
Prabhupada was not therefore of the highest liberated realization, not
qualified to fully guide his disciples, is preposterous. In a Bhagavatam purport Srila
Prabhupada clearly defines how we should understand the spiritual master's
liberated condition. (Quote
from Bhagavatam) Sometimes
Prabhupada was asked, "Are you perfect?" Prabhupada's humble reply was, "I
may not be perfect. But I
have complete faith in the words of my spiritual master, and he is
perfect." Perfection, or
liberation, means to follow a perfect person. (Quote from
Bhagavatam) Ultimately,
however, the greatest proof of the bonafidity of Srila Prabhupada's
successor acaryas is their new disciples. It is said, phalena pariciyate:
One is recognized by the results of his actions....A spiritual master is
recognized as an actual guru when it is seen that he has changed the
character of his disciples.
As a tree is known by the fruit it produces, so we can know for
certain that the fruit of our acaryas' preaching has unquestionably been
grown on the tree of Lord Caitanya.
The new devotees who are now joining the International Society for
Krishna Consciousness bear every semblance of being true Gaudiya
Vaisnavas. In fact, judging
by the results they are achieving in the fields of book distribution,
temple worship, etc., they are even surpassing the previous generation of
devotees. Undoubtedly this is
only possible through the causeless mercy of Srila Prabhupada who, being
greatly pleased, is continuing to shower his unlimited blessings upon the
worldwide members of his ISKCON family." This
complete portion excerpted above from his 1984 book was subsequently and
mysteriously deleted in the 1991 reprint
edition. 6) Post
1987: TKG again changes his mind and whole-heartedly endorses the new guru
"reforms" in ISKCON and agrees that what he and the other 11 had been
doing and teaching for the last 10 years was wrong. He agrees that in new
versions of his book 'Servant of the Servant' the above quoted passage
would be omitted. In a December, 1987 letter to Gauridas Pandit TKG said
that the guru issue was unresolved and that open discussion would be
healthy. 7). At
Mayapur in March 1990, TKG becomes very angry about the Vedic Village
Review and its propagation of the rtvik philosophy, describing Nityananda
das as ISKCON's "public enemy
number one," and arranging for the excommunication from ISKCON of the
three VVR editors in New Jaipur, Mississippi. With Rabindra Swarup, he
produces the ISKCON Journal which attempted to defend the ISKCON system of
guru selection and approval. 8)
1992-95: TKG's understanding of guru-tattva takes a further twist. He now
leads the formation of a "gopi-bhava" club, preaching that Srila
Prabhupada had not given us the 'highest understanding' and that we should
consult with a 'rasika guru', such as Narayan Maharaj, whom Rabindra
Svarupa, GBC chairman and close TKG associate, later characterized in much
less than flattering terms. (Taking Srila Prabhupada Straight, 1998)
9) 1995:
TKG, under intense pressure in a GBC showdown, relented, admitting the
fault in thinking that Srila Prabhupada had not given us everything and
that we should consult with the 'rasika guru', as he had himself
done and also persuaded many
hundreds of others to do for the previous 4 years. It appeared that
TKG had been ready to push Narayan Maharaj to be accepted as the next
acharya for ISKCON, with himself being the right hand man. TKG was
chastised and put on restriction and probation by the GBC. Since, ISKCON defections to
Narayan Maharaj have snowballed and become a serious factor in the
weakening of Srila Prabhupada's Mission. 10) No
sooner was Tamal restricted from Vrindaban and the association of Narayan
Maharaj than he enrolled in college and began working hard to become a
religious scholar and academic authority on the Hare Krishna Movement. The
ten lives of Tamal! He is presently working on his doctorate at Cambridge
University in England and attends conferences of religious scholars around
the world. In this way, perhaps he will finally be accorded due respect as
a truly spiritual person and be able to transcend the many years of poor
reputation he has earned while participating in various and numerous
controversial and debilitating ISKCON incidences. TAKES
OVER SRILA PRABHUPADA'S QUARTERS Another
part of Tamal's history worth noting is that immediately after Srila
Prabhupada's disappearance in November 1977, Tamal sent word to the Bombay
temple to prepare Srila Prabhupada's quarters there for his arrival. Going
to Bombay, Tamal moved into Srila Prabhupada's rooms and set himself up in
charge of the huge just, opened complex. The Juhu Beach property was
perhaps the premier ISKCON property, and Tamal then ordered a marble
Vyasasana for himself. When the Vyasasana arrived and was being installed,
Mahabuddhi noticed that it was higher than Srila Prabhupada's Vyasasana.
Mahabuddhi instructed the workers to cut down the legs several feet, which
was not pleasing to Tamal. Throughout 1978 Tamal solidified his hold on
the Bombay project; at one meeting in the presence of Tamal, some of Srila
Prabhupada's disciples were grilled and harassed, "Do you love Goswami?"
Finally the situation became too radical for even Giriraj and Sridhar
Swamis, and TKG was summarily ousted while he was visiting the USA, and
informed not to return. CONCLUSION In
conclusion, upon reviewing the colorful history of Tamal, we are left in
serious doubt as to how much credibility should be accorded to his diary,
accounts of Srila Prabhupada's illness, or the various interpretations of
Srila Prabhupada's instructions. This is certainly the feeling of many
past and present participants in ISKCON. One who keeps changing their
position cannot be counted on as understanding things rightly and is
perceived as a dishonest politician. Further, we are left to wonder about
the motives and ambitions of a person who has had almost 30 years of
political and controversial involvements in ISKCON, all too often being
found at the forefront of yet another serious challenge to the Hare
Krishna Movement he now purports to represent as a scholar.
Tamal's
drama production of The Final Pastimes of Srila Prabhupada in 1988 was
widely viewed as Tamal's attempt to gain prominence and esteem from his
role in 1977 as Srila Prabhupada's "intimate" associate. The two year long
editing process by Garuda Prabhu prior to publication was arduous and
difficult, with Tamal struggling to retain things such as references to
Srila Prabhupada's shelter under the Vrindaban "tamal" tree. This book
gives many a reader eerie and uncomfortable feelings of Srila Prabhupada
being used to enhance Tamal's and Bhakticharu's
reputations. In light
of all this, one cannot but help wonder how Tamal has managed to do such
great damage to his spiritual master's Mission. A demon on the outside
would have been less dangerous. It is not a matter of character
assassination, but of character assessment, and that is required only in
these unusual circumstances of a poison investigation. Otherwise these
exercises are forbidden. Because Tamal is a suspect in Srila Prabhupada's
poisoning, his history is very relevant, as it provides many clues as to
possible motives, methods, and actions. This is the nature of a murder
investigation. Normally,
matters such as these would not be proper to discuss publicly. However,
there is no private forum in which to address these issues of Srila
Prabhupada's poisoning and the suspected poisoners. ISKCON simply denies
the very possibility of poisoning; there is no forum there. What to do but
bring it to the public forum? It is an emergency. Sometimes the rules
cannot be followed per se, but a creative route must be found to
take. Therefore
it certainly seems justified in demanding Tamal Krishna Goswami to answer
questions regarding Srila Prabhupada's disappearance, and other matters as
well. He must be accountable for his actions, and, especially in matters
of leadership, one must be prepared to answer to the followers when
controversy and suspicion arises. Tamal Krishna Goswami is obliged to
cooperate with the poison investigation. He is a suspect not by dint of
his colorful history, but by dint of the evidence on hand. This author prays that he can be
cleared of suspicion and we can look towards other
suspects. APPENDIX
16: WAS
THE MEDICINE LIKE POISON? According
to Prakruti: Your Ayurvedic
Constitution, by Dr. R.E. Svoboda, "Anyone who wants to use mercury for
rejuvenation must be exceptionally careful about its source, and
must be sure that it has been properly prepared... The quantity of mercury
in any one pill is very small thanks to the processing procedure known as
Bhavana... Makharadhvaja benefits all sorts of acute disease states,
including especially respiratory ailments like cold, influenza, and
pneumonia, and all sorts of chronic conditions, such as low blood
pressure, general exhaustion, and nervous or mental debility... It is
usually best to take Makharadhvaja during the coldest season of the year
so that their powerful innate fire does not increase
pitta." The
questionable source of Chandra Swami's makharadhvaja and the kaviraja's disclaimer letter that
was never shown to Srila Prabhupada are two reasons to characterize Srila
Prabhupada's caretakers as irresponsible. However, the real issue is not
negligence or bungling in the care of Srila Prabhupada, but it is the
arsenic poisoning. Bhakticharu said: "Soon after that Srila Prabhupada
started to speak about poison. Therefore it seemed to me that he was
speaking about the adverse effect of makaradhvaja." This is expected to be a
central explanation from ISKCON
apologetics, that on November 10 Srila Prabhupada was talking about the makharadhvaja effects, and not
talking about being poisoned by someone. They will also refer to Tamal's
late October statement about the medicine, "it had turned to poison." Since, as they explain, Srila
Prabhupada could not have possibly been poisoned maliciously by any of His
own loving disciples, therefore any talk of poison must be about medicines which had
adverse effects and were "like
poison." Thus the
idea is floated that makharadhvaja was a possible
source of poisoning, as it contains mercury, responsible for debilitating
Srila Prabhupada's health and perhaps even having a lethal effect. Some
have suggested this may have been due to His taking makharadhvaja for an extended
period, thought by some to begin early in 1977. However, the makharadhvaja was taken only 2
times by Srila Prabhupada, once on October 25, and once the next day, a
total of ONE DAY. But these
deflections by minimizing Srila Prabhupada's statement of being poisoned
is irresponsible and does not make any sense when the details of
chronological history are examined. After
taking makharadhvaja, Srila
Prabhupada discontinued its use, noting that "it is not acting," and that
there were "adverse reactions,"
namely loose bowels, passing 5 times in a day. But Srila Prabhupada did
not become extremely ill, or even slightly ill, from taking the makharadhvaja; He did not
experience the pain, fever, vomiting, etc that one might expect with
serious "poisonous" effects.
Unnecessarily, Tamal introduced the poison word. Why are Tamal,
Bhavananda, Bhakticharu talking about poison in October, weeks before
Srila Prabhupada used the word? To confuse us about the real
poison? Srila
Prabhupada discontinued the makharadhvaja even in the face of
continued pressure to continue taking it. Apparently Srila Prabhupada was
suspicious of the makharadhvaja, as He questioned
its source, the uncanny "coincidence" of finding it ready made, the fact
that it was free, and finally He inspected it Himself visually. But then
He said nothing further about it, and Sastriji came from Calcutta to begin
a new treatment. Fourteen
days later, the makharadhvaja
issue was distant history; the loose bowels were gone before November
began, and Sastriji's program had been underway for two weeks. The time between the taking of the
makharadhvaja and the time at which Srila Prabhupada said He was being
poisoned are too far apart for the two incidents to have any relation.
On November 9, Srila Prabhupada did not say that the medicine was
poisonous; He said that He heard others speaking of how He was being
poisoned. Perhaps He had heard devotees whispering about poison, just as
today we are hearing devotees whispering in the tape's background about
poison. By study
of Srila Prabhupada's health history of late 1977, no longer does the "medicine is like poison"
explanation make sense. It may sound impressive to one who has not studied
the chronology and events. There is, however, some concern that the makharadhvaja obtained through
Chandra Swami was spiced with
poison, namely arsenic. Even if it was, there was no visible effect. Makharadhvaja is made with gold,
sulfur, and mercury, and sometimes with other ingredients such as musk,
pearls, mica. However, arsenic is
not an ingredient of makharadhvaja. Arsenic is not known nor expected
to have been an ingredient in any of Srila Prabhupada's
medicines. Anything
Srila Prabhupada ate or drank as food or medicine could have been
arsenic-tainted. To taint the makharadhvaja would seem much more
unlikely than poisoning the milk, for example. Even if the makharadhvaja was arsenic-tainted
by an outside party, it is very difficult to see how this could result in
the 3 ppm in Balavanta's one month hair sample, during which the makharadhvaja was taken for 1
day. Blood clears itself of
arsenic within 5 days at most. Any arsenic in the makharadhvaja would thus have been
deposited decreasingly in the
hair for only about 6 days out of 30. For 30 days of hair to contain an
average of 3 ppm due to 6 days of arsenic-tainted blood, the levels during
the first day would need to be about 25 ppm, a level which would cause
acute arsenic poisoning symptoms not seen in Srila Prabhupada at that
time. (see the case histories for comparisons of arsenic levels and
resulting symptoms) Thus, logically, the 3 ppm was not due to 1 day worth
of tainted makharadhvaja, but
due to poisoning spread out
over much more than 1 day. The arsenic came from elsewhere, not the makharadhvaja. For
example: if the makharadhvaja was arsenic-tainted and is thought to
produce an average of 3 ppm in the hair over 30 days, the amounts would
need to be: 25 for 1 day, 18 for 1 day, 10 for 1 day, 5 for 1 day, 3 for 1
day, 2 for 1 day, and about 1 ppm for the last 24 days of that month. This
averages out at 3 ppm with arsenic ingested for only one day. Serious
effects would ensue from 25 ppm arsenic; but only diarrhea was the result.
The conclusion, again, is that 3 ppm was not due to tainted makharadhvaja. When
Srila Prabhupada spoke of being poisoned on November 9 and 10, He was not
talking about makharadhvaja. The entire conversation on the
10th was of rakshasas, who could possibly do such a thing, the Guha and
Sankaracharya murders, who has poisoned you, etc. The kaviraja said there
must be truth to it. The discussion was obviously about intentional
poisoning, not of negative medicinal effects. Yet, no one took it
seriously. Why? Why now obscure the issue with a "makharadhvaja was poison"
explanation? The medicine was not poisonous. And if the medicine had too
much mercury, then why did Balavanta's hair test not show high levels of
mercury, but only of arsenic, which is not a makharadhvaja
component? SUMMARY: 1.
Makharadhvaja does
not have arsenic as an ingredient. 2.
Balavanta's
hair analysis shows poisoning by arsenic, not by
mercury. 3.
Srila
Prabhupada was not talking about makharadhvaja on Nov. 9 &
10. 4.
The makharadhvaja was not "poisonous"
enough to notice any effects 5.
Makharadhvaja doesn't
explain Prabhupada's poisoning statements. 6.
The 3
ppm arsenic level is not due to possibly tainted makharadhvaja. 7.
The 3
ppm arsenic level is due to poisoning over much more than 1
day. APPENDIX
17: ASTROLOGY
AND POISONING THE TRUE HOROSCOPE OF SRILA
PRABHUPADA USA (VNN) - by Dharmapada Dasa
(01/13/98 - Story 1496) I read a Chakra article that
Shrila Prabhupada's horoscope does not indicate death by poisoning, such
that the case is solved- that is a tidy solution. Personally, I’m not
getting involved in that one right now because it isn’t my purpose. I
don’t want anyone to think that I’m manipulating charts with an ulterior
purpose in mind. I’ll assume, no doubt, the writer's intention was good;
but the chart itself was wrong, and that's the issue which I would like to
address at the moment because it is an issue worth considering in and of
itself; a contention exists about which chart is actually the
true horoscope of His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami, Prabhupada.
The chart on the Chakra website
has been championed by a respected astrologer in ISKCON who received
training in India. The ascendent of that chart is Capricorn. The ascendent
of the other chart is Sagittarius. That the Sagittarius one is actually
the chart of Shrila Prabhupada was first brought to my attention by Nalini
Kantha dasa, another well-known ISKCON astrologer. (By the way my name is
Dharmapada Dasa: dean@uninet.com.br) Some background will be
necessary to sort things out. First, it seems that at some point Shrila
Prabhupada identified with Capricorn chart. This seems to mean that Shrila
Prabhupada was given his calculated chart and told he was Capricorn
ascendent and that he basically accepted that. What else can anybody
really infer? We have never heard of any discussion between Shrila
Prabhupada and Shrila Bhaktisiddhanta, a great astrologer, about our
Prabhupada’s horoscope. We know nothing of any possibility that
Bhaktisiddhanta examined Srila Prabhupada's chart; no help
there. If someone brought the
contention to his attention, and was able to present the case for the
Sagittarius chart, His Divine Grace might have changed his mind. It’s not
as if Shrila Prabhupada affirmed for all time that his ascendent was
Capricorn and that that was his divine instruction. The reason for the contention is
very simple; if Shrila Prabhupada’s reported birth time was off by as
little as 5 minutes or so, then the ascendent would change from Capricorn
to Sagittarius. They are not entirely different charts which have nothing
to do with each other, although they are entirely different. I’m saying
that the planetary positions and everything are the same, the only
difference being that if we go back just five minutes; a few, small, quick
minutes, the ascendent changes and the whole chart gets plotted
differently. The ascendent would be either 29 degrees Sagittarius or one
of the first few degrees of Capricorn, the cut-off point being 30 degrees.
The two charts only one degree away from each other, determined by mere
minutes. And who was it that reported the
time? Probably Shrila Prabhupada’s parents. Were they so efficient that
they documented events down to the minute and second? Did the clocks in
India keep good time? Remember: a few minutes and the chart changes. It is
not improbable that Shrila Prabhupada’s birth time contains some rounding
error: it is likely, meaning the true ascendent is probably up for grabs until otherwise determined.
When I’m faced with a rising
sign on the first or last degree of a sign is, first of all I ask the
native of the chart what the source of the birth time is. Then I probe by
asking about indications which could only be true in one chart or the
other. For example, let’s say that one chart supports the existence of
younger brothers, while the other does not. It is more accurate to start
with the chart, interrogate, go backwards and adjust the birth time rather
than to take a borderline birth time for granted. The term for this is chart rectification. All practiced
astrologers understand this problem. We have to find out which facts
from Prabhupada’s life correspond to one chart and not the other. Often a
phenomenon might seem justifiable from both charts, as is the situation in
this case. I could argue for the existence of children and pharmaceutical
business from both charts. But
there are two blatant things about Shrila Prabhupada’s life which can only
be explained by the Sagittarius chart: His authorship and the 1970's
success of his movement. First of all, when we examine
any affair, there are two basic elements of a chart which we must
consider. On one hand, we look at the house which stands for the thing in
question, its occupants, any aspects which it might receive and the
position of its lord. On the other hand, we examine the karaka or natural
significator. I will give a few examples of karakas to show the reason
what I mean. The moon is the karaka of one’s mother, the sun is the karaka
of one’s father, also of the king, Mars is the karaka of brothers and
Venus is the karaka of one’s love life. So just as any issue has a house
which represents it, there is a corresponding planetary indicator which
naturally represents it, too. With this in mind, let’s examine the
authorship issue from Shrila Prabhupada’s charts two supposed charts.
The karaka in the Capricorn
chart is Mercury. The Vedic astrological literature unequivocally
indicates Mercury as the indicator of writing, authorship and books. In
this chart, Mercury occupies its sign of exaltation, Virgo, in a benefic
and pious house, the ninth. It forms raj yoga there with Venus, raj yoga
being a tremendous combination for power and influence. So at first
glance, the Capricorn chart supports the type of religious authorship that
Shrila Prabhupada enjoyed. But the lord (Jupiter) of the
house of authorship (the third) occupies the eighth house. The eighth is
the most evil house in any horoscope. The affairs represented by any
planet or lord who falls there are said to disintegrate and the strength
of such a planet is described by adjectives such as “ feeble.” In spite of
the strength of the karaka Mercury, and the fact that Mercury aspects or
throws its influence on the house of authors, the absolute weakness of the
lord of the house does not support the idea of a world-famous author who
wrote and organized the distribution of many millions of books.
The nature of any religious
writings indicated by Jupiter in the evil 8th house afflicted by the Rahu
- Ketu axis would not be of the nature of the pure Krishna bhakti of which
Shrila Prabhupada wrote. The Rahu-Ketu combination together with Jupiter
goes by the name of Guru-Chandala yoga, indicative of dharmas of lesser
understanding. When this combination is prominent in a horoscope, the
traditional texts indicate that the person takes up Islam or Christianity,
religions of the meat-eaters. I have seen this combination indicate
comprehension troubles in the charts of many regular devotees, without
carrying the added affliction of occurring in the evil 8th, as in the case
of the Capricorn chart. In other words, the evil can be corrected if the
combination receives other benefic influences, such as good association or
aspects. But this combination doesn’t cut the mustard because Jupiter is
himself afflicted by being there and is the lord of bad houses. So this
afflicted third-lord Jupiter with the Rahu-Ketu axis, in an evil house is
not indicative of Shrila Prabhupada’s pure writings. The degenerate
influence of Rahu and Ketu over Jupiter have gone off the deep end by
being in the 8th house. On the other hand, the
Sagittarius chart has four resounding indications which suggest great
literary success, with no blemishes. They are: 1. Again, the natural indicator
Mercury occupies his sign of exaltation- that wouldn’t change over a few
minutes! Mercury occupies the house of occupation and career, which is
certainly a natural place for it to be in Prabhupada’s chart, for obvious
reasons. 2. Rahu occupies the house of
authorship. Rahu gives very good results from that house, no question
about it. 3. Jupiter and the Sun aspect
the house of authors from the ninth house, a very pious and benefic house,
wherefrom they form a great raj yoga. This greatly strengthens the
house. 4. Finally, the lord of the
house of authors occupies his sign of exaltation; I am referring to Saturn
in the eleventh. Not only is Libra the best sign for this planet, but the
eleventh is the best house! Now these are the kind of
indications which would (and did) make an author a multimillion-dollar
seller. These combinations are not seen often. The other issue has to do with
the fact that the heyday of the Hare Krishna movement took place during
the major planetary period of Ketu. The idea is that during the period of
a planet, the indications promised by it in the chart become activated.
The Ketu period started in May of 1971. Previous to that, the major period
corresponded to Mercury, the minor period belonging to Saturn from August
of ‘68 until May of ‘71. In the Capricorn chart, does
Ketu in the evil 8th house with the Rahu- Ketu axis indicate any great
spirituality? We have already responded to that question, the answer is
no. Does Ketu in the 8th even suggest any type of strong success?
Especially next to such a weak Jupiter, the answer according to general
astrological principles is also no. In the Sagittarius chart, however, any
natural evil of the Rahu - Ketu axis would be overshadowed by dint of the
fact that Ketu sits in the pious house of religion, by the fact that Ketu
is with a strong Jupiter, who is the karaka of religion and spiritual
understanding (Jupiter is Brihaspati ), and by being with the lord of the
house of religion, the satvic Sun. Ketu would not only reflect the
piety of this 9th house situation of the Sagittarius chart, but also
reflect and intensify the force and power of that combination, and give
success in his period. It is the nature of both Rahu and Ketu to reflect
the results of the planet in whose sign they are placed. They are largely
chameleons in this way. They soak up and intensify the indications around
them. In predictive astrology also, Rahu and Ketu act like their
associated planets and reflect the qualities of the house they are in. It
is only natural in the Sagittarius chart for Ketu to reflect and intensify
the great success and piety of the raj yoga (Jupiter, Sun combination) of
which he is a part. Ketu’s inherent materialism is not reinforced as in
the Capricorn chart, with Ketu in an evil house next to an afflicted and
weak Jupiter. Ketu's intensifying nature
accounts for the results which were not given in the major Jupiter period
by itself, which took place in the 1920s, when Shrila Prabhupada didn’t
have such success. So, Ketu was able to synthesize and intensify the
combined effects of Jupiter and the Sun in a synergistic way. This is
typical of the nature of Rahu and Ketu; we are used to seeing planets
manifest their results through Rahu and Ketu. In the Capricorn chart,
however, everything requires a bit of stretching. A much more tenable and
natural interpretation results from the Sagittarius
chart. In this way I hope that the
answer to the question about which chart is the real chart of Shrila
Prabhupada has become revealed. As far as the controversy between the two
different charts is concerned, one group has overlooked a few things. But
just because some astrologer makes a mistake, has an opinion which is
off-kilter, or has a prediction that has gone wrong, is not cause to pass
judgement over him or reject him. B.V. Raman is India’s most well-known
astrologer of this century; his achievements are fantastic. It was he who
carried the message of Hindu astrology to the West in the English
language, who wrote a whole set of books on practically every facet of
Vedic astrology and who carried his astrological journal to national
heights. Even so, he has made a few mistakes, and holds an opinion or two
for which history may not be kind to him, and he has detractors. Every
astrologer has a prediction go wrong or a skeleton in his closet. Let’s
not hastily judge any astrologer who favors the Capricorn chart. Your Servant, Dharmapada
das AUTHOR'S COMMENT: The Sagittarius chart thus can
be seen as the better match for Srila Prabhupada's astrological position.
Other astrologers, including Asutosh Oja, who plotted Srila Prabhupada's
chart in 1977, have clearly observed that Srila Prabhupada's chart
indicated trouble or insubordination from juniors and supports a case of
poisoning. However, astrology
cannot prove or disprove that Srila Prabhupada was poisoned. APPENDIX
18: LETTER
FROM BHAGAVAT DAS USA
(VNN) - Bhagavat Das Reply to ISKCON's Official Report
My Dear
Prabhus: PAMHO!
AGTSP! I read with interest the statement by the GBC and the response from
Rochan. To be honest I am amazed at everyone's inability to focus on the
most important point of this investigation, which are the words of His
Divine Grace "Someone is poisoning me". These words were the reason for
launching the investigation and they continue to remain the most
compelling reason for the investigation to continue. After conducting a
closer examination of the tape, to ascertain whether there was more
information on the tape that might shed more light on the statements of
His Divine Grace, the whispers were found. Unfortunately everyone has
chosen to focus on the whispers instead of the statements of His Divine
Grace, which are the real evidence in the case for his being poisoned.
First of
all even if we approach this from a practical point of view Srila
Prabhupada was, during his grihasta days, the manager of a pharmaceutical
house. He designed, manufactured and marketed his own pharmaceutical
preparations like De's liniment. Srila Prabhupada was very conversant with
how herbs, chemicals and poisons interacted with the human body. Srila
Prabhupada also owned his own pharmacy in Allahabad where he sold
prescriptions where he would have to have knowledge of drug interactions
with the body. So even from a practical point of view we must concede
Srila Prabhupada was educated enough in medical science to know if he were
being poisoned just from the reactions he was feeling in his
body. Secondly,
and more importantly, he is the Nitya Siddha pure devotee of the Supreme
Lord Krishna, meaning he is by the grace of Supersoul fully conscious of
the hearts and minds of his devotees. In 1974 there was some controversy
with several leaders in our society who were claiming that Srila
Prabhupada was not a magician and that it was foolish to think that he
knew what was going on in his temples and in the hearts of his disciples.
I argued then against such nonsense and when I was in Bombay Srila
Prabhupada received a letter from his disciple Sarva Mangal dasi. She said
there were devotees making these opposing statements, and while she
believed that he knew these things, she wanted His Divine Grace to please
confirm her understanding. Srila Prabhupada told his secretary, "For a
greatly advanced pure devotee of the Lord this was not difficult." The
secretary then asked, "So I should tell her that you know this?" Srila
Prabhupada replied, "That's not what I said. I said a greatly advanced
pure devotee of the Lord would know these things. I am not a greatly
advanced pure devotee, I am not even a devotee. I am just trying to be a
devotee." Also Srila Prabhupada stated that Supersoul tells him whatever
he needs to know. We can
thus conclude that Srila Prabhupada is a greatly advanced pure devotee of
the Lord and he most certainly knew that he was being poisoned and by
whom. Is anyone able to present any argument against the fact that Srila
Prabhupada is a greatly advanced pure devotee of the Lord who knows what
is going on in the hearts and minds of his devotees? Can anyone refute
Srila Prabhupada's statements about the abilities of a greatly advanced
pure devotee? If you can prove Srila Prabhupada was not a greatly advanced
pure devotee and did not know he was being poisoned, then please publish
your foolish and offensive argument so we may all know who you are.
Unfortunately
during this investigation there are some devotees who have been
diminishing the words of the greatly advanced pure devotee Srila
Prabhupada by portraying him as an ordinary man. Even more amazing is that
some of them are the same devotees who I argued against over 20 years ago
about the same thing. I have heard statements like "he was old and sick
and could not understand", "he was senile", "usually old Indian men who
are dying think they are being poisoned", "he was confused", and other
mundane assessments of His Divine Grace. If these assessments are accurate
then how could he translate Srimad Bhagavatam until his last days. Are we
to accept that last translation work as the ranting of a confused, senile
old man? If any one thinks such, please publish your case so we can all
know who you are. Just
because doctors were examining Srila Prabhupada doesn't mean that they
could ascertain that he was being poisoned, unless they tested for it
specifically. Many poisons cause the rapid onset of certain diseases (like
heart attacks, strokes, kidney failure, etc.) and death. It was said in
certain circles that when Indira Gandhi held Jayaprakash Narayan under
house arrest she slowly administered poisons that caused kidney
deterioration and his death. This kind of poisoning cannot be detected by
routine medical tests. Therefore, when foul play is suspected, in addition
to a doctor's exam, an autopsy is done to ascertain the truth. However, I
am neither suggesting, requesting, or in any way insinuating that Srila
Prabhupada should be exhumed for an autopsy. I am totally against it. So
the statements of some that the doctors did not notice poisoning is not
evidence that he was not poisoned. Srila Prabhupada, being conversant with
the effects of various substances on the body, and being that he was
experiencing it first hand, makes him the most likely person to ascertain
the truth of the situation. Also he is the greatly advanced pure devotee
who is aware of what is going on. This
truth is being obfuscated by all this rhetoric about the whispers and
whether they are real or not. The whispers don't even really matter! What
matters most is that the greatly advanced pure devotee of the Lord, my
spiritual master, said, "Someone is poisoning me". Doesn't the Nectar of
Instruction warn us that to consider the spiritual master, as an ordinary
human being is greatly offensive? Are there not many other verses that say
the same thing? How many verses are there, which state that faith in the
words of the spiritual master is the real key to enlightenment?
It has
been asked how Srila Prabhupada, the greatly advanced pure devotee, could
be poisoned? How could he be vanquished? Didn't Jesus Christ accept the
crucifixion after praying to the Lord, "Let this cup pass from me but thy
will be done"? Didn't Jesus Christ forbid Peter from fighting with the
Roman soldiers when they came to take him? Srila Prabhupada died for the
sins of his disciples: that is the covenant he made with us at the time of
initiation. He could have stayed with us. He said, "Krishna said it is up
to me -I can stay or I can go, but what do you want?" Obviously there was
a Judas amongst us who wanted him to go, and so he departed. That is not
the same as being vanquished. "He reasons ill who says that Vaishnavas die
when living still in sound" Srila Prabhupada left us his words, his voice
beckons us to bring him justice. Which devotee is there who will argue
that the words of the spiritual master are wrong? Please publish your case
that when Srila Prabhupada said, "Someone is poisoning me," he was wrong.
Who are you? What is
really at the core of this issue is faith in the eternally transcendental
position of the spiritual master and his words. The entire political
diatribe and semantics is just a desperate attempt to conceal the truth.
We know that somebody poisoned Srila Prabhupada! How? Because he said so!
The only question now is who? The failure of the whispers to prove that
(if in fact they do not) is not the end of the case! It is only
insufficient evidence! Maybe Srila Prabhupada wants us to look at it from
another angle. One thing we can be sure of he is in control! It is up to
him when and where and how we find the truth and the price we will have to
pay for that is complete faith in the words of His Divine
Grace. There
are many who were in Vrindaban during Srila Prabhupada's last days who
feel that it would have been impossible for them to not notice that this
was going on. But how many times were we involved in difficult situations
and only Srila Prabhupada understood everything; we didn't even have a
clue. No one knew about Judas except Jesus Christ. None of the apostles
knew. Didn't Srila Prabhupada tell us he was being poisoned? Still we did
nothing about it. How sadly history repeats itself. There are those who
will try to distract you from the truths written in this letter by
discrediting me. But this letter is not about me, it is about Srila
Prabhupada and his words. I am easily discredited, there are so many
things I do not do, but one thing I have never done is considering my
Spiritual Master to be an ordinary man or doubted his words. I can say
with conviction, however, that anyone who follows all the rules but fails
to accept that Srila Prabhupada is a Shaktavesh Avatar, Nitya Siddha,
greatly advanced pure devotee of the Lord whose words are never wrong, is
a spiritual failure. The real issue is do we believe our Spiritual Master
when he says, "Someone is poisoning me"? Do we believe that the words of
our Spiritual Master are never wrong? Do we believe that this greatly
advanced pure devotee would make a mistake about something so serious as
this when he is receiving his information from the infallible Supreme
Personality of Godhead Sri Krishna? It is faith on trial here, faith in
the Spiritual Master and his words. The line is drawn: on one side are
those who doubt the words of the greatly advanced pure devotee of the
Lord. On the other side are those who believe that if the spiritual master
says it's a rope then it's a rope and if he says it's a snake then it's a
snake. I know which side I am on. My spiritual master, right or wrong he
is always right, he is never wrong. Which side of the line are you on? APPENDIX
19: TAMAL
TALKS AT PYRAMID HOUSE
In late 1980 Tamal Krishna Goswami and Hansadutta Swami were
travelling around ISKCON, having been suspended as gurus and GBC's by the
GBC body for activities unacceptable to them, such as demanding that his
godbrothers must approach Srila Prabhupada through him. They had been
relieved of their zones. TKG called for an open discussion at
Nrsinghananda's Pyramid House in Topanga Canyon, CA. on December 3, 1980.
Hansadutta, Dhira Krishna, Kirtiraja, Jayadwaita and others were present,
and the talk was recorded. Below are some of the interesting statements
made therein. Hansadutta: Anyway,
Tamal Krishna Goswami has had a very important realization about how some
of these problems have been plaguing us for the last two years
practically, since Prabhupada disappeared. How they've come to be,
regarding this guru issue and appointment or expanding it or restricting
it. That's why he wanted some of you to come and hear, because I think
this will be a breath of fresh air... Tamal:
Actually, Prabhupada never appointed any gurus. He didn't appoint eleven
gurus. He appointed eleven
ritviks. He never appointed
them gurus. Myself and the
other GBC have done the greatest disservice to this movement the last
three years because we interpreted the appointment of ritviks as the
appointment of gurus. What actually happened was that Prabhupada mentioned
that he might be appointing some ritviks, so the GBC went to Prabhupada -
5 or 6 of us. We asked him,
"Srila Prabhupada, after your departure, if we accept disciples, whose
disciples will they be, your disciples or mine?" Later on there was a piled-up list
for people to get initiated.
I said, "Srila Prabhupada, you once mentioned about ritviks. I don't know what to do. We don't want to approach you, but
there's hundreds of devotees named, and I'm just holding all the letters.
" So
Prabhupada said, " I will appoint so many...," and he started to name
them. He made it very clear
that they're his disciples.
At that point it was very clear in my mind that they were his
disciples. Later on I asked
him two questions: 1) What about Brahmananda Swami? So Prabhupada said,
"No, not unless he's qualified."
Before I got ready to type the letter, I asked him: 2) "Srila Prabhupada, is this all
or do you want to add more?"
He said, "As is necessary, others may be
added." Now I
understand that what he did was very clear. He was physically incapable of
performing the function of initiation physically; therefore, he appointed
officiating priests to initiate on his behalf. He appointed eleven and he said
very clearly, "Whoever is nearest, he can initiate." This is a very important point,
because when it comes to initiating if it isn't whoever is nearest, it's
wherever your heart goes. Who
you repose your faith in, you take initiation from him. But when it's
officiating, it's whoever is nearest, and he was very clear. "Then, on my behalf, they'll
initiate." It's not a
question that you repose your faith in that person. That's a function for
the guru. "In order for me to
manage this movement," Prabhupada said, "I have to form a GBC, and I will
appoint the following people.
In order to continue the process of people joining our movement and
getting initiated, I have to appoint some priests to help me because just
like I cannot physically manage everyone myself, I physically cannot
initiate everyone myself."
And that's all that it was, and it was never any more than
that. If it had been more
than that, you can bet your bottom dollar that Prabhupada would have
spoken for days and hours and weeks on end about how to set up this thing
with the gurus, but he didn't because he already had said it a million
times. He said, "My guru
maharaja did not appoint anyone.
It's by qualification." We made
a great mistake. After
Prabhupada's departure, what is the position of these eleven people? Obviously, Srila Prabhupada felt
that of all of the people, these people are particularly qualified. So it stands to reason that after
Prabhupada's departure, they would go on, if they so desired, to
initiate. If you're a proper
guru, and your guru is no longer present, that is your right. It's like a man can
procreate. Similarly, it is a
disciple's duty to push forward.
He may decide, "I don't want to take disciples. I want to assist so-and-so." He has that right. But if he feels the inspiration
from within and he has the qualifications, and he realizes what it means
to take disciples, that it is a heavy responsibility, and if someone
reposes their [faith] in him, then he should go ahead and do that.
Unfortunately,
the GBC did not recognize this point. They immediately said these eleven
people are the selected gurus.
I can say definitely for myself, and for which I humbly beg
forgiveness from everybody, that there was definitely some degree of
trying to control. This is
the conditioned nature, and it came out in the highest position of
all. "Guru, oh
wonderful. Now I'm a guru,
and there's only eleven of us."
This is what led us into this pitfall. The GBC who weren't gurus said,
"I'm next in line." This has
screwed up our movement terribly.
It has very much hurt our movement because it has left so many
Godbrothers in a frustrated position, very, very frustrated, and it is
dampening their enthusiasm, and it has held back the preaching
mission. Jayapataka
read an ultimate point that Hamsadutta Maharaja was praying for
Prabhupada's death. Sridhar
Maharaja heard this and he said, "Yes, the same thing was there in my guru
maharaja's time. There was
one disciple who guru maharaja said was in the same mentality. My gurumaharaja chose to see the
bright side. Yes, because he
feels checked right now in his preaching determination. He wants to preach for me and for
Krishna, and he cannot." The
fact is that whatever we say still Prabhupada named him after this
incident to be a ritvik or a guru, according to your interpretation. I've
been accused of the same thing.
"That you tried to kill Prabhupada." The point I want to state on
that is this realization, and I feel that the GBC body, if they don't
adopt this point very quickly, if they don't realize this truth: You can't show me anything on tape
or in writing where Prabhupada says, "I appoint these 11 as gurus." It doesn't exist because he never
appointed any gurus. This is
a myth. Everyone is qualified
to right now give initiation.
The day you got initiated you get the right to become a father when
your father disappears, if you're qualified. No appointment. It doesn't require an appointment
because there isn't one.
There's
one thing I have to say is that in this discussion there should be no fear
of repercussions. I have no fear of anything and
that's why I can say anything because everything that could have happened
has happened. So we
should speak now with the thought that, "Well, if so-and-so finds out what
I've said, I'm getting..."
That's not right. We
should be totally open. AUTHOR'S
COMMENT: So
here Tamal admits that there never was an appointment of regular gurus;
Srila Prabhupada only appointed rtviks. However, he assumes that after
Srila Prabhupada left, that it was "only natural" for those eleven rtviks
and then more that would be added later, to become regular gurus, even
though Srila Prabhupada never instructed such a thing. Although there was
no appointment of anything but rtviks, at Topanga Canyon Tamal thinks that
regular gurus can be self-appointed. Of course, his future statements and
writings contradict this thesis and themselves in a maze of confusing
mumbo-jumbo. Perhaps it is like the politicians do: say all kinds of
contradictory things, and refer to the ones that apply as needed. However, honest devotees don't
fall for this stuff. APPENDIX
20: BLACK
MAGIC AND TANTRICS
Chandra Swami is possibly connected to the poisoning of Srila
Prabhupada, as detailed in Chapter 15. Chandra Swami is a shakta, a worshipper of Lord
Shiva, a tantric yogi, and his dark past was chronicled in Chapter 15. In
the guise of a sannyasi, he was actually interested in politics and money,
obtained by manipulating people and involvement in murder and with foreign
intelligence agencies. It has already been questioned why Srila
Prabhupada's medicine was obtained from the likes of such a
criminal.
It may be quite relevant to note that several of the ISKCON gurus
have also been involved with tantric practices and "yogis." If those who
have inherited Srila Prabhupada's position as absolute gurus are today
involved with black magic and tantra, could they also have been so
involved in 1977? Are tantric practices part of bhaktiyoga taught by Srila
Prabhupada? Tantric practices are for those wanting power, sex, money, and
elimination of enemies and those who stand in the way of achieving these
things.
Harikesh was widely known to be heavily involved in UFO's and
tantric practices. One year it was heard he and several other ISKCON gurus
went to a particular tantric who, with a thread and mantras, was able to
pull black poisons from out of their stomachs with a thread. Harikesh
consulted the pendulum on most decisions. More ominously, he was also
rumored to have purchased tantric services to enhance his power and defeat
his enemies. Jayapataka Swami is also rumored to have purchased such
tantric services.
Jayapataka Swami is mentioned in the Conversations Books as having
consulted a "tantric astrologer" in late 1977 for information on Srila
Prabhupada's health. He also brought his disciple Chitrakesh around ISKCON
for the famous "ghost-busting" rituals for which, of course, fees were
charged. Chitrakesh also performed for a fee elaborate private rituals to
remove ghosts from the body. This same Chitrakesh was supplying a medicine
called vibhuti to Harikesh for ten years which turned out to be a powerful
psychotropic drug. The first ISKCON guru to reach and privately speak
(negotiate) with Harikesh upon his dramatic departure from ISKCON in 1998
was... Jayapataka Swami. Both Tamal and Bhavananda have also been rumored
to have tantric involvement in the last twenty
years.
As we know from Srila Prabhupada's teachings, anything material
cannot last. Thus these tantric practices will never give one any
permanent advantage. Actually, their use is an involvement in the laws of
karma, and black magic or tantric curses and rituals will eventually run
their course and backfire.
Are those ISKCON leaders and gurus who avail themselves of such
dark practices depending on Krishna's mercy? These methods leave us to
wonder as to what extent and purpose they have availed themselves of the
dark side, either recently or when Srila Prabhupada stood between them and
the seat of the guru. APPENDIX
21: ISKCON
ANSWERS CD THAT NEVER WAS The CD
produced by Dhaneshwar Prabhu in the Lockport, NY studio of Jagannath
Prabhu in January 1998, after hearing it, was deemed by this reporter to
be a faulty and incomplete exposition of the poison issue. Somehow copies
made their way to the ISKCON GBC and other places. This reporter decided
not to distribute the "Poison CD" but to continue the investigation
privately and produce a written report later. Apparently the GBC worried
that the CD was being made available, and they composed a rebuttal, held
ready for the expected release of the Poison CD. ISKCON's response was
leaked on the internet and the GBC was obliged to officially release it
the next day. The Poison CD never was released. Thus ISKCON was replying
to nothing. It is lengthy but
mostly superfluous; it is reviewed here in abbreviated form. This
reporter's comments will be shown in italics. ISKCON's Reply to the Poison
CD: VNN: May
21, 1998. (Story #1809) This paper has been issued by
the Ministry For The Protection of ISKCON, and has been compiled by Jahnu
dasa and Hari Sauri dasa. Over the last few months a rumor
has surfaced that Prabhupada supposedly was poisoned by some of his
closest and most trusted disciples. Just recently a Poison CD or PCD and
equivalent tape came out, which, although hiding behind the banner of
neutrality and claiming no other intention than getting to the truth of
the matter, strongly and in not so subtle terms suggests that Srila
Prabhupada was in fact poisoned by his Western disciples and that there is
a conspiracy being perpetrated by the GBC to cover this up. The following
will show that this proposal is without any basis. The so-called evidence
that is being presented on the Poison CD is, upon closer examination,
actually found to be very loosely constructed and rather insidious at its
core. First we will present a few logical arguments against the idea that
Srila Prabhupada was being poisoned by his disciples.
(Next there is a long
section about Srila Prabhupada's wanting to go on parikrama in November
1977. If there were those who wanted Srila Prabhupada dead, why did they
resist the parikrama proposal which almost everyone thought would bring
Srila Prabhupada's demise due to the extreme hardship for His weakened and
ill body? It seems that those wanting Srila Prabhupada dead would support
the parikrama and thus not need to resort to poisoning. But this is a weak
argument for how Srila Prabhupada's disciples could not have poisoned
Srila Prabhupada, or whoever it may have been. Everyone knew how bad it would
look if the Western disciples negligently "killed" Srila Prabhupada on
parikrama. The Vrindaban residents and all Hindus would take it as totally
irresponsible. The publicity would be so negative that ISKCON's prestige
would greatly suffer. There was no choice but to discourage the parikrama.
Further, whoever was poisoning Srila Prabhupada could have been doing it
for a long time already, and Srila Prabhupada appeared to be only a few
days away from departing anyway. Why not look protective of Srila
Prabhupada by opposing a "dangerous" parikrama? Srila Prabhupada was on
the verge of departing anyway; a deadly parikrama was simply not going to
be helpful to the poisoners; the poison was their chosen
method.) A further point to consider is
who exactly would want to kill Srila Prabhupada and what would be their
motive? Some proponents of the "Ritvik" idea of guruship have postulated
that some members of the GBC who were named by Srila Prabhupada in his
letter of July 9, 1977 wanted him removed from the scene as quickly as
possible so that they could become full gurus in their own right rather
than be proxies for Srila Prabhupada. According to their logic, Srila
Prabhupada was about to state that he didn't want his disciples to be full
gurus, and to prevent this and thus fulfill their own ambitions, they
poisoned him to death. Obviously such a task couldn't be the work of just
one devotee. There would have to have been a conspiracy. An astute
observer would have to ask how is it possible to keep a conspiracy like
that tight without any leaks for 20 years, especially in ISKCON? And if
there was a conspiracy, how was it possible to keep Bhakticharu Swami out
of it? He would have had to be in on it. But what would be his motive? He
was not one of the originally appointed gurus nor did he become one until
after the guru reforms in 1987.
(Why is it difficult to
imagine the possibility that a group of poisoners have managed to remain undetected
for 22 years? Napoleon's murder was not discovered for 150 years. Blanche
Taylor Moore poisoned many people in her life and family for over twenty
years, avoiding detection by family, doctors, hospitals and the law. We
already have strong indications and substantial proof that there was a
poisoning conspiracy. Rather than denounce those concerned about this
possibility as demons and enemies of Srila Prabhupada, why not cooperate
together openly and honestly in an enlarged investigation? Let's settle
the matter for all time. More audio tests, more hair analyses, interviews,
forensic research, etc.
Who knows what motives each possible participant in a poisoning
could have had? Revenge, financial gain, power... Some may have been
unknowingly involved. Some who knew may have been afraid of their lives.
Some may have been bribed. Poisoning Srila Prabhupada would only make
sense to those who thought they could gain from it. Becoming guru in 1978
may not have been the only motive. Murder is always incomprehensible and
illogical, so what is the use of saying "it doesn't make sense?" Rather,
let us focus on issues of symptoms, hair tests,
etc)) (Next is presented Abhiram's
lengthy report on Srila Prabhupada's medical condition and diagnosis of
dropsy, which is included in full in Appendix 4. In Chapters 17 through 31
we have already read how a diagnosis of kidney disease (and dropsy) is a
misdiagnosis, or at least only a partial diagnosis. Certainly there is the
appearance of kidney disease, but no qualified allopathic doctor ever had
the opportunity to reach a correct diagnosis because they were not able to
do proper tests or examine Srila Prabhupada for more than a few days
before being rejected. This is clear from the health biography. The
medical evidence points to a health condition other than kidney disease,
and actually very clearly spells out a case of chronic arsenic
poisoning.) On the PCD it is claimed that it
has not been possible to obtain clear medical records of Srila
Prabhupada's physical condition prior to his departure.
(Yes, at the time the CD was
produced there had not been information collected to produce a health
biography to study the physical symptoms of Srila Prabhupada's illness.
Thus the CD was never produced nor distributed. Since the passage of time
and the release of TKG's Diary
however, a thorough health biography was compiled. And it reveals chronic
arsenic poisoning.) The PCD authors would have it
that Srila Prabhupada showed strong symptoms of someone being poisoned (Well, isn't it Srila Prabhupada who
said that?), but while they suggestively attribute this to sinister
origins, we shall now present some more medical facts to show that such
symptoms were indeed to be expected in someone of Prabhupada's physical
condition, as also confirmed above by Dr. Karl Otto
Jacob.
(Hari Sauri next quotes
lengthy portions from Scientific American about the symptoms of kidney
disease and a statement by a Dr. Jacob who was apparently given a basic
review of Srila Prabhupada's symptoms according to the limited knowledge
of Hari Sauri and Jahnu Prabhus. This reporter humbly requests Hari Sauri
to take this book with its health biography and symptom analysis back to Dr. Jacob and as many
other doctors as possible to give an opinion on the possibility of arsenic
poisoning. This book contains the most complete assemblage of medical
history on Srila Prabhupada to date.
Of course kidney disease will be the first thing to come to any
doctor's mind. Also, Srila Prabhupada may have had kidney ailments for
many years before any poisoning began. But that is exactly why someone
might chose to use arsenic- it is virtually undetectable and resembles
other ailments, and causes kidney disease as well. It was a perfect
cover!) Chronic renal failure is a state
of progressive and irreversible deterioration of renal function that
results from a wide spectrum of diseases Note that it is said that diabetes
is one of the major causes of chronic renal failure.
(Chronic renal failure can also
be caused by heavy metal poisoning. In Appendix 7, there is a description
of diabetes symptoms and a review of how Srila Prabhupada did not, by
symptom analysis, have diabetes serious enough to produce symptoms of
diabetes. Later, Hari Sauri states that he had no indication whatsoever
during his 18 months as personal servant that Srila Prabhupada had
diabetes. In the absence of any conclusive medical tests diagnosing Srila
Prabhupada's disease, we are left to analyze by symptoms from biographical
data. This method, although not foolproof, strongly indicates arsenic
poisoning (Chapters 17-32). Hair analyses provide the irrefutable proof
desired. One hair test already has revealed very abnormally high levels of
arsenic in Srila Prabhupada's hair of October 1977. As a matter of fact,
it is hair that was in the possession of Hari Sauri Prabhu for 21
years! Hari Sauri criticizes the CD's
use of Dr. Mehta as proof of arsenic poisoning, and rightly so. Dr.
Mehta's opinion based on photos and a video are obviously not substantive,
but served only as a hint as what to look for in the symptoms analysis of
Chapters 17-32.) But surely it would be
reasonable to expect that if someone is being given arsenic, he'd exhibit
all the symptoms of arsenic poisoning and not just some of them. Yet some
prominent symptoms of arsenic poisoning like inflammation of the mouth,
running nose, vomiting, and increased salivation were in fact, according
to eye witnesses, not visible in Srila Prabhupada's body at any stage.
Couple this with the fact that the other symptoms exhibited by him, as we
have already shown at great length, were rather to be expected from a
person in Srila Prabhupada's medical condition of renal failure, and we
see the observations about possible arsenic poisoning are extremely weak
and specious. It is simply unacceptable from a medical point of view to
diagnose a disease and attribute its causes to a particular outside agent
simply on the basis of a few visible symptoms, especially when the same
symptoms can easily be attributed to other more likely natural causes. The
ethics of such a practice would surely have to be questioned.
(From the study of arsenic
poisoning, we see that different symptoms will manifest in different
cases, and not all possible symptoms always manifest. Further, Srila
Prabhupada did have mouth
ulcers, persistent respiratory problems like cough and mucus, vomiting,
and drooling, which were
observed by eye witness accounts as chronicled in the previous chapters.
Again, it is obvious Srila Prabhupada did have kidney problems. What Hari
Sauri does not understand is that Srila Prabhupada exhibited many symptoms
of arsenic poisoning that are not
found in kidney disease. Perhaps if he were to study arsenic poisoning
symptoms AND kidney disease
symptoms, he would be better prepared to analyze the medical history. And
is 45 symptoms a few?) We have seen, it was clearly
explained in the Scientific American as well as by Dr. Karl Otto Jacob
that, "Typical symptoms of renal insufficiency leading to uremia are:
anorexia (total loss of appetite), gastrointestinal disturbances,
peripheral polyneuropathy, high blood pressure and heart problems, edema,
in the last stage cerebral problems up to coma."
(What about the photophobia,
conjunctivitis, constant cough and mucus, and all the other non-kidney
disease symptoms that happen to be arsenic symptoms? Not one symptom Srila
Prabhupada exhibited is incompatible with a diagnosis of chronic arsenic
poisoning! And now arsenic poisoning is further confirmed by the analysis
of Srila Prabhupada's hair.) Yet, as will become apparent
from the conversations of November 9 - 10 discussed herein later on,
Damodar Prasad Sastri, the highly experienced doctor who was physically
with him right up to the last moment, did not detect any symptoms of
arsenic in Srila Prabhupada's body, and never mentioned the possibility of
it at all, even though Srila Prabhupada himself discussed directly with
him the possibility of his being poisoned. Nor did Prabhupada's nurses,
Abhiram Prabhu and Bhakticharu Swami, nor any of the other doctors who saw
Srila Prabhupada.
(It comes as no surprise
that no one could detect the arsenic poisoning now verified by analysis of
Srila Prabhupada's hair. Sastriji probably never saw one other arsenic
poisoning patient in his entire career. All the toxicology texts make it
very clear how very difficult it is to detect arsenic poisoning, either
acute or chronic, but especially chronic. Arsenic poisoning resembles
other common ailments, but does not respond to treatments or medicines for
those other ailments. Sound familiar? Srila Prabhupada never responded to
any medicine. A little later we see Bhakticharu Swami's "professional
knowledge" that poisoning turns someone blue! None of Srila Prabhupada's
caretakers were medically qualified in the least. How would they be able
to recognize the most undetectable of poisons? Actually, Sastriji said
that if Srila Prabhupada thought He had been poisoned, it must be true,
and he spoke at length about poisons. Sastriji gave full credence to the
notion of poisoning.) We present here an reliable eye
witness account a better understanding. Bhakticharu Swami
Memoirs "During Srila Prabhupada's last
days he mentioned about poison soon after Makaradhvaj was given to him.
That was about three weeks before his disappearance pastimes. At that
time, I felt that the effect of that medicine may have been detrimental to
his condition and therefore he spoke in that way. The next time he spoke
about poison was a few days before his disappearance. At that time
according to the instruction of the Kaviraja from Calcutta, I was just
giving Srila Prabhupada milk diluted with water and sweetened with sugar
candy. The Ayurvedic doctor was gradually increasing the quantity of milk.
He informed us that the milk intake would cure Srila Prabhupada.
Personally I did not notice any unusual bodily symptoms in Srila
Prabhupada. He used to lie on the bed all the time. Sometimes he used to
express some discomfort from lying on his back all the time. Therefore, he
used to ask us to turn him on his side. At that time his body had become
so delicate that we had to help him to turn to his side very carefully. If
we were not extremely careful then he would feel pain. Two or three days
before his disappearance, His Divine Grace mentioned a pain in his left
thigh and he also mentioned about poison again. The day he left his body
sometime during late morning or early afternoon it seemed that the pain in
his left thigh became so acute that he started to writhe. By that time he
had stopped speaking. The last time he spoke was the night before, at
about 12 o'clock, and he told the Ayurvedic doctor from Calcutta about
some discomfort he was feeling. When Prabhupada started writhing in pain,
making some faint moaning sound, Bhavananda Maharaja, who was sitting on
the bed next to him held him tightly and from that time onwards Srila
Prabhupada became very still and practically did not move at all. From
time to time he only opened his mouth and I poured some Yamuna water,
which he drank with great relish. Although his body became totally still,
yet his tongue was constantly vibrating. Srila Krishnadasa Babaji
Maharaja, a god-brother of His Divine Grace, pointed out that Srila
Prabhupada was chanting the holy name incessantly. Besides these his body
did not display any unusual symptoms. Although His Divine Grace spoke about
poison, I could not take it seriously for two
reasons: 1. The Ayurvedic doctor was
present, and as Prabhupada displayed quite a lot of confidence in him, I
felt if Srila Prabhupada was really poisoned then this doctor would have
detected it. 2. I was under the impression that
when someone is given poison then his body becomes blue.
However, at that time Srila
Prabhupada's body became very shiny, almost golden, and he did not display
any sign of pain or unusual discomfort. Apart from his usual unhealthy
condition, Srila Prabhupada was quite normal. All the time he used to
quietly lie on the bed very calm and composed. Sometimes he used to give
advice to the senior leaders about how to manage the society; form
different trusts and what to do with the funds. His consciousness was so
clear that it was obvious that he was transcendentally situated. Even
though he was only a few days away from leaving his body, his voice was very strong and
resonant. Therefore, those of us who were present around him at
that time were convinced that he was a completely spiritual personality
and he was just displaying his disappearance pastime.
One day, after checking his
pulse, the Ayurvedic doctor, Damodar Prasad Sastri, told Prabhupada that
he was completely surprised while treating him. At one moment his pulse
was so weak that it seemed as if he was about to leave his body, and the
next moment it was strong and healthy as that of a young man. He also told
Prabhupada that he was only displaying his pastimes. From another point of
view, we also saw that he was having difficulties with his kidneys. As a
result of that, his legs and the back of his palms were swelling up. When
the medicine started to work the swelling went down. He obviously had some
kidney problems and the doctors gave medicines
accordingly. I also want to mention something
that I consider was a mistake on our part, yet we could not really do
anything about it. One night when I was attending Srila Prabhupada in
Hrsikesa, he told me that the time had come for him to leave his body and
he wanted us to make arrangements to take him to Vrindavana. I ran
downstairs and woke up Tamal Krishna Maharaja and told him what Srila
Prabhupada had said. When Tamal Krishna Maharaja came to His Divine Grace
he repeated the same words to him. The next morning we left for Delhi, and
the following morning we took His Divine Grace to Vrindavana. That
morning, after he settled down in his quarters, he called me and told me
not to cook for him anymore, or force him to eat anything. I felt that His
Divine Grace was preparing to leave his body like Pariksit Maharaja,
without eating and drinking anything. By that time the news had spread
all over the world and many leaders came to Vrindavana. When they
requested him, with tears in their eyes, to continue to stay, His Divine
Grace agreed. Once again I started to cook for him and he started to eat.
One day he asked me to fetch an Ayurvedic doctor called Vanamali Kaviraja from Gopinath Bazaar. As
a result of the treatment by that doctor, Srila Prabhupada's condition
started to improve. However, when his health improved, His Divine Grace
wanted to go to the West to preach. When Vanamali Kaviraja got to know about Srila
Prabhupada's plans, he requested me not to let him go. He told me that his
medicine was working and Srila Prabhupada's condition was improving.
However, he said that Srila
Prabhupada's condition had not become completely healthy yet. He was
planning to give Srila Prabhupada Makaradhvaj, during winter, which would
rejuvenate him completely. He mentioned that Srila Prabhupada's condition
was not strong enough to absorb Makaradhvaj because it was a very strong
medicine. Therefore he planned to give it to him in winter, by that time
Srila Prabhupada's health would become strong enough to absorb it, and the
cold weather would help. I was just a new devotee at the
time and when I saw that Srila Prabhupada was so determined to go to the
West I could not really make a strong enough endeavor to stop him from
going. Srila Prabhupada's plan was to go to Hawaii after visiting London,
New York, Gita Nagari, and Los Angeles. However, when in London his
condition deteriorated so much that he had to come back after about a
week-long stay. Vanamali Kaviraja resumed his treatment but
Srila Prabhupada's condition had deteriorated so much that his medicine
did not work and he stopped the treatment. Vanamali Kaviraja did not want to give
Makaradhvaj when Srila Prabhupada's health was so much better before he
went to the West. However, it was administered to him only about three
weeks before his disappearance when his condition was much worse than that
time. Also, it was administered by a doctor from Delhi who never even saw
him. Soon after that Srila Prabhupada
started to speak about poison. Therefore it seemed to me that he was
speaking about the adverse effect of Makaradhvaj. After Srila Prabhupada's
disappearance I often used to lament internally - why didn't I stop him
from going to the West? Why I didn't I tell the GBC members and senior
devotees present in Vrindavana at that time what Vanamali Kaviraja told me? Why didn't I
stop them from giving Srila Prabhupada Makaradhvaj that was brought from
Delhi and given by a doctor who did not even see him? Now I cannot do
anything about it besides lamenting about my
uselessness."
(It is encouraging that
another of Srila Prabhupada's caretakers, besides Abhiram Prabhu, has
finally said a little something about the history and circumstances
surrounding Srila Prabhupada's 1977 health. Hopefully Maharaj will answer
the many questions that will be put to him and others as this
investigation proceeds. There are 7 points regarding Maharaj's
statement: 1.
That Maharaj did not see any
unusual symptoms means nothing: arsenic poisoning symptoms are practically
unrecognizable except to a trained and experienced eye. His thinking that
poison turns the body blue does not reveal much, if any, qualification to
recognize the symptoms of poisoning. Maharaj should show this book to his
toxicologist disciple in New York. 2.
Srila Prabhupada said three
times that He was being poisoned, and the kaviraja said that if Srila
Prabhupada said it, there must be truth to it. Can Maharaj not take it
seriously as he knows better than Prabhupada? 3.
Srila Prabhupada's voice was
definitely not strong and resonant during His last months with us. Listen
to the tapes, read the health history. 4.
Why does Maharaj not mention
anything of the sudden and drastic attack of illness Srila Prabhupada
experienced in Hrishikesh, which was what made Srila Prabhupada think He
was about to die? 5.
That Maharaj says he thinks
Srila Prabhupada's statements about being poisoned referred to the
makharadhvaja is an easy way out. This faulty explanation is dealt with in
Appendix 16, where it is shown
that this explanation doesn't hold up to close
scrutiny. 6.
Contrary to Bhakticharu's
statement, the kaviraja took the possibility that Srila Prabhupada was
poisoned very seriously. Rather than lamenting about giving makharadhvaja
when maybe it wasn't the best idea, Bhakticharu should lament about why no
one took Srila Prabhupada's statements seriously and stopped the
poisoning, better late than never. 7.
That Srila Prabhupada appeared
"quite normal" to Bhakticharu only means that the poisoning was chronic,
not acute with blatant symptoms. After this touching report from
Maharaja we quote from Hari Sauri's Transcendental Diary to show that the
diseased condition of Srila Prabhupada's body wasn't anything new but was
an ongoing thing. (Hari Sauri's references to
Srila Prabhupada's earlier health problems . are included in Chapter 20,
Srila Prabhupada's Health History. Just because Srila Prabhupada had a
history of kidney problems, in no way invalidates an assesment of arsenic
poisoning, nor does it prove that His 1977 symptoms were due to only
kidney problems. Is there any reason why someone with kidney disease
cannot be poisoned with arsenic?) We asked Hari-sauri Prabhu, who,
apart from being with Srila Prabhupada continuously from November 1975
until March 1977, was also with His Divine Grace for almost three weeks in
late May and early June 1977, and the whole month of October in
Vrindavana, about Prabhupada's attitude towards his disease and curing
it: "During the whole period I was
with Srila Prabhupada I never once heard him mention that he had diabetes,
nor did I notice that he ever made any specific changes in his diet in
response to that condition. Nor did I ever hear the cooks that traveled
with us at various times (Harikesh Swami, Nandarani dasi, Jamuna dasi,
Palika dasi, Arundhati dasi, Sruti Rupa dasi) mention that they were
preparing any kind of specific diet for him to counter that condition. As
far as medicines go, he also never took anything for the treatment of
diabetes. When I was with him he took some Ayurvedic medicines, none of
which were for diabetes - Yogendra Rasa, which I understood was a kind of
brain tonic, every morning until the fall of 1976, when he stopped it
completely; Triphala Churna on occasion for constipation; and Bhaskar
Lavan (black salt), which he took occasionally for digestion.
Beyond these medicines, which
were self-prescribed, he was sometimes advised to take allopathic,
homeopathic and Ayurvedic medicines by a variety of doctors when he became
ill, but again, he almost never took their advice nor their medicines. He
stated his personal policy on medical treatment to Dr. Patel in Bombay on
August 15, 1976 and I have included that in Volume 4 of A Transcendental
Diary: 'Dr. Patel... inquired from
Srila Prabhupada about his health and whether he was taking any
medicine. Prabhupada accepted his concern,
but in his usual self-effacing manner, shook his head and quoted
Srimad-Bhagavatam 10.1.4, saying that the real medicine is the chanting of
the holy name. 'Nivritta-tarshair upagiyamanad... Dr. Patel laughed.
'Shall we call that Pandit Ayur-Vedacarya of India for you? If you don't
believe in our medicine?' Srila Prabhupada also laughed. 'No, no.' 'What I
mean to say,' Dr. Patel continued, 'is that ksetra [body] and ksetrajna
[its owner] are dependent on each other; if there is no ksetra, there will
be no ksetrajna to stay. So you have got to look after that ksetra, or
what the ksetrajna will be happy there to live there? I think I am not
wrong.' Prabhupada chuckled. 'No, you are right. Ksetra is changeable,
ksetrajna is permanent.' Although Dr. Patel knew very
well His Divine Grace's opinion on taking medicine, he still tried some
friendly persuasion and this led into a short discussion about Indian
medicines... Dr. Patel expressed his concern again for Srila Prabhupada's
own health. Taking permission to raise his question he asked, 'Now then,
Arjuna was so advised that he should fight out. So in that case, I mean we
all consider he was right to follow Krishna's advice? Then if a man is
overtaken by disease and if he fights out that . . .' Prabhupada smiled at
his persistence. 'No, no, I don't say that he should not fight. It is my personal choice. Not
that one should not take care of the body or one should not eat medicine,
that is not . . . I like this, "Let me do without medicine." That is my
personal . . 'What is medicine?' Dr. Patel asked. 'Any herb is a medicine.
Even food is a medicine.'
'Whatever it may be,' Prabhupada said. 'I don't decry medicine.
That is not my business.'
'No, no, I don't say decry. But you don't want to take advantage of
medicine,' Dr. Patel insisted. 'Medicine,' Prabhupada said
objectively. 'Just like a type of vairagya, sometimes they do not eat.
That does not mean eating is forbidden. It is not. It is my personal, I am
trying to avoid, that's all.' 'You have heard the name W. C.
Bannerji? He was a big barrister. He was one of the three inaugurators of
Congress in the beginning. So he had his friend, contemporary, he was a
brahmana. He was taking daily his bath in the Ganges, and if he was
diseased, was drinking Ganges water. So he became seriously sick. So this
W.C. Bannerji, he was a big man. So he asked his permission to bring some
doctor. "'You'll die in this way."' So he persisted, '"No, I shall simply
drink this Ganges water."' So it is not that medical science is in
defeated position.'" We can thus understand that
Srila Prabhupada made a conscious decision not to take any precaution
against his diabetic condition. This inevitably leads to the conditions
described above by Abhiram (Appendix 4) and in Scientific American. If
Prabhupada showed symptoms of poisoning this is explainable according to
the known natural bodily medical conditions. Talk of arsenic poisoning is
at best spurious and, even
without the "intense scrutiny" mentioned on the PCD, but with a little
commonsense and an unmotivated examination of the available facts any
unbiased person can understand that Prabhupada's body did in fact succumb
to natural causes. (1.
Diabetes? As Hari Sauri said,
there is very little indication that Srila Prabhupada had very much of a
case of diabetes. (2.
Again, it is agreed that Srila
Prabhupada had symptoms of kidney disease. But an overall analysis of His
physical symptoms brings us to a clear diagnosis of chronic arsenic
poisoning. (3.
How "spurious" is the finding of
5 to 10 times (minimum) normal levels of arsenic in Hari Sauri's own hair
relic of Srila Prabhupada?) From the PCD: "We found that
there were 75 days between July and October, out of 92, for which there
are no tapes recorded, including 45 consecutive days from August 18
through October 1. We ask why were no recordings made at that time. Or, if
indeed recordings were made, what happened to them? " (Tamal's comments on missing tapes was
cut and moved to Ch. 13.) SRILA PRABHUPADA TALKS ABOUT
BEING POISONED A number of devotees, although
not inclined to believe that a conspiracy along the lines suggested by the
Ritviks is true, are nevertheless disturbed by how Srila Prabhupada
himself appears to talk about his being poisoned. (Rtviks? The discovery of Srila
Prabhupada's poisoning is not simply some trouble concocted by rtviks, but
a fact established by the mass of corrobarating evidence presented in this
book and quietly held by the GBC's own poison investigation committee.
Bhakticharu translated the same sections where Srila Prabhupada spoke of
being poisoned, and they were practically identical to the versions
provided in Chapter 16. The only difference is where the kaviraja either
says makharadhvaja is or is not suitable for
Prabhupada.) These translations and
transcripts do in any case reveal a confusing scenario. Srila Prabhupada
indicates first to Tamal that he had the symptoms of someone poisoned, not
that he was being poisoned. Later he states more positively that he is
being poisoned. While we may never know Srila Prabhupada's mind exactly,
or how seriously he took the suggestion that someone may be poisoning him,
what we do learn from these transcriptions is that the possibility of his
being poisoned is discussed with his disciples present, both from a
medical standpoint with the talk of mercury, and from the idea that an
outside person could be deliberately doing it. We also learn Srila
Prabhupada was not the first one to take up the matter of his being
poisoned, rather he referred to "someone" telling him that he was being
poisoned. No conclusion, however, appears to have been reached. Thus we
can only say that Srila Prabhupada did not seem to think that his intimate
servants were responsible. Also, if one considers the intense loving
exchanges that went on in the last days, with Srila Prabhupada expressing
appreciation for concerns that he not go on parikrama, calling them his
"left hand and right hand," one concludes that he did not feel threatened
by them. On the contrary, it is perfectly clear even to someone who was
not present to witness it firsthand, that he was reciprocating in a loving
way with them to a degree not seen practically at any time in ISKCON's
history. (Srila Prabhupada's statements
about being poisoned is discussed in Chapter 16. It is very naive to think
Srila Prabhupada could not have been poisoned because He did not name
anyone and dealt with everyone lovingly. Did Christ object to his
crucifixion, or condemn his assassins? With much evidence in hand to
confirm Srila Prabhupada's poisoning, appearances that devotees were not
the poisoners may be misleading and cannot be ruled out. Napoleon was
guarded by 5000 British soldiers on a remote island, yet he was poisoned
and it took 150 years for this to be discovered. Because Srila Prabhupada
was surrounded by devotees and now it is 22 years later, this does not
mean His poisoning is a myth or impossible.) WILL O THE
WHISPERS: It has been alleged that a
number of "whispers" have been found on tapes of conversations which
contain the word "poison" in various phrases. This "evidence" has been
taken so seriously that at least three different parties have sent the
tapes to forensic labs for professional analysis. Modern techniques of
spectrographic sound analysis as well as standard enhancement of the
"whispers" by sophisticated audio playback equipment have been employed to
ascertain whether there is any truth to this idea. To any neutral devotee it is
inconceivable that a person or persons serving Srila Prabhupada in such an
intimate manner as existed in the last days in Vrindavana could whisper
"the poison is going down [giggle], the poison is going down," watching
Srila Prabhupada gulp down poison. As we see from the following evidences,
their credulity and faith need not be stretched for there exists no evidence to support
such a notion. The GBC appointed an independent investigator
(Balavanta) to oversee a professional forensic analysis of the tapes to
ascertain if there is any truth to these claims. These results are still
pending but after preliminary tests and lab feedback, Balavanta expressed
doubt that any definite evidence will be found to exist. Apart from this,
several GBC's have conducted tests themselves with sophisticated
equipment; the results are indeed interesting. According to their
analyses, the word "poison" simply does not appear. (The amateur audio "tests" by
Harikesh, Bir Krishna Swami, and Rabindra Swarup are then referred to, and
their respective statements thereof are included in earlier chapters
herein. Should we give these devotees' amateur opinions about the whispers
more credence than the results of many audio forensic laboratories?
Contrary to the ISKCON statement, there is over 400 pages of evidence
supporting an arsenic poisoning of Srila Prabhupada. Is the notion
inconceivable to the 90 % of former ISKCON devotees who now live outside
ISKCON? Not at all... Besides, the truth will not be established by vote,
any more than gurus can be made by votes. Five audio forensic laboratories
(Balavanta's as well) have
agreed that the word poison is found repeatedly on the "poison" tape.
ISKCON is so heavily sunk in a state of utter denial that should Srila
Prabhupada Himself come forward and say, "Someone has poisoned me," they
would ignore it!) By doing this exercise I have
seen that when one has an idea in his head as to what is being said, the
ears and the mind oblige us to and make us hear that very thing. One can
completely reprogram his hearing by just wanting to hear something else.
It is extremely hard to understand what is being said if one has a
preconception. (Yes, the ISKCON spokesmen also
are hearing what they want! But the professionals at the audio forensic
laboratories have no such prejudices.) (Next ISKCON refers to the
giggle in the whisper "the poison's going
down.") One factor to consider here is
that the person giggling is Prabhupada's godbrother, Krishnadas Babaji
Maharaja who was known to continuously giggle due to his constantly being
in good humor from his incessant chanting of the Holy Name. Is it likely
that such a great soul would participate in such a horrendous crime? (No one knows who is giggling, much
less ISKCON.) To build a whole theory of a
poison conspiracy on such vague statements is certainly far fetched. In
any court of law such a weak case would immediately be dismissed. On the
other hand it is a very serious offense to accuse someone of murder,
especially without any conclusive proof. On the flimsiest excuse for
evidence they have accused devotees who love Prabhupada of committing an
unspeakably monstrous crime against him, and they have systematically
spread these charges. They have put the lives of devotees in
danger.
(Yes, the whispers alone do
not represent a tight case for poisoning. But they cannot be so easily
brushed aside, either, especially in light of all the other evidence
indicating poisoning. How about some lie detector tests, sodium pentathol
tests, interviews, and COOPERATION rather than obstinate denial? And
further, no one is accusing anyone of murder. Not yet. The investigation
into Srila Prabhupada's poisoning should be conducted rationally and with
cool heads. Are we to dismiss further investigation because someone's life
may be endangered? No, we are not responsible for isolated irrational acts
by nuts. The real unfortunate thing here
is how damn sure ISKCON is that there could not possibly be anything
wrong. ISKCON might be a little concerned rather than enter the dark
tunnel of denial. The bottom line is the POISON word has been isolated,
analyzed, recognized, confirmed, and certified by many top notch audio
forensic laboratories, working independent of each other. How about an
explanation from Tamal and company as what they were doing whispering the
word poison in the background, over and over?
No one thinks the whispers will convict anyone or establish foul
play on their own merits. However, when one takes into consideration ALL
of the evidence, then it becomes clear that indeed Srila Prabhupada WAS
poisoned.) CONCLUSION: We hope that the
above has shown that no solid evidence exists either medically or through
the recorded medium to establish that Srila Prabhupada was deliberately
poisoned, and certainly not by his disciples. Rather, we feel that the
love of those surrounding Srila Prabhupada was genuine and self-evident.
It was accepted as such by His Divine Grace and as his disciples and
followers, we should have no difficulty in accepting that also. This
theory has sprung up after 20 years and we believe it should be dismissed
and laid to rest. Sincere devotees can go on serving Srila Prabhupada and
his ISKCON society with a clear consciousness and should not be disturbed
by elements who do not have the best interest of his society and devotees
at heart. The only genuine poison is the theory itself.
(The real poison today is the
mood of denial. Poisoning rumors started when Srila Prabhupada said He was
poisoned. May this publication will result in a renewed and cooperative
attempt to resolve this most disturbing question: If Srila Prabhupada was
poisoned, who did it? May truth and justice
prevail.) APPENDIX
22: ARSENICAL
PHOTOPHOBIA
From Assassination at St.
Helena, the authors chronicle on pg 319 of the 1978 edition a list of
Napoleon's arsenic poisoning symptoms which began on September 18, 1820,
less than eight months before his death.
"...he displayed
symptoms of typical arsenical intoxication of an acute nature:
palpitations of the heart, a weak and irregular pulse, very severe
headache, an icy chill in his legs extending right up to his hips, pain in
the shoulders and back, pain in the liver, a persistent dry cough,
loosening teeth, a coated tongue, severe thirst, skin rash and pain in the
legs, a yellow skin, yellowed whites of the eyes, shivering, deafness,
sensitivity of the eyes to light, spasmodic muscle contractions,
difficulty in breathing and nausea- they were all there, today's accepted,
recognizable symptoms of arsenical poisoning... He ate, but with little
appetite. From time to time he vomited and suffered from diarrhea,
followed by periods of stubborn constipation. Napoleon was...
experience(d) distressing difficulty in urinating...
"
On page 343: "I accompanied him and was shown into a completely
darkened room where General Bonaparte lay in bed. The room was so dark
that I could not see..." (April 1, 1821) Repeatedly it is described by
Forshufvud how Napoleon had extreme sensitivity of eyes to any light
during the last six months of his life. When the doctor would visit the
darkened bedchamber of Napoleon during daytime, it was kept so dark in the
room that he could not see Napoleon but had to grope around to find
him.
In the newer, updated version of Assassination at St. Helena,
Exhibit No. 6, "compiled from works of standard authorities on
toxicology," symptom #17 of chronic arsenic poisoning is given
as: "Sensitivity of the eyes to
sunlight or bright artificial light. The victim may prefer a nearly
darkened room." The eyes become sensitive to
light due to arsenic's chemically reactive effect on the tissues and
nerves of the eyes.
|